HomeMy WebLinkAbout77-04 Specifications for Warning DevicesORDINANCE.NO. 77-4
AN
7 -
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF
COSTA MESA, CALIFORNIA AMENDING X15-45 OF THE
COSTA MESA MUNICIPAL CODE ADOPTING STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS FOR WARNING DEVICES.
THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF COSTA MESA, CALIFORNIA
DOES HEREBY ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS.:
SECTION is The City Council of the City of Costa Mesa,
California, does hereby -find and declare as follows:
WHEREAS, -the -"Construction Safety Orders" as published
by the State Division of Industrial Safety have been adopted as
the standard specifications of warning devices for the safety and
protection of the motoring and pedestrian public in connection with
public works; and
WHEREAS;, said "Construction Safety Orders are inadequate
in their descriptions and applications; and
WHEREAS,. the "Work -Area Traffic Control Handbook" booklet
published by Building News, Incorporated located in Los Angeles
supplements but does not contradict the. information contained in
the "Construction Safety Orders"; and
WHEREAS, said "Work Area -Traffic Control Handbook" booklet
is deemed to be a necessary supplement to the "Construction Safety
Orders"for the safety and protection of the. motoring and pedes-
trian public in connection with public works.
SECTION 2: Chapter 2 of'Title 15, X15-45, of the Costa
'Mesa'Municipal.Code is hereby repealed and -the following section
which. shall read as follows is;hereby enacted:
X15-45 "Standard -Specifications for Warning Devices
Adopted.
There is hereby adopted,standard specifications of
warning devices which.shall be known and referred to as "Construction
Safety,Orders"- as published by the State Division of Industrial
Safety and also the "GVork'A.rea'.Traffic .Control Handbook" booklet
published by -.Building News,:.Incorporate'd in Los Angeles.
-1-
1-
The"Construction-Safety Orders" and the "Work Area
Traffic Control Handbook" shall be kept on file in the Office of
the City Clerk and shall be the,.' -standard specifications for the
safety and protection,.of the motoring and -pedestrian public -in,
connection with work performed under this chapter."-
SECTION 3: This ordinance shall,-take.effect and:.be in..'.'
full..force and effect thirty (30),.days from and after its passage-,
and before the expiration of fifteen (15) days after its passage,
shall be published once in the.,Orange-Coast Daily Pilot, ,a news-
paper.of general circulation printed and published in the City of
Costa'Mesa, together with.the names of the members of the'City
Council voting -for and against the.same.'
PASSED AND ADOPTED this .,Za,* day of ,
197-7.
ayor of the ity f'Costa Mesa
ATTEST: APPROVED'AS'TO'FORM:
Ci y Clerk of. the City of City Attorney of the City of
Costa Mesa Costa Mesa
STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
COUNTY OF ORANGE-- ) ss.
CITY OF COSTA MESA )
I, EILEEN P.. PHINNEY, City Clerk and ex -officio -Clerk of
the City Council of the City of Costa Mesa, hereby certify that'
the above and foregoing. Ordinance. No. ,% was introduced and
considered section by section at a regular meeting'of said City
Council held on the_� day of 1972, and
thereafter passed and adopted as a whole atre ular meeting
of said.City Council held on the. day
f." ..
197_, by the following roll call.vote:-
AYES':, COUNCIL MEMBERS:
NOES: COUNCIL.MEMBERS:
ABSENT: COUNCIL'.MEMBERS:
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereby.set my hand and affixed
the Seal of the City of Costa'.Mesa thi's ;:2_ day of
19717 _-
City Clerk and ex -officio erk of
the City Council of the ty.of
- Costa Mesa
-2- •
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
HUMAN RELATIONS AGENCY
DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
l CONSTRUCTION'
SAFETY- ORDERS
Reprinted From
California Administrative Code
Title 8. Industrial Relations
OF
yg� TSF -
�uniw�
- W FO R
I '
j
Issued by the
DIVISION_ OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
455 Golden Gate Ave., San Francisco 94102
3460 Wilshire Blvd.,. Los Angeles,90005
0
DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
HEADQUARTERS OFFICE
455 Golden Gate Ave., San Francisco, California 94102
REGION I (North Coast)
1540 Market St., San Francisco 94102
District Offices
619 Second St., Eureka 95501
888 N. First St., San Jose 95112 .
2555 Flores Ave., San Mateo 94403
750 Mendocino Ave., Santa Rosa 95401
264 E. Smith St., Ukiah 95482
REGION II (North Valley)
2422 Arden Way, Bldg. B2; Sacramento 95825
District Offices
125 W. Third St., Chico 95926
1070 Concord Ave., Concord 94520
1111 Jackson St., Oakland 94607
1421 Court St., Redding 96001
31 E. Channel St., Stockton 95202
REGION III (Central)
2550 Mariposa St., Fresno 93721 •
District Offices
225 Chester Ave., Bakersfield 93301
1800 Coffee Rd., Modesto 95355
21 W. Laurel Dr., Salinas 93901
REGION IV (S. Los Angeles)
3460 Wilshire Blvd., Los Angeles 90010
District Offices
230 E. Fourth St., Long Beach 90802
2833 Leonis Blvd., Vernon 90058
REGION V (Southern)
1350 Front St., San Diego 92101
District Offices
303 W. Third St., San Bernardino 92401
28 Civic Center'Plaza, Santa Ana„92701
REGION VI (N. Los Angeles)
8155 Van Nuys Blvd., Panorama City 91402
District Offices
3415 Fletcher Ave., El Monte 91731
5276 Hollister Ave., Suite. H, Santa Barbara 93111
3418 Loma Vista Rd., Ventura 93003
0 -
lI
40
DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE
DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
The Division of Industrial Safety, created by an act of the Legis-
lature in 1945, has jurisdiction over employments and places of em-
ployment with regard to employee health and safety. Its functions
previously were ,exercised by the Industrial Accident Prevention Bu-
reau, which had its origin in- 1914 within the Industrial Accidents
Commission.
Under the provisions of the tabor Code, the division has authority to:
Check whether work places are safe;
Enforce all laws and lawful orders requiring work and work places
to be safe;
Establish special orders to cover a specific individual place of. em-
ployment or to process of work;
Assess civil penalties for violation of lawful safety orders ;
Investigate industrial accidents.
INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ORDERS -FORMS
The list of Industrial Safety Orders and Inspection Report Forms
issued by the Division of Industrial Safety is printed below. These
Safety Orders and Forms are for sale by Documents Section, P.O.
Bog 20191, Sacramento 95820. Price lists will be furnished on request.
Aerial Passenger Tramway Safety Orders
Boiler and Fired Pressure Vessel Safety Orders
California Shaft Bill Signals (printed on oilcloth)
Compressed Air Safety Orders
Construction Safety Orders
Elevator Safety Orders
General Industry Safety Orders
High Voltage Electrical Safety Orders
Logging and Sawmill Safety Orders
Mine Safety Orders
Petroleum Safety Orders—Drilling and Production
Petroleum Safety Orders—Refining, Transportation, and Handling
Ship and Boat Building Safety Orders
Tunnel Safety Orders
Unfired Pressure Vessel Safety Orders
Window Cleaning Safety Orders
Basic Electrical Regulations, Part 3, Title 24, are administered by
the Division of Industrial Safety.
INSPECTION REPORT FORMS
No. S-152—Elevator Inspection Report
No. S-217—Elevator Reinspection Report
No. S-600—Boiler Report
No. S-601—Unfired Pressure Vessel Report
No. 5-602—Liquefied. Petroleum Gas Installation Report
ry
TITLE 8
DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 105
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 73, No. 44-11373)
SUBCHAPTER 4. CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
Originally printed April 20, 1945
Revisions filed August 29, 1957, July 9, 1965 and December 8, 1972
Article
1.
Introduction
2.
Definitions
'
3.
General
4.
Dust, Fumes, Mists, Vapors, and Gases
5.
Rock Drilling
6.
Excavations, Trenches and Earthwork
7.
Bins, Bunkers, Hoppers, and Material Storage
8.
Explosives
9.
Derricks, Cranes, Boom -Type Excavators and Loading or Lifting De-
vices
"
10.
Haulage and Earth Moving
11.
Traffic Control Flagmen, Barricades, and Warning Signs
12.
Pile Driving
13.
Work Over Water
14.
Construction Elevators
15.
Hoisting
16.
Standard Railings
'
17. ,
Ramps, Runways, Stairwells, and Stairs
18.
Access
19.
Floor, Roof, and Wall Openings
20.
Temporary Floors
21.
Scaffolds -General
22. '
Scaffolds -Various Types -
23.
Scaffo ds -Suspended
ended
24.
Safety Belts and Nets
25.
Ladders
26.
Saws -Power
27.
Powder -Actuated Tools
_
28.
Miscellaneous Construction Equipment,
29.
Erection and Construction
30.
Roofing Operations
31.
Demolition
32.
Oxygen, Acetylene, and Fuel Gas
33.
Electrical Requirements for Construction Work
-
34.
Federal Regulations
35.
Appendices
Detailed Analysis
Article 1. Introduction
Section
1500.
Title
1501.
Superseded Orders
1502.,
Application
1502.1.
OSHA Standards
1503.
Permit for Variation From These Orders
Article 2. Definitions
Section
1504.
Definitions
106
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 73, No. 44-77373)
Article 3. General
Section
1509. -
Accident -Prevention Program
1510.
Safety Instructions for New Employees
1511.,
General Safety Precautions
1512.
Medical Services and First Aid
1513.
Housekeeping
1514.
Hand Protection
1515.
Foot Protection
1516.
Head Protection
1517.
Eye Protection
1518..
Ear Protection
1519.
Body Protection
\
1520.
Illumination
1521.
Toilets at Construction Job Sites
1522.
Drinking Water
1523.
Glass
Article 4. Dust, Fumes, Mists, Vapors, and Gases
Section
1530.
General
1531.
Respiratory Protective Equipment
1532.
Confined Spaces
1533.
Internal Combustion Engines
1534.
Flammable Vapors
1535.
Harmful Materials
Article 5. Rock Drilling
Section
•
1538.
Rock Drilling Operations
Article 6. Excavations, Trenches, Earthwork
Section
1539.
Permit to Excavate
1540.
General -All Excavations
1541.
Trenches
1542.
Shafts
1543.
Ladders and Ladderways in Shafts and Inclines
1544.
Earthwork and Excavating
1545.
Overburden
1546.
Face Inspection and Control
1547.
Protection of Workers at the Face
Article 7. Bins, Bunkers, Hoppers, and Material Storage
Section
1548.
Bins, Bunkers, and Hoppers
1549.
Piling Material
Article 8. Explosives
Section
1550.
Competency of, Blasters
1560.
Explosives -Place of Storage
1561.
Explosives -General Storage
1562.
Magazines of the First Class -Construction and Use
1563.
Magazines of the Second Class -Construction and Use
1564.
Explosives -Transportation of
S
1584.5. Maintenance
I
TITLE 8
DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 106.1
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
•
(Rogistsr 72, No. 50-12.9-72)
Section
1565.
Explosives—Handling and Use
1566.
Blasting Signals
1567.
Explosives, Loading Machines and Methods
1568.
Missed Holes
1569.
Secondary Blasting
1570.
Ammonium Nitrate
1571.
Fuse Blasting
1572.
Deteriorated or Damaged Explosives
1573.
Electric Blasting
157,4.
Use of Blasting Machine
1575.
Blasting with Battery.
1576.
Short -Circuiting Bus Wires and Lead Wires
1577.
Tests
1578.
Retreat from the Site
1579.
Electric Blasting in Proximity with Radio Transmittors
1580. '
Electrical Storms -
Article 9. Derricks, Cranes, Boom -Type Excavators
•
Section
1581.
Scope
.1581.1.
Derricks
1581.2.
Rated Load Marking
1581.3,
Hoisting Ropes
1581.4:
Access to Sheaves, Bearings, and Blocks
1581:5.-
Derrick Signals
1582
Boom -Type Mobile Cranes
•
1582.1
Operating Controls
1582.2.
Crane Boomstops
1582.3.
Load Rating Chart
1582.4.
Load Safety Devices
1582.5.
Operator's Cab
1582:6.
Access to Operator's Position, Machine Hou_se'and/or Boom Blocks
1582.7.
Couplers
1582.8.
Boom Hoist Mechanisms
1582.9.
Load Hoist Drums
1582.10.
'Load Hoist Brakes
1582.11.
Power -Controlled Lowering
1582.12.
Adjustments
1582.13.
Swing Controls
1582.14.
Swing Brake and Locking Device
1582.15.
Travel Brakes and Locks
1582.16.
Sheave Guards "
1582.17.
Warning Device
1582.18.
Wheel Guards . -
1582.19.
Truck Wedges or Jacks
1582.20.
Fire Extinguisher -.
-
1582.21.
Lighting -:
1583.
Cranes Used in Demolition Work
1584.
Climbing or. Tower" Cranes
1584.1.
Erection andbperation
1584.2
Unattended Booms
`
1584.3.
Safety: Devices
1584.4.
Electrical Grounding
1584.5. Maintenance
106.2.
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9.72)
Section
•
1585.'
Hydraulic Cranes and Excavators
1585.1.
Hoist Mechanisms
1585.2.
Load Lowering
1585.3.
Boom Hoist and Supporting Mechanism
1585.4.
Swing Lock and Swing Brake
1588.5.
Controls
1585.6.
Brakes
1585.7.
Front -End Operating Equipment
1585.8.
Hydraulic Relief Valves
1585.9.
Hydraulic Hose, Fittings, and Tubal Inspection
1586.
Barge Mounted Cranes
1586.1.
Permanently Mounted Floating Cranes and Derrick
1586.2.
Life Buoys
1887.
Operating Rules
1587.1.
Traveling
1587.2.
Boom Assembly
1587.3:
Swinging
1587.4.
Hoisting
1587.5.
Slide Areas
1587.6.
Driver's Position
1587.7.
Crane Capacity
1587.8.
Fire Extinguisher
1587.9.
Refueling
'1587.10.
Handling Loads
-1587.11.
,Limit Switches
1587.12.
Signals
1587.13.
Overhead Loads
1587.14.
High Voltage
1587.15.
Operational Testing
1588.
Operators—Qualifications
1588.1.
Operating -Practices
1588.2.
Certificate of Operation of Power -Operated Cranes, Derricks, and
. Cableways
1588.3.
Unit Proof Test and Examination of Cranes and Their Accessory Gear
1588.4.
Unit Proof Test and Examination of Derricks and Their Accessory
Gear
1588.5.
Certificates
1588.6.
Inspection
1588.7
Maintenance
1588.8.,
Adjustments and Repairs
1588.9.
Damaged Booms
1589.
Loading or Lifting Devices
Article 10. Haulage and •Earth Moving
Section
1590.
Haulage and Earth Moving, General
1591.
Haulage Vehicles, Construction and Maintenance
1592.
Warning Devices
1593.
Haulage Vehicle Operation
1594.
Fueling Equipment .
1595.
Repair of Haulage Vehicles, Tractors, Bulldozers and Similar Equip-
• ment
1596.
Roll -Over Protective Structures (BOPS).
•
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 107
• "CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-12.9.72)
Article 11. Traffic Control, Flagmen, Barricades, and Warning Signs
Section
1598. Traffic Control
1599. Flagmen
Article 12. Pile.Driving
Section
1600..
Pile Driving
1601.
Methods of Unloading Piles
Article 13. Work over Water
Section
1602.
Work over Water
Article 14. Construction Elevators
Section
1604.
General _
1605.
Wooden Towers
1606.
Metal Construction Towers
1607.
Construction Elevators for Hoisting Workmen
t Article 15. Hoisting
Section
1610.
Operator
1611.
Hoisting Operations
1612.
Construction Hoisting Signals
1613.
Mobile Towers, Hoists, and Similar Equipment
1614.
•
Mast Towers and Hoists
1615.
Limit Device;
1615.1.
Brakes
,. 1615.2.
Hoist Trolley Frames
1615.3.
Capacity Marking
1615.4.
Stops
1615.5.
Control Equipment
1615.6.
Warning Device
1615.7.
Hoisting Chains, Ropes, and Slings
1615.8.
Defective Hoist or Sling Hooks, Rings, and Chain Links
1615.9.
Rope Safety Factors for Boom -Type Mobile Cranes '
1615.10
Ropes
1615.11.
Hoisting Rope Guards (Hoists)
1616.
Tramways
Article '16. Standard Railings
Section
,
1620.
Design of Temporary Railing
1621.
Railings and Toeboards
'
Article 17. Ramps, Runways, Stairwells, and Stairs
Section
1623.
Wheelbarrow Runways
' 1624.
Runways for Foot Traffic
1625.
Powered Buggy Runways
1626.
Stairwells and Stairs
0 1 1
108
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
Re "inter No. t
1 n, iia- xsn
0 1
Article 18. Access
i
Section
1629.
Stairways
1630.
Elevators for Hoisting Workmen
1631.
Ladders
Article 19. Floor, Roof, and Wall Openings
Section
1632.
Floor, Roof, and Wall Openings to be Guarded
1633.
Elevator Shafts to be Guarded
Article 20. Temporary Floors
Section
1635.
Labor Code Excerpts
Article 21. Scaffolds -General Requirements
Section
1636.
Periphery Railings on Buildings
1637.
General Requirements
Article 22. Scaffolds -Various. Types
Section
1640.
Light: trade. Pole Scaffolds Built of Lumber
1641.
Heavy -trade Wooden Pole Scaffolds
1642.
Schedules of Timber Scaffolds Up to 75 Feet in Height
1643.
Scaffolds Over 75 Feet in Height
1644,
Metal Scaffolds,
1645.
Outrigger and,Bracket Scaffolds,
1646.
Tower Scaffolds and Rolling Scaffolds, Wood or Metal
•
1647.
Horse Scaffolds
1648.
Ladder -jack Scaffolds
1649.
Float Scaffolds "' '
1650.
Needle -Beam Scaffolds
1651.
Boatswains' Chairs
1652.
Staging Supported by Catenary or Horizontal Wire Ropes
Article 23. Suspended Scaffolds
Section
1658.
Suspended Scaffolds -General
1659.
Bricklayers' orMasons' Suspended Scaffolds
1660.
Suspended Scaffolds for- Loads of 425 Pounds or Less
1661.
Suspended=Scaffolds for Loads between 425 and 1,000 Pounds
1662.
Suspended, Power -driven Scaffolds
Article 24. Safety Belts and Nets
Section
1669.
General
1670.
Safety Belts and Life Lines
i 1671.
Safety Nets
1672.
Tests
Article 25. Ladders
Section
1675.
General .
1676..
Ladders, Job -built
1677.
Manufactured Ladders -Specifications and Fabrication
1678.
Extension Ladders
•
109
TITLE 8
DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 73, No. 48-12-8-73)
Article 26. Saws -Power
Section
1680.
Portable Circular Power Saws -Guards,
1681.
Radial Arm Saw or Horizontal Pull Saw
1682.
Table Saw ,
Article 27. Powder -actuated Tools
Section
1684.
Effective Date
1685.
Operator Qualifications
1686.
Approvals
1687.
Design Requirements (High Velocity)
1688.
Design Requirements (Low Velocity)
1689. -
Servicing
1690.
Limitations of Use
1691.
Tool Handling
1692.
Power Loads
Article 28. Miscellaneous Construction Equipment
Section
1695.
Pneumatic Tools
1696.
Portable Compressors
1697.
Weed Burner Pressure Hoses
1698.
Concrete Equipment
1699.
Hand Tools
1700.
Application Equipment
1701.
Hot Pipes and" Hot Surfaces
1702.
Warning Signs
1703.
Rigging Equipment.
1704.
Pneumatically Driven Nailers and Staplers
1705.
Airless Spray Guns
1706.
L -P Gas Fired Space Heaters
Article 29. Erection and Construction
Section
1709.
Overloading Prohibited
1710.
Erection of Trusses and Beams
1711.
Oiling Forms
1712.
Guarding of Protruding Reinforcing Steel
1713.
Erection of Framing
1714.
Precast Panel Erection
1715.
Precast Concrete Construction, Including Tilt -Up
1716.
Lift -slab Operations
1717.
Falsework and Vertical Shoring
1718.
Riding on Hooks, Slings, and Loads Restricted
Article 30. Roofing Operations and Equipment
Section
1725.
Handling of Buckets and Kettles
1726.
Handling Coal Tar Pitch
1727.
Tar Buckets and Gallows Frames
1728.
Tar Kettles
1729.
Kettles Mounted and Used on Elevated Truck Beds
1730.
Roof Hazards
109
110
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 73, No. 49-72.8.73)
Article 31. Demolition
Section
1734.
Supervision
1735.
Demolishing Buildings
1736.
Disposal of Waste Materials
1737.
Fire Prevention
Article 32. Oxygen, Acetylene, and Fuel Gas
Section
1739.
Permit to Operate ,
1740.
Storage and Use of Cylinders
1741.
Pressure Regulators
1742.
Hose and Connections
1743.
General'Precautions
Article 33. Electrical Requirements for Construction Work
Section
1760.
Scope
1761.
Installation and Maintenance
1762.
Methods of Grounding
1763.
,Flexible Cords
1764.
Open Conductor -Clearances
1765.
Underground Conductors
1766.
Temporary Service Pole
1767.
Electrical Distribution,, etc. -Other than Main Service
1768.
Provisions for Preventing Accidents in, the Area of High -Voltage
Lines
Article 34. Federal Regulations
Section
1800.
Scope
1801. ;
Non -ionizing Radiation "
1802.
Eye and Face Protection
1803.
Fire Prevention -I
-1804.
Arc Welding and Cutting
1805.
Fire Prevention
1806.
Base -Mounted Drum Hoists
1807.
Overhead Hoists
1808..
Conveyors
1809.
Marine Operations and Equipment
1810.
Bolting, Riveting, Fitting -up and Plumbing
1811.
Cofferdams
1812.
Underwater Blasting
1813.
Blasting in Excavation Work Under Compressed Air
Article 35: Appendices
Appendix "A".
Labor Code Excerpts; Accident Prevention Program Ideas, Etc.
Appendix "B".
Handy Construction Data; Facts; and Information
Appendix,"C'°.
Helpful Construction Methods
Index
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 111
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 73, No. 7-2-17-73)
Article 1. Introduction
Employer and Employee Responsibilities. These Construction
Safety Orders are for the use of employers and employees toward con-
formance with the policy expressed in Article XX, Section 21, of the
Constitution of the State of California—a policy which includes "full
provision for securing safety in places of employment."
The: following excerpts .from Division 5, Part 1, Chapter 1, of the
California. Labor Code, 1963 or current Edition, are applicable to all
employments:
23. Punishment for Offenses. Except in cases where a different punishment is pre-
scribed, every offense declared by this code, to be a misdemeanor is punishable by
imprisonment in a county jail, not exceeding 6 months, or by a fine not exceeding $500,
or both.
6315. Penalty. Any person who violates any order or recommendation made by au-
thority of Sections 6313 or 6314 or who in any way obstructs or hampers any person
conducting any investigation authorized by the Division, is guilty of a misdemeanor.
6401. Safety" Devices and Safeguards. Every employer shall furnish and use safety
devices and safeguards, and shall adopt and use practices, means, methods, operations,
and processes which are reasonably adequate to render such employment and place of
employment safe. Every employer shall do every other thing reasonably necessary to
protect the life and safety of employees.
6403. Duty of Employer. No employer shall fail or neglect:
(a) To provide and use safety devices and safeguards.
(b) To adopt and use'methods and processes reasonably adequate to render the em-
ployment and place of employment safe.
(c) To do 'every other thing reasonably necessary to protect the life and safety of
employees.
6404. No employer shall occupy or maintain any place of employment that is not safe.
6406. Removal of.Safety Devices. No person shall.,do any of the following: .
(a) Remove, displace, damage, destroy, or carry off any safety device, safeguard, no-
tice, or warning, furnished for use in any employment or place of employment.
(b) Interfere in any way with the use thereof by any other person:
(c) Interfere with the use of any method or process adopted for the protection of any
employee, including himself, in such employment, or place of employment.
(d) Fail or neglect to do every other thing reasonably necessary to protect the life and
safety of employees.
6414. Except where another penalty is specifically provided, every person is guilty of
a misdemeanor who does any of the following:
(a) Violates any safety provision or part thereof in, or authorized by, this part.
(b) Fails or refuses to comply with any such safety provision or any part thereof.
(c) Directly or indirectly, knowingly induces another so to do.
.In any.prosecution under this section, it is prima facie evidence of a violation of any
such safety provision that the accused has failed or refused to comply with any order, rule,
regulation, or requirement of the commission relative thereto. The burden of proof shall
thereupon rest upon the accused to show that he has complied with such safety provision.
Note: "Person" includes employees, employers, or their agents.'
6416. Every employer who, through his gross negligence in failing to provide a safe
employment and place of employment, causes the death of his employee is punishable
by imprisonment in the county jail for not more than one year or by a fine of not less than
$1,000 or more than $5,000.
40
112 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 73, No. 7-2.17.73)
1500. Title. These orders shall be known as the Construction
Safety Orders.
NOTE: Authority cited: Sections 6312, 6500 and 6502, Labor Code.
History.- 1. Construction Safety Orders (§§ 1501 through 1756) originally printed 4-20-
45 (Title 8).
2. -Repealer and New Construction Safety Orders (Subchapter 4, §§ 1500
through 1733) filed 8-29-57; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 57,
No. 14). (For prior amendments, see Registers 3, 5, 9, and 14, No. 8).
3. Repealer of Subchapter 4 and new'Subehapter 4 (§§ 1500 through 1768)
filed 7-9-65; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 65, No. 12).
1501. Superseded Orders. The Construction Safety Orders pub-
lished in California Administrative Code, Title 8, Chapter 4, Subchapter
4, originally printed 8-29=57, are superseded.
1502. Application. (a) These Orders establish minimum safety
standards wherever employment exists in connection with the con-
struction, alteration, painting, repairing, construction maintenance,
renovation, removal, or wrecking of any fixed structure or its parts.
Such Orders also apply to all excavations not covered by other Safety
Orders of the Division .adopted for a specific industry or operation.
(b) At construction projects, these Orders take precedence over any
other general orders of the Division that are inconsistent with them,
except for Tunnel Safety Orders or Compressed Air Safety Orders.
(c) Machines, equipment, processes, and operations not specifically
covered by these Orders shall be governed by other applicable general
Safety Orders of the Division.
1502.1. OSHA Standards. The following Sections of Part 1926,
Chapter XVII, Title 29, Safety and Health Regulation for Construction
of the U. S. Department of Labor, are a part of these Orders, having
been adopted, by reference, by the Industrial Safety Board:
1926.54 Non -ionizing Radiation
1926.102 Eye and Face Protection
1926.151 Fire Prevention
1026.351 Arc Welding and Cutting
1026.352 Fire Prevention
1926.553 Base Mounted Drum Hoists
1926.554 Overhead Hoists
1926.555 Conveyors
1926.605 Marine Operations and Equipment
1926.752 Bolting, Riveting, Fitting -up and Plumbing -up
1926.802 Cofferdams
1926.912 Underwater Blasting
1926.913 Blasting in Excavation Work Under Compressed Air
(See Article 8 Federal Regulations)
Histor)-. 1. Now section filed 2-14-73; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 73,
No. 7).
0
0
•
0
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 113
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 73, No. 7-2.17-73)
1503. Permit for Variations From These Orders. (a) When the Di-
vision finds'that, under such conditions as shall be specified, a variation
from the terms of a safetyorder will give such freedom from danger as
the employment reasonably permits, the Division upon written app -
plication, after investigation and .such hearing as the Division may di-
rect, may make and enter its order permitting such variation from the
terms, of the said Safety Order in a place of employment, upon such
conditions as it . may specify and upon the provision .and' use of such
safety measures and appliances as shall; in the judgment of the said
Division; secure the safety of employees: A copy of.said Order shall be
conspicuously posted at the place of employment,
(b) An appeal from a decision of the..Division, concerning a permit
for- variation from these Orders, may be' made to the Industrial Safety
Board.
(c) When the Division has reason to believe, or upon receipt of a
complaint, that a variation does not provide such freedom from danger,
as the employment reasonably permits the Division after notice to the
employer, and to the complainant, where a complaint has been re-
ceived,and, after hearing, may continue In force, suspend, revoke, or
modify the conditions specified in such Order.
. (d) Where death or serious personal injury at.the place of employ-
ment appears, in -the judgment of the Division, to be attributed to a
variation from the terms of a Safety Oider, the Division may set aside
or amend said variation order after notice to the employer and such
hearings. as the Division may. direct. Notice of, such action shall be
conspicuously posted at -the place of employmet.
(e) No declaration, act, or omission of the Division or of its represent-
atives, other than'a written Order authorizing a variation as permitted
under this order, shall be deemed to exempt, either wholly or in part,
expressly or impliedly, any employer or place of employment from full
compliance with the terms of any. Safety Order.
(f) Whenever a local order is less restrictive than the applicable
Construction Safety Orders and, if in the opinion of the public official
having jurisdiction the public interest is better served by such local
order, he may file for permits for variation under. this Section. • ,
NOTE: (1) "Whenever the Division, by order, fixes a standard of safety for employ-
ments or places of employment, such order shall, when a copy thereof is filed with the
clerk of the county or city to which it applies, establish a minimum requirement concern-
ing the matters covered by such order, and shall be construed in -conn ection with any;local
order relative to the same matter. Such order shall amend or modify any requirement
in the local order not up to the standard of the order of the Division." Labor Code 6318.
NOTE`: (2) Whenever a local order is more restrictive than these orders, the local
order shall govern. See Labor Code 6309.
114 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 73, No. 7-2-17-73)
Article 2. Definitions
1504. Definitions. (a) The following definitions shall apply in the
application of these Orders. The singular number includes the plural,
and.the plural includes the singular.
(1) Accessory. A secondary part of assembly or parts which con-
tribute to the overall function and usefulness of a machine.
ind2) Angle Indicator (Boom) . An accessory which measures and
icates the angle of boom to the horizontal.
(3) Approved. Approved by the Division of Industrial Safety as
follows:
(A) The Division of Industrial Safety may classify as "Approved"
safety materials, devices, appliances, machines, and equipment—
when such approval is required in these Orders—that have been
approved, listed, or labeled as conforming to the standards of the
Underwriters' Laboratories, Factory Mutual's Laboratories, U.S.
Bureau of Standards, U.S. Bureau of Mines, or similar institutions
of recognized standing.
(B) The Division may.approve safety materials, devices, appli-
ances, machines, and equipment which are not listed or labeled, as
conforming to the standards of any of the above-mentioned institu-
tions upon satisfactory evidence that they are so designed and
constructed that they will operate safely under normal operating
conditions. The Division may revoke an approval at any time for
cause.
(C) Whenever an approval is requested it is necessary to submit
complete specificatioins—including engineering calculations and
other data for each design, model, or make for which an approval
is requested; which will -describe and identify the product as com-
pletely as possible. An approval in effect means -the product is
approved as to make, model, design, capacity, strength, workman-
ship, material, orany other pertinent data and the use to which it
is put. It does not mean that each specific product or item requires
an individual approval.
(4) Boom. A member section of a crane or derrick, the lower end
of which is'affixed to a mast, base, carriage, or support, and the upper
end supports a hook or other end attachment. The length of the boom
shall be taken as the straight line distance between the axis of the foot
pin and the 'xis of the end sheave pin.
(5) Boom -Type Excavator. A power -operated crane -type, ex-
cavating machine, usually used for digging or moving materials.
Some excavators of this type are commonly known as a dipper stick
shovel, back -hoe, trench -hoe shovel, dragline, grab bucket, clamshell, .
or orange peel excavator.
(6) Booinstop. A device used, to limit the angle of the boom at
the highest position.
(7) Booming, Luffing or Topping. Raising or lowering the head
of a boom.
(8) Brake. A device used for retarding or stopping motion by
friction or power means. •
(9) Brake (Electric). An electric motor acting as a brake by re-
generative, counter -torque, or dynamic means.
TITLE 8 DIVISION- OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 115
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-72-9-72)
(10) Brake (Electrically Operated). A friction brake actuated or
controlled by electric means.
(11) Bridge. That. part of a crane consisting of girders, trucks, end
ties, footwalks and drive mechanism which carries the trolley or
trolleys.
(12) Buffer. A cushioning device at the ends of a trolley, bridge,
or other moving part of a crane operating on rails to minimize shock
in the event of a collision.
(13) Bulldozer. A tractor' having a blade in front for moving
earth or other materials.
(14) Bumper. A device which stops the moving part at the limit
of travel of a trolley, bridge, or crane operating on rails and prevents
further motion beyond that point.
(15) Cab. An enclosure for housing the operator and the hoisting
mechanism, power plant, or other equipment controlling a crane- or
boom -type excavator.
(16) Cableway. A power operated system for moving loads in
which the loads are conveyed on an overhead cable, track or carriage.
(17) Cage. An .open structure for housing the operator and/or
the equipment controlling cram or hoist.
(18) Carryall. A self -loading and unloading vehicle pulled by a
tractor or powered attachment, and used for .movement and placing
of earth or other materials.
(19) Certified Agent. The manufacturer, or other qualified per-
son acceptable to the Division, or a person who is currently registered
as a professional civil, mechanical, or structural engineer by the State
of California and is knowledgeable in the structure and use of the
,equipment.
(20) Crane. A machine for lifting or lowering a load and moving
it horizontally, in which the hoisting mechanism is an integral part
of'the machine. It may be driven manually or by power and may be
a fixed or a mobile machine, but does not include stackers or lift
trucks. Some of the common types of cranes are defined as follows:
(A), Boom -Type Mobile Crane. A self-propelled crane
egripped with a boom and mounted on a chassis which is support-
ed on either rubber tires, crawler treads or railway wheels running
on railroad tracks.
(B) Cantilever Gantry Crane. A crane in which the bridge -
girders or trusses are extended transversely beyond the crane run-
way on one or both sides. Its runway may be either on the ground
or elevated.
(C) Climber Crane. A crane erected upon and supported by a
building or other structure which may be raised or lowered to
different floors or levels of the building or structure.
(D) Crawler Crane. A crane consisting of a superstructure
with power plant, operating machinery and boom, mounted on a
base, equipped with crawler -treads for travel.
0
116
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8 '
- (Register 72, No. 60-12-372)
(E) Gantry Crane. A crane similar to an overhead traveling
crane, except that the bridge for carrying the trolley or trolleys is
rigidly supported on two or more -movable legs running on fixed
rails or otter -runway.
(F) Hammerhead .Crane. A rotating, counterbalanced cantile-
antile-ver,
ver '-equipped with one or. more a trolleys and supported by a pivot
or turntable on traveling fixed
a or tower.
(G) Jib Crage. A fixed crane consisting of a supported vertical
member from which extends a horizontal swinging arm carrying a .
trolley hoist or other hoisting mechanism.
(H) Locomotive Crane: A boom -type mobile crane consisting
of a self-propelled car operating on a railroad track, upon which is
mounted a rotating body supporting the power -operated mech-
`a
anism, together withboom capable of being raised or lowered at
its head (outer end) 'from which is led the wire rope or chain
connected to the hoisting mechanism, for raising or lowering a
load.
(I) Mobile Tower -Crane. A tower crane which is mounted on
a crawler, truck or similar carrier for travel or transit.
(J) Motor Truck Crane. A boom -type mobile crane mounted
on a motor truck frame or rubber -tired chassis.
(K) Overhead Traveling or Bridge Crane. A crane on a pair of
parallel elevated runways, adapted to lift and. lower a load and
carry it horizontally parallel to, or at right angles to, the runways
or both; and consisting of one or more trolleys operating on the
bridge which in turn consists of one or more girders or trusses
mounted on trucks operating on the :elevated runways, with its
operation limited to the area between the runways:
(L) Portal Crane (Whirley Type). - A gantry crane without
trolley motion, which has a boom attached to a revolving crane
mounted on agantry, with the boom capable of being raised or
lowered
at its. head (outer end). ,Portal cranes may be fixed or
mobile.
(M) Tower Crane.. A crane in which, a boom, swinging jib or
other structural member is mounted on a vertical mast or tower.
(N) Wheel Mounted Crane (Wagon Crane). A crane consist-
ing of a rotating superstructure wit power plant, operating ma-
chinery and boom, mounted on a base or platform equipped with
axles an'd rubber -tired wheels for travel. The base is usually pro-
pelled by the engine in the superstructure, but it may be equipped
with a separate engine controlled from the superstructure. Its
unc-
tion is to hoist and swing loads at various radii.
(21) . Crane Runway. The structure upon which a crane runs and
may be:
(A) A structure consisting of columns, longitudinal bracing and
elevated beams, girders, or trusses, for supporting traveling or'
bridge cranes.
(B) Elevated beams, girders, or trusses in a building or on the
side of a building, supporting, traveling" cranes.
(C) Surface tracks or rails.
(D) Tracks or railed on walls or trestles.
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 117
•CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9-72)
1..
(22) Derrick. ' An apparatus consisting of a . mast or equivalent
member held at the top by guys or braces, with or without a boom,
for use with -4 hoisting mechanism and- operating rope, for lifting or
lowering a load and moving it horizontally.
(A) A -Frame Derrick: A derrick in :which the boom is hinged
from a cross member between the bottom ends of,two upright
members spread apart at the lower ends and jointed at the'top; the
boom point secured to the junction of the side members, and the
side members are ,braced or guyed .from this junction point.
(B) Breast Derrick. A derrick without a boom. The mast con-
sists of two, side members spread farther apart at the base than at
the top and tied.together at top and bottom by rigid members. The
mast_ is prevented fromtipping forward by guys connected to'its
top. The load is raised and lowered by ropes through a sheave or
block secured to the top crosspiece.
(C) Chicago Boom. A boom which is attached to 'a structure,
an outside member of the structure serving as the mast,.and the
boom being stepped in a fixed socket clamped to the upright. The
unit serves as a complete derrick when complete with load, boom,
and boom point swing line falls.
(D) Gin Pole Derrick. A derrick without.a boom; Its guys are
so arranged from its op to permit leaning the mast in any direction..
The load is raised and lowered by. ropes reeved through sheaves or
blocks at the top of the mast.
(E) Guy Derrick. A fixed derrick consisting of a�mast capable
of bbeing rotated, supported in a .vertical position by guys,, and a
boom whose bottom end is hinged or pivoted to move in a vertical
Ewith a reeved rope between the head of the mast and the
boom point for raising and lowerhig the boom, and a reeved rope
from the boom point for raising and lowering the load.
(F) Stiffleg Derrick. A derrick similar to a guy derrick except
that the mast is supported or held. in place by two or more stiff
members, called stifflegs, which are capable of resisting either ten-
sile or compressive forces. Sills are generally provided to connect
the lower ends of the stifflegs to the foot of the mast,..
(23), Division. Division of Industrial Safety.
(24) Dynamic Loading. .Loads introduced into the machine or its
components -by forces in motion.
(25) Elevator, Construction. Any means used to hoist persons or
material of any kind,on a building under -course of construction,.when
operated within guides, by any power other. than. muscular power.
(26) .Employer. Employer shall have the same meaning as in Sec-
tion 6304 of the Labor Code and shall also include every person
having direction, management, control, or custody of any employ-
ment; place of employment, or any employee.
(27) Excavation, Trenches, Earthwork.
(A) Bell Hole. An additional excavation made into the sides or
bottom of a irench-to, provide additional work space. -
• (B) Belled Excavation. A part of a shaft or footing excavation,
usually near the bottom and bell-shaped, , that makes the cross-
sectional area at,that point larger than that above. - -
118 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 572-372)
(C) Braces for Excavations.
•
The horizontal members of the
shoring,system whose ends bear against the uprights or stringers.
(D) Earthwork. The process of excavating, moving, storing,
placing, and working any, type of earth -materials.
(E) Excavation. A man-made cavity or depression in the
earth's surface, including its sides, walls, or faces formed by earth
removal and producing unsupported earth conditions by reason of
the excavation. If installed forms or similar structures reduce the
depth to width relationship, am excavation may become a trench.
(F) Hard Compact. All earth material not classified as running
or unstable.
(G) Running. Earth material whose angle of repose is approxi-
mately zero, as in the case of soil in a nearly liquid state, or dry,
unpacked sand which flows freely under slight pressure.
(H) Shaft. An excavation under earth's surface whose depth,
either horizontal or vertical, is much greater than its cross-sectional
dimensions such as those formed to serve as wells, cesspools, certain
foundation footings, and -under streets, railroads, buildings, etc.
(I) Shore. A supporting member that resists a compressive
force imposed by a load.
(J) Shoring System. A temporary structure for the support of
earth surfaces formed as a result of excavation work.
(K) Sides, Walls, and Faces. The vertical or inclined earth sur-
faces formed as a result of excavation work.
(L) Sloping of Earth. The angle with the horizontal which a
particular earth material will stand indefinitely without move-
ment.
(M) Spoil. The earth material that is removed in the formation
of an excavation.
(N) Stringers. The horizontal members of the shoring system
whose sides bear against the uprights or earth.
(0) Trench. Shall mean an excavation in which the depth ex-
ceeds the average width of its cross section. Excavations that are
more than 15 feet wide at the bottom, shafts, tunnels, and mine
excavations are not trenches.
(P) Unstable, as used in Article 6. Earth material other than
running that, because of its nature or the influence of related condi-
tions, cannot be depended upon to remain in place without extra
support, such as would be furnished by a system of shoring.
(Q) Uprights. The vertical members of the shoring system.
(R) Waler. A structural member in a horizontal or nearly hori-
zontal position used for stiffening or securing other components of
concrete forms, excavation sheeting, or similar temporary struc-
tures.
(28) Explosives.
(A) Blasting Cap. A shell closed at one end and containing a
charge of detonating compound which is ignited from a spark. It
is for detonating
used explosives.
(B) Capped Fuse. A length of safety fuse to which a blasting
cap has been attached.
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 119
® CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9-72)
(C) Explosive. Any mixture or chemical compound which is
capable ofproducing an explosion -by its own energy. This includes
black powder, dynamite, nitroglycerine compounds, fulminate, ni-
tro carbo nitrates, or explosive substances having explosive power
equal to or greater than black powder.
(DMissed Hole. A drill hole containing an explosive charge
that f ailed to explode.
(E) Powder. Any explosive other than the detonating agent.
(F) Primary Blasting. The blasting operation by which rock or
other material that has not previously been disturbed by,similar
operation is broken into fragments.
(G) Primer. An explosive cartridge, with a detonator or ignit-
ing agent inserted therein.
(H) Safety Fuse. A medium, manufactured especially for fir-
ing explosive charges, that conveys a flame at uniform rate rather
than one that is in itself a detonator or one that operates on some
other principle.
(I) Stemming. Material used for confining a charge of explo-
sives in a hole or to cover explosives in mud -capping.
(J) Wires, Bus. Wires in the blasting circuit to which the leg
wires of electric blasting caps are attached for parallel electric
blasting.
(K) Wires, Leading. Wires connecting the bus wires or where -
bus wires are not used, the leg wires to the permanent blasting
wires.
(L) Wires, Permanent Blasting. Those wires between the fir-
ing switch and auxiliary switch, including sections between auxil-
iary, switches, for use in blasting where the power source is an
electric circuit.
(29) Falsework and Shoring for Concrete Construction. Tempo-
rary formwork and vertical shoring, etc., to support concrete and
placing operations for supported slabs of concrete structures.
(30) Haulage Vehicle, as used in these Orders. A self-propelled
vehicle including its trailer, used to transport materials on construc-
tion projects. The term "haulage vehicle" includes trucks, truck and
trailer combinations, and all other similar equipment used for haul-
age.
(31) High Voltage. Sustained voltage of more than 600 volts.
(32) Hoist. An apparatus for raising or lowering a load by the
application of a pulling force, -but does not include a car or platform
riding in guides. Some common types of hoists are defined -as follows:
(A) Base -Mounted Electric Hoist. A hoist similar to an over-
head electric hoist, except that it has a base or feet and may be
mounted overhead,,on a vertical plane, or in any position for which
it is designed.
(B) Clevis Suspension Hoist. A hoist whose upper suspension
member is a clevis.
(C) Hook Suspension Hoist. A hoist 'whose upper suspension
• member is a hook.
120 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS I TITLE 8
. (Register 72, No. 512-9-72)
(D) Monorail Hoist. A trolley
suspension hoist whose trolley is
suspended from a single rail.
(E) Overhead Electric Hoist. A hoist with one or more drums
controlled by manually operated clutches, brakes or ratchet and
pawl on drum, and control levers, which is operated by hand or by
power.
(F) Simple Drum Hoist. A hoist with one or more drums con-
trolled by manually operated. clutches, brakes or ratchet and pawl
on drum, and control levers, which is operated by hand or by
power.
NOTE: This type of hoist is known to the trade as a contractor's hoist and is usually
a portable unit.
(i) Double -Drum Hoist. A simple drum hoist having two
independent hoisting drums._
(ii) Single Drum Hoist. A simple drum hoist having only one
hoisting, drum.
(iii) Single Fixed Drum Hoist. A single -drum hoist with the
drum geared directly to the power unit instead of by means of
friction clutches.
(CTrolley Suspension Hoist.. A hoist whose upper suspension
memLr is a trolley for the purpose of running the hoist below a
suitable runway..It may be either floor or cage -operated.
(33) Hoisting Machine. A power operated machine used for lift-
ing or lowering a load, utilizing a drum and a wire rope, excluding
elevators. This shall include but not be limited to a crane, derrick and
cableway:
(34) Jib.
(A) A horizontal arm, for supporting a trolley or fall. block which
does not change its inclination with the horizontal.
(B) An extension attached. to the boom point toprovide added
boom length for lifting specified loads. The jib may be in line with
the boom or offset to various angles.
(35) Ladders.
(A) Ladder. A device other than a ramp or stairway, designed
for use in ascending or.descending at an angle with the horizontal.
A ladder is intended to be stationary while in service and, consists
of two side pieces called siderails, joined at short intervals by cross-
pieces called steps, rungs or cleats.
(B) Ladder, Extension. A ladder consisting of two or more sec-
tions, with guides or brackets so arranged that the ladder may be
adjusted to different lengths by sliding and locking the movable
section or sections.
(C) Ladder, Fixed. A ladder permanently fastened to a struc-
ture.
(D) Ladder, Portable. A ladder, not -permanently fixed in
place, which may be used at various locations.
(E) Ladder, Stepladder. A ladder having treads and so con-
structed as to be self-supporting.
(F) Ladder, Steps. Either rungs, treads, or cleats.
•
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 121
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 54-72-9.72)
(G) Ladder, Trestle or "A". A ladder consisting of two special,
single ladders hinged together at the top to form equal angles with
the surface on which they stand.
(H) , Ladder, Extension Trestle. A ladder consisting of an "A"
or trestle ladder with an additional single ladder, which is support-
ed in a vertical position, by the "A" ladder.
(36) Lay. ' That distance measured along a rope . in which one
strand makes ,a complete revolution around the rope axis.
(37) - Life Line., 'A rope, suitable for supporting a worker if one
end is fastened to a safety belt and the other end is secured to a
substantial object or a safety line. .
(38) Lift -Slab. An operation whereby a concrete slab is lifted into
an elevated position by means of jacks located above the slab on
columns or other .supporting members.
(39) Limit Switch. A device designed to cut off the power au-
tomatically 'at or near the limit of travel of a crane, trolley, hoist, or
similar mechanism.
(40) Line Pull, Permissible. A line pull, less than the available
pull, restricted by' rope strength, clutch or brake ability, or other
limitation in machinery or equipment.
(41) - Load Rating. The lifting capacity, established by the certi-
fied agent ,for various angles and positions.
\ (42) Loading Device. - A mobile mechanical -powered machine of
the skip loader type used for pickingup materials and ,loading or
dumping them into haulage vehicles, bins, or hoppers, excluding
boom -type excavators and endless belt or chain conveyors.
(43) Lumber.
(A) Douglas Fir or Equivalent. "Selected lumber" or other suit-
able material of proper size, having .strength at least equal to the
specified Douglas fir members.
(B) "Selected Lumber". Douglas fir that has been graded, un-
der standards as high as those followed by the West Coast Lumber
Inspection Bureau in August 1, 1961, as suitable for a bending stress
of 1,500 psi. Small material like boards, sheathing, studs, and light
framing are not normally assigned a 1,500 psi stress rating, but such
material is considered to -,be "selected lumber" if it has been as-
signed the same lumber rade as the larger pieces that are rated
at 1,500 psi bending.
Note: Construction grade lumber described in paragraphs 120-
b, 122-b, 123=b, 124-b, and 125 -bb of the August 1, 1961, Standard
Grading and Dressing Rules No. 15, published by West Coast
Lumbermen's Association, satisfies the above definition.
(C) "Structural Plank". Douglas fir suitable for scaffold planks.
The following characteristics. and limiting provisions apply:
Allowable bending stress: 1.,900 pounds per square inch.
Medium seasoning checks.
Close grain.
• Slope of grain not more than 1 in 12.
122 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 572.9.72)
Knots allowed only if sound, tight, well -scattered, and limited
in size to the following approximate maximums: 1% -inch, 2% -
inch, and 2'/z -inch -knots allowed in 10 -inch, 12 -inch, and 14 -inch
face widths respectively.
Notes: (i) Well -scattered means that the sum of the sizes -of all
knots in any 6 inches of length of a piece must not exceed twice
the size of the. largest knot permitted. More than 1 knot of max-
imum permissible size, must not be in the same 6 inches of length,
and the combination of knots must not be serious. '
(ii) Select,structural scaffold plank, as.described in paragraph
171-b of the August 1,196i, Standard Grading and Dressing Rules
No., 15, published by West Coast Lumbermen's Association, satis-
fies the above definition.
(D) Size: Unless otherwise stated, the lumber sizes referred to
in these orders mean nominal sizes and thus include both the rough
and dressed members of those nominal sizes.
(44) Machine House. An enclosure for housing the hoisting
mechanism and power plant.
(45) Man Trolley. A trolley having operator's
an cage attached
thereto and may be used as an integral part.of a monorail hoist.
(46) Mast Tower.. A single vertical member on -which a cantilev-
ered platform, suitable for carrying material, may be 'moved up and
down.
(47) - Personal Safety Devices and Safeguards. Protection where
modified by the words head, eye, body, -hand, and foot-, as required
by the :Orders in this Article, means the safeguarding obtained by
means of safety devices and safeguards of the proper type for the
exposure, and of such design, strength, and quality as, to eliminate,
preclude, or mitigate the hazard.
NOTE: See Item 3, for definition -of "approved."
(48) Platform means an elevated'working area or,surface.
(49) Powder -Actuated Tools.
(A) Piston Tool—Low Velocity Type. A tool that utilizes a
piston to drive a stud, pin, or fastener into a.work surface and is so.
designed that when used with any .commercially available power
load that will chamber in the tool and a proper stud, pin, or fas-
tener, it will not cause such stud, pin, or fastener to have a velocity
in excess of 300 feet per second when measured 6.5 feet from the
muzzle end of the barrel.
NOTE: This measurement is obtained by use of accepted ballistic test methods.
(B) Powder -Actuated Fastening Tool. A tool or machine which
by means of a power load propels or discharges a stud, pin, or
fastener for the purpose of impinging' it upon, affixing it to, or
Penetrating another object or material.
(C) Power Load. Any substance in any form capable of pro-
ducing a propellant force when used in a powder -actuated tool.
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 123
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-72-9-72)
(D) Protective Shield or Guard. A device or guard attached to
muzzle end of a powder -actuated tool which is designed to confine
flying particles.
(E) Qualified Operator. A person holding a valid "Operator's
Card" issued pursuant to Article 27, Section 1685, hereof, as applica-
ble to powder -actuated fastening tools.
(F) Stud, Pin,. or Fastener.. A fastening device specially de-
signed and manufactured and specified for use in tools.
SSG) Tool. A powder' -actuated fastening tool, unless otherwise
indicated' and shall include all accessories pertaining thereto.
(H) Unapproved Powder -Actuated Tool. A tool not approved
or one which materially differs from an approved tool whether by
reason of manufacture, alteration, excessive wear,'damage, or other
cause. -
(50) Qualified Person. A person designated by the employer
Who by reason of experience or instruction is familiar with the opera-
tion to be performed and the hazards involved.
(51) Radius (Load). The horizontal distance from the center of
rotation of crane or derrick to the center of the freely suspended hook
or load.
(52) Ramp. A surfaced sloping passageway connecting two dif-
ferent levels.
(53) Reeving. A rope system in which the rope travels around
drums and sheaves.
• (54) Rope. Refers to wire rope unless otherwise specified.
(55) Runway. An elevated passageway.
(56) Safety Line. One that is provided to protect a worker from
falls caused by failure of scaffolds, working platforms, or loss of bal-
ance, and shall extend to within_ 4 feet of ground or other stable
surface.
(57) Scaffolds and Staging.
(A) Scaffold. The complete scaffold structure, including the
platform and all supporting members.
(B.) Scaffold, Heavy Trades. A, heavily constructed scaffold
built to withstand the weight of workmen and the storage of
materials, such as bricks, mortar, concrete blocks, etc. It is intended
for use on work where heavy material will accumulate on the
scaffold. The load, including workmen to be placed thereon, is
limited by the Orders to a maximum of 100 pounds per square foot
of. scaffold platform.
(C) Scaffold, Light Trades. A scaffold used by plasterers, car-
penters, sheetmetal workers, or other trades not using heavy tools
or storing heavy material on the scaffold. The load, including work-
men to be placed thereon, is limited by the Orders to a maximum
of 30 pounds per square foot of scaffold platform.
(D) Ledger. The horizontal member of a scaffold that runs at
right angles to the wall and directly supports the planking of the
platform.
i
124 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 50-12.9.72)
`(E)
Ribbon. The horizontal member in a scaffold which runs
from upright to upright parallel to the building and is normally
placed directly under. the, ledger.
(F) " Uprights. The vertical members of a pole scaffold, such as .
posts, poles, or columns.
(G) Scaffold, Outrigger. A scaffold not suspended by ropes,
that'is supported by outrigger beams cantilevered out from the
structure to which they are anchored.
(H) Scaffold, Suspended. A scaffold suspended from above by
ropes or cables and rigged with pulley blocks, winches, or equiva-
'
lent, so that the scaffold elevation is easily adjustable. ,
(I) Scaffold, Suspended, Power -Driven. Any suspended scaf-,
fold equipped with 1 or more power units for raising or lowering
that are a part of and travel with the scaffold.
(J) Thrust -Out: The beam extending out from a structure to
supporta suspended scaffold.
(K) Stud'Jack. A scaffold device of metal with saw -like teeth
that grip the stud when the load is applied, and having a cantilev=
•
ledger for the
ered .support of a working platform.
(L). Catenary or Stretch Cables. Cables for the support of stag-
ing, that are -secured at each end and extend in a nearly horizontal
plane. The staging is placed on,,and supported by these cables: ,
(M)= Boatswain s chair, means a seat which may be raised or.
lowered by means of attached rigging which suspends it and the
seated workman "from above.
(58) Shall. Mandatory:
(59) Should. Recommended.
(60) Side Pull or Side Loading.. A load',applied at any angle to the
vertical plane of the boom.
'(61) Skip., A, container, with sides in which materials a're hoisted.
(62) Standing Rope (Guy). A supporting rope which maintains
a constant distance between the points of attachment to the two
components connected by, the rope.
(63) Structural Competence. The ability of the machine and its
components to withstand the stresses imposed by applied loads.
(64) Swinging or Slewing.' The act of moving a boom through a
horizontal arc.
(65) Transit. The moving or transporting of a crane from one job
site .to another.
(66) Travel. The function of a machine moving from one location
to another on a job site.
(67) Trolley. A truck or carriage supporting the load mounted on
an overhead beam, bridge, cableway or track.
(68 Truck (Of An Overhead,' Gantry, Or Locomotive Crane).
The framework and wheels operating ,on the runway or rails -and
supporting the bridge, trolley; or body of the crane.
NOTE: Authority cited for Article 2: Sections 6312, 6500 and 6502, Labor Code.
History.- 1. Repealer of Article 2 (Section 1504) and new Article 2 (Section 1504) filed
12-8-72; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 72, No. 50).
Tr= 8 Drv>moN .or INDu miAL SAPETr 125
-CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDZU
(Register 73, No. 44-11-3-73)
Article S. General'
1509. Accident -Prevention Program. (a) Every employer shall
inaugurate and maintain an accident -prevention program. The pro-
gram shall provide that capable, responsible supervisors shall make
regular inspections of all excavations, forms, scaffolds, stairs, ladders,
structures, machinery, and equipment at frequent. intervals; shall take,
immediate corrective measures to eliminate the hazards directly under
the control of the employer; or shall report violations of Safety Orders
and safe practices to the responsible employer.
(b) . The adoption and. use of • a Code of Safe Practices and pro-
cedures for his operations similar and at least equal to those .shown in
Plate A -2-a, b, c; d of the Appendix shall be an obligation of the. em-
ployer, and shall be posted in a conspicuous location at each, job site
office, or be provided each supervisory employee.
(c) Monthly or more frequent meetings of- all foremen should be
held under direction of management- for a. discussion Iof safety prob-
lems and accidents that have occurred.
(d) Supervisory personnel shall conduct short "toolbox" or
"tailgate" safety meetings—or equivalent—with their- crews. at least
every 10 working days onthe job or as needed to emphasize safety.
1510. Safety Instrpotions for New Employees. • When a worker
is first employed he shall be given instructions regarding ,the hazards
iand safety precautions applicable to the type of work in question and
directed to read the Code of Safe Practices.
1511. General Safety Precautions. (a) Every reasonable effort
shall be taken to insure the safety of the. workmen in all situations.
(b) No worker shall be required or knowingly permitted to work
in an unsafe place, unless for the purpose of making it safe and then
only ' after proper precautions have been . taken to protect him while .
doing such work.
(c)__ Prior to the start of work, the employer' shall make a thor-
ough survey ofthe conditions of the site to determine'so, far ,as' practi-
cable the predictable hazards to employees and the kind and extent of
safeguards necessary to prosecute the work in a safe manner. See
Plate A -2-a, b, Appendix, for Advance Planning for Construction
Work.
1512. Medical Services and First Aid. (a) Employer shall en-
sure the ready availability of medical personnel for advice and con-
sultation on.matters of industrial health or injury.
(b) In the absence of an infirmary, clinic, or hospital, in 'near
proximity to the workplace, which is used, for the treatment of all
injured employees, a person or persons shall be adequately trained to
render first aid. Training shall be .equal to that of the U.S. 'Bureau
of Mines or American Red Cross.
(c) There shall be adequate first-aid materials, approved by .the
• consulting physician, readily available for workmen on every job. Such
materials shall be kept in a sanitary and usable C'o'ndition."A frequent
inspection shall be made of all first-aid materials, which shall be
replenished as necessary.
' S-1
126 INDusTRLIL RELATIONS ' TITLE 8
(Register 73, No. 44-11-3-73)
(d) Where the eyes or body of any person may be exposed to
injurious corrosive materials, suitable facilities for quick drenching
or flushing of the eyes and body shall be provided within the work
area for immediate emergency use. .
(e) Stretchers and blankets, or other.adequate warm covering,
may be required by the Division, unless ambulance service is available
within 30 minutes under normal conditions.
(f) At isolated locations, provisions must be made in advance for
prompt medical attention in case of serious injuries. This may be,
accomplished by on -the -site facilities or property equipment for prompt
transportation of the injured person to a physician or a telephone
communication system for contacting a doctor or combinations of these
that will avoid unnecessary delay in treatment.
History: 1. Repealer and new section filed 11-1-73; effective thirtieth day
thereafter (Register 73, No. 44).
1513. Housekeeping. (a) During the course of construction,
alteration,'or repairs, form and scrap lumber with protruding nails and
all other debris shall be kept reasonably cleared from work areas,
passageways, and stairs in and around buildings or other structures.
The ground area within 6 feet of a building under construction shall
be reasonably free from irregularities wherever it is practicable to
attain this condition by grading or similar methods, and open ditches
shall be bridged to provide passageways at convenient places. Material
storage areas and walkways on the construction site shall be main-
tained reasonably free of dangerous depressions, obstructions, and
debris.
(b) Piles of combustible scrap and debris accumulated on second
and higher floors shall be removed promptly during the course,of con-
struction. Adequate means shall be provided to expedite such removal.
1514. Band Protection. (a)' Protection for the hands and other
exposed skin areas may be required for employees whose work involves
unusual and excessive exposure to- cuts, burns, or to corrosive, irritat-
ing, allergenic, or other harmful substances.
(b) The employer shall exercise great care in the direction and
supervision of employees with relation to the wearing of gloves when
working around machinery. The wearing of gloves by a saw operator
is not advisable, and the wearing of gauntlet -type or loose -cuff -type
gloves around any moving machinery should not be permitted.
.(c) Gloves, protective clothing, and/or protective creams shall b--
used
aused when deemed necessary by the. Division for protection of exposed
skin surfaces of men working with corrosive, irritating, allergenic, or
other harmful substances.
1515. Foot Protection. (a) Foot protection may be required
for employees who are exposed to foot injuries from hot, corrosive, or
poisonous substances or falling objects which may cause injuries or for
employees who are required to work in _abnormally wet locations.
(b) Footwear which is defective or inappropriate to the extent
that its ordinary use creates the possibility of foot injuries shall not
be worn.
(c) Acceptable metal or plastic safety insoles shall be provided
and worn with all rubber footwear where job conditions indicate such
need exists.
3-3
0
i
TITLE 8 DwmioN OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 127
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
1516. Head Protection. Workers who are subjected to the
hazard-offalling or flying material shall be protected by a hat designed
to resist the impact of falling objects.
1517. Eye Protection. Employees working in locations where
eye hazards—due to flying particles, hazardous substances, or injurious
light rays—are inherent in the work or environment, shall be safe-
guarded by means of eye protection. Suitable screens or shields isolat-
ing the hazardous exposure shall be provided to safeguard nearby
employees when practicable.
Note: Where exposed to injurious light rays, the shade of
lens to use in any instance may well be determined by the indi-
vidual operator who is using the helmet, hand shield, or goggles,
but the shade 'selected should not vary more than 2 consecutive
numbers from the shades specified below. The principal object is
to diminish the intensity of the light to a point where there will
be no injurious visible infrared or ultraviolet rays or glare.
The following are shade numbers for recommended lens densities:
(1) Clear lenses and filter lenses up to and including
Shade No. 2 filter lenses may be used for: resistance welding;
stray light from nearby cutting and welding operations, metal
pouring, and furnace. work; reflected .light from snow and
® water; and similar injurious rays of low intensity.
Note: Lenses of this group cannot be relied upon to
provide complete protection from injurious light rays,
and employees should be cautioned to avoid unnecessary
exposure.
(2) Shade No. 5 filter lenses are intended for light gas
cutting and gas welding.
(3) .Shade No. 6 filter lenses are intended for gas cutting,
medium gas welding, and for are welding up to 30 amperes.
(4) Shade No. 8 filter lenses are intended for heavy gas
welding, and for are cutting and welding exceeding 30 but
not exceeding 75 amperes.
(5) Shade No. 10 filter lenses are intended for are weld-
ing and cutting exceeding 75 but not exceeding 200, amperes.
(6) Shade No. 12 filter lenses are intended for are weld-
ing and cutting exceeding 200 but not exceeding 400 amperes.
(7) Shade No. 14 filter lenses are intended for are weld-
ing and cutting exceeding 400 amperes.
•
1518. Ear Protection. Where required by Noise Control Safety
Orders, ear protection shall be provided by the employer and worn by
the employee.
3-3
128 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
1519. Body Protection. (a) Body protection may be required
for employees whose work exposes parts of their body, not otherwise
protected as required by other orders in this article, to hazardous or
flying substances or objects.
Note: Employees should be cautioned to wash promptly and
thoroughly after exposure to injurious substances.
(b) Clothing appropriate for the work being done shall be worn.
Loose sleeves, tails, ties, frills, lapels, cuffs, or other loose clothing
shall not be worn around machinery in which it might become en-
tangled.
(c) Clothing saturated or impregnated with flammable liquids;
corrosive substances, irritants, or oxidizing agents shall be promptly
removed, and shall not be worn until properly cleaned.
(d) Where the occupational duties of the employee expose him
to certain irritants, facilities for proper cleansing of the skin may be
required for the prevention of skin disorders. Depending upon the
problem, these facilities may be in the form of ordinary soap and
water or in the form of special compounds designed specifically for
removal of the harmful material from skin surfaces. -
1520. Illumination. (a) Working areas, aisles, passageways,
work benches, and machines shall be provided with either natural or
artificial -illumination which is adequate and suitable to secure the
safety of employees.
(b) Sufficient illumination on all, stairways, providing at least 2
foot-candles of light on the stairs, shall be maintained. A 100 -watt bulb
located not more than 10 feet above each landing will normally provide
sufficient illumination.
1521. Toilets at Construction Job Sites. (a) There shall be not
less than 1 toilet for each 15 employees or fractional part thereof work-
ing at a construction job site.
(b) Type of Facility. Unless other suitable facilities are avail-
able, the toilet shall consist of a chemical -type privy, water closet, or a
pit privy, provided, however, that pit privy shall consist of a pit at
least 4 feet deep with'a well constructed shelter, the openings of which
shall be flyproofed, and with respect to which adequate sanitary and
safe flooring shall be provided.
1522. Drinking Water. (a) Fresh and potable drinking water
shall be available to employees during working hours.
(b) Common drinking vessels of any kind are prohibited.
1523. Glass. (a) All glass installed during construction, alter.
ation, or repair should be plainly and visibly marked at the time of
installation. Such marking should remain on the glass until the final
cleanup of the job. (Marking by -putty shall not be acceptable).
3-4
is
TITLE 8 DrvisioN or INDusTRIAL SAFETY 129
CoxsTRUMON SArETY ORDERS
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17.65)
Article 4. Dust, Fumes, Mists, Vapors, and Gases •
1530. General. Whenever harmful dusts, fumes; mists, vapors,
or gases exist or are produced in the course of employment in quantities
giving rise to harmful exposure of employees, such hazards shall be
controlled.by eliminating the degree of hazard, by removing the work-
men from exposure to the hazard, by the application of general ventila-
tion, local exhaust ventilation, or by approved respiratory protective
equipment as required in Section 1531.
1531. Respiratory Protective Equipment. (a) When to Be Worn.
When it is impracticable to remove harmful dusts, fumes, mists, vapors,
or toxic or flammable gases at their source, the employer shall provide,
and the employee exposed to such hazards shall use, approved respira•.
tory protective equipment. I -
(b) Only approved respiratory equipment,shall be used.
Note: Approval of equipment by the Division of Indus-
trial Safety will, in all cases, be based on standards 'at least
equivalent to those of the U. S. Bureau of Mines. Approval
of equipment for which the U. $. Bureau of Mines has not
established standards shall be -contingent upon proof of its
merits satisfactory to the Division.
(c) Protection of Temporary Nature. The use of respiratory
equipment shall, in general, be regarded as emergency protection
against occasional and/or relatively brief exposure. .
Note: Air supplied positive -pressure equipment may be
acceptable for continuous use. .
(d) Education in Use of Equipment Required. Employers and
employees shall familiarize themselves with the use, sanitary care, and
limitations of such respiratory equipment as any employee may have
occasion to use.
(e)' Provision and Care of Equipment—Duty of Employer and
Employee. It shall be the duty of the employer to provide, and re-
place when necessary, such respiratory protective equipment as may
be required and to. maintain same in efficient and sanitary condition.
It shall be the duty of the employee to use such equipment provided
for him and to exercise due care to maintain same in efficient and
sanitary condition.
(f) Positive -Pressure Equipment
(1) Air supply to hose masks and positive -pressure air
helmets shall be free from harmful dusts, fumes, mists, vapors,
or gases to the extent that the inhalation of such air shall not
constitute harmful exposure.
• Refer also to Subchapter 4, Chapter 8, Title 24—Building Standards.
4-1
130 INnusTmAL Rm.ATTONs TM%E 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7.17-65)
(2) The intake of air delivered to respiratory equipment
shall be so located as to prevent contamination of the air by
harmful substances, including exhaust fumes.
(3) Maximum air pressure at the hose connection to
positive -pressure respiratory equipment shall not exceed the
pressure specified in the approval of the equipment.
1532. Confined Spaces. (a) Tests for the presence of combusti-
ble or dangerous gases shall be made with an approved. device immedi-
ately prior to a workman's entering a confined space and at intervals
frequent enough to insure a safe atmosphere during the time a work-
man is in such a structure. A record of such tests shall be kept at the
job site.
Sources of ignition, including smoking, shall be prohibited in any
confined space until after the atmosphere within the confined space has
been tested and found safe.
Note: Confined spaces for the purpose of this Article
shall mean the interior of storm drains, sewers, vaults., utility
pipe lines, manholes, and any other such structure which is
similarly surrounded by confining surfaces so as to permit the
accumulation of dangerous gases or vapors.
(b) No employee shall be permitted to enter or remain within a
confined space until such confined space is free of harmful concentra-
tions, unless the employee is wearing suitable and approved respiratory •
equipment.
Confined spaces that contain or that have last been used as con-
tainers of toxic gases,, light oils, hydrogen sulfide, corrosives, or poison-
ous substances, shall, in every case, be tested by means of approved
devices 'or chemical analysis before being entered without wearing ap-
proved respiratory equipment.
Tanks, vessels, or other confined spaces having openings or man-
holes 'in the side as well as in the top shall be entered from the side
openings or manholes when practicable.
Note: For the purpose of this Order, side manholes or
side openings in tanks or vessels are to be considered those
manholes or openings that are within 3J feet of the bottom
of the tank or vessel.
(c) An approved safety belt with a life line attached, or other.
approved device, shall be used by employees wearing respiratory equip-
ment within tanks, vessels, or other confined spaces; such safety belt
and life line shall also be required when respiratory equipment is not
worn, if the possibility exists that confined spaces may become hazard-
ous. At least 1 employee shall stand by on the outside, while employees
are inside, ready to give assistance in case of emergency.
If entry is through a top opening, the safety belt shall be of the
harness type that suspends a person in an upright position and shall
40
4-S
Trna 8 Drv=Ox ov IxDvaTnuL SAPwr 181
CoxsTsvMox SAYETY OUDZee
(Register 72, No. 26-6-24-72)
have a safety line attached. The other .end of the line shall be secured
outside the entry opening. If entry is through a top opening, at least 1
additional employee shall be within sight and call of the stand-by
employee. This additional employee may perform, any duties except
those of operating the blowers. Employees assigned to operate blowers
shall have no other duties. -
(d) When conditions ' in a confined space are such that require
employees within it to wear respiratory equipment, there shall be at
least 2 men on the. job equipped with approved respiratory equipment,
exclusive of the .blower operator and stand-by employees.
All men equipped with respiratory equipment may, be in the con-
fined space' at the same time. When only 1 man so equipped is inside
the confined space while the second man so equipped is outside, the
man outside- shall be within sight and call of the stand-by employees
at all times.
Exception: When the confined space is a tank or vessel
less than 12 feet in diameter and entrance is through a wide
opening, not more than 3J feet above the bottom of the tank
or vessel, only 1 employee equipped with approved respiratory
equipment will be required.
-.(e) Before work is performed in a confined space, provisions shall
be made for ready entry and exit. - '
•(f) At least 1 person. shall be immediately available to administer
.artificial respiration while work is being performed inside a confined
space when respiratory equipment is being worn.
(g) All work shall be arranged in short periods in any confined'
space when atmospheric conditions are nauseating or where prolonged
exposure to such conditions would be harmful to'workmen.
. (h) While a source of ignition is in use inside a confined space
subject to contamination by flammable liquids or gases, at least 1 em
ployee' shall stand by on the outside ready to ' give prompt assistance
in case of emergency.
(i) When work must be performed in confined spaces where the
concentration of flammable vapors or gases exceeds 20 percent of the
lower explosive limit, positive precautions shall be taken by both em-
ployer and employees to safeguard against ignition.
(j) Only approved lighting shall be used in confined spaces sub-
ject to contamination by flammable or explosive liquids or gases.
1633. Internal Combustion Engines. (a) Internal combustion
engine -driven equipment shall be operated inside buildings or enclosed
structures only when such operation does, not result in exposure to
dangerous gases or fumes in concentrations above the maximum accept -
0 2-85931
4-3
182 INDumm R=Anoxs TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 26-6-24-72)
able limits listed in the General Industry Safety Orders. Some of the
precautions that may provide adequate control are as follows:
(1) Piping exhaust gases to the outside atmosphere.
(2) Providing a system of building ventilation that di-
lutes and removes exhaust products to outside atmosphere.
(3) Installing effective, catalyst -type exhaust treatment
units on the engines.
1534. Flammable Vapors. (a) Flammable vapors shall be con-
trolled so as to avoid hazard to workers. .
(b) No source of- ignition such as smoking, gas pilot lights, or
operating electrical equipment, other than explosion -proof or equiva-
lent, shall'be allowed in a room or building when hazardous concentra-
tions of flammable vapors are present.
(c) Hardwood floor finishing requires special care since explosive
atmospheres are not uncommon during and after the application of
volatile materials. Cross ventilation of the type obtained from open
windows is normally satisfactory for housing work, if the flash .point
of the material used is above 80° Fahrenheit, as determined by Tagli-
abue open cup method. Any substance with a flash point of 20° Fahren-
heit, 'or lower, is extremely flammable and shall not be used in flooring
work. The use of high -flash material is recommended. Flammable
liquids, such as gasoline or solvents that lower the flash point, shall not
be added if the resulting product will violate the labeling requirements
of the General Industry Safety Orders.
Note: A "FLAMMABLE" -label is required by the Gen-
eral Industry Safety Orders on the container of any substances
with a flash point below 80° Fahrenheit, except for those with
a flash point below 20°. Fahrenheit, .which must have a label
containing the warning "EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE."
1535. Harmful Materials. (a) Toxic materials and flammable
vapors encountered under conditions differing from those covered by
this Order shall be so controlled as to minimize the hazard to workers.
- Note: Refer to Articles 107, 109, 110, and 112, General
Industry Safety Orders.
History: 1. Amendment filed 6-21-72 as procedural and organizational; ef-
- fective upon filing (Register 72, No. 26).
4-4
•
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SArm�Y 133
CONSTRUCTION SAFZTY 0RDs68
(Register 65, No. 12-7.17.65)
Article 5. Rock Drilling
1538. Rock Drilling Operations. (a) When drilling holes in
rock, or other dust -producing material, the dust shall be controlled
within the maximum acceptable concentration set forth in Plate B-13,
Appendix, as per Article 81 of the General Industry Safety Orders.
Respiratory protection may be acceptable; refer to Article 4, Sections
1530 and 1531(c).
(b) All power controlled air drilling shall be performed by use of
water or chemical solutions for controlling dust, or other equivalent
means. .
(c) The ends and each joint of air hoses 1 inch in diameter or
over shall be chained or secured, as necessary, to prevent whipping in
the event of a disconnected hose unless a suitable ball check device or
equivalent is provided at the air source.
(d) Air pipe lines shall be protected against accidental impact
from vehicles and falling objects at points where breakage of lines
would constitute a hazard to employees.
(e) Iron or steel hammers used for removing detachable bits shall
be malleable or annealed, so that they will not readily chip or break
while being used.
(f) Tugger and anchor lines shall be provided for securing drill-
ing.equipment on steep slopes.
• (g) Workers shall be provided with, and required to use, approved
safety belts and .life line for all scaling and drilling operations per-
formed on steep slopes. A positive descent control device shall be used
for all such applications.
Note: See Section 1565(i) for regulation on drilling and
loading in same area. See Section 1696 for requirement for
portable compressors.
•
h-1
134 IwDuvrstA. RzL&Tims TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
TITLE, 8 DrvnuoN or INDusTwAL BArwr 185
CONSTRUMON SAh'WY ORDEas
(Register 72, No. 2"-24-72)
Article 6. Excavations, Trenches, Earthwork •
1539. -Permit -to Excavate. Every employer who is required un-
der the provisions of Labor Code Section 6424 to obtain a permit from
the Division of Industrial Safety prior to construction_ of a trench or
excavation will be -charged a- fee for such a permit in the amount of
twenty-five dollars ($25). One permit can cover more than one excava-
tion on each project.
Note: Permits are not required for trenches and excava-
tions.if they meet one of,the following conditions:
(a) The -work will be done without any employees.
(b) The trench 'or excavation will be less than five feet
deep.
(c) The excavation work will be done by employees of
any agency of- the State, a city, city, and county, county, or
district.
(d) The job will be done by_a public utility which is
subject to jurisdiction of the Public Utilities Commission.
(e) The applicant has or will get a'permit from an agency
of the State, a city, city and county, or county which will also
be the inspecting agency of-.the excavation or trench work.
• (f) The trench or excavation is intended" for emergency
repairs to underground facilities.
(g) The work will be such that no person .will be required
to descend 'into the excavation or trench at-any time.
(h) The proposed excavation will'be a grave.
History: 1. New ' Section filed 6-21-72; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reg-
ister 72, No. 26).
1540. " General—All Excavations. (a) .Exposure. No employer
shall" cause or permit his employees to work in or adjacent to any
excavation until a reasonable examination of same has been made to
determine that no conditions exist exposing them to injury from mov-
ing ground.
(b) Guarding. The walls and faces of all excavations which
expose workmen. to danger from moving ground shall be effectively
guarded by a shoring system, sloping of the ground, or other equivalent
means.
. (c) Shoring -System. Where a shoring system is used it shall
consist of wood timbers or equivalent, with sheathing or sheet piling as
needed, properly designed and installed to sustain all - existing and
expected loads.
(1) Wood sheathing or uprights shall be not less than
2 inches in nominal thickness, except that J-inch thick plywood
panels may be used in' addition to the 2-inch material, as
an aid in holding loose material not likely to impose heavy
• loads.
• Refer also to Subchapter 4, Chapter 8, Title 24—Building Standards.
' 8-1
ISO INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLZ 8
' , (Register 72, No. 26-6-24=72)
(2) Wood braces and diagonal shores shall not be less
than 4-inch'by 4=inch material and not subjected to compres-
sive stress in excess of values given by the following formula:
8 = 1300 = 20L
D
Mwdmum Ratio L 50
D
Where L = length, unsupported, in inches
and D = least side of the timber in inches
8 = allowable stress in pounds per square
inch of cross section.
(3) Diagonal shores should not be placed at an angle.
greater than 45 degrees with the horizontal, shall be wedged
or cleated_ at the bulkhead.end, and, if bearing.on the ground,
shall not impose loads in excess of test -determined soil -bearing
values, or in the absence of test data, those given in Plate C-22
of Appendix.
(4) A. civil engineer, registered in California, may sub-
mit detailed data to the Division for, alternate effective shoring
systems to include soil evaluation; slope stability, estimation of
forces to be resisted, together with plans and specifications of
the materials and methods to be used. Upon review of the •
application and supporting data the Division may accept the
-provisions of the alternate proposal or add such additions or
modifications as appear just and reasonable. See Plate C -24-a,
b, Appendix, for engineering design alternate.
(d) Sloping. In lieu of a shoring system, the sides or walls of
an excavation may be sloped,, provided equivalent protection is thus
afforded. Where sloping is a substitute for shoring that would other-
wise be needed, it shall. be J horizontal to 1 vertical except where the
instability of material requires a slope greater -than J'to 1.
3/4 3/4
,
greater than
' 3/4 to 1.
(e) Materials. All materials of the shoring system used in com-
plying with the provisions of this Article shall be free from defects and
damage that might in any way impair their protective function.
8-2
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 136.1
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 26-6-24-72)
(f) Spoil. Excavated material shall be prevented from falling
back into the area where men are working. This shall be done by loeat-
ing the spoil at a distance from the excavation edge consistent with the
character of the material and the nature of the operations, but unless
otherwise contained, in no case shall the excavated material be placed
closer than 2 feet from the edge of the excavations 5 feet or more in
depth. Maintain at least a 1 foot clearance for lesser depths. No method.
that disturbs the soil that is in place (such as driving stakes) shall be
used to contain the spoil material.
(g) Supervision. Excavation work shall at all times be under
the immediate supervision of someone with authority to modify the
shoring system or work methods, as necessary, to provide greater
safety. He shall frequently examine the material under excavation and
improve the shoring or methods beyond the minimum requirements,
as necessary, to insure protectiin of workmen from moving ground.
(h) Removal of Shoring. No part of the shoring system of any
excavation shall be removed until proper: steps have been taken to
avoid hazard to workmen from moving- ground. ' If a newly installed
masonry or concrete wall is to be depended upon for this protection,
it must have attained adequate strength to sustain resulting pressures.
• (i) Access. Convenient and safe means shall be provided for
workmen to enter and leave the excavated area. This shall consist of a
standard stairway, ladder, or ramp securely fastened in place at suit-
ably guarded or protected locations where men are working and
normally will. not need to move farther thin 50 feet to reach such
access.
•
6-2.1
136.2 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE H
(Register 72, No. 26-6-24-72)
1 ,
6-2.2
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL ,SAFETY 137
•CONSTBUOTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
(j)' Vibration. Special safety provisions, consisting of addi-
tional bracing or other effective means,. shall be taken at excavations
adjacent to streets, railroads, or other sources of external vibration.
(k) Retaining •. Walls. (1) No existing wall or other structure .
shall be made, by reason of an excavation or backfill, to func-
tion as a retaining wall until' it has been determined that
such wall will safely- withstand all expected loads that other-
wise might be a source of hazard to workers.
(2) Wherever a permanent retaining wall, in lieu of the
temporary shoring system of this Article, is .constructed to
hold any part of an excavation that might endanger workmen,
such wall shall be designed to effectively resist all existing and
expected loads. Standards of design shall be comparable to
those of the California Administrative Code, Title 24, Build-
ing Standards, or any comparable local building code of equal
or greater restrictiveness.
(l) Undermining. No excavation shall take place below the
level of the base of an adjacent foundation, retaining wall, or other
structure until it has first been accurately determined that such excava-
tion will in no way create a hazard to workmen or until adequate safety,
measures have been taken for protection of workers.
1541. Trenches. (a) General. All trenches 5 feet or. more in
depth, in all types of earth, shall be effectively guarded against the
hazard of moving ground as hereinafter, provided. Trenches less than
5 feet in depth shall also be so guarded when examination indicates
hazardous 'ground movement may be expected. See Plate C-23, Ap-
pendix.
(b) Protection While Installing Shoring. Special provisions'
shall be made by the employer to prevent injury to workmen engaged
in the installation.of shoring. This may be done by providing and re-.
quiring the use of special devices such as long -handled jacks, that will
allow upper cross braces to be placed .from the ground, surface before
men work in the trench at those points. In the deep trenches requiring
additional braces, workers shall then progress downward, protected by
crossbraces that have Already. been set firmly in place. Reverse pro-
cedure shall be followed when removing shoring.
(c) Trenches -shall be crossed only where safe crossings have been
provided.
(d) Trencher Boom. A person working in the vicinity of an
operating trench -digger boom shall be in a safe position such that he
is not in danger of falling into or otherwise contacting the boom's mov-
ing parts.,
M
138 IxnusTaaur. Rw ATioxs TITLE 8
(Register 65, 14o. 12-7-17-65)
(e) Trench Shoring System. (1) Shoring systems in trenches
shall consist of uprights held rigidly opposite each other against
the trench walls by jacks or horizontal cross members (braces)
and, if required, longitudinal members (stringers) as herein-
after provided. Uprights shall not exceed 15 degrees from the
vertical.
(2) Uprights in trenches over 10 feet deep shall be not
less than 3 -inch by 8 -inch material, and otherwise shall be at
least 2 -inch by 8 -inch material. (See table under (5) for
additional details and for requirements applying to running
ground.)
Uprights shall extend from above the top of the trench
to as near the bottom as permitted by the material being in-
stalled, but not more than 2 feet from the bottom.
(3) Cross braces shall consist of steel screw-type trench
jacks with a foot or base plate on each end of pipe or timbers
placed horizontally and bearing firmly against uprights or
stringers. Wood braces shall be no smaller than those listed
in the following table:
Width of Trench Size of Size of
Peet (Incl.) Wood Braces Pipe Braces
1-3 ---------------------------- 4,•x4" ------- 17J" STD
3-6 ---------------------------- 4,.x6,. ------- 2" STD
—---------------------------- 6,.x6- ------- 2„ STD
8-10 --------------------------- 6„x8,• ------- 3” STD
10-12 --------------------------- 8„x8,. ------- 3„ STD
Wider trenches shall have braces of correspondingly
larger dimensions.
Note: In lieu of the above shoring systems the use
of properly maintained hydraulic metal jack shoring units
with equivalent strength is acceptable.
(4) The minimum number of horizontal braces, either
screw jacks or timbers, required for each pair of uprights
shall be determined by the number of 4 -foot zones into which
the depth of trench may be divided. One horizontal brace
shall be required for each of these zones, but in no case shall
there be less than 2 braces or jacks. Trenches, the depths of
which cannot be divided- equally into these standard zones,
shall have an extra horizontal brace supplied for the short
remaining zone, if such zone is greater than J the 4 -foot unit.
In no case, however, shall the vertical spacing of horizontal
braces be spaced greater than 5 feet center to center. Minor
temporary shifting of horizontal bracing will be permitted,
when necessary, for the lowering of materials into place.
(5) The dimensions and spacing of the elements of the
shoring system shall be governed by the depth of the trench,
type of soil encountered, and other special conditions of the
6-4
•
TITLE 8 DIVIBION OF INDvsTMAL SAFETY 189
CiONBTRIIOTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 70, No. 48-11-28-70)
site, but in no 'case shall they provide, less strength than the
members listed in the following table, which are to be con-
sidered as -a minimum requirement.
(6) Shields and Welding Huts, Protective shields or
welding huts may be substituted for shoring systems to
provide local protection for workmen in trenches only when
the construction materials used comply, in all respects with
the dimensions and spacings listed herein. Steel construction
may be substituted for timber in such structures provided the
steel members provide protection equivalent to that afforded
by the lumber above specified. Approval of the design and con-
struction of protective shields or welder's huts shall be secured
from the Division by the employer before use.
(7) Trench .bell. holes shall provide adequate clearance
for the work to be done, and shall be supported by shoring
and bracing, as required by these Orders for trenches. If the
operation performed in the bell hole requires that a man use
welding equipment from a reclined position on the bottom,
the bell hole excavation shall be of such shape that he will
have adequate space for the performance of this operation
without removing any of the required shoring and bracing.
1542. Shafts. (a), General. All wells or shafts over 5 feet in
depth shall be retained with lagging, spiling, or casing.
(b) Small Shafts in Dry, Cemented Ground. Two-inch cribbing
may be used in square shafts not over 4 feet square in dry, cemented
ground. Each member shall be cut 4 way through the width of the
member and dovetailed into position so each member will act as a shore
as well as lagging. Strips shall be nailed in each corner to prevent the
boards from dropping down.
6-5
Depth
Uprights
Braces
Stringers
Size
Spacing
Size
Horizontal
Size,
Vertical
Soil type
Feet
inches
horizontal feet
inches
space feet
inches
spacing feet
Hard, compact--------
5-10.
2 x 8
_ 8
4 x 4
8
Where
indicated
Over 10
3 x 8
6
4 x 6
6
Where
indicated
indicated
Unstable--------------
5-10
2 x 8
2 x 8
4
2
4 x 4
4 x 4
4
2
Where
Where
indicated
Over 10
3 x 8
Solid
4x6
6
4a
86
4
Running--------------
4-8
2 x 8
Solid
S
4 x 4
6
4 x
4
I
Over 8
3 x 8
Solid
6 X 6
6
6: 8
4
(6) Shields and Welding Huts, Protective shields or
welding huts may be substituted for shoring systems to
provide local protection for workmen in trenches only when
the construction materials used comply, in all respects with
the dimensions and spacings listed herein. Steel construction
may be substituted for timber in such structures provided the
steel members provide protection equivalent to that afforded
by the lumber above specified. Approval of the design and con-
struction of protective shields or welder's huts shall be secured
from the Division by the employer before use.
(7) Trench .bell. holes shall provide adequate clearance
for the work to be done, and shall be supported by shoring
and bracing, as required by these Orders for trenches. If the
operation performed in the bell hole requires that a man use
welding equipment from a reclined position on the bottom,
the bell hole excavation shall be of such shape that he will
have adequate space for the performance of this operation
without removing any of the required shoring and bracing.
1542. Shafts. (a), General. All wells or shafts over 5 feet in
depth shall be retained with lagging, spiling, or casing.
(b) Small Shafts in Dry, Cemented Ground. Two-inch cribbing
may be used in square shafts not over 4 feet square in dry, cemented
ground. Each member shall be cut 4 way through the width of the
member and dovetailed into position so each member will act as a shore
as well as lagging. Strips shall be nailed in each corner to prevent the
boards from dropping down.
6-5
140 INDvsrRuL RmATiows TITLE 8
(Register 70, No. 48-11-28-70)
(c) Shafts in Other Than Dry, Cemented Ground. A system of
lagging supported by braces and corner posts shall be used -for square
or rectangular shafts. Corner posts of 4 -inch by 4 -inch material are
normally acceptable in shafts 4 feet square, or smaller, if they are
braced in each direction with horizontal 4 -inch by 4 -inch members'at
intervals not exceeding 4 feet. Braces and corner posts in larger shafts
shall be correspondingly larger. Round shafts shall be completely lagged
with 2 -inch material, supported at intervals not greater than 4 feet by
means of adjustable rings of metal or timber that are designed to resist
-the collapsing force, or cased in a manner( that provides equivalent
protection. Means shall be provided to hold rings and lagging in place.
(d) Shafts over 150 feet in depth shall have a manway partitioned
off with 1 -inch material or equivalent and shall have a ladderway with
railed platforms every 30 feet.
(e) Belled Excavation. No workman shall be required or per-
mitted to enter any well or shaft, particularly those drilled for founda-
tion footings, for the purpose of enlarging the bottom by hand, or
similar work, unless the walls of the shaft are shored as described in
these Orders, or unless a casing affording equivalent protection is in
service. The belled section or any additional shaft excavation in which
men work shall also have equivalent bracing if the shaft casing does
not provide protection. The shaft casing or shoring is not acceptable
for belled excavation protection where the height of the bell exceeds
4 feet or its horizontal dimension extends 3 feet or more beyond the
shaft wall line.
1543. Ladders and Ladderways, in Shafts and Inclines. (a) A
safe means of access and exit -shall be provided for all shafts and in-
clines steeper than 20 degrees from the horizontal. Ifa ladderway is
used for this purpose. it may terminate more than 1S feet above the
bottom provided that chain, wire, rope, or wooden extension ladders
extend the remaining distance. See Plate B-17 of Appendix for re-
quired uses of -ramps, stairways, and ladders.
(b) No shaft or incline used for hoisting shall have the center line
of the ladder width closer than 36 inches from any part of the moving
skip, cage,or bucket. Unless ladderway is in a separate, closed com-
partment, ,it shall be used only in an emergency or for occasional
service.
History: 1. Editorial correction in subsection (a) (Register 70, IN'o. 48).
1544. Earthwork and Excavating. (a) Whenever the Division
considers that the height and condition of the face constitutes a -serious
hazard to employees, it shall require the installation of a bench or
other suitable method of working.
is
6-6
TITLE 8 DIvwox or IxnusTSIAL SAirsT7 141
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY OBDEEB
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17.65)
(b) When a bench or multiple -bench method of operation is re-
quired, a setback of at least 2 the height of the single face or bank for
each section of the face or bank shall be required.
(c) When determining the maximum permitted slope of the face,
consideration shall be given to:
(1) Nature of the material being excavated.
(2) Extent to which - the material is cemented or con-
solidated.
(3) Height of the face.
(4) Type and size of equipment used at the face and
amount of protection this 'equipment affords the operator.
(5) Safety of employees who are not protected by such
equipment.
(d) Where the face is composed of loose or unstable materials, the
slope of the face shall not exceed 4 horizontal to 1 vertical where the
height is greater than that which can be reached by the dipper or
bucket of the excavator or loader being used.,
(e) Where the face is composed of moderately compacted mate-
rials that are not firmly cemented or consolidated but which experience
indicates will stand well in place, the slope shall not exceed j horizontal
to 1 vertical where the height is greater than can be reached by the
dipper or bucket of the excavator or loader being used.
1545. Overburden. (a) No person shall be permitted under a
face or bank where stripping operations constitute a hazard.
(b) Where employees are endangered by materials rolling or slid-
ing down the slopes, such employees shall be removed from the danger
area or shall be protected by barriers, baffle boards, screens, or other
devices that afford equivalent protection.
1546. Face Inspection and Control. (a) A daily physical in-
spection shall be made of faces and banks, including the tops, where
men are exposed to falling or rolling materials. The inspection shall
be made by a competent man who shall dislodge or make safe any
material dangerous to employees, or shall cause such material to be
dislodged or made safe.
(b) No person shall be permitted to work near a face made un-
safe by primary blasting, rains, freezing or, thawing weather, or earth-
quakes until the face has been inspected and made safe.
(c) Overhanging banks are forbidden, except:
(1,) Where material is moved away from the face by
mechanical equipment having controls located at a safe dis-
tance so that no employee is required to approach the face in
the course of normal operation.
a-7
142 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS - TITLED 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-.17-65)
(2) Where the bank is undercut with a stream of water
and the monitor is located at a safe distance from the bank.
(d) Where necessary, a competent trained employee shall be em-
ployed at the face, to give warning when loose rock or other materials
are about 'to fall.
The employee shall be provided with a whistle, siren, or other
devices that will give adequate warning to employees.
The employee shall have no other work to distract his attention
from his duties as defined above.
(e) When working at night, sufficient illumination shall be pro-
vided ,throughout the working area so that movement of men and
equipment can be readily observed.
(f) Work shall not be permitted on or near any bank or face at
night unless the bank or face above the working area is adequately
illuminated to make any movement . of rock or other material readily
observable.
(g) Provision shall be made to keep employees away from dan-
gerous areas that -are not working places. Signs shall be posted warn-
ing employees to keep away, or such dangerous areas shall be barri-
caded or otherwise guarded.
1547. Protection of Workers at the Face. (a) No work shall
be permitted above or below men at the face if such work endangers
their safety. •
(b) Workers at the face shall be protected as follows:
(1) On top of the bank, by fencing with guardrails or
ropes;` by using railed platform; or by using safety belts and
life lines. This does not apply where the bank is less than 20
feet high or the slope below is less than I horizontal to 1 verti-
cal -or where no work is performed within 10 feet of the edge.
(2) On the face, by removing loose rock from over the
working place and by the use of safety belts and life lines,
portable staging, boatswain's chair or skips especially de-
signed for use at faces. If a boatswain's chair is used, the em-
ployee shall be attached thereto with a safety belt and life
line equipped with an approved descent control device.
When necessary for safety, 2 or more persons shall be
employed in cooperation with each other in drilling, blasting,
or removing loose rock.
Life lines shall be protected from excessive fraying or
damage or have a wire center rope.
(3) At the foot of the bank by removing loose rock from
above the working place, and maintaining a ready way of
exit to a place of safety.
6-8
•
TITLE 8 DrvisioN . or INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 148
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDE88
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
Article 7. Bins, Bunkers, Hoppers, and Material Storage
1548. Bins, Bunkers, and Hoppers. (a) Every open bin, bunker,
and hopper whose upper edge is less than 36 inches above the floor or
working level shall be equipped with a standard railing around its
edges, or a grating or grille shall cover the top. Where grille or grating
is the only protection, it shall have no opening whose least dimension
exceeds 10 inches.
Where railings are used they may be temporarily removed to
provide necessary working openings.
(b) The grating or grille shall be of strength sufficient to with-
stand any load that is customarily imposed upon it.
(c) Where bins, bunkers, or hoppers are loaded by backing an
automotive truck to one edge, there shall be installed bumper stops
not less than 10 by 10 inches, securely fastened in a manner to prevent
the truck overrunning the runway. At least 8- by 8 -inch timbers or
equivalent•. shall be securely fastened along the sides of the runway to
prevent a truck overrunning the sides of the runway.
(d) Open Top Bins.
(1) Where men are permitted or required to work in or
above open top bins over 8 feet in depth, an upper working
area consisting of a platform or walkway_ shall be provided,
• and shall be properly guarded with a standard railing and
toeboard.
(2) Safety belt and life line properly secured shall be
provided and used by workmen when above requirements are
not met.
1549. Piling Material. (a) Piles of brick, tile, building blocks,
and similar material shall be stabilized against falling by the use of
headers at least every sixth course, and shall, when the pile is over
4 feet 6 inches high, taper back 1 inch to each foot unless" other effective
measures are used.
(b) In piling bags of cement or other material more than 5 feet
high, the face of the pile shall be tapered back (except where supported
by walls or otherwise), or the sacks shall be so tied in horizontal layers
as to prevent them from falling or collapsing.
(c) Care shall be taken to maintain piles of lumber, structural
,steel, and similar materials, so that the stack is` stable against falling
or collapsing. Headers, crosspieces, or other means shall be used as
needed in the pile to prevent slipping, tipping, or collapsing.
(d) Sheetrock, plywood, trusses, and similar material shall not be
stacked on edge unless positively secured against tipping or falling.
•
7-1
1
144
TITLE 8 DmsIoN OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 145
• 1 1CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 65, No. -12-7.17-65)
Article 8. Explosives
1550. Competency of Blasters. (a) The employer shall neither
permit nor require a blasting operation, unless a competent blaster—
qualified to use explosives—is physically present on the site to either
accomplish the- blasting operation or direct and supervise others in such
operations. The Division shall determine the competency of blasters.
(b) The Division may require that a blaster furnish satisfactory
proof that he is familiar with explosive materials; the equipment and
protective devices necessary for blasting' operations; the safety pre-
cautions necessary in conducting blasting operations;. and that he is
competent to perform any and all actions . necessary or incidental
thereto. .
Note: The Industrial Safety Board has required the Di-
vision to develop a system of Certification for Blasters. The
Division will conduct a study -in-depth to develop minimum
qualifications for certification and 'procedures necessary to
bring, this about.
(c) No person under 21 years of age shall be employed in loading
or blasting operations; except a person who is 18 to 21 years of age may
be so employed, providing he' is. an apprentice or trainee, under the
direct supervision of a competent blaster.
• (d) No person under the age of 18 years shall be permitted in any
explosive magazine, or shall be permitted to ,use, handle, or transport
explosives, or engage in any activity related to blasting operations.
1560. Explosives—Place of Storage. (a) Except while being
transported by, or in the custody of, a carrier pending delivery to a
consignee, every explosive shall be. kept or stored in 1 of the 2 classes
of magazines specified in this Article.
(b) ,Blasting caps, detonators, or other detonating or fulminating
caps shall be kept or stored in a magazine which meets the construction
requirements of this Article. They shall not be kept or stored in any
magazine with other explosives.
1561. Explosives—General Storage. (a) Explosives in amounts
greater. than 100 pounds shall be stored in .a first-class, magazine con-
structed in accordance with the provisions of this Article.
(b) Second-class magazines may be usedifor storage of .100 pounds
or. less of explosives. A second-class magazine shall be a stout box equiv-
alent -to that shown in Plate C -26-b of the Appendix and Section 1563.
(c) All magazines shall be located and protected so as to prevent
accidental impact from vehiclesor falling objects.
(d) All ,magazines shall be kept closed and locked except when
contents are being removed or replaced. Keys or combinations shall be
kept in a safe place. Only persons authorized by the employer shall be
permitted to unlock or remove supplies from the magazine.
(e) Capped safety fuse shall not be stored in an explosives maga
zine, but may be stored in a magazine with other detonators.
146 IrrnvsTRUL RMATIONS TITLE 18
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
(f) No match, fire, or lighting device of any kind, except an elec- •
tric flashlight, electric lantern, or permissible cap lamp, shall be per-
mitted in,a magazine at any time.
(g) When explosives are removed from a magazine, those that
have been longest in the magazine shall be taken first. All primers and
capped fuses shall be used as soon as is reasonably possible 'after
making.
(h) Magazines shall be kept clean and free from rubbish. They
shall'not be used as storerooms for anything except explosives.
(i) Magazines shall be located at least 100 feet from any building.
This does not apply to buildings used solely for capping fuse or making
primers. For specific requirements of quantities and distance, see Plate
B44, Appendix.
(j) Magazines shall be located at least 25 feet from low -voltage
electrical lines and 100 feet from .high-voltage electrical lines. Care
should be taken that they be placed in such a manner that should a line
break it would not fall within these distances.
(k) Second-class magazines left at locations where no one is in
attendance shall be secured in place.
(l) Grass, brush, and combustible rubbish shall be kept cleared
away from surface magazines for a distance of not less than 50 feet.
1562. Magazines of the First Class—Construction and Use. ',(a)
"Magazine of the ,first class" means any structure, other than an ex-
plosives manufacturing building, used for the storage of more than •
100 pounds of explosives.
(b) The magazine shall be built in such a way that it will be fire -
and bullet -resistant. When the only explosives stored are gunpowder,
black powder, nitro carbo nitrates, or similar material, the magazine
need only be fire resistant and well ventilated.
(c) Fire-resistant magazines shall be built equal to one of the fol-
lowing methods:
(1) 8 -inch masonry.
(2) Metal of at least 14 gauge.
(3) Wood frame with at least 26 -gauge metal covering.
No wood shall be exposed on the exterior.
(d) Bullet -resistant magazines shall meet the following additional
requirements:
(1) Masonry in (c) (1) shall have any openings in tile
or cement blocks filled with a coarse, dry sand or a wet mix-
ture of 1 part cement and 10 parts dry sand.
(2) Metal in (c) (2) and (3) above shall be lined inside
with not less than 4 inches of brick, solid cement blocks, Doug-
las fir, or equivalent.
(e) Solid wood floors are required.
8-2
TITLE 8 Dimiox of INDusTuUL SAFETY 147
CONSTRuoTION SAFETY ORDERS,
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
(f) First-class magazines shall be placed according to, quantity and
distance requirements on Plate B-14 in the Appendix.
(g) Magazines shall have no openings except for ventilation and
entrances. Vent openings shall be screened to prevent ,sparks passing
through them, except that magazines containing only black blasting
powder may be constructed without openings for ventilation.
(h) Magazine doors shall be kept closed and locked, except when
opened for transacting business. They shall be of fire-resistant ma-
terial on the outside, and also bullet -resistant if the rest of the maga-
zine is so constructed. If bullet resistance is required, a steel magazine
door shall be at least j inch thick. One -eighth -inch thickness of steel
is equivalent to 1 -inch Douglas fir, should "a combination of steel -and
wood be used.
(i) Magazines of the first class for the storage of high explosives,
except blasting and electric blasting caps, shall be bullet, fire and
weather resistant. Magazines for the storage of blasting and electric
blasting caps, nitro carbo nitrates, and black blasting powder shall be
fire and weather resistant.
(j) Upon the premises on which magazines are located there shall
be posted signs with the words "EXPLOSIVES—KEEP OFF"
legibly printed thereon in letters not less than 8 inches high. Such
signs shall be within 100 feet of the magazine and so placed that a
bullet through the sign will not strike the magazine.
(k) No package of explosives shall be opened in a magazine or
within 50 feet thereof.
1563. Magazines of the Second Class—Construction and Use.
Second-class magazines are acceptable for the'storage of small quanti-
ties of explosives not exceeding 100 pounds. This type of magazine is
also suitable for primer or, detonator storage, provided that it is, a
separate magazine located at least 50 feet away from other second-class
magazines. See Plate C -267b Appendix.
1564. Explosives—Transportation of. (a) Any vehicle trans-
porting explosives shall display upon each side, front, and the rear
of the exterior of such vehicle, a sign upon which shall appear the
word "EXPLOSIVES" in letters 'not less than 8 inches in height
upon a background of sharply -contrasting color.
(b) Detonators, primers, and capped fuses when being transported
shall be kept locked in a second-class magazine until ready for use.
('c) Vehicles used for transportation of explosives shall be sub-
stantially constructed, shall be in good working order, and shall have
tight beds to prevent explosives from falling from vehicle. The ends
and sides of vehicles shall be high enough to prevent containers from
falling off.
(d) No person except the vehicle operator, helpers, and powder
man shall ride on vehicles transporting explosives.
8-3
148 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
(e) The transfer of explosives from storage places shall be so
arranged that no undue delay -will occur between the time the explosives
leave the storage place and the time they are used.
(f) Each vehicle carrying explosives, except for such vehicles
operating under regulation -of the ICC or State Fire Marshal, shall be
equipped with a fire extinguisher having a U.L. rating of at least
10:B.C. (The use of the dry -chemical type is recommended.) Such fire
extinguisher shall be mounted on the driver's side of vehicle just in-
side or outside the door.
(g) Parking of unattended vehicles within 100 feet of explosives
magazines shall be prohibited.
Note: See current edition of California Vehicle Code, Di-
vision 14, for additional requirements for vehicles if extensive
or regular transportation of explosives will be on public high-
ways, streets, or roads.
1565. Explosives—Handling and Use. (a) Persons competent
and authorized to use explosives shall be in immediate charge of all
blasting. No one under 21 years of age shall be employed in loading or
blasting operations, unless under the direct supervision of an ex-
perienced man.
(b) There shall be no smoking, open lights, or fire of any kind
within 50 feet of any area where explosives are being handled. No
source of ignition, except necessary means to light fuses or fire elec-
tric detonators, shall be permitted in an area containing loaded holes:
(c) No powder container shall be opened with metallic tools,
except that knives, metallic slitters, or similar tools may be used to
open cardboard, cartons containing explosives.
(d) Paper cartons, sawdust, and other rubbish from explosive
containers shall be removed to a safe place and destroyed.
(e) Explosives shall not be placed or left within 25 feet of an
electric light or power circuit. See 1561 (j) when in proximity to over-
head lines and/or high-voltage lines.
(f) All detonators, detonating fuses, primers, and explosives left
over after loading operations are completed shall be promptly returned
to their proper magazines.
(g) Provide an inventory tally sheet in or on' each first- and sec-
ond-class magazine. This sheet shall indicate the quantity of powder
or detonators placed therein or removed each time such transfer is
made. The date and name of the person making the transfer, shall be
shown.
(h) Primers not made up in a make-up magazine must be made
up at a location at least 100 feet from the first-class storage magazine
and at a safe distance from other workers not involved in the blasting
operations.
(i) Loading shall not commence until all drilling is completed and
drill holes are cleaned or -blown out, unless this procedure is impractica-
ble under conditions encountered. When conditions justify simultaneous
loading and drilling in the same area, the 2 operations shall be separated
8-4
TITLE 8 DmsIoN .Oa INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 149
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
As widely as practicable, and in no case less than 50 feet from drilling
operations.
(j) No vehicle traffic shall be permitted over loaded holes.
(k) Loaded holes shall not be left unattended.
1566. Blasting Signals.. (a) It shall be the duty of the em-
ployer or his representative to fix'the time of blasting.- -
(b) Prior to firing of a shot, all persons in the danger area shall
be warned of the blast and be ordered to a safe distance from the area.
A competent flagman shall be posted at all access points to the danger
area.
(c) Blasts°are not to be fired without a positive signal and definite
assurance that all surplus explosives are in a safe place, all persons and
vehicles are at a safe distance or under sufficient cover; and that ade-
quate warning has been given.
(d) The following signals shall_ be used. Warning 'sound shall.be
audible at the most distant point in the danger area. The warning
signal shall' be given by use of a compressed air whistle, a horn, or
equivalent means; and shall be clearly audible.
Warning'Signal
5 minutes prior to blasting A series of ,6 short blasts
Blasting Signal `
1 minute prior to "blasting 2 long blasts -
All -Clear Signal
Following inspection of -blast, area 1 prolonged blast
Note: For return to site, requirements refer to, Sec-
tions 1571 (k) and 1578 (b) of this Article.
1567. Explosives, Loading Machines, and Methods. (a) .Air
loaders for loading holes shall comply with and use shall conform to
the Pneumatic Explosives Loading Safety Orders.
(b) Machines and tools not used for loading explosives into bore=
holes shall be removed from the immediate location of holes before
explosives are, delivered.
(c) Loading operations shall be carried on with the smallest prac-
ticable number of persons present, and no one' but authorized erson-
nel shall be allowed in the blast area.
(d) Springing Holes. (1) Boreholes shall not be sprung.within
100 feet of any hole containing explosives for primary blasting.
(2) A hole that has been sprung shall not be loaded until
a sufficient time has -elapsed for the "hole to' cool. Artificial
means may be used to cool the hole:
(3) Drop fuses, or any other method that calls for igni
tion of -the fuse prior to -placement of the' charge in -its final
position, shall not be used.
8-5
'150 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 65; No. 12-7-17-65)
(e) When necessary, boreholes shall be blown or washed out
before loading.
(f) Detonators shall be of not less strength than No. 6.
(g) The detonator shall be encased in explosive when inserted'
.into drill holes, -unless a safety primer or other acceptable method is
used.
(h) When loading explosives in a borehole tamping shall be by
'pressure of light blows.only, and never by excessive ramming.
(i) Explosives shall be confined in the, blast hole with suitable
incombustible stemming material such as sand; earth, or equivalent.
(j) Wooden tamping poles shall have no metal parts other than
nonferrous metal ferrules for extending the length of the pole.
(k) The end' of the tamping pole shall be kept squared and shall
be of such size that the pole will not bypass the cartridges in the hole.
(1) .Plastic tamping poles shall not be used unless their use is
acceptable to the Division.
Note: There are many kinds of "plastics," most of which
cannot be .used safely for tamping explosives. Some plastics
are too . soft to withstand physical abuse, some are too hard,
others are dangerously flammable or will absorb nitroglycerin
or generate hazardous accumulations of static electricity.
The Division may accept for use plastic tamping poles
upon receipt of proof from the manufacturer that his product
has been tested by a testing agency of recognized 'standing
and found suitable for the intended use.
1568. Missed Holes. This is the most hazardous operation asso-
ciated with blasting operations.
(a) After each blast the shot area shall be examined for missed
holes. If any are found, or are suspected to exist, they shall be reported
to the person in charge. Steps shall be taken to eliminate all missed
holes,
(b) Where possible, the number of explosive charges in every blast
shall be counted and compared 'with the total number of explosions
heard.
(c) In case of a misfire, the shot area shall be made safe under
-competent supervision by one of the following means after a_60 -minute
wait following fuse blasting, or a 30 -minute wait following an electric
or other blasting:
(1) Where practical, a -new primer shall be inserted -in "
the hole and the hole reblasted.
(2) Where the hole. cannot be reblasted, the stemming
and explosive shall be washed out with water. In a case of
absolute necessity, air may be used provided a suitable"non-
metallic, nonstatic prod or hose is used.
1569. Secondary Blasting. (a) There shall be no ' activity of
any kind that would create a definite hazard to explosives that have
been placed, or are being placed, for secondary blasting. •
• " 8-6
TITLE 8 DIVISIoN of INDIISTaIAL SAFETY 151
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY OxnEes
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
(b) Where shots are to be fired in such close proximity that one
shot may displace another, the firing shall be done by use of detonating
fuse or instantaneous electric blasting caps.
1570. Ammonium Nitrate. (a) Straight ammonium nitrate shall
be stored in a dry and well -ventilated location, preferably fire resistant,
but in any event away from combustible materials, especailly oils and
greases.
(b) Bags that have contained ammonium nitrate shall not be piled,
even temporarily, in or near a wooden building, as such bags are flam-
mable. Bags shall be burned promptly after emptying.
(c) Fire fighters shall wear respiratory protection' at ammonium
nitrate fires. I
Note: Ammonium nitrate by itself is relatively insensi-
tive and is widely used throughout the State as an agricultural
fertilizer. When used for blasting purposes, it is customary
to sensitize the ammonium nitrate by mixing it with carbona-
ceous materials such as coal dust, lamp black, carbon black,
wood pulp, diesel fuel, stove oil, or other materials containing
carbon. When mixed with carbonaceous materials, ' ammonium
nitrate becomes much more sensitive to fire, friction, and
shock, so it takes on characteristics resembling those of dyna-
mite. For this reason, a mixture of ammonium and carbona-
ceous material must -be stored in compliance with regulations
governing storage of explosives. Burning ammonium nitrate
produces oxides of nitrogen which are very dangerous to
breathe.
1571. Fuse Blasting. (a) Burning Rate. The average burning
rate of safety fuse used shall be determined by burning not less than 3
3 -foot lengths of such fuse in open air. No safety fuse that varies more
than 10 percent from the average burning rate shall be used.
Notice should be posted on the safety bulletin board stating the,
average burning rate of the safety fuse used.
(b) The use of oil or grease to waterproof joints between eap
and fuse may injure the fuse or cause misfires, and consequently is
prohibited. A waterproof ring -type crimp or a. compound especially
prepared for waterproofing shall be used in wet work.
(c) In capping safety fuse, at least 1 inch shall be cut from the
end of each coil of fuse to be used. This will prevent damp fuse ends
from getting into the cap.
(d) In capping -fuse, the fuse ends shall be cut squarely across.
with a clean, sharp cutting blade, and square -cut end gently seated
without twisting against the detonating compound in the cap at the
time of crimping. Methods of attaching the capped fuse to the primer
cartridge which involve half -hitching the fuse around the cartridge
or otherwise causing short bends in the fuse are prohibited. It is
recommended that the string -tied method be used, that the fuse be
i
8-7
162 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITh 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65),
laced through the cartridge, or that some other equally effective method
of attachment be followed. See Plate C-26 in Appendix for diagram.
(e) Only a cap crimper of standard design shall be used for
attaching blasting cap to a fuse. Knives, ordinary pliers, teeth, or
other inadequate substitutes shall not be used. The employer shall
keep in accessible places, ready for future use, crimpers in good repair.
(f) All fuses must be cut sufficiently long to extend beyond the
collar of the hole, and in no case shall they be less than 3 feet in length.
(g) Fuse, that has been damaged shall not be used. Damage of
certain types, especially that resulting from a crashing blow, may
affect the rate of burning.
(h) Fuse shall be cut into desired lengths and capped in a place
properly equipped and suited for such work.
(i) Caps shall not be removed from original containers except
when they are to be used promptly in capping fuses for current use.
(j) When lighting safety fuses, consideration shall be given to -the
length.and burning rate 'of the fuse, as well as the length and condition
of the blaster's route to a place of safety.
A man shall not ignite, consecutively, more than 12 safety fuses
before seeking a place of safety. Timing must be such that no charge
will explode until at least 2 minutes after the last fuse in the blast
area has been ignited.
When 2 or more safety fuses in a group are lighted as 1 fuse, they
may be considered as 1 fuse for the purpose of this subsection. •
(k) If there is reason to believe that any charge has not exploded,
no person shall approach the place where such charge was placed for
a period of 60 minutes after the firing.
1572. Deteriorated or Damaged Explosives. (a) Freezing Haz-
ards. Explosives used shall be of a type which will not freeze at
any temperature that may be reasonably expected at such location.
Thawing explosives is' hazardous and should -be avoided. Firmness of .
explosives during cold weather does not necessarily indicate they are
frozen.
(b) Destroying. - Explosives which have deteriorated or have
been damaged or frozen so that they are unfit for use may be hazardous
and shall be carefully destroyed by a qualified person experienced in
this work. It is recommended that methods approved by the Institute
of Makers of Explosives iii its pamphlet entitled "How to Destroy
Explosives" be followed.
Wood, paper, or fiber materials employed in packing explosives
shall not be burned in a stove, fireplace, or other confined space, or be
used again for any purpose. Such materials should be destroyed by
burning at an isolated location, out of doors, and no person should be
nearer than 100 feet after burning is started.
1573. Electric Blasting. (See Plates 03-27, 28, and 29, Appendix,
for blasting with electrical power circuits.)
3-8
TITLE 8 DlvlstoN or, INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY' ORDERS
(Register 65, No. 12-7.17-65)
(a) Series and Parallel. The source of current for electric blast-
ing shall be a blasting machine, light circuit, or power circuit. With
light or power circuits, .caps are to be connected -in series, parallel, or a
parallel -series combination• that assures adequate current to fire all
holes. Caps to be fired with blasting machines shall be connected . in
accord with, number and arrangement. limitations suggested by the
machine manufacturer.
(b) Cap Limitations. Detonators used in the following services
shall be electric or delay electric blasting caps:
(1) In sinking shafts.
(2) - In locations where a worker would find it difficult to
reach adequate shelter within the time allowed by a burning
tuae. .
(e) All electric blasting caps in a circuit shall be ',of. the same
manufacture.
(d) Location. of Blasting, Lines. Blasting lines shall be at least
25 feet away from all power and light lines, and shall not
contact metal pipes or similar conductors.. If power conductors are
within the possible range of flying wire from a blast, such wire shall
be secured with anchored rope mats, .or equivalent, so that contact -
will be avoided. If the possibility of contact cannot be avoided by these
or similar steps, a nonelectric method of detonation shall be used. Lead
wires and blasting lines should be run at right angles to nearby high -
'voltage lines wherever practicable so as to reduce the possibility,of un-
expected blasts fired by induced current:
(e) Grounded Circuits Prohibited. The blasting circuit shall not
make use of the ground or grounded wires to carry current.
(f) Equipment Maintenance. Permanent blasting lines, safety
switches, and blasting switches shall be maintained in proper condition
for service:
- (g) Shot -firing switches and blasting machines shall be so located
that the operator is protected from the hazard of rocks that might fly
from the blast.
1574. Use of Blasting Machine. Blasting machines shall not be
operated or connected by anyone but a person properly instructed or
trained in blasting practice. Leading wires shall not be connected to the
machine until all other steps preparatory to the firing shall have been
completed and the men removed to a safe place. After the blast has been
fired, the leading wires shall be disconnected from the machine and
shorted.
1575. Blasting With Battery. Storage and flashlight batteries
shall not be used as a source of electric current for blasting.
1576. Short-circuiting Bus Wires and Lead Wires. The bus
• ` wires shall be shorted until ,they are connected to the lead wires. Lead
8-9
154 INnusTxr L km,ATcoxs " - . Trm S
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
wires shall be shorted by. twisting the bare ends together, up to the
time these ends are connected to the permanent shot -firing line. The
man making the connection to the bus wires should have both ends of
the lead wires in his possession until that connection is complete, after
which he should pay out the' -lead 'wires as he travels away from .the bus
wires.. The ends in his possession should not be untwisted until he is
ready to connect them to a switch, the permanent blasting wires, or a
blasting machine.
1577. Tests. The blastingcircuit shall be tested before firing
the shots. A , galvanometer especially designed for blasting work shall -
be used for testing.
.1578. Retreat From the Site. (a) Lead wires shall not be con-
nected to the permanent shot -firing line until all men have retreated
to a place of safety, except the man making the connection. No unneces-
sary work will be done at the site during or after loading, before the
shots are- fired.
(b) Return to Site. After electric blasting, men must wait at
least five minutes before returning to the point of blasting: The blasting
switches must be locked in the "off" position, the portable cord discon-
nected, and the blasting wires shorted by temporary bonding of the
plug poles. Upon returning to the site, the lead wires must be discon-
nected from the end of the permanent shot -firing line and the ends
shorted by twisting together.
1579. Electric Blasting in Proximity With Radio Transmitters.
(a) Electric blasting caps shall not be unpacked from their original
containers or connected up for use in any area within the minimum '
distances from a point where radio transmitting is carried on as -per
Plate B-15, a, b, Appendix.
(b) Electric blasting caps are not to be transported in any vehicle
which is equipped with a radio telephone or other radio transmitter,
unless they are still packed as received in their original container or
are in a metal covered box.
(e) Provide a sign stating, "Blasting—Radio Transmitting Pro-
hibited in This Area." Lettering of sign shall be in at least 8 -inch
letters on white background. Sign to be displayed only just prior to
loading and during blasting operations. At all other times such signs
shall be covered or removed.
(d) Signs shall -be posted approximately 1,000 feet from blasting
area on all public accesses.
1580. Electrical Storms. No electric blasting or preparation
for blasting shall be done during electrical storms, and all men shall be
removed from the, area promptly if loading is, in progress when the
storm arrives. Adequate provisions shall be made for warning crews
when an . electrical storm approaches.
Note: -An AM radio may be helpful to those in checking
on the approach of such storms, especially if it is not tuned .to •
an operating station, since the magnitude of the crackling
sound increases as the storm approaches more closely.
8-10
TITLE 8 DIVISION.OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 155
. CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9-72)
Article 9. Derricks, Cranes, Boom -Type Excavators
(Refer to Article 15 and Index for additional crane orders.)
1581. Scope. (a) The -Orders in this Article shall apply to derricks,
cranes, and boom -type -excavators at projects or operations to which the
Construction Safety Orders apply, but they shall not apply to aerial
devices designed and used exclusively for positioning personnel.
(b) On and after January. 15, 1974, all new cranes shall conform to
these rules. Cranes manufactured prior to that date shall be modified
to conform to these rules, unless it can be shown that the crane cannot
feasibly or economically be altered and that the -crane substantially
complies with the requirements.
NOTE: Authority cited for Article 9: Sections 6312, 6500 and 6502, Labor Code.
History: 1. Repealer of Article 9 (Sections 1585-1589) and new Article 9 (Sections
1581-1589, not consecutive) filed 12-8-72; effective thirtieth day thereafter
(Register 72, No. 50). For prior history, see Register 70, Nos. 25 and 40.
1581.1. Derricks. (a) Derricks - of appropriate design, proper
strength and size for the work to be performed shall be constructed of
suitable material considering its use, unit strength, resistance to or
protection against deterioration and shall be anchored so as to prevent
tipping or collapsing.
(1) Guyed derricks should have at least six guys. This number may
not be reduced unless the employer has determined that the
proposed guy arrangement will produce a safety factor of at least 31/2
• ` under all circumstances.
(2) Gin poles shall be held as nearly perpendicular as possible,
with only enough slope to clear the load to be lifted. Not less than four
guy wires or ropes shall be used. I
(3) All live or running ropes shall have a safety factor of at least
31/2
(b)_ The mast base shall be securely anchored. Maximum horizontal
and downward vertical thrusts encountered when handling rated loads
with the particular guy slope and spacing stipulated for the application
are among the design factors , for which provision must be made.
(c) Theguys shall be secured to the gground or other firm anchorage.
Maximum horizontal and vertical pulls encountered while handling
rated loads with the particular guy slope and spacing stipulated for the
application are among the design factors for which provision must be
made.
(d) The hoist shall be suitable for the derrick work intended and
shall be securely anchored to prevent displacement from the imposed
loads.
(e) Reinforcing *steel shall not be used for guy line anchors.
1581.2. Rated Load Marking. (a) For permanently installed der-
ricks with fixed lengths of boom, guy and mast, a substantial, durable
and clearly legible rating chart shall be provided with each derrick and
securely affixed where it is -visible to personnel responsible, for the safe
• operation of the equipment. The chart shall include but not necessarily
be limited to the following data:
156 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE .8
(Register 72, No. 512-372)
(1) Certified agent's approved load ratings at, corresponding
ranges of boom angle or operating radii.
(2) Specifielength of components on which the load ratings are,
based.
(3) Required parts for hoisting reeving. Size and construction of
the rope may be shown either on the rating chart or in the operating
manual:
(b), For non -permanent installations, the certified agent shall pro-
vide sufficient information from which capacity charts can be prepared
for theparticular installation. The capacity charts shall be located either
at the derrick or the job site office.
1581.3: Hoisting Ropes. Hoisting ropes and similar moving ropes,
in exposed locations within 7 feet of the -ground or floor, except for free
end section, shall be guarded; enclosed, or fenced with standard _rail-
ings.
1581.4.. Access to Sheaves, Bearings, and Blocks. If necessary to go
out'on derrick booms to -service sheaves, bearings, or blocks, said boom
shall be equipped with substantial catwalk, necessary. guardrails, . and
hand holds and/or grab irons to give safe -access to the equipment to be
serviced. Booms which can -be lowered to the ground or floor level and
which are lowered thereto for necessary service are exempted from this
requirement.
1581.5. Derrick Signals. Whenever derricks are used for hoisting •
structural steel or other materials, two-way radio, telephone, or other
acceptable signals, shall be used unless manual signals are appropriate.
SeePlate C-11, C -11-a and- C -11-b, Appendix.
1582. Boom -Type Mobile Cranes. Sections 1582 through 1582.21
apply to locomotive cranes, crawler cranes, motor truck cranes, boom -
type excavators and any modifications of these types which retain their
characteristic mobility, except such units of one ton or less capacity and
railway or automotive wrecking cranes. The requirements of Section
1582.4 are applicable -only to machines when used in lifting service.
1582.1. Operating Controls. (a) Lever -operated controllers shall
be rovided with a mechanical device which will hold the handle in the
"of' position, requiring voluntary effort to remove it from the "off" to
the :"on"' position.
'(b) The operating controls shall be located within convenient reach
of the operator and shall be identified by marking or suitable chart to
indicate the motion controlled and direction.
(c) Under normal operating conditions, forces exceeding 35 pounds
on hand levers and 50 pounds on foot pedals shall not be required to
actuate controls.
(d) Control travel distance shall not exceed 14 inches, from neutral
position -on two-way levers or 24 inches on one-way levers and foot
pedal travel shall not exceed 10 inches.
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 157
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-72-9-72)
(e) %Controls shall include means.
(1) To start and stop.
(2) To control speed of internal combustion engines.
(3) To stop engines under emergency conditions.
(4) For shifting selective transmission.
(f) Disconnect Clutch. On cranes or derricks with a mechanical
drive to any function, a disconnect clutch or equivalent shall be provid-
ed between the engine and the superstructure machinery and the
control shall be convenient to the operator's position. .
1582.2. Crane Boomstops. (a) Cranes of such design that the
boom could fall over backward shall be equipped with boomstops
whenever the main boom is rope supported and the crane used for
hook, clamshell, magnet, grapple, concrete bucket, or service present-
ing similar risk. The boomstop shall provide emergency protection
against destructive damage and related hazard by opposing any unex-
pected upward and rearward boom movement beyond the working
range. It shall not be used purposely as a substitute for normal proce-
dures in stopping a boom being raised.
(b) In the case of new cranes over 10 tons in capacity, purchased
4ter.January 1, 1971, the required boomstops shall satisfy the following
standards and each involved employer shall have substantial assurance
of this in the form of crane certified agent's warranties, test reports,
charts, engineering calculations, etc.
(1) The boomstops shall be strong enough to develop the ultimate
strength of the boom in bending at the point of attachment or contact
between boomstop and boom, which point should be located near the
outer' end of the basic inner section of the boom; however, the point
must be at least 5 feet above the operator's normal seat level when
the crane is level and the boom vertical.
(2) The ultimate bending strength of the boom referred -to in (1)
shall not be -reduced by the nature of contact between the boomstop
and boom; such points of contact to be so located and designed that
forces developed by boomstop action on the boom will not cause
prior local failure of any boom members.
(3) The boomstop shall prevent that portion of the boom below
the point of boomstop contact from upward and rearward movement
beyond 90 degrees, or some lesser angle, in reference to the horizon-
tal machinery deck.
(4) The boomstop shall provide energy absorbing resistance to the
upward and rearward movement of the boom throughout an angular
range of the last five degrees of such movement as limited in (3) .
(c) Jibs shall have positive stops to prevent their movement of more
than five degrees beyond the straight line of the jib and boom on
conventional type crane booms.
(d) No boomstop shall remain in use unless it is in good operating
condition and maintained in accordance with the certified agent's
guidelines for maintenance and service.
158 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 50--12•9-72)
1582.3. Load Rating Chart. (a) A durable load chart with clearly
legible letters and figures shall be provided with each mobile crane and
securely fixed to the crane in a location clearly visible to the operator
while at his control station.
The chart shall contain a full and complete range of crane load rat-
ings, as published by the certified agent, at all stated operating radii or
boom angles, and for all permissible boom lengths, jib lengths and
angles, also alternate ratings for use and non-use of optional equipment
on the mobile crane, such as outriggers and counterweights which
affect ratings. The chart shall also 'contain essential precautionary or
warning notes relative to limitations on equipment and operating
procedures, including indication of the least stable position. In addition,
no.cranes shall be re -rated in excess of the original load ratings unless
such rating changes are approved by the crane certifying agent.
(b) Where ratings are limited by structural competence, such rat-
ings shall be clearly shown and emphasized on the rating charts.
(c) Load Ratings. Where stability governs lifting performance.
(1) The margin of stability for determination of'load ratings, with
booms of stipulated lengths at stipulated working radii for the various
types of crane mountings is established by taking a percentage of the
load which will produce a condition of tipping or balance with the
boom in the least stable direction relative to the mounting. The load
ratings shall not exceed the following percentages for cranes, with the
indicated types of mounting under conditions stipulated in (2) and
(3)
Maximum Load Ratings
Type of Crane Mounting (% of Tipping Loads)
Locomotive, Without Outriggers
Booms 60 Feet or Less 85
Booms Over 60 Feet 85'
Locomotive Using Outriggers Fully Extended 80
Crawler, Without Outriggers 75
Crawler, Using Outriggers Fully Extended 85
Truck and Wheel Mounted Without Outriggers
or Using Outriggers Fully Extended 85
' Unless this results in less than 30,000 pound -feet net stabilizing.moment about the
rail, which shall be minimum with such booms.
(2) The following stipulations shall govern the application of the
values in (1) for locomotive cranes:
(A) Tipping with or without the use of outriggers occurs when
half of the wheels farthest from the load leave the rail.
Note: As a precaution while testing for free ratings, outrig-
gers should be loosely applied; rail clamps should not be used
(B) The crane shall be standing on track which is level within
one percent grade.
(C) Radius of the load is the horizontal distance from a projec-
tion of the axis of rotation to the rail support surface, before loading,
to the center of vertical hoist line or tackle with load applied.
0
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 159
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-12.9-72)
(D) Tipping loads from which ratings are determined shall be
applied under static conditions only, i.e., without dynamic effect of
hoisting, lowering, or swinging.
(E) The weight of all auxiliary handling devices such as hoist
blocks, hooks, and slings shall be considered a part of the load
rating.
(3) Stipulations governing the application of the values in (1) for
crawler, truck and wheel-mounted cranes shall be in accordance with
the crane load stability test code, SAE J765.
(4) The effectiveness of these preceding. stability factors will be
influenced by such additional factors as freely, suspended loads, track,
wind, or ground conditions, condition and inflation of rubber tires,
boom lengths, proper operating speeds for existing conditions, and,
in general, careful and competent operation. All of these shall be
taken into account by the user.
1582.4. Load Safety Devices. All cranes having a maximum rated
capacity exceeding one ton shall be equipped with safety devices as
provided herein, except for boom-type excavators used in excavation
work and all equipment used exclusively for pile moving.
(a) All mobile cranes including truck-mounted tower cranes, except
as provided above, having either a maximum rated boom length ex-
ceeding 200 feet or a maximum rated capacity exceeding 50 tons shall
be equipped with a load indicator device or a load moment device, or
a device that prevents an overload condition. Only devices approved
by the Division of Industrial Safety shall be 'installed on equipment in
California. The requirement for their use on equipment shall not
become effective until one year after at least two devices of the three
types mentioned herein are approved and available on the market.
(b) Each variable radius boom-type crane shall be equipped with a
boom angle or a boom radius indicator and a clearly legible load rating
chart in clear view from the operator's position:
(c) Cranes having a boom exceeding 60 feet in length or a maximum
rated capacity exceeding 15 tons shall be provided with an aproved
boom angle indicator which would make the boom angle in legrees
clearly visible to the operator at all times; the indicator shall give a clear
visual warning signal before high or low unsafe boom angles are
reached; the indicator should be mounted in the cab, adjustable, and
under the control of the operator at all times; and a visual inspection
of the indicator shall be made each day by the operator to see that it
is properly functioning.
(d) Spirit levels, or equivalent shall be provided to indicate the level
of the crane fore and aft and across the width.
1582.5. Operator's Cab. (a) Operators exposed to the hazard of
falling materials or objects shall be protected by a canopy-type guard
or cab over their usual operating position on the equipment except
when such enclosure would interfere with the safe operation of the
•crane or create an additional hazard by excessively restricting the oper-
ator's vision. The cab or guard shall be constructed of a minimum of 12
gauge steel or equivalent.
160 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 512.9-72)
(b) All glass windows on such equipment shall be of a shatter -proof
type. Wire glass or equivalent, is acceptable except for those sections,
like windshields, through which the operator must frequently view his
operations, in which case the glass shall possess optical qualities meeting
standards of the California Department of Motor Vehicles. Visibility
forward shall include a vertical range adequate to cover the boom point
at all times. The front window should have a section which can be
readily removed or held open if desired. If the section is of the type held
in the open position, it shall be well secured to prevent accidental
closure.
(c) All cab doors, whether of sliding or swinging type, shall be ade-
quately restrained from accidental opening or closing while traveling
or operating the machine. The door adjacent to the operator, if the
swinging type, should open_outward and, if the sliding type, should slide
rearward to open.
(d) A clear passageway shall be provided from the operator's station
to an exit door on the operator's side.
(e) Exhaustgas discharge shall be away from the normal position of
the operator. All exhaust pipes shall be guarded or insulated in areas
where contact by employees is possible in the performance of normal
duties.
1582.6. Access to Operator's Position, Machine House and/or Boom
Blocks. (a) Boo1n-type mobile cranes and boom' -type excavators shall
be provided with steps and hand holds or other safe means so located
as to give convenient and safe access to the operator's position or ma-
chine house.
(b) When necessary to go out on booms to oil the blocks, or other
parts of machinery, each boom shall be equipped with substantial cat-
walk, guardrails, and necessary hand holds or grab irons., Booms which
can be lowered to the ground or floor level and which are lowered
thereto for necessary service are exempted from this requirement.
1582.7. Couplers. (a) If locomotive cranes are equipped with cou-
plers, these must be extended to clear the revolving superstructure of
the crane.
(b) Automatic couplers shall be provided on cranes that switch or
couple to cars so equipped.
1582.8. Boom Hoist Mechanisms. (a) When using recommended
boom hoist reeving and with rated loads suspended, the boom hoist
shall be capable of raising the boom, holding it stationary without atten-
tion from the operator, and lowering it only when coupled to its prime
mover.
(b) The boom hoisting mechanism shall be provided with a suitable
clutching or power engaging device permitting immediate starting or
stopping of the boom drum motion. The boom hoisting mechanism also
shall be provided with a self -setting safety brake, capable of supporting
all rated loads, with recommended reeving.
(c) Brakes and clutches shall be provided with adjustments where
necessary to compensate for wear and to maintain adequate force in
springs where used'.
(d) The boom hoisting mechanism shall be provided with an auxil-
iary ratchet and pawl or other )positive locking device for use as an
added safety feature.
TITLE 8 _ DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY' 160.1
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-12.9.72)
(e) The boom hoist drum shall have sufficient rope capacity to oper-
ate the boom at all positions from horizontal to the highest angle recom-
mended when using the certifying agent's recommended reeving and
rope size.
(1) No less than two full wraps of rope shall remain -on the drum
with boom point lowered to the level of the crane supporting surface.
(2) The drum end of the rope shall be anchored by a clamp secure-
ly attached to the drum or a wedge socket arrangement approved by
the crane or rope manufacturer.
(f) The drum diameter shall be sufficient to provide a first layer rope
pitch diameter of not less than 15 times the nominal diameter of the
rope used.
(g) Automatic means shall be provided to stop drum motion when
highest ,permissible boom angle is reached.
1582.9. Load Hoist Drums. (a) The load hoist drum assemblies
shall have power and operational characteristics adequate to perform
all load hoisting and lowering functions required in crane service when
operated under recommended conditions.
(b) Where brakes and clutches are used to control the motion of the
load hoist drums, they shall be of sufficient size and thermal capacity
to control all rated crane loads with minimum recommended reeving.
(Where maximum rated loads are being lowered with near maximum
boom length or operations involving long lowering distances, power
controlled lowering usually is necessary to reduce demand on the load
brake.) "
(c) Load hoist drums shall have sufficient rope capacity with recom-
mended rope size and reeving to perform crane service within the
range of boom lengths, operating radii and vertical lifts stipulated by
the certifying agent.
(1) Not less than two full wraps of rope shall remain on the -drum
when the hook is in its extreme low position.
(2) The drum end of the rope shall be anchored by a clamp secure-
(ttached to the drum or a wedge socket arrangement approved by
attached
crane or rope manufacturer.
(3) Drums shall be provided with a means to prevent rope from
jumping off the drum.
(d) Diameter of the load hoist drums shall be sufficient to provide
a first layer rope pitch diameter of not less than 18 times the nominal
diameter of the rope used.
Exception: On small cranes of less than 10,000 pounds capacity a
smaller drum may be used provided that when lifting loads the actual
pitch diameter is not less than 15 times the rope diameter and the
rope safety factor is not less than 5.
(e) An adequate means controllable from the operator's station shall
be provided to hold the drum from rotating in the lowering direction
and be capable of holding the rated load indefinitely without further
• attention from the operator.
3-85931
160.2 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 55-12-9-72)
(f) Load drum rotation indicators shall be provided and located to
•
afford easy sensing by the operator except when a crane is used exclu,
sively, with a clamshell or dragline for excavation purposes or for pile
driving.
1582.10. Load Hoist Brakes. (a) When power -operated brakes
having no continuous mechanical linkage between the actuating and
braking means are used for controlling loads,' an automatic means shall
be provided to prevent the load from falling in event of loss of brake
actuating power.
(b) Foot -operated brake pedals shall be'constructed, roughened, or
covered with high -friction material so that the operator's foot will not
easily slip off.
(c) Adequate means shall be provided to hold the brakes in the
applied position.
1582.11. Power -Controlled Lowering. A power -controlled lower-
ing device shall be capable of handling rated loads and speeds as speci-
fied by the certifying agent. Such a device is recommended to provide
precision lowering and to reduce demand on the load brake.
1582.12. Adjustments. Brakes and clutches shall be provided with,
adjustments where necessary to compensate for wear and to maintain
adequate force in springs where used.
1582.13. Swing Control. The swing mechanism shall be capable of
smooth starts and stops with varying degree of acceleration and decel-
eration required in normal crane operation.
•
1582.14. Swing Brake and Locking Device. (a) A brake having
adequate holding power in both directions shall be provided to prevent
movement of the rotating.superstructure, when desired under normal
operation. The brake shall be capable of being set in_ the holding posi-
tion and remaining so without attention on the part of the operator.
(bA device for positively locking the rotating superstructure
should be provided. Whenprovided it shall be constructed to prevent
accidental- engagement or disengagement.
1582.15. Travel Brakes and Locks. (a) On crawler cranes, brakes
or other locking means shall be provided to hold the machine stationary
during working cycles on level grade or while the machine is standing
on maximum grade recommended, for travel. Such brakes or locks shall
be arranged to remain in engagement in event of loss of operating
pressure.
(b) On locomotive cranes, brakes shall be provided to bring the
crane to a stop while descending the maximum grade recommended
for travel. In addition manual brake engagement means shall be provid-
ed to hold the machine stationary on maximum grade recommended
for travel. Such means shall be arranged to remain in engagement in
event of loss of operating pressure.
(c) On a crawler crane, the travel and steering mechanism shall be
arranged so that it is not possible for both crawlers to become discon-
nected simultaneously from the power train and to "freewheel".
•
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 160.3
•CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-72-9.72)
1582.16. Sheave Guards. Sheaves carrying ropes which can
momentarily be unloaded shall be provided with close fitting guards or
other suitable devices to guide the rope back into the groove when the
load is again applied.
1582.17. Warning Device. An effective, audible warning and oper-
ating signal device shall be provided on the outside of the crane. The
controls for the device shall be within easy reach of the operator.
1582.18. -Wheel Guards. (a) -Locomotive cranes shall be provided
with a running board which shall extend the full width of the truck bed
with a grab -iron extending across and near the outer end of the .truck
bed, or with a pilot or fender which will prevent a man being crushed
beneath the truck wheels.
(b) Outrigger wheels when used on mobile cranes shall be properly
guarded to prevent a person being run over by a wheel.
1582.19. Truck Wedges or Jacks. Locomotive crane cars shall be
provided with suitable removable wedges or jacks for transmitting
loads from the crane body directly to the wheels without permitting the
truck springs to function when handling heavy loads. These wedges
shall be removed, or jacks released in a positive manner for traveling.
1582.20. Fire Extinguisher. A fire extinguisher of not less than 5:13C
rating shall be kept" in serviceable condition and readily accessible to
•, the operator's station, and personnel shall be familiarized with its use.
Carbon tetrachloride shall not be used.
1582.21. Lighting. Boom -type mobile cranes which operate at
night shall have their load hooks and working areas adequately il-
luminated. Such lighting can be accomplished either by outside lighting
systems or by lights placed on the booms or cab's. Boom heads and load
blocks should be painted with high -visibility yellow or other contrasting
colors.
1583. Cranes Used in Demolition Work. (a) The weight of the
demolition ball shall not exceed 50 percent of the clamshell rating based
on the boom length and the minimum angle of operation which the
demolition ball will be used, or, its weight shall not exceed 20 percent
of the,'nominal breaking strength of the rope by which it is suspended,
whichever results in a lesser value.
(b) The swing of the boom should not exceed 30 degrees from the
centerline, front to back of the crane mounting.
(c) The ball shall be. attached to the load line with a swivel type
connection to prevent twisting of the load line and shall be attached by
positive means in such a manner that the weight cannot become acci-
dentally disconnected.
(d) The load line and attachment of the demolition ball to the load
line shall be checked at least twice daily.
(e) Truck cranes without outriggers extended should not be used to
swing a demolition ball.
•
160.4 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 512.9-72) •
1584. Climbing or Tower Cranes. The. requirements apply to
cranes of the general type such as those having a revolving horizontal
boom with counterweight on a single vertical mast which is normally
raised as the building progresses upward in height.
(a) Design. All parts of the crane and supports shall be designed
and constructed to withstand all stresses resulting from intended use in
accordance with recognized engineering principles and 'practices.
(b) Descriptive Booklet. Each crane shall be provided with a de-
scriptive booklet, written in English, containing a comprehensive sum-
mary of the design characteristics, erection procedure, operation
techniques, repair recommendations, and safety precautions. This
booklet shall be available on every job site where such crane is in use.
. (c) Load Rating Chart. A substantial, durable and clearly legible
rating chart shall be provided with each crane and securely affixed in
the cab or operator's station easily visible to the operator while at his
controls. The chart shall include load ratings and restrictions as speci-
fied by the certified agent for specific lengths of components, counter-
weights, swing, and radii. Where load ratings for cranes are governed
by structural competence, the limitation on loading must be such that
no structural member is overstressed, and load rating charts shall be
subject to this limitation.
(d) Load Limit. Each crane shall be equipped with an acceptable
device which will effectively prevent overloading beyond certifying
agent's recommendations at any load, boom radius, and counterweight
position.
(e) Torsion Control. Each crane shall contain a means which will •
cause the boom swing to be started and stopped gradually to prevent
damaging effects of torsion in the mast sections.
(f) Brake. Each crane shall be, equipped with a brake system, or
equivalent, which will effectivelyprevent any movement when the
power, is lost or at any time desired by the operator.
(g) Access._ Parts of the crane in which workmen are required to
reach for adjustment or maintenance shall be provided with access
walkways, handholds or footholds, safety lines, or other safeguards as
necessary to essentially eliminate the hazard of workmen falling from
the crane.
- 1584.1. Erection and Operation. (a) Erection. The erection of a
climbing crane on each job site shall be performed as recommended by
the certifying agent and under the supervision of his representative or
other persons experienced in erection of this type of equipment.
- Guys, braces, and other supports shall .be employed as necessary to
prevent damage or collapse of the equipment during the erection pro-
cedure.
(b) Free Standing Mast. Under normal conditions the unbraced
free standing portion of the mast between the boom and the top sup-
port position shall be limited in height to the distance recommended
y the certified agent.
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 160.5
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 511-72-9.72)
(c) Mast Support. _ When the certifying agent's specifications re-
quire the mast to be secured in a shaftway of 'a structure, such support
shall not transmit harmful movement or vibration to the structure or
formwork.
(d) Floor Support. Where the vertical load of the crane assembly
is supported by the edges of floor openings of a structure, precautionary
measures shall be taken as necessary to prevent failure_ osuch support.
(e) Mast Jumping. When the mast sections are raised to a new
position, adequate measures shall be taken to prevent damage_ or col-
lapse of the crane assembly including vertical slippage of the mast unit.
(f) Load Limit Device. (1) Effectiveness. The load limit device
required on such cranes shall at all times be in effective operation. as
recommended by the certified agent, and shall at no time be readjusted
to permit handling of greater loads than rated by the certified agent for
the various boom radii.
(2) Testing. Whenever a load limit device is unsealed, repaired,
or readjusted, a qualified person shall arrange and perform any neces-
sary testing: The Division at its discretion may call for a test at any
other time to determine crane capacity settings. A test- load of con-
Crete or equivalent, between 5 percent and 10 percent in excess of
the certifying agent's load capacity for the work being performed
shall be available at the job site at all times.
(g) Load Line Position. The load line of the crane shall at all times
be kept in a substantially vertical position so as to prevent damaging
stresses resulting from nonvertical pulls.
(h) Operator's Position. Operator shall .be stationed in a safe posi-
tion where he has the best visibility and control.
1584.2. Unattended Booms. When necessary, to lash crane booms,
they shall be lashed only in accordance with the certified agent's recom-
mendations.
1584.3. Safety Devices. All climber or tower cranes excluding
truck -mounted tower cranes, shallhave the following safety devices:
(a) Warning light which shall be'activated'at 100 percent of the rated
load.'
(b) An audible acoustic signal that shall sound at 105 percent. of the
rated load.
(c) An automatic stop that shall operate at 110 percent of the rated
load.
(d) Limit devices shall be provided on the following:
(1) A device to provide predeceleration before top and bottom
position of the hook.
(2) A device to limit the trolley traveling out.
(3) A device to limit the trolley traveling in.
(e) All motions shall be activated by constant pressure control de-
vices which automatically' return to neutral or the off position when
released by the operator.
160.6 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9-72)
1584.4. Electrical Grounding. All electrically -operated cranes shall
be grounded.
1584.5. Maintenance. (a) General. All climbing or tower cranes
shall be maintained in such condition of repair as to eliminate hazards
to workmen resulting from. defects of operation and conditions of serv-
ice. -
(b) Standard. Repairs'shall be performed only in such manner as to
maintain the crane parts in condition essentially equivalent to that
when produced by the manufacturer.
(c) Welding.. All welding on crane parts shall be performed only in
accordance with current standards of the American Welding Society,
and only by welders who are certified or qualified to perform high
quality welding as required by.such standards.
(d) Repairs and Reconstruction. All structurally significant repairs,
alterations, or reconstruction of this equipment shall be performed in
compliance with paragraphs 1584 (a) and other applicable Orders of
Sections 1584 through 1584.5, and be equal or better material and qual-
ity than the original. Such work shall be designed by'the certified agent.
(e) Repair and Maintenance Records. A Maintenance Record Book
specific to each particular crane shall be kept by the user, and kept
available for examination by the Division. Such book shall contain a
dated, signed record of all work performed in paragraph (d) as well as
any other significant maintenance work or detail, such as pertinent
defects found inperiodic inspections, changing of ropes, sheaves, or •
malfunctioning of the unit.
1585. Hydraulic Cranes and Excavators. Sections 1585 through
1585.9 apply to mobile hydraulic cranes and excavators of the revolving
type, which may or may not be convertible, that use hydraulic power
to operate basic functions and/or front-end operating equipment. They
may be crawler mounted or rubber tire carrier mounted, have front-
end' operating equipment such as lift crane; clamshell, magnet,
dragline, pile driver, etc., as herein described, or any adaptations of the
same which retain the basic characteristics.
1585.1. Hoist Mechanisms. (The hoist mechanism is used for lift-
ing, lowering and holding loads or for other purposes, and may consist
of a winch, drum or hydraulic cylinder with necessary rope reeving.)
The hoist mechanism when properly adjusted shall be capable of devel-
oping 110% ofpermissible line pull and be capable of maintaining the
load in suspended position in normal operating cycles.
1585.2. Load Lowering. Load lowering may be controlled by
brakes acting on drums, other means, or by "Power Controlled Lower-
ing". The lowering mechanism shall be capable of controlling 110% of
permissible line pull per Section 1585.3.
1585.3. Boom Hoist and Supporting Mechanism. The mechanism
to control the elevation of the boom and to support the boom. Boom
hoist may be a rope drum and its drive or a hydraulic cylinder (s) . The
supporting mechanism may be a gantry or the same hydraulic cylin- •
der(s) used to elevate the boom.
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 160.7
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9-72)
(a) In a rope supporting and elevating arrangement, boom lowering
shall be controlled by engagement to the power train. Rope supported
backhoe booms may be lowered by brake except that engagement to
the power train is mandatory during lifting service.
(b) The boom hoist shall be capable of elevating the boom and 110%
of the rated load. The boom hoist shall be capable of suppporting the
boom and 110% of the rated load without attention from the operator
and allow lowering to rated radius only when under operator's control.
(c) A holding device is required regardless of the type of suspension.
(1) On rope boom support machines a ratchet and pawl or other
positive locking devic., shall be provided to prevent inadvertent low-
ering of the boom.
(2) For hydraulic cylinder boom support machines, a holding de-
vice (such as load checks) is required to prevent inadvertent lower-
ing of the boom.
(d) Minimum ratio of boom hoist drum and sheave pitch diameters
to nominal rope diameters shall not be less than 15 to 1.
(e) On a telescoping boom the retract function shall be capable of
controlling 110% of rated load. A holding device (such as load check)
shall be provided.
1585.4. Swing Lock and Swing Brake. (A swing lock is a mechani-
cal device (such as a latch, self-locking worm, holding valve, etc.) to
lock the revolving superstructure to the mounting in an established or
desired position: A swing bray.., is a friction device to hold the revolving
superstructure in any desired position relative to the mountings.) Un-
less swing drive mechanism is of a self-locking type, a swing lock or
swing brake capable of preventing rotation under normal working con-
ditions shall be provided.
1585.5. Controls. Controls may be located on the revolving super-
structure or the mobile base mounting. The operating controls shall be
located within convenient reach of the operator and shall be identified
by marking or suitable chart to indicate the motion controlled and
direction. The arrangement of controls shall be such as to provide
proper co-ordination of hand and foot movements required by the
various types of equipment.
(a) Hand Levers or Foot Pedals. Controls for load hoist, boom
hoist, swing and boom telescope shall be provided with means for hold-
ing in neutral position without use of positive locks.
(b) Control Forces and Movements. When controls and corre-
sponding controlled elements are properly maintained and adjusted
and the machine is operated within the manufacturer's rating with
recommended mechanisms, the following shall be provided under nor-
mal operation:
(1) Lifting crane service. Forces not greater than 35 pounds on
hand levers. Forces not greater than 50 pounds on foot pedals.
(2) Travel distance on hand levers not greater than 14 inches from
• neutral position on two-way levers and not greater than 24 inches on
one-way levers. Travel distance on foot pedals not greater than 10
inches.
160.8 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9.72)
1585.6. Brakes. (a) A travel lock or brake shall be provided on
crawler machines capable of holding the machine stationary under -
normal working conditions, and on any grade the machine is capable
of negotiating.
(b) Service brakes shall be provided on truck or wheel mounted
machines to properly bring the machine to a stop from normal travel
speeds. Means shall be provided to adequately hold the machine sta-
tionary during working cycles. Means shall also be provided to hold the
machine on any grade which it can negotiate.
1585.7.. Front -End Operating Equipment. (a) Outriggers. When
required by certifying agent's instructions, outriggers shall be set so that
wheeIs or crawler tracks within the boundary of the outriggers shall be
relieved of all weight by the outrigger jacks or blocking.
(b) Boom Angle Indicator. An indicator showing the angle of the
boom above horizontal shall be located on the crane and clearly visible
to the operator from his position at the controls.
(c) Boom Length Indicator. Telescopic booms that have an indica-
tor shall show the boom length from minimum to maximum and be
visible to the operator from his position at the controls.
(d) Boom Hoist Disconnect. A boom hoist disconnect shut-off or
hydraulic relief shall be provided to automatically stop the. boom hoist
when the boom reaches a predetermined high angle.
(e) Boom Stops. At;least one of the following stops shall be provid-
ed to resist the boom falling backwards on a grade, in a high wind, or
in case the hitch fails:
(1) A fixed or telescoping bumper.
(2) A shock absorbing bumper.
(3) Hydraulic boom elevation cylinder(s).
(f) Crane Rating Chart. A load rating chart and/or label (s) shall be
located on the crane to be available to the operator from his position
at the control stand. It shall include the applicable portions of 1582.3 and
the maximum loads permitted during actual boom telescoping opera-
tion.
1585.8. Hydraulic Relief Valves. Hydraulic relief valves utilized to
limit maximum pressure developed within the hydraulic system shall
havepressure settings of sufficient magnitude to provide the capabili-
ties of operation under 110% of rated loading conditions.'Relief valve
settings shall be specified and no change in relief valve setting shall be
made without the consent of the certified agent. Gauge ports shall be
provided in each hydraulic circuit for checking certifying agent's speci-
fied pressure settings.
1585.9. Hydraulic Hose, Fittings, and Tubing Inspection. All hy-
draulic hoses, and particularly those which flex in normal operation of
crane functions should be visually inspected once every working day.
A thorough inspection of all hoses, fittings, and rigid tube lines should
be made at least once a month. Any deterioration shall be -carefully
examined and determination made as to whether further use of the
component would constitute a hazard. Conditions such as the following •
should be sufficient reason for consideration of replacement:
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 160.9
•CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No; 59-12-9.72)
(a) Any evidence of hydraulic oil leakage at the surface of the flexi-
ble hose or its junction with the metal and couplings.
(b) Any blistering or abnormal deformation to the outer covering of
the hydraulic hose.
(c) Hydraulic oil leakage at any threaded or clamped joint that can-
not be eliminated by normal tightening or recommended procedures.
(d) Evidence of excessive abrasion or scrubbing on the outer surface
of a hose, rigid tube, or hydraulic fitting. Means shall be taken immedi-
ately to eliminate the interference of the elements in contact or other-
wise protect the components.
1586. Barge Mounted Cranes. (a) When a mobile crane is mount-
ed on a barge, the rated load of the crane shall not exceed the capacity
specified by the certified agent.
(b) Load ratings shall be reduced to stay within the limits for list of
the barge with a crane mounted on it and a revised load rating chart
shall be provided.
(c) Mobile cranes on barges shall bepositively secured. When stabil-
ity of barge is not a factor, and control barriers are provided, limited
travel may be authorized.
(d) The width of barge hulls supporting mobile cranes equipped
with a pile driver or extractor leads shall not be less than 45 percent of
the'height of lead above the water.
• 1586.1.. Permanently Mounted Floating Cranes and Derricks. (a)
When cranes and derricks are permanently installed on a barge the
capacity and limitations of use shall be based on competent design
criteria.
(b) A load rating chart with clearly legible letters and figures shall
be provided and securely fixed at a location easily visible to the opera-
tor.
(c) Floating cranes and floating derricks in use shall meet the appli-
cable requirements for design, construction, installation, testing, main-
tenance, and operation as prescribed by the certified, agent.
1586.2. Life Buoys. Life buoys, life rings and/or life vests shall be
provided and used as required in Section 1602.
1587. Operating Rules. These orders are applicable to all crane,
hoist, and derrick operations except when orders of a specific nature
apply.
1587.1. Traveling. (a) The travel of cranes or boom -type excava-
tors shall be controlled so as to avoid collision with persons, material,
and equipment. The cabs of units (of the revolving type) traveling
under their own power shall be turned so as to provide the least obstruc-
tion to the operator's vision in the direction of travel, unless he is
receiving signals from someone with an unobstructed view.
(b) In transit, the following additional precautions for mobile cranes
shall be exercised:
u
160.10 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9-72)
(1) The boom shall be carried in line with the direction of motion
and the superstructure shall be secured against rotation, except when
negotiating turns when there is an operator -in the cab or when the
boom is supported on a dolly.
(2) The empty hook, headache ball, or block shall be lashed or
otherwise restrained so that it cannot swing freely.
1587.2. Boom Assembly. Booms which are being assembled or
disassembled on the ground shall be securely blocked or secured to
prevent dropping of the boom and boom sections.
1587.3. Swinging. When rotating the crane, sudden stops shall be
avoided. Rotational speed shall be such that the load does not swing out
beyond the radius at which it can be safely controlled.
(a) Tag or restraint lines shall be used where rotation of the load is
hazardous.
(b) Cranes or boom -type excavators shall not be mounted by person-
nel, unless the unit is stopped or an exchange of signals with the opera-
tor indicates that it is safe to mount.
1587.4. Hoisting. (a) No crane shall be operated with wheels or
tracks -off the ground or working surface at any time, unless properly
bearing on outriggers.
(b) The operator shall test the brakes each time a load approaching
the rated load is handled by raising it a few inches and applying the
brakes. Where cranes are used continuously at or near their rated •
capacity, the operator shall test brakes as frequent as necessary to insure
a safe operation.
(c) Neither the load nor the boom shall be lowered below the point
where less than two full wraps of rope remain on 'their respective
drums.
(d) When two or more cranes are used to lift one load, a qualified
person shall be responsible for the operation. He shall analyze the
operation and instruct all personnel involved in the proper positioning,
rigging ,of the load, and the movements to be made. An appointed
qualified signalman 'shall be in direct audible communication with both
crane operators at all times. Where two or more cranes are used to lift
one load, the rating chart shall be reduced on each crane by not less
than 25 percent, unless equalizer or other acceptable provisions assure
safe distribution of both vertical and horizontal loads to the cranes
involved in which case a lesser reduction may be applied.
1587.5. Slide Areas. When loading where there is a probability of
dangerous slides or movement of material, the wheels or treads of
loading equipment, other than that riding on rails, should be turned in
the direction which will facilitate escape in case of danger, except in,a
situation where this position of the wheels or treads would cause a
greater operational hazard.
40
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 160.11
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-72-9-72)
1587.6. Driver's Position. Where practicable, haulage vehicles
shall be loaded in such a way that the bucket or boom does not pass over
the vehicle driver's position; no. loading shall be done until it is deter-
mined that the driver is in a safe location.
1587:7. Crane Capacity. (a) Cranes shall not be operated without
the amount of ballast or counterweight in place as specified by the
certified agent. The amount of ballast or counterweight in place -speci-
fied by the certified agent shall not be exceeded.
(b) No crane shall be equipped or used with boom and/or jib which
exceeds the length authorized by the certified agent, or operated at a
radius exceeding the listing on the load rating chart.
(c) External guy lines shall not be attached to any part of the crane
to give the boom additional load capacity, except as authorized by the
certified agent.
(d) Loads shall not be allowed to contact crane booms, neither shall
booms rest upon nor contact structures when lifting loads, unless the
boom is designed and rated for such contact.
1587.8. Fire Extinguisher. A fire extinguisher rated at least 5:13C
shall be kept in or just outside the cage, cab; or machine house. Operat-
ing and maintenance personnel shall be familiar with the use and care
of the fire extinguishers provided and shall be responsible to insure the.
extinguishers are maintained in serviceable condition. Carbon tetra-
chloride extinguishers shall not be used.
1587.9. Refueling. (a) Open lights, flames, or spark -producing de-
vices shall be kept at a safe distance while. refueling an internal combus-
tion engine, and no person shall smoke or carry. ,lighted smoking
material in the immediate vicinity of the refueling area. The engine
shall be stopped during refueling, unless the fueling system provides
adequate safe refueling features.
(b) Fuel tank filler pipe shall be located in such a position, or protect-
ed in'such manner, as to prevent fuel spillage or overflow to run onto
the engine, exhaust, or electrical equipment of any machine being
fueled.
(c) Fuel. shall be kept in containers that meet the requirements of
the local fire jurisdiction, Underwriters or Factory Mutual Laboratories
approved or equivalent. Smoking shall 'be prohibited and "No Smok-
ing" signs shall be conspicuously posted at all fueling or fuel storage
areas.
1587.10. Handling Loads. (a) Size of Load. A crane, derrick, or
hoist shall never be loaded beyond the rated capacity or safe working
'load whichever is smaller, except for test purposes. In all operations
where the weight of the load being handled is unknown and may
approach the rated capacity, there shall be a qualified person assigned
to determine, the magnitude of the load unless the crane or derrick is
equipped with a load weighing device. The operator shall not make any
lift under these conditions .until he has been informed of such weight
• by the appointed person assigned to that operation.
160.12 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 50-12.172)
(b) Attaching the Load. (1) The load shall be attached to the hook
by 'means of slings or other suitable and effective means which shall be
-rigged to insure the safe handling of the load. _
(2) Chain and rope slings shall be freed of kinks or twists before
use.
(3) Baskets, tubs, skips, or similar containers used for hoisting bulk
materials shall be loaded so as not to exceed their safe carrying capa6-
ty.
(4) The hoist rope shall not be wrapped around the load.
(c) Moving the Load. The individual directing the lift shall see
that:
(1) The crane is properly leveled for the work being performed
and blocked where necessary.
(2) The load is well -secured and properly balanced in the sling or
lifting device before it is lifted more than a few inches.
(d) Before Starting to Hoist: (1) Hoist rope shall not be kinked.
(2) Multiple part lines shall not be twisted around each other.
(3) The hook shall be positioned over the load in such a manner
as to prevent swinging of the load when lifted.
(4) If there is a slack rope condition, the rope shall be properly
seated on the drum and in the sheaves.
(e) During Hoisting: (1) There shall be no sudden acceleration or
deceleration of the moving load.
(2) Precautions shall be taken to prevent inadvertent contact with
•
any obstructions.
(f) Side loading of booms shall be limited to freely suspended loads
and ,booms shall not be used for dragging loads sideways unless the
boom is specifically designed and constructed to withstand such side
loading.
(g) The operator shall not knowingly hoist, lower, swing, or travel
while is the load hook
anyone on or except as provided in Section 1718.
(h) The operator should avoid carrying loads over people.
(i) The
operator shall control sudden starts, stops, and rotational
speeds so that the load does not swing out beyond a radius at which it
can be safely controlled.
0) On truck -mounted cranes, no loads shall be lifted over the front
area except as approved by the crane certifying agent.
(k) When a load of any kind is to be suspended for any considerable
time, the drum holding mechanism shall be used in addition to the
brake which shall also be applied.
(l) Cranes, hoists, or derricks shall not be left unattended while load
is suspended unless the load is suspended over water, a barricaded area,
or is blocked up or otherwise supported from below during repairs
or
emergency.
(m) Where a rotating crane is positioned to operate in areas where
persons may be caught between rotating parts of the crane and outside
obstructions or parts of rotating machine deck and nonrotating parts of
crane, those danger areas shall be barricaded to prevent traffic or other
positive means shall be taken to prevent workmen entering such areas
•
while the crane is operating.
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 160.13
' CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-72-9-72)
1587.11. Limit Switches. (a) Before an electric crane is operated
after the. start of each shift, or as soon'thereafter as practicable, the
crane operator or a qualified person shall test the operation of all limit
switches over a cleared area, under no load, and shall report any defect
to his employer who shall have the defect corrected before the crane
is permitted to operate.
(b) The limit switch shall never be used as an operating control
unless designed for such use, in which case there shall be_a second limit
switch located behind the operating control limit switch.
1587.12. Signals. (a) A signalman shall be provided when the
point of operation is not in full and direct view of the operator unless
an effective signaling or control device is provided for safe direction of
the operator.
(b) Only persons who are fully qualified by experience shall be used
as signalmen.
(c) A uniform hand signal system shall be used on all operations of
a similar nature. (Note: For required hand signals, see Plate C-11, C -11-
a, C -11-b, Appendix.)
(d) Manual hand signals may be used provided they can be clearly
understood by the operator.
(e) Signal systems other than manual shall be protected against
unauthorized use, breakage, weather or obstruction which will inter-
fere with safe operation. In the event of any known malfunction, an
• alternate signal system shall be used or all motion shall be stopped.
(f) No response shall be made unless signals are clearly understood.
(g) There shall be conspicuously posted in the vicinity of the hoisting
operations, a legible chart depicting and explaining the system of sig-
nals used.
1587.13. Overhead Loads. Operations shall be conducted and the
job controlled in a manner that will avoid exposure of employees to the
hazard of overhead, suspended loads. Employees should not work in the
area directly beneath a suspended load. Where hooks are used for
attaching loads, they shall be of the safety type or equivalent.
1587.14. High Voltage. Operations in proximity to high-voltage
lines are restricted by Construction Safety Order 1768.
1587.15. Operational Testing. (a) In addition to prototype tests by
the manufacturer, and prior to initial use, each new and altered crane
shall be inspected and tested by the certified agent to insure, compli-
ance with the provisions of these Orders including the following func-
tions where applicable:
(1) Hoisting and lowering—boom and load.
(2) Swing mechanism.
(3) Travel mechanisms, trolley, bridge, carrier.
(4) Limit switches, locking, and other safety devices.
1588. Operators—Qualifications. (a) Only employees authorized
• by the employer and trained or known to be qualified in the safe
operation of cranes or hoisting apparatus shall be permitted to operate
such equipment.
160.14 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 59-12-9.72)
(b) Trainees may be authorized to operate cranes or hoisting appa-
ratus provided they are under the supervision of a competent operator.
(c) Inspectors, maintenance, or test personnel may operate such
equipment when it is necessary in. the performance of their duties.
(d) Operators of cranes or derricks which are operated from cab,
cage, "or remote operating station shall be required by the employer to
furnish satisfactory evidence of qualifications and experience.
1588.1. Operating Practices. (a) The operator shall not engage in
any practice which will divert his attention while actually engaged in
operating the crane or derrick. Loose material, tools, lunch box, cloth-
ing, etc., shall be stored in, a manner which will not interfere with the
operation of the crane or derrick controls.
(b) The operator shall respond to signals only from the appointed
signalman, but shall obey a stop signal at any time.
(c) The operator shall be responsible for those operations under his
direct control. Whenever he doubts the safety ora movement, the
,operator shall stop hoisting operations until safety has been assured.
(d) A warning signal shall be sounded as required, particularly when
approaching workmen. Loads should not bepassed over workmen.
(e) -Before leaving his crane unattended, the operator shall:
(1) Land or properly secure any attached load, bucket, lifting
magnet, or other device.
(2) Disengage clutch.
(3) Set travel, swing, boom brakes, and other locking devices un-
less otherwise specified by the'certified agent. •
(4) Put controls in the "off" position.
(5) Stop the engine or motor.
(6) Secure crane against accidental travel.
(f) If there is a warning sign on the switch or engine starting con-
trols, or if they are locked out, the operator shall not close the switch
or operate the starting controls until the warning sign and lock, if any,
are removed by the person who placed them on the control.
(g) Before closing the switch or starting the engine, the .operator
shall see that all controls are in the "off ' position and all personnel are
in the clear.
(h) If power fails during operation, the operator shall:
(1) Set all brakes and locking devices.
(2) Move all clutch or other power controls to the "off" position.
(3) If practical, the suspended load should be landed under brake
control.
(i) The operator shall familiarize himself with the equipment and its
proper, care. If adjustments or repairs are necessary or any defects are
known, he shall report them promptly in writing' to the appointed
person, and shall also notify the next operator of the defects upon
changing shifts.
0) All controls shall be tested by the operator at the start of a new
shift. If any ccntrols do not operate properly, they shall be adjusted or
repaired before operations are begun.
0
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF' INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 160.15
• CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9-72)
(k) When operating the crane at or near rated capacity, the effects
of wind and dynamic loading created by crane movements, i.e., travel,
swing, hoist, lower and stopping of any of those motions, shall be consid-
ered in relation to the crane stability.
(l) Operators of boom equipped cranes shall refrain from exerting
side pull, and side loading shall be limited to freely suspended loads,
unless the boom is specially designed and constructed to withstand such
side loading.
1588.2. Certificate of Operation of Power -Operated Cranes, Der-
ricks, and Cableways. All cranes, derricks, and cableways used in lift-
ing service, exceeding three tons rated capacity, and their accessory
gear shall not be used until the employer has ascertained that such
equipment has been certificated as evidenced by current and valid
documents attesting to compliance with the following:
(a) Tests and examinations shall be conducted annually and a certifi-
cate issued by a qualified person accredited by the U. S. Department
of Labor for the purpose of performing shore, crane and derrick certifi-
cation, or other person knowledgeable in the structure and use of such
equipment who is currently registered as a professional, civil, mechani-
cal or structural engineer by the State of California, or other person
acceptable to the Division as qualified to do this work.
(b) Certificates attesting to current compliance with testing and
examination standards or requirements shall be maintained for each
crane or derrick. Certificates shall be in a form acceptable to the Divi-
sion of Industrial Safety and shall be available for examination. (See
Plate C -11-m.) .
1588.3. Unit Proof Test and Examination of Cranes and Their Acces-
sory Gear. (a) Unit proof tests of cranes shall be carried out at the
following intervals:
(1) In the case of new cranes, before being taken into initial use
and every four years thereafter.
(2) In the case of uncertificated cranes which have been in use, at
the time of initial certification and every four years thereafter.
(3) In the case of major modifications or repairs to important
structural components, before they are returned to service.
(b) Unit proof load tests of cranes shall be carried out with the boom
in the least stable position relative to the mounting, based on the certi-
fied agent's specifications.
(c) Unit proof tests shall be based on the certifying agent's load
ratings for the conditions of use and shall consist of the application of
a proof load of 10 percent in excess of the load ratings for the boom on
the crane at a maximum and minimum radii and at such intermediate
radii as the certificating authority may deem necessary in the circum-
stances (See Note). Trolley -equipped bridge cranes shall be subject to
a proof load of 25 percent in excess of the certified agent's load rating.
In cases of foreign manufacture, the manufacturer's specifications shall
be subject to approval by the certificating authority as being equivalent
to U.S. practice. The weight of all auxiliary handling devices such as, but
not limited to, magnets, hooks, slings, and clamshell buckets shall be
160.16 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 50-12.9-72)
considered part of the load, except lifting devices which are designed
as an integral part of the crane. Other methods of unit proof testing may
be substituted for the above where acceptable to the Division.
NOTE: The certified agent's load ratings are usually based upon percentage of tipping
loads under some conditions and upon limitations of structural competence at others, as
well as on other criteria such as type of crane mounting, whether or not outriggers are
used, etc. Some cranes utilizing a trolley may have only one load rating assigned and
applicable at any, outreach. It is important that the certifying agent's rating be used.
. (d) An examination shall be carried out in conjunction with each
unit proof load test. The qualified person, or his authorized representa-
tive, shall make a determination as to requirements for the correction
of deficiencies found. The examination shall cover the following points
as applicable:
(1) _All functional operating mechanisms for improper function,
maladjustment, and excessive component wear, with particular at-
tention to sheaves, pins, and drums. This shall include operation with
partial load, in which all functions and movements, including; where
applicable, maximum possible rotation in both directions, are per-
formed.
(2) All safety devices for malfunction.
(3) Deterioration or leakage in lines, tanks, valves, drains, pumps,
and other parts of air or hydraulic systems.
(4) Loose gear components (i.e., hooks, etc.), including wire rope
and wire rope terminals and connections, with particular attention to
sections of wire rope exposed to abnormal wear and sections not •
normally exposed for examination. Cracked or deformed hooks shall
be discarded.
(5) Rope reeving for compliance with certified agent's recom-
mendations.
(6) Deformed, cracked, or excessively corroded members in crane
structure and boom.
(7) Loose bolts, rivets, or other connections.'
(8) .Worn, cracked, or distorted parts affecting safe operation.
(9) , Excessive wear on and free operation of brake and clutch sys-
tem parts, linings, pawls, and ratchets.
(10) Load, boom angle, or other indicators shall be checked for any
significant inaccuracy.
(11) It shall be ascertained that there is a durable rating. chart
visible to the operator, covering the complete range of the certified
agent's capacity ratings at all operating radii, for all permissible boom
lengths and jib length, with alternate ratings for optional equipment
affecting such ratings. Necessary precautions or warnings shall be
included and operating controls marked or an explanation of controls
shall be posted at the operator's position to indicate function.
(12) Where used, clamshell buckets or other similar equipment
such as magnets, etc., shall be carefully examined in all respects, with
particular attention to closing line wires and sheaves.
(13) Careful examination of the junction areas of removable boom
sections, particularly for proper seating, cracks, deformities, or other
defects in securing bolts and in the vicinity of such bolts.
(14) It shall be ascertained that no counterweights in excess of the
certified agent's specifications are fitted.
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 160.17
•CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9-72)
(15) Such other examination deemed necessary under the circum-
stances.
1588.4. Unit Proof Test and Examination of Derricks and Their
Accessory Gear. (a) Unit proof tests of derricks shall be carried out at
the same intervals as specified in 1588.3 (a) for cranes.
(b) Unit proof load tests and safe working load ratings shall be based
on the designed load ratings at the ranges of boom angle or operating
radii. Unit proof loads shall exceed the safe working load as follows:
S. W.L.
Proof of Load
Up to 20 tons.
25 percent in excess
20-50 tons
5 tons in excess
Over 50 tons
10 percent in excess
Proof loads shall be applied at the designed maximum and minimum
boom angles or radii or, if this is impracticable, as close to these as
practicable. The angles or radii of test shall be stated in the certificate.
of test. Proof loads shall be swung as far as possible in both directions.
The weight of air auxiliary handling devices such as blocks, hooks, etc.,
shall be considered a part of the load.
(c) After satisfactory completion of a unit proof load test, the derrick
and all component parts thereof shall be carefully examined in all appli-
cable respects to the requirements of 1588.3 (d).
1588.5. Certificates. If the equipment meets the requirements set
forth in 1588.3 and 1588.4; a certificate shall be issued indicating that the
required tests and examinations have beenperformed and that any
defects found by such examination and tests have been corrected and
that the equipment is in safe operating condition at the time of exami-
nation. A copy of such certificate shall be available with each crane and
derrick or at the work site.
1588.6. Inspection. Inspection procedures for cranes and derricks
in regular service are divided into three general classifications—daily,
periodic, and annual, dependent upon the nature of the critical compo-
nents of the crane or derrick and the degree of their exposure to wear,
deterioration, or malfunction. The Division may require properly dat-
ed, detailed reports of such inspections. Defective equipment shall be
replaced, repaired, or adjusted immediately.
(a) Frequency of Inspections. Daily visual inspections'by the oper-
ator or other qualified person shall be made of:
(1) All functional mechanisms for maladjustment interfering with
proper operation.
(2) All limit switches shall be checked without a load on the hook.
(3) ,Lines, tanks, valves, pumps, and other parts of air or hydraulic
systems for deterioration or leakage.
(4) Hooks for deformation and cracks.
(5) Hoist or load attachment chains including end connections for
• excessive wear, twist, distorted or stretched links interfering with
proper function.
160.18 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 512-9-72)
Excessive broken
•
(6) wear, wires, stretch, kinking, or twisting of
ropes and rope slings, including end connections.
(b) Periodic inspections covering a period not exceeding 3 months
or 750 operating hours, whichever comes first, a dated, signed, written
report shall be made of:
(1) Hooks for deformation and cracks.
(2) Hoist or load attachment chains including end connections for
excessive wear, twist, distorted or stretched links interfering with
proper function.
(3) Excessive wear, broken wires, stretch, kinking, or twisting of
rope and rope slings, including end connections.
(4) Excessive wear of all functional operating operating mech-
anisms.
(5) Wire ropes, brakes, friction clutches, chain drives, and other
parts subject to wear which may be readily inspected.
(c) In any year in which no quadrennial (every four years) unit
proof test is required on cranes or derricks, such equipment shall be
examined by a qualified person as described in 1588.2. Such examination
shall be made not later than the anniversary date of the quadrennial
certification and shall conform with the requirements of 1588.3 (d) and
the following:
(1) Crane hooks with cracks or with deformation of throat opening
more than 15 in
percent excess of normal opening or more than 10
degree twist from of unbent hook shall be from
plane removed serv-
ice.
(2) Ropes for proper lubrication, excessive wear, broken strands
and proper reeving.
Note: Many variable factors are involved in determining the exact time for re-
placement of wire rope and timely replacement for safety. Conditions such as the
following shall be sufficient reason for replacement:
(A) In running ropes, six randomly distributed broken wires in one rope lay, or
three broken wires in one strand in one lay.
(B) Wear of one-third the original diameter of outside individual wires.
(C) Kinking, crushing, bird caging, or other damage resulting in distortion of the
rope structure. Evidence of any heat damage.
(D) Reductions .from nominal diameter of more than:
%., inch for diameters up to '/, inch
'/16 inch for diameters '/e inch to d'/s inch
%2 inch for diameters 1'/, inch to 1'/2 inch
(E) In standing ropes, more than two broken wires in one lay in sections beyond
end connections or more than one broken wire at an end connection.
(3) In order to establish data for judging the proper time for re-
placement of hoisting rope, a continuing inspection record shall be
maintained. The record shall cover factors of deterioration as listed
in 1588.6 (a) (b) (c).
0
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL'SAFETY 160.19
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9-72)
(4) Whenever it is considered necessary by the qualified person or
-his authorized representative and whenever it is practical and advisa--
ble to avoid disassembly of equipment, removal of pins, etc., examina-
tion of structure or parts by electronic, ultrasonic, or other
nondestructive methods may be carried out.
1588.7': Maintenance. (a) Preventative maintenance programs
shall be established. Dated and detailed records shall be readily avail-
able to the Division of Industrial Safety. All employers shall require that
ropes, bearings, gears, friction clutches, brakes, chain drives, .and "other
parts subjected to wear be visually inspected at adequate intervals and
unsafe conditions corrected. The intervals between such inspections
and/or repairs shall be short enough to enable the employer to be
reasonably certain that the crane, hoist or derrick will _not knowingly
be operated when in an unsafe condition.
(b) Before adjustments and repairs are started on a crane or derrick,
the following precautions shall be taken as applicable:
,(1) Crane.shall be placed where it will cause the least interference
to and be least interfered with by other equipment or operations in
the area.
(2) Boom and load block, shall be lowered to the ground or floor,
if -possible,' or otherwise secured against dropping.
(3) All power controls locked or otherwise secured iri the stop
position and starting means rendered inoperative. .
(4) Warnings and barriers placed to warn others from danger area
and protect the crane under repair from -being struck by other ma-
chines or equipment.
(c) After all repairs and adjustments have been made, the crane shall
not be operated until all guards have been reinstalled and safety devices
have been reactivated and maintenance equipment removed, includ-
ing all loose material.
1588.8.- Adjustments and Repairs. (a) Any unsafe conditions dis-
closed by the inspection requirements of this article shall be corrected
promptly. Adjustments and repairs shall be done only by designated
persons.
(b) Adjustments shall be maintained to assure correct functioning of
the following components:
(1) All functional operating mechanisms.
(2) .Safety devices.
(3)- Control systems.
(4) Power plants.
(5) Brakes.
`(c) All repair welding of critically stressed members shall conform
to the recommended practices of the American_ Welding, Society as
outlined in Specifications. for Welded Highway and Railroad Bridges,
AWS D2.0-69. When special welding repair procedures -are necessary,
instructions shall, be provided by the certified -agent ,and these instruc-
tions shall be followed- where applicable. Welds on all critical crane or
• derrick parts shall be performed only by qualified welders who are -
certified to perform high quality welding as required by such standards.
160.20 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9-72)
(d) All repair welds performed on critically stressed members, such
as boom chord, mast chord, and main deck girders shall be magnetic
particle tested in conformance with ASTM E-109-63 or tested by ultra-
sonic or other suitable nondestructive means as well as visually inspect-
ed. All indicated repairs shall be made promptly and records of the most
recent test shall be kept until, a new test is conducted or until the part
is permanently removed from service.
1588.9. Damaged Booms. (a) Prior to further use, boom sections
or boom suspension components that have been damaged shall be re-
paired with workmanship and quality of materials restoring them to not
less than the capacity of the original section or components.
(b) Any new or extensively repaired boom or extension to a boom
shall be tested before use, to the satisfaction of the Division, unless such
boom or extension has been designed or repaired and inspected.by a
recognized certified agent. When tests -are necessary, they shall be
performed in accordance with Section 1588.3.
1589. Loading or Lifting Devices. (a) Scissor points on all front-
end loaders which constitute a hazard to the operator shall be adequate-
ly guarded:
(b) A loader shall not travel without adequate visibility for the driver
and stability of the equipment.
(c) 'No loading device shall be left unattended until the load or
bucket is lowered to the ground, unless proper precautions such as
blocking are taken to prevent accidental lowering.
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 161
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 70, No. 40-10-3-70)
Article 10. haulage and Earth Moving
1590. Haulage and Earth Moving, General. (a) Where there is
reason to believe that a serious hazard exists to employees because of
traffic or haulage conditions, a system of traffic control satisfactory to
the Division may be required. No vehicle shall be driven at a speed
greater than is reasonable and proper, with due regard for weather,
traffic, intersections, width and character of the roadway, type of motor
vehicle, and any other existing conditions. The operator must at all
times have the vehicle under such control as to be able to bring it to a
complete stop within the assured clear distance ahead.
(b) Single -lane private roads with two-way traffic shall be pro-
vided with adequate turnouts. Where adequate turnouts are not prac-
ticable, a control system shall be provided to prevent vehicles from
meeting on such single -lane roads.
(c) On -private roads used for two-way traffic, arrangements shall
be such that vehicles travel on the right side as "much as possible. Signs
shall be posted to clearly indicate variations from this system. Where
practicable, separate haulage roads between loaded and empty units,
wide enough to allow for safe passage, shall be installed. Safe distances
between moving units shall be required on haulage roads.
(d) Private roads should be maintained free from deep holes and
ruts.
(e) Dust, Control. Action shall be taken to prevent dust from
seriously reducing visibility. In dusty operations, equipment operators
shall use adequate respiratory protection.
(f) Control. Equipment shall be under control at all times and
shall be kept in gear when descending grades.
(g) Exhaust. Arrangements shall be made to direct exhaust
gases away from the operator's breathing zone.
(h) Heat Shields. When push -tractors are working in tandem,
heat shields, or equivalent protection, shall be provided for operators.
History: 1. Amendment of subsection (e) and new subsections (f), (g) and
(h) filed 10-2-70; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 70,
No. 40) .
1591. Haulage Vehicles; Construction and Maintenance. (a) If
windshields are installed on haulage vehicles, they shall be in compli-
ance with current applicable provisions of the Vehicle Code.
(b) Equipment and accessories installed on haulage vehicles shall
be arranged so as to avoid .serious interference with the driver's vision
to the front or sides.
(c) Brakes, General. (1) All haulage vehicles shall be equipped
with brakes (see 1591(d) for special scraper requirements) or
equivalent, that are adequate to stop and hold the vehicle
stationary on any grade which the vehicle can climb under its
own power within the limit of traction of the braked wheels.
Such braking devices shall be in compliance with the current
applicable California Vehicle Code and shall be maintained in
good condition. The use of a counter -torque device is recom-
mended on .haulage vehicles operating on grades.
10-1
1621 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 70, No. 40-10-3-70)
(2) All Haulage vehicles equipped with air brakes (see
1591(d) for special scraper requirements), shall, in addition
to the service brake system, be equipped with an emergency
air braking system or equivalent, that will control and stop
,the vehicle or combination of vehicles in the event of a fail-
ure of the service braking systems. _
(d) Brakes, Scrapers. Scrapers* manufactured and placed into
service after January 1, 1971, shall. have service brakes, parking, and
emergency stopping systems that satisfy the performance criteria of
SAE Recommended Practice J319, November 1969, salient parts of
which are:
(1) Warning Device. The service braking system shall
be equipped with a warning device which actuates when sys-
tem energy drops below 507o of the manufacturer's specified
maximum operating energy level. The device shall be readily
visible and/or audible to the operator and provide a continu-
ous warning. Gages indicating pressure or vacuum shall not
be acceptable to meet these requirements.
(2) Emergency Stopping System(s). The emergency
system (s) shall be capable of stopping the vehicle in the event
of any single failure in the service brake system, and shall be
operable manually by a person seated in the driver's seat.
The system (s) shall be arranged so that it (they) cannot
be released from the driver's seat after any application unless
immediate reapplication can be made from the driver's seat
to stop and hold the vehicle or combination of vehicles. If
automatic emergency stopping system (s) is (are) in service,
the automatic application shall occur below the energy level
at which the warning device (see (1) ) is actuated.
(3) Stopping Performance. Brakes shall be capable of
passing the performance tests specified in SAE J319, Novem-
ber 1969, including but not limited to the following:
Vehicle Service Brake Emergency Stopping System
Weight Dlaximmum Stopping Distance Maximum Stopping Distance
CViV, lb. Ft, from 20 mph Ft, front 20 mph
Up to 50,000 ------------- 60 180
Over 50,000 to 100,000___ 70 210
Over 100,000 to 150,000__ 90 270
Over 150,000 ___________ 100 300
(4) Holding Performance. The scraper's braking sys-
tem shall be capable.of holding the vehicle stationary on any
grade which the vehicle can climb under its own power, within
the limit of traction of the braked wheels.
(5) Holding Ability of Parking System. The parking
system shall have capability equivalent to holding the scraper
stationary on a 15% dry swept concrete grade under all con-
ditions of loading up to the, manufacturer's gross vehicle
• As used in this article scrapers, including carryalls, are defined as wheel -type, self-
propelled, earth -moving vehicles. Scrapers are .self -loading, an operation accom-
plished by a low -hanging bowl designed to fill itself through a bottom opening
that can be scraped along the earth surface as the vehicle travels.
10-2
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 163
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 70, No. 40-10-3-70)
weight rating., Upon application such system shall remain in
compliance with the above provisions unless purposely re-
leased, despite any contraction of the brake parts, exhaustion
of the source of energy, or leakage of any kind.
(e) Air Tank Service. Liquids should be drained automatically
from vehicle's compressed air tanks, but if such automatic equipment is
not provided, the tanks must be drained manually at least once each
operating shift.
(f) Cab Shield. Cab shields shall be provided on all those 2j -
cubic -yard, or larger, trucks that ' are used in hauling material like
gravel, rock, dirt, or loose brick, if they are loaded by means of a
power -operated shovel, dragline, or clamshell of J -cubic yard capacity
or over. The cab shield shall be adequate to protect the driver from the
hazard of falling material of the type being handled.
(g) Fenders. Fenders complying with the following standards
from SAE Recommended Practice J321, November 1967, shall be pro-
vided on new scrapers, carryalls, related power units, and trailed baul-
ing units manufactured and placed into service after January 1, 1971.
Fenders shall be provided on all wheels as indicated in Figure 1 if the
speed exceeds 15 mph except where equivalent protection is provided in
the normal straight -ahead position by the structure of the °vehicle
And/or attachments. The fender construction may be rigid, flexible, or
partly flexible due to the incorporation of a flexible flap as part of the
unit. It shall cover at least the full width of the tire tread and provide
circumferential coverage as shown in Figure 1. In the case of Ackerman
or similar steer units, the fender shall cover the maximum tire section
in the normal straight -ahead position. The fender material is to be at
least the equivalent of 12 gage mild steel, equivalence to be established
by ability.to absorb equal energy without rupture.
FIGURE 1
Tire Coverage Requirements for Scrapers
With Speeds in Excess of 15 MPH
Shaded area lndicates minimum
tire coverage required.
Scrapers should be in the
normal hauling.positlon on
Leading end of fender to be � level surface.
on or below this line
Horizontal
Direction of Travel
Possible fender outline,
shape optional
Trailing end of
fender or extension
to be on or below
this line.
tr Angle Intersects C.L.
• 'D•� of tare wish vehicle
25 Deg. Max. carrying no load
I and in a level position.
10-3
164 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 70, No. 40-10-3-70) •
(h) Lights. Haulage vehicles operating at night shall be equipped
with adequate headlights and have at least one (1) taillight and re-
flector in service.
(i) Canopy. Crawler tractors, bulldozers, carryalls and similar
equipment manufactured and used prior to April 1, 1971, except for
scrapers, front-end loaders and new equipment covered by 1596, shall
have canopy protection and seat belts for the operator when used where
there is exposure to falling or rolling objects.
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 6312, Labor Code.
History: 1. Amendment filed 8-5-66 as an emergency; effective upon filing
(Register 66, No. 25).
2. Certificate of Compliance—Section 11422.1, Government Code,.
filed 11-30-66 (Register 66, No. 42).
3. Amendment filed 10-2-70; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reg-
ister 70, No. 40).
1592. Warning -Devices. (a) Every truck with a body capacity
of 2J cubic yards or more used to haul dirt, rock, concrete, or .other
construction material shall be equipped with a warning device that
operates automatically while the vehicle is backing. The warning sound
shall be of such magnitude that it will normally be audible from a dis-
tance of 200 feet. Where conditions warrant, a signalman, in clear view
of the operator, shall direct the backing operation:
(b) All haulage vehicles, including self-propelled graders equipped,
with pneumatic tires, shall be equipped with a manually operated •
warning device which can be clearly heard from a distance of 200 feet
from the vehicle.
1593. Haulage Vehicle Operation. (a) Vehicles shall not be
operated at speeds which will endanger the driver or traffic. The -maxi-
mum safe speed may be established by the Division based upon such
factors as the condition of the roadway, weather, curves, grades, traffic
volume, and mechanical limitations of the vehicle.
(b) Haulage vehicles shall be under positive control during all
periods of operation. When descending grades, the vehicles shall be kept
in gear.
(c) Haulage vehicles shall not be driven unnecessarily while the
body is in the dump position.
(d) When wire rope is being wound on a power -driven drum, a
mechanical threading device shall be used, where practicable, to guide
the cable. When this operation must be done manually, the feet shall
not be used and the hands shall be kept at least 3' feet from the drum.
Where possible, this operation shallbe done by 2 persons, 1 of whom
shall control the drum speed at all times.
(e) Inspection. Haulage vehicle brakes, steering gear, and sim-
ilar control devices shall be inspected or tested at least once each work
shift, preferably before vehicles start the shift. This test should be con-
ducted by the vehicle operator unless other arrangements are made by
the employer. Where there is doubt as to proper supervision over safe
maintenance 'of equipment following an inspection, the Division may •
require, upon due notice, properly dated detailed r-eports'of inspections.
10-4
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 165
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 70, No; 40-10-3-70)
(f) Exhaust Gases. Vehicle engines shall not be allowed to run
in closed garages or other enclosed places, unless vents are provided
which effectively remove the exhaust gases from the building.
(g) Unstable Loads. Loads on vehicles shall be secured against
displacement.
(h) Tire Repair. - Except for emergency field repairs, a safety
tire rack, cage, or equivalent protection shall be used when inflating
truck or equipment tires after mounting on a rim, if such tires depend
upon a locking ring or similar device to hold them on the rim.
1594. Fueling Equipment. (a) No internal combustion engine -
driven equipment shall be fueled with the motor running.
(b) A good metal -to -metal contact shall be kept between fuel
supply tank or nozzle of supply hose and the fuel tank.
'(c) No open lights, welding, or sparking equipment shall be used
near internal combustion equipment being fueled or near storage tanks.
(d) No smoking shall be permitted at or near the gasoline storage
area or on equipment being fueled. Post a conspicuous sign in each fuel
storage and fueling area stating: "NO SMOKING WITHIN 25
FEET."
(e) The use of air pressure to force a liquid from one container
to another is prohibited, unless the container in which the pressure is
to be applied has been designed and constructed for the pressure in-
volved.
(f) No repairs shall be made to equipment while it is being fueled.
(g) ' Each fuel storage tank or drum shall have the word "Flam-
mable" conspicuously marked thereon and should also have a similarly
sized word indicating the contents of the container.
(h) A dry chemical or carbon dioxide fire extinguisher rated
6:BC or larger shall be in a location accessible to the fueling area.
1595. Repair of Haulage Vehicles, Tractors, Bulldozers and Sim-
ilar Equipment. (a) No repairs shall be attempted on power equip-
ment until arrangements are made to 'eliminate possibility of injury
to repairmen or others, caused by sudden movements or operation of
the equipment or its parts. When the equipment being repaired is a
bulldozer, carryall, ripper, dump truck, or other machine having sharp
or heavy moving parts such as, blades, beds, or gates, such parts shall
be lowered to the ground or securely and positively blocked in an
inoperative position.
History: 1. Repealer of subsections (b) through (f) filed 10-2-70; effective
thirtieth day thereafter (Register 70, No. 40).
1596. Roll -Over Protective Structures (ROPS). (a) ROPS, ap-
proved by the Division, and seat belts (see (c) ) shall be provided on
all scrapers, crawler tractors, front-end loaders, bulldozers and motor
• graders manufactured and placed into service after April 1, 1971, and
having brake horsepower ratings above 25. The ROPS must also .give
10-5
166 INDUSTRIAI, RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 70, No. 40-10-3-70)
reasonable operator protection against falling or rolling objects. Older
scrapers first placed into service after August 8, 1966, having a capacity
of 15 yards or more (struck capacity) and a design speed above 15 mph
must also have similar protection, as do any wheel -type front-end
loaders within the same age bracket which operate on other than level
ground and are of. 12 yards or larger capacity., This Order does not
apply to side -boom pipe laying tractors.
(b) Approval. Existing ROPS approvals, any of which may be
revoked for cause, will normally remain effective but only for the speci-
fied construction equipment manufactured prior to April 1, 1971. Any
ROPS to be installed on equipment manufactured after April 1, 1971,
must have a new or newly extended approval evaluated upon ROPS
compliance with criteria identical or equivalent to the appropriate
SAE Recommended Practice among those numbered J320(a), July
1969; J394, July 1969; J395, July 1969; and J396, July 1969; as
certified by the manufacturer of the vehicle involved, an independent
testing laboratory or a registered professional engineer. The Division
may accept other bases for approval, such as actual roll. tests verified
by movie film and records, that are certified by one of three sources
specified in the preceding sentence as meeting or exceeding the SAE
provisions.
(c) Seat Belts. Seat belts shall be adequate for the intended
service and in good repair. Belts previously approved by the Division
and installed prior to January 1, 1971, are acceptable as long as they
remain fit for service. Belts installed after January 1, 1971, must meet
the following requirements which parallel those of the SAE Recom-
mended Practice ' J386, March 1969; to the extent that most provisions
of J386 and the applicable provisions of J4c will be complied with
throughout California on construction projects.
(1) Adjustment. The seat belts shall be capable of snug
adjustment by the occupant by a means easily within his reach,
or shall be provided with an automatic locking or emergency
locking retractor.
(2) Marking. Each seat belt -shall be permanently and
legibly marked or labeled with year of manufacture, model or
style number, and name or trademark of manufacturer or dis-
tributor, or of the importer if manufactured outside of the
United States. Marking should also include indication of com-
pliance with SAE J386.
(3) Stiffness. To minimize "roping," the webbing shall
be woven and/or treated to produce a stiffness in the trans-
verse direction equal to or greater than that obtained with a
weave of double plain with one up, one down binder without
stuffers. This stiffness shall be effective for the usable life of
the webbing. The webbing shall be flexible in the longitudinal
direction to permit adjustment down to —40 F.
KIM
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 166.1
• CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 70, No. 40-10=3-70)
(4) Material, The webbing material shall have a re-
sistance to acids, alkalis, mildew, aging, moisture, and sunlight
equal to or better than that of untreated polyester fibre. The
webbing shall not be"less than three (3) inches in width, its
ends shall be protected or treated to prevent unravelling, and
the breaking strength shall be at least 6,000 pounds.
(5) Release. The buckle shall be designed so that it
can be easily released' with a single motion. It shall also be
capable of being released with either available mittened hand.
(6) Closure. The buckle shall be designed so that it
can be easily closed with mittened hands.
(7) Location. When a two-piece belt is used, the ad-
justment means shall be on each half of the belt to allow for
the centering of the buckle on the operator.
(8) Operation. Each adjustment shall be capable of
being made with the use of one mittened hand.
(9) Tests. A typical complete seat belt assembly, in -
eluding webbing, straps, buckles, adjustment and attachment
hardware, and retractors, shall be strong enough, if called
upon, to pass the following destructive tests:
(A) The assembly loop shall withstand a force of not
less than 5,000 lb. (27270 kg)"; that is, each structural
component of , the assembly shall withstand a force of
not less than 2,500 lb. (1,130 kg).
(B) The assembly loop shall extend not more than
7 inches (18 cm) when subject to a force of 5,000 lb.
(2,270 kg) ; that is, the length of the assembly between
anchorages shall not increase more than 14 inches (36 cm).
(C) Any webbing cut by the hardware during test
shall have a breaking strength at the cut of not less than
4,200 lb. (1,910 kg).
NOTE: Authority cited: Sections 6312, 6500 and 6502, Labor Code.
History: 1. New section filed 10-2-70; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Regis -
70, No. 40).
is
10-7
166.2 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 70, No. 40-10-3-70) •
E
0
10-8
TITLE 8 Dmsim OF INDusTRIAL SAS 167
CONSTRUCTION S"S'ry Oana�s
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
Article 11, Traffic Control, Flagmen, Barricades, and
Warning Signs
1598. Traffic Control. (a) When a hazard exists to employees
because of traffic or haulage conditions, traffic shall be adequately con-
trolled. The Division may require continuous patrol, detours, barri-
cades, or other techniques'for the safety of employees,
(b) When barricades, cones, or other devices are used for channel-
ization of traffic, they shall be placed at not more than 100 -foot intervals
and the intervals shall be decreased to 25 feet or less around the im-
mediate vicinity where the working operation is being performed.
(c) Any work or equipment that encroaches on the traveled way
shall be protected with suitable signs, warning lights, barricades, or
flagmen. See Plates C -35-a, b, Appendix.
Note: Current "Manual of Warning Signs, Lights, and
Devices for Use in Performance of Work Upon Highways,"
published by the Department of Public Works, Division of
Highways is recommended as a source of information.
(d) Signs used for traffic control shall be placed in position prior
to .construction or survey work and removed or covered immediately
following the workman's activity at that specific location.
(e) Survey crews working in or adjacent to a traveled way shall
wear flagging garments or equivalent as required for flagmen.
1599. Flagmen. (a) Requirements for flagmen:
(1) Flagmen shall be required at all locations on a con-
struction site where barricades and warning signs cannot
control the moving traffic.
(2) When flagmen are required, they shall be logically
placed in relation to the equipment or operation so as to give
adequate warning and shall be placed approximately 100 feet
ahead of impact point. They shall be provided with red flags
and hand signs or red lights.
(b) A warning sign shall be placed ahead of the flagman reading:
"Flagman Ahead." The distance between the sign and the flagman
should be based on the average traffic speed, allowing approximately
50 feet for each 10 miles per hour. See Plate C-33 in the Appendix.
(c) The flagman shall be provided with and wear a red or orange
warning garment for flagging.
(d) When flagging at night the flagman shall signal with a red
light and shall have a belt and suspender harness outside his garment
fitted with reflectors or made from reflectorized cloth, unless the gar-
ment is, well reflectorized in one of these ways.
(e) Flagmen shall be trained in the proper fundamentals of
flagging moving traffic before being assigned as flagmen. See Plates
• C -33-a, b, c, d, e, f, Appendix.
168 IxDvvrRzAr. Iiar.mma TITLz 8
(Register 85, No. 12.7.17-65)
i
0
TITLE 8 Divtmiox o8 INDusmAL SAFETY 169
CoNSTRUCTiOx SAFETY 08Dxae
(Register 70, No. 48-11-28-70)
Article 12. Pile Driving
1600. Pile Driving.. (a) When conditions are such that a work-
man might logically be expected to work or be under the hammer, the
hammer shall be secured in the leads by means of an adequate chock,
toggle, or other device to safely support the hammer.
Exception: Where it is necessary for a workman, momen-
tarily, to lean through the leads to spot, a pile under hammer, it
is not required that the hammer be secured in the leads.
(b) Steam hose leading to the steam hammer shall be attached
thereto with a wire rope or chain safety in such a manner that the hose
will be prevented from whipping should the hose become separated from
the hammer. _
(e) The hose connected to a jet pipe or similar equipment shall be
attached to the jet pipe or similar 'equipment by a wire rope or chain
safety in such a manner that the hose will be prevented from whipping
should the hose become separated from the jet pipe or similar equip-
ment.
(d) Wherever it is necessary for workmen to work -aloft on pile
drivers in normal operation, working platforms shall be. provided.
Such platforms shall be of sufficient size so. that -the workman can .
easily avoid contact with the hammer. It shall be surrounded on all
•sides, except between the hammer leads, with a railing or guard line
42 inches to 45 inches in height. Guard lines shall be drawn taut and
must be at least I inch wire rope, or 1 inch Manila rope or equivalent. If
rigid railings are used, they -shall be constructed in accordance with
provisions of Section 1620, Article 16, with the. exception that pipe or
structural steel railings .may be used if of equivalent strength.
(e) Precautionary.measures shall betaken which will prevent tools,
material, and equipment from falling off elevated platforms. It is rec-
ommended that there be a toe board at least 4 inches high on all sides
of the platform.
(f) On all pile drivers, substantial ladders for the use of workers
who must- climb aloft shall be provided and maintained in safe condi-
tion for service.
The space between side rails shall not exceed 24 inches. Douglas
fir "selected lumber," 2.inches by 4 inches in cross section, or material
of equivalent strength shall be -used for side rails if intervals between
points of. attachment or bracing do not, exceed 20 feet. Douglas fir
"selected lumber," 2 inches by 6 inches in cross section, or material.
of equivalent strength shall be used for side rails if intervals between
points of attachment or bracing are between 20 feet and 26 feet. If the
interval is greater than 26. feet, side rails of proportionately greater
strength shall be used.
Wooden ladder cleats shall -be not smaller than 1 inch by 3 inches
in cross section. If the distance between side rails is greater than
• 18 inches, cleats shall not be smaller than 1 inch by 4 inches in cross
170 IxnvsTRuL R=ATioxs TITLE 8
(Register 70, No. 48-11-28-70)
housed into inch,
section. Wooden cleats shall be blocked, rails J or
strips shall be "placed over cleats so that they will be securely attached
to the side rails. Three 8 -penny wire nails shall be used at each point of.
attachment between a cleat and side rail. ' Cleats, if 'of wood, shall be
clear, straight -grained, and free from. knots of any size that appear
in the narrow face. Knots appearing -in the wide faces of cleats shall
not exceed a diameter of j inch.
Note: For required use of safety belts and life lines,
see Article. 24.
(g) Stirrups shall be provided for use on sheet piles or a mechani-
cal device shall be used to guide the pile into place. If a workman is
required to go aloft on sheet piling, he shall use "a .ladder or be carried
up in a boatswain's chair. -
(h) Workman shall not ride the hammer.
(i) Where work is to be. performed, walkways at least 20 inches
in width shall be provided across piles or other open 'work with the
exception of those piles on which the driver is standing.
(j) Where a drop hammer is used for driving piling other than
sheet piling, a driving head or bonnet shall be provided to bell the head
of the pile and hold it true in the leads.
(k) Ring buoys shall be provided and located where readily avail-
able at -intervals not exceeding 200 feet on all structures over water
under the course of construction.
Where men are concentrated in groups, there. shall be additional
•
ring buoys consisting of not less than 1 additional buoy for each 25
men in that area. The use of portable standards to hold the ring buoys
in plain view, is recommended. A' boat is normally. required by Article
-13, "Section 1602, for general use and also for emergency use.: .
(l) All floating -rigs, with the exception of small work rafts or pon-
toons, shall be equipped with at least "2 ring buoys.
(m) In every crew there shall be designated signalmen; and the
engineman or wmchman. shall receive signals from no others except,
however, that when the loftsman is above, the hammer shall not -be
lowered except on the signal of the loftsman.
Note: For required standard hand signals, see Plate
C-11-6, Appendix.
(n) All deck engines; not operated. by an operator on the throttle
:sides, shall be equipped with a cross extension of the throttle that is
within the reach of the spool"tender.
(o) Everyhoisting drum used on a pile driver that uses a dog
and ratchet arrangement to hold it in position shall be equipped with
an adequate'"dog. This dog shall be readily visible from the engineman's
station" or shall -be provided with a directly connected, and positive,
telltale device which will be visible.
(p) No arrangement of counterweights or springs -on. the dog 'shall
be permitted which will allow the dog to. be automatically. disengaged
either by relieving the load, or rotating the drum.
12-'2
TrZLF 8 DmsIoN- of INDUSTRIAL SAYErY 170.1
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDEBB
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
1601. Methods of Unloading Piles. (a) Hand Unloading From
Trucks and Trailers. The following method shall be used in unload-
ing piles from a truck or, trailer when the load is to be rolled off'1 side
by hand. This method shall not be attempted unless trucks and trailers
are equipped with bunk chocks arranged so as to be released from the
side opposite that from which the load is to be dumped, and at least
2 binder chains encircle the load of piles. Binders shall be arranged so
that their release is accomplished from the side opposite that from
Which the load is to be dumped.
(1) Piles shall be prevented from coming off on the wrong
side of the vehicle by tilting the vehicle body so that the un-
loading side is approximately 10 inches below the opposite
side or by securely bracing the load on 1 side with at least 2
timber shores, 4 inches by 6 inches in cross section, or material
of equivalent strength. In tilting the vehicle, advantage may
be taken of sloping ground or a special device may be used.
(2) Chocks and -"binders are to be released from a safe
position after, the requirements of Order 1601 (a) (1) have
been complied with.
(3) If skids are used, they shall be in place before the
binders or chocks are released.
(4) When it is necessary to use peaveys to remove the
• last piles from the .truck or trailer, the workmen shall work
from the ends of the. load and shall stand clear of the area ex-
posed to rolling logs.
(b) Power Unloading From Trucks and Trailers. If power is to
be used, the following method of rolling the load off 1 side shall be
followed in unloading piles from a truck or trailer, unless an equally
safe power method is used. in which no individuals are exposed to the
hazard of rolling or falling piles:
(1) Before the load is released, a bridle from the source
of power shall be passed over the load from the unloading
side, then passed under the load and the 2 ends secured
-at separate points to the unloading side of the vehicle or to
dead men. After it is pulled taut, the chocks and binders may
be released from a safe position, additional power being ap-
plied as necessary to complete unloading.
(2) All requirements and limitations for unloading by
hand, as described under Order 1601' (a), shall be followed,
with the exceptions of (1) and (2).
(c) Hand Unloading From Flat Cars. The following method
shall be used in 'unloading piles from a flat car when the load is to be
rolled off one side by hand:
(1) Skids shall be set on the unloading side of the car'
and secured to the car or to the bolsters under the piles. The
upper end of the skids shall be below the lower layer of piles.
4-85931 12*
170.2 INDUMMUL RMAZIONS TITLE 8
(Register 65,• No. .12-7-17-65)
(2)' At least 2 shores not smaller than 4 -inch by 6 -inch
timbers shall be braced against the side opposite the unload-
ing side of the load, with the ,upper end of the shores secured
to car stakes or wedged against a pile in the second or third
layer from the top. These shores shall be set near each bolster.
(3) Car stakes on the unloading side shall be notched
approximately J of their thickness just above stake pockets.
(4) Binder wires or straps shall be cut on unloading side,
with the exception of the top and, bottom wires or straps
which shall be cut from the -opposite side after the -other
cutting is complete.
(5) To get the last pile off the car, - peaveys shall be used
from either or` both ends of the load while the workman stands
in the clear.
(d) Power Unloading From Flat Car. The following method of
rolling the load off 1 side shall be followed in unloading piles from a
flat car, unless an equally safe power method is used in which no"in-
dividuals are exposed to the hazard of rolling, or falling piles :
(1) Skids shall be set'on the unloading side and secured
to the car or to the bolster under the load.
(2) A bridle from the source of power shall be passed
over the load ;from the unloading side, then passed under the
load and the ends secured to the unloading side of the car and •
a strain taken on the line.
(3) Car stakes on the unloading. side shall, be notched
approximately J of their thickness just above the stake pockets.
(4)- Binder wires or straps shall be, cut on the unloading .
side with the exception of the top and bottom wires or straps
which shall, be cut from the opposite side after theother,
cutting is complete.
(5) Additional tension may thus be' applied to the bridle
from the power source so as to remove the load.
12-4.
TITIN S DmmoN or INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.8
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERB
(Register 65, No. 12-7.17-65)
Article 13. Work Over Water - '
1602. Work Over Water. (a) Use of Boats. (1) A suitable
boat shall be readily accessible at all times. It shall be
equipped with at least 1 boat hook,and 1 ring buoy with 50 feet
of 1 -inch diameter manila rope or equivalent attached.
Note: When a rowboat is used, it shall be equipped with
oars, and with oarlocks securely attached to the gunwales:
.(2) Where travel from shore to the job site by boat will
require more than 15 minutes of travel time, at least 2 boats
shall be provided, 1 of which is readily available at the job
site.
(b) Where because of swift current boats cannot -be used, a line
shall be stretched across the stream with tag lines or floating planks
attached at close intervals and trailing in the water. If this is imprac-
ticable, some other arrangement for providing effective life lines near
the water surface shall be provided.
(c) When dredge discharge pipe lines are used as walkways; they.
shall be provided with a flat surface walkway at least 12 inches wide,
securely anchored to the pipe line.' A railing providing'at least a single
rail or taut rope 42 inches high, and of adequate strength, shall be
provided along 1 side. If rope is used, it shall be the equivalent of 1 -inch
diameter manila or 1 -inch wire rope.
• (d) Catwalks or platforms shall be at least 20 inches wide with
guardrails provided at all locations where men are regularly employed
over bodies of water more than 4 feet deep. Plank for such use shall
be rough sawn, pressure -treated material or equivalent in those locations
where subject to submersion.
(e) Life vests and ring buoys or other equivalent protection, such
as properly secured life lines, safety belts, and approved descent -control
device shall be used for painting and maintenance work.
13-1
170.4 IxnuszRuL RwATioN® TITLE 8
(Regietor 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
•
TITLE 8 DIVISION of INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.5
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
• (Register 65, No._12-7-17-65)
Article 14. Construction Elevators
1604. General.. (a) Design. All construction hoisting towers,
masts, etc., shall be substantially constructed, and of such design that
expected loads will _ not stress any members beyond safe limits' estab-
lished by applicable engineering formula. The, design shall also provide
ample strength for loads imposed" -by the use 'of booms attached to a
tower or mast. The maximum Toad, as specified by the manufacturer,
shall not be exceeded:
The Division shall be contacted within a reasonable period of time,
in regard to the proposed .design or erection of any construction hoist-
ing tower, construction mast, or construction elevator.
(b) Foundation and .Anchorage. All construction hoisting.
towers, masts, etc., shall be placed on firm and substantial foundations .
and securely guyed or braced against swaying or tipping. Particular
attention shall be given to the need for anchorage at the top of the
towers and also at the bucket -dumping positions, where such equipment
is used., , I
�'(e) Hoppers. The hopper brackets on all towers shall be de.-
signed
e-signed and constructed with a safety factor of, at least 6. Bolts, or
equivalent, shall be used for- attaching all large hoppers and critical
load-bearing members, including at least all horizontal supporting
members that are in contact with -the hopper. A large ,hopper is one
having a capacity of J cubic yard, or more.
(d) Landing Gates and Barriers. (1)'Standard railings and
toeboards shall be placed on the open sides of runways con-
necting the elevator tower to'the structure. If a_ gate is not
required by Order 1.604 (d) (3), a bar 42 inches high and,set
back at least 18 inches from the tower shall be installed at all
openings in the tower.
(2) Enclosures. Except for entrances, towers shall be
enclosed on all.sides at grade and on all sides adjacent to or
within' 3 feet of any floor, landing, scaffold, or walkway to a
height of not less than- 6 feet. The enclosure shall be by means
of wire mesh, slatted partitions, planks, or plywood. Wire mesh
shall not be less than No. 18 gauge, with openings not exceed-
ing'I inch. Wood slats shall not be less than I inch- in thickness
and spaced not more than 2 inches apart.
(3) Landing Gates. Construction elevators with 3 or
more landings (including the bottom one) shall have slatted or
solid gate at least 6 feet high at all landings. Vertical sliding
gates should be counterweighted. Hinged gates are acceptable.
(See Order 1604 (e) for latch requirement.)
(4) Inside Building. If cages are to be used in an ele-
vator shaft inside a building, the shaft opening shall be en -
14 -1
170A IxnvsTRuL RmAmoNs TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
closed with a solid partition at least 6:. .feet. high, part* of which
maybe a slatted door of that height, at all floors.
(5) If one elevator in :a shaft is put into service before
the others are completed, that part of the shaft in which it.
'
operates shall be separated from the other part of the shaft
by a continuous partition of solid material or a wire screen
with 2 inches or smaller mesh.'
(e) 'Signaling Device. In addition to the signal 'arrangements
called, for in Order 1612,. the following shall be provided to prevent
unexpected movement of any cage that'a worker could board .at a land-
ing: Each landing gate on construction -material elevators with 3 or
more landings (including the bottom one) shall be equipped with a
positive -latching device and an electrical contact so designed and in-
stalled
that a'circuit which lights a. green bulb is closed whenever all
gates are closed. This bulb is to be in clear view of the operator, and.
the cage is not to be moved unless the bulb is glowing.
(f) No employer shall permit any person to ride in any'elevator
provided for hoisting material, except when oiling or repairing guides,
unless such elevator is in compliance with the requirements of Order
1607 for hoisting people..
The following sign shall-be'placed on all landing gates and 'cages
or platforms of installations not designed for handling men: "STATE
REGULATIONS PROHIBIT. RIDING THIS CAGE OR PLAT-
FORM."'Size of letters shall be not less -than-2 inches in height.
•
(.g) Cage Construction. (1) The ,cage frame anti sides .shall be
made of Douglas fir "selected lumber," or of structural steel
and designed in accordance with accepted engineering prac-
tice to provide a factor of safety not less than 4. Main
members must be bolted. or welded by a certified .or qualified
.. '
welder.
(2) Sides shall be at least S feet high and covered with
not less than No. 12 gauge wire mesh with J -inch holes.
(h) The cage platform shall be a solid floor built of wood at least
2 inches . thick, or equivalent, and shall be ' securely. attached to the
frame.
-. (i) .Hoisting Loose Material. Cages for hoisting brick, tile, or
loose material shall have the unused sides enclosed to a height of 42
"
inches, with boards or the. equivalent of No. 16 U.S.. Standard wire
.
gauge screen; 2 inches or smaller, mesh to protect workmen from falling -
material.
(j) When construction buggies or wheelbarrows. are hoisted on
the cage, provision shall be made to prevent their movement on the
.
cage, and if -buggies or. wheelbarrows are loaded with loose -mate ' rial,
all unused open sides, of the cage must be enclosed at,least. to a heght
of 42 inches.
(k) Sheave Beams and Bearings, The overhead sheave beams
shall be of sufficient size and strength to safely carry,4 times the maxi- '
14-5 .
•
TITLE 8 DrmoN or INDumuL SArwY 170.7
CoxsT=cnoN SArETY OaDaxi
(Register -70, No. 48-11-28-70)
mum weight of cage and contents. They shall be Douglas fir- "selected
structural lumber," as defined in Order 1504 (1.9), or equivalent.
They shall be -bolted, not nailed; together. In all cases the sheave
bearings shall be mounted on top of beams and securely bolted to them.
Open bearings shall not be'used. .
(l) All sheave bearings shall be lined with babbit, or other equiva-
lent bearing metal, or have ball or roller bearings, and shall be provided
with adequate means for lubrication.
(m) Sheave Dimension's. The minimum dimensions for all mate-
riatelevaior sheaves shall be as given in the following table. Axles -shall
provide a minimum factor of safety of 8 based on the static load, a
condition that will be'fulfilled by -the following listed sizes if the wire
rope is not overloaded and the, bearings abut against the sheave hub:
Recommended
axle diameter,
Diameter Diameter inches
of hoisting, of sheave, (see above
rope, inches inches limitations)
5 7} M
---------------------------- 9 h5
------=-----------------------------------------•12 1A
-------=--------------- 14 11'-p
--------------------------------------=- _ 16 1u
---------------------------------------=--------- 18, 1H
• _ Nora —Diameter of sheaves shall be measured at bottom of groove.
(n) All sheaves shall be -of. iron or steel, and of sufficient strength
to support the loads .to which, they will be subjected.
('o) The grooves of all sheaves shall be machined and shall be con-'
centric with the axis.
(p) All sheaves shall have axles of a grade at least equal to cold
rolled shafting.
(q) Wire Rope. Hoisting rope shall be wire rope, plow steel, or
better grade; providing flexibility at least equal to that of standard
plow•steel hoisting,rope composed of 6 strands of 19 wires each.
(r) All hoisting rope used in normal construction elevator service
shall be wire ropeproviding a factor 'of safety -not less than 5 when
new; which shall be calculated by dividing the breaking strength
of the rope; as :given in the manufacturer's published tables, by the
total load to be, hoisted; including the weight of the wire rope when
fully let out:
(s) Defective or bkdly worn wire ropes shall not be used, and no
rope shall be used in which more than 10 percent of the total wires are
broken in any running foot of said rope.
(t) Wire Rope Clips. Rope fastenings shall be substantially and
securely madeind'maintained.,The minimum number of clips for wire
rope end attachments' shall be as'indicated in the manufacturer's tables,
14-9
170.8 IxnvsTinAL RELATioNB TITLE 8
(Register 70, No. 48-11-28-70)
but in no case shall less than 3 such clips be used. All clips shall have
the "U" side placed on the dead end of the rope. The clips shall be
spaced at a distance equal to at least 6 times the diameter of the rope.
All. sharp edges shall be prevented from coming into contact with the
rope.
(u) Hoist Brake. Every hoist shall be equipped with a proper
brake capable of sustaining the maximum load in any position.
(v) Hoist Operator. Each hoist operator shall have a covering
over him where such is required as protection from falling material,
but nothing shall be installed that interferes with his view of items or
operations important to the proper performance of his job.
(w) Wire hoisting ropes in exposed locations within 7 feet of
floor or ground shall be guarded by enclosure or fenced with standard
railings.
(x) The employer shall require a thorough weekly inspection of
all working parts, supporting parts, safety appliances, and signaling
devices. All hazardous defects found shall be corrected prior to further
use of the equipment and proper records shall be kept.
(y) Rope Marking. Hoisting ropes shall be accurately marked,
or equivalent steps taken, to indicate when the load has reached certain
important positions, including top and bottom landings.
1605. Wooden Towers. (a) Wooden members for tower corner
posts may be built up of 2-inch laminated material pursuant to the
following table. The wooden members, such as splice pads, braces, etc., •
may be bolted or nailed. No bolt ,less than 1-inch in diameter shall be
used.
(b) Lumber for tower construction shall be the equivalent of
Douglas fir "selected lumber," as defined in Order 1504, Subsec-
tion (20).
(c) The nominal sizes of the various members in wooden towers
shall be as specified in the following table, or larger:
Cage or bucket capacity
up to
Vertical distance
measured from
top down
Post
sizes
Guide
sizes
S4 S
Horizontal
tie
sizes
Diagonal
brace
sizes
Maximum
tie
spacing
50016.-------------------
Top to 72 ft.
4 x 4
231 x 331
1 x 0
1 x 6
6 ft.
50016---------------------
72 to 198
4 x 6
231 x 331
2 x 6
1 x 8
6
1,000 Ibor i4 cu, yd --------
Top to 72 ft.
4 x 4
331 x 331
1 x 6
1 x 6
6 ft.
1,000 Ib. or 34 cu. yd --------
72 to 126
4 x 6
3�j x 331
2 x 6
1 IS
6
1,000 lb. or 34 cu, yd --------
126 to 198
6 x 6
331 x 3M
2 x 6
1 x 8
6
2,000 Ib. or 31 cu, yd --------
Top to 80 ft.
4 x 6
331 x 331
2 x 6 •
1 x 8
8 ft.
2,000 lb. or 31 cu, yd --------
80 to 128
4 x 0
331 x 331
2 x 6
1 x 8
8
2.000 lb. or 31 cu. yd --------
128 to 208
6 x 6
3M x 331
2 x 6
2 x 6
8
4,000 lb. or 1 cu. yd.. -------
Top to 80 ft.
4 x 6
331 x 3�6
2 x 6
2 x 6
8 ft.
4,000 Ib. or 1 cu. yd ---------
80 to 128
6 x 6
331 x 331
2 x 6
2 x 6
8
4,000 lb. or 1 cu. yd ----------
128 to 208
6 x 8
331 x 331
2 x 8
2 x 6
8
•
14-4
TITLE 8 DmsioN or INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.9
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 70, No. 48-11-28-70)
NAILING SCHEDULE
1 Inch Material $ Inch Material
Diagonal braces ____________ 5-8d 5-20d
Horizontal .ties _____________ 5-8d 5-20d
Scabs or pads______________ 5-8d Each side 5-20d Each side '
of joint . of joint
(d) Not more than 2 diagonal braces may be omitted or removed
from a panel point in the tower, but if this is done no such braces are
to be omitted from the next panel above or below.
(e) The diagonal cross bracing shall be placed on each of the 4
sides of the tower and between horizontal crossties, except at loading
and unloading stations.
(f) Post Splices. ' The splices of corner posts, if 1 -piece material,
shall be made with square butt joints and with at least 2 pads or scabs
on the adjacent sides. The pads or scabs shall be the same width as the
corner posts and not less than 2 inches in thickness, and must extend
at\least 2 feet on each side of the joint.
(g) Guys. Whenever wooden towers are independent of the
building, they shall be guyed at each corner post every 32 feet in
height by at least a 1 -inch wire rope or galvanized steel strand. The
anchor shall be designed to develop the strength of the guy.
(h) Extra Loads. Where spouting equipment or other load, in
addition to that of loaded cage or bucket, is supported by the tower,
the tower shall be built in such manner as to safely withstand any and
all stresses. , .
(i) Tower Booms. Whenever a' boom is supported by the tower,
the boom anchor shall be located at a level where guy lines are at-
tached, and the upper fastening of the falls which raise and lower the
boom shall be placed at a distance not less than J the. length of the
boom above the boom anchor and at a level supported by the guys. The
guy lines and anchors supporting these 2 points shall be designed to
carry the extra load caused by the boom and its load.
(j) Access. A safe means of access shall be provided to the top
of each wooden tower. This may normally be accomplished by means of
an attached side rail ladder, but if there is a safe means of approach
from some point on the building'or a ladder landing, the tower ladder
need not extend below that point.
History: 1. Editorial correction in subsection (b) (Register 70, No. 48).
1606. Metal Construction Towers. (a) Guying. Metal construe -
tion hoisting towers, mast, etc., should be supported by. guys or
anchored to a building or structure in accordance with manufacturers'
recommendations, provided, however, that such support or anchorage
shall be installed at vertical intervals not exceeding 40 feet, with not,
less than 1 -inch wire rope, or equivalent. This interval of spacing may
• be increased and the number of guys reduced only if the design and
14-5
170.10 IxnveTeuL Rim inoxs TITLE 6
(Reg ister70;. No. 48-11-28-70)
method of construction provide adequate strength to resist all lateral
forces.
(b) Assembled -Towers. Positive connections, such as those
made with bolts or.pins, shall join the various segments from which
Assembled towers are made-.
(c) When it is necessary to remove diagonal bracing from two or
more adjacent panels of the tower, some other bracing or reinforcement
of equivalent strength shall be .provided.
1607. Construction Elevators for Hoisting Workmen. (a) Con-
struction elevators on which people ride must comply with the pro-
visions of this Order in addition to applicable sections of Orders 1604,
1605, and 1606.
(b) Car Operator. Each elevator cage on which people ride
shall be operated by an experienced attendant in .,the cage, unless it
satisfies the requirements of the Elevator Safety Orders applying to
automatic operation.
,(c) Dead -man Control. Every machine used to hoist workmen,
other, than those complying with automatic operation requirements,
shall be equipped with a control that will return to'the "off" or." stop?'
position when the hand of the hoist operator is removed from the con-
trol lever. The brake shall be automatically applied and the power from
the machine cut off whenever the control lever is in the "off" or "stop"
position. There shall be no friction gearing or clutch mechanism by
which the motor or other power source can be disconnected from the
hoisting drum.
(d) Brakes. The hoist machine shall be equipped with brakes
-capable of stopping and holding a fully loaded cage. Such brakes shall
be automatically applied whenever the power fails, .is shut off, or
when .the power control lever is in the "off" ,or "stop" position.
(e) Broken -rope Safety.Device. The car shall -be -equipped with,
a broken -rope -type safety device, or equivalent, that will hold the car
and capacity load in its guides in.the event the rope paras. This safety
device -shall be drop -tested on every installation, and shall be witnessed
by the Division. If the hoisting rope is so long and heavy that,, in the
event of breakage .near the hoist drum, its inertia would interfere with
the proper operation of a broken -rope safety device, a governor-actu-
ated,�or equivalent, safety device shall be installed as a substitute.
(f) No rope shall be .used for the purpose of raising or lowering
men, when more than 10 percent of the total wires are broken in any
running foot of said rope or when the wires on the crown of the
strands are worn- down to less than 60 percent of .their original area
or when, by superficial inspection, the rope shows serious defects, such
as a marked reduction in diameter or excessive corrosion.
(g) All hoists shall be provided with an efficient device which will
automatically bring the cage to a stop at the top and bottom limits of
travel.
•
14-6,
TMA 8 Drvmox ov INDusTauL SAFETY 170.11
Cox6T1&II0Ti6N SAFETY ORDEa6
(Register 65, No;12-7.17-65)
'(h) The`speed of. the" cage ".shall not exceed 200 feet per minute.
(_i) Drum, Flanges. The drums of construction hoists used for,
hoisting men shall have flanges which extend at least 2 inches radially
beyond the last layer of rope when all the rope is coiled on the drum.
(j) .Sheave and drum diameters should not be less than the mini-
mum recommended for this service, by the manufacturer of the wire
rope being used. The following table lists -diameter dimensions that will
not vary greatly from minimum values normally recommended. Larger
diameters will increase rope life appreciably.
_ 6 -strand 19 -wire rope ----------- --------------- 40 times rope diameter
6 -strand .37 -wire rope --------------------------- 27 times rope diameter .
8 -strand 19 -wire rope ------------------------ 32 times rope diameter
(k)- Cages shall have the top covered with boards not less than 2
inches thick and 3 sides enclosed to a height of 6 feet with J=inch ply-
wood or some equivalent such as 1 -inch boards, or No. 16 U. S. Stand-
ard gage wire screen, not over 2-inchmesh, fastened in a secure and.
substantial manner.
(1) In lieu of a construction elevator, installations complying with
the Elevator Safety Orders may be used as construction elevators for
-hoisting men 'or materials, provided that they have car tops equivalent
to that required by part (k) of this Order. Incomplete elevators in this_
category may also be used for construction service, provided that the
•major part of the installation is ready for service and the hazards that
would result from the incomplete items are controlled by measures at
.least equivalent to those in these Construction Safety -Orders.
14-7
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.13
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9-72)
Article 15. Hoisting
1610. Operator. (a) Hoisting machines, except those that have au-
tomatic stop controls, shall be operated only by designated' assigned
operators. Such operators shall be fully instructed on the details and
workings of the hoist machines.
(b) Hoist operators shall have a covering over them to protect them
from falling.objects when such hazards exist; such covering shall not
excessively restrict the operator's vision of the hoisting operation.
NOTE: Authority cited for Article 15: Sections 6312, 6500 and 6502, Labor Code.
History: 1. Repealer of Article 15 (Sections 1610-1618) and new Article 15 (Sections
1610-1616) filed 12-8-72 (Register 72, No. -50). For prior history, see Regis-
ter 70, No. 48.
1611. Hoisting Operations.. (a) Only those persons whose duties
required them to be present shall be in the hoist room or station.
(b) There shall be no conversation involving the hoist operator while
the hoist'is in motion, or while he is attending to signals, except to
receive orders or instructions.
(c) The hoist shall be run with extreme caution when workmen are
being. hoisted or lowered.
(d) The hoist operator shall be kept fully informed on any changes
in conditions of the work that affect hoisting operations.
(e) No one shall be permitted to oil the hoist while it is in operation.
1612. Construction Hoisting Signals. (a) Bell, whistle, or electric
signals shall be provided on all hoists, except hoists where the hoist
operator has a clear and unobstructed view of the load or signalman, in
which case a manual system of signaling may be used. See Plates C-11,
C -11-a, Appendix.
Manual signals shall be used where signals are needed for safe crane;
hoist, or pile driver operation unless, for special reasons, a bell or tele-
phone system is appropriately used.
Wiring for electrical signal systems shall be of type "S" cord or
equivalent and shall be so arranged that an electrical failure will not
result in a false signal to move the load. `
(b) Posting Signals. The employer shall post a copy of the hoisting
signals in a conspicuous place at the operator's place of duty and at all
landing levels of all elevators.
(c) Bell Signals. The following signals shall be used on all elevators
and hoisting machines, unless manual signals or telephones are used.
(1) When operating: One bell means STOPPING. \'
(2) When stopped: One bell means RAISE; Two bells means
LOWER.
(3) When temporarily stopped: Two bells alternately on the.boom
and load mean DOG IT OFF or STOPPING FOR SOME TIME.
(4) When dogged off: Before starting ring four bells alternately on
boom and load meaning GET READY TO START WORK AGAIN.
0
170.14 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 50-12.9.72)
(d) Signaling. (1) If a crane or hoist operator is dependent upon
signals for_proper load handling, the signals shall be given by a qualified
worker who is specifically designated and authorized by the person in
charge to do so. This person may be changed from time to time during
an operation if conditions make it advisable and the change is author-
ized.
(2) In cases where two or more cranes or hoists are used on a lift, -
and/or the relaying of signals is necessary, the signaling shall be done
by qualified workers specifically designated and authorized to do so by
the person -in charge. Signaling in these cases shall be under the direc-
tion of one person.
1613. Mobile Towers, Hoists, and " Similar Equipment. (Note:
Does not include cranes or earth -moving machines.) (a) No high lift
truck, mobile hoist, or similar self-propelled equipment used in deliver-
ing materials to elevated platforms more than IZ feet high, shall be in
motion while the load is being hoisted. Hoisting shall not proceed
beyond'the height needed for ground clearance until travel is com-
pleted, except for the final, lateral motion of a few feet needed. in
placing the elevated load in its final position just above platforms.
(b) A 'substantial plank or steel matting shall, be used where the
ground is uneven, loose, soft, or filled, and shall extend far enough
beyond the width and length -of the wheel base to provide a substantial -
foundation.
(c) The platform of a mobile hoist unit used to transport any rolling •
equipment; such as wheelbarrows, concrete buggies, etc., shall be
provided with an adequate means to hold such equipment and its load
securely in place.
(d) All mobile towers, hoists, and similar equipment must comply
with applicable provisions of Articles 9 and 14..
(e) Canopy Guard. The Division may require high lift trucks, mo-
bile hoists, or similar units to be equipped with .canopy guards of
strength adequate to withstand, without undue deformation, the im-
pact of falling objects which are normally handled or stored.
1614. Mast Towers and Hoists. (a) Any mast tower that has a can-
tilevered hoisting platform operating on a vertical mast or mastlike
structure shall be stationary when in use.
(b) These installations shall comply with Article 14, Section 1604.
1615. Limit, Device. Each overhead electric hoist motor shall be
equipped with an effective limit device so placed and arranged as to
stop the travel before the hook passes the highest and, where applica-
ble, lowest point of safe travel.
1615.1. Brakes. (a) The braking system shall perform the follow-
ing functions:
(1) Arrest and hold the load hook promptly when controls are
released with loads up to 125 percent of rated load.
(2) Limit the speed of load during lowering to a maximum of 120
percent of rated lowering speed.
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.15
• CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50--12.9-72)
(b) The braking,system shall have ample thermal capacity for the
frequency of operation required by the service.
(c) The braking system shall have provision for adjustments where
necessary to compensate for wear.
(d) Where the prime mover is an electric motor, a self -setting elec-
tric motor brake, or other self -setting brake, means shall be provided
to prevent drum rotation in the event of power failure. A load may then
be lowered by declutching or by manual brake release.
(e) The hoist shall be so designed that, when the actuating force is
removed, it will automatically stop and hold any load up to 125 percent
of the rated load.
1615.2. Hoist Trolley Frames. Trolley frames shall be so construct-
ed so as to avoid excessive spreading under load. Trolley frames which
show signs of excessive spreading under load shall not be used until
repaired or replaced.
1615.3. Capacity Marking. Each hoist designed to lift its load verti-
cally shall have its rated load legibly marked on the hoist or load block
or some equally visible space.
1615.4. Stops. (a) Stops shall be provided at the limits of travel of
the trolley. A. stop engaging the tread of the wheel shall be of a height
at least equal to the radius of the wheel. Stops engaging other parts of
the trolley are preferable.
• (b) A stop, which shall operate automatically, shall be provided at
each switch, dead-end rail or turntable to prevent the trolley running
off when the switch is open..
(c) Every overhead monorail system of tracks, which employs the
use of traveling transfer bridges between stationary rails, shall be
equipped with automatic locking devices which will positively lock the_
traveling bridge rail to the stationary rails when the bridge is positioned
for trolley travel from stationary tails to movable bridge or vice versa.
1615.5. Control Equipment. Operating controls shall be plainly
marked to indicate the direction of travel or motion.
1615.6. Warning Device. Each cage controlled hoist shall be
equipped with an effective warning device.
1615.7. Hoisting Chains, Ropes, and Slings. (a) All chains, ropes,
and fiber ropes used for hoisting purposes shall be of sufficient strength
to safely lift or otherwise handle the loads.
The maximum allowable working loads shall be based on manufac-
turer's tables.
(b) Every hoist chain, wire rope and fiber rope on hoisting drums
shall be of sufficient length for the entire range of movement for the
application, with no less than two full wraps of rope on the drum at all
times. Where this is not practicable, lower -limit switches may be used
to restrict the downward limit of travel.
170.16 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9-72)
Exception:_ Chain hoists employing pocket sheaves instead of drums.
(c) No hoist chain shall be spliced by any makeshift means.
(d) Lap links, cold shuts, or patent repair links shall not be used for
hoist chains or slings unless such device will develop greater strength
than the chain.
(e) Knots shall not be tied in the chain to shorten it.
1615.8. Defective Hoist or Sling Hooks, Rings, and Chain Links.
Deformed or defective hooks, rings, or chain links shall not be used.
Deformed hooks or rings shall be replaced,or repaired and reshaped
under proper metallurgical control and proof tested.
1615.9. Rope Safety Factors for Boom -Type Mobile Cranes. For
supporting rated loads (including boom suspensions):
(a) The safety factor for live or running ropes that wind on drums
or pass over sheaves shall be not less than 3.5.
(b) The safety factor for boom pendants or standing ropes shall be
not less than 3.0.
(c For supporting the boom under recommended boom erection
conditions:
(1) The safety factor for live or running ropes shall be not less than
3.0.
(2) The safety factor for boom pendants or standing ropes shall be
not less than 2.5.
(d) The safety factors' specified in (a), (b), and (c) above shall -be
determined on the basis of rope -loads resulting from crane manufactur-
ers' ratings, with approved reeving, published nominal breaking
strengths of new ropes and with load and boom stationary.
(e) Rope Safety Factors for Overhead and Gantry Cranes. For sup-
porting rated loads, the rated load divided by the number of parts of
rope shall not exceed 20 percent of the nominal breaking strength of
the rope.
1615.10. Ropes. (a) The hoisting rope shall be of a construction
recommended for crane service. Nonrotating rope shall not be used for
boom hoist reeving, and is not recommended for multiple part reeving.
(b) Where socketing is done, it shall be done with zinc (spelter) or
in a manner specified by the manufacturer of the wire rope.
(c) If a load is supported by more than one part of rope, the tension
in the parts shall be equalized.
(d) Wherever exposed to temperatures at which fibre cores would
'be damaged, rope having an independent wire -rope or wire -strand
core, or other temperature -damage resistant core shall be used.
(e) Replacement rope shall be the same size, grade and construction
as the original rope furnished by the crane manufacturer, unless other-
wise recommended by a rope manufacturer due to actual working
condition requirements.
(f) Eye splices shall be made in a manner to develop maximum
splice efficiencies as set forth in manufacturer's tables.
0
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.17
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS i
(Register 72, No. 50-72-9-72)
(g) U -bolt clips shall have the U -bolt section on the dead or short
end, and the saddle on the live. or long end of the rope. Spacing and
number of all types of clips shall be in accordance with the clip manu-
facturer's recommendation but in no case shall less than three such clips
bcused. The clips shall be spaced at a distance equal to at least six times
the diameter of the rope. All clip or clamp bolts shall be kept tight.
(h) Swaged, compressed -or wedge socket fittings shall be applied as
recommended by the rope, crane or fitting manufacturer.
(i) No "contractor's knot" (knot and clip) attachment shall be used.
as an end connection on any permanent hoisting sling or rope.
1615.11. Hoisting.11 pe Guards (Hoists). (a) Hoisting ropes and
similar moving ropes in exposed locations within 7 feet of ground or
floor, except for free end section, shall be guarded, enclosed or fenced
with standard railings.
(b) All nip or contact points between ropes and sheaves which are
permanently located within 7 feet of the floor or working platform shall
be guarded.
1616. Tramways. (a) All hoists must be equipped with at least two
means of stopping and holding the maximum expected_ load on the
maximum slope. (Friction brake plus stopping engine.)
(b) The locking dog or ratchet or suitable, positive, tell-tale device
shall be in plain view of operator's position.
(c) There shall be a positive means of communication between the
hoist operator and signalman at all times.
(d) No person shall ride the tram unless all rigging provides a safety
factor of at least six.
(e) All workmen below shall be cleared from the danger area while
material is being moved.
(f) Every machine used to hoist men shall be equipped with a con-
trol that will return to the "stop" position when the hand of the hoist
operator is removed from the control lever. The brakes shall be au-
tomatically applied and the power from the machine cut off whenever
the control lever is in the "stop" position. There shall be no friction
gearing or clutch mechanism by which the.motor or other power source
can be disconnected from the hoisting drum.
40
170.18 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE '8
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9.72(
i
TITLE 8 Divw0N OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.18
CONSTRUOTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
Article, 16. Standard Railings
1620. Design of Temporary Railing. Railings required by these .
Orders, except as otherwise provided, shall conform to the following
standards:
(a) Railings shall be constructed of wood, as follows, or in an
equally substantial manner from other materials, and shall be not less .
than 42 inches or more than 45 inches in height from the upper surface
of the top rail to platform or working level. Additional rails may be
added if desired. "Selected lumber" (see definitions), free from dam-
age that affects its strength, shall be used for railings constructed of
wood.
(b) Wooden posts shall be not less than 2 inches by 4 inches in
cross section, spaced at 8 -foot or closer intervals.
-(c) Toprailings shall be smooth and of 2 -inch by 4 -inch or larger
material. Double 1 -inch by 4 -inch members may be used for this pur-
pose, provided that 1 member is fastened in a flat position on top of
the posts and the other fastened in an edge -up position to the inside
of the posts and the side of the top member. Railings may be improved
by the addition of a midrail, which is required only in some cases.
(d) Railings on scaffold platforms shall not be farther than 8
inches horizontally from the outside edge of scaffold planking, unless
the guardrail is improved by the addition of a midrail, in which case the
distance may be as much as 16 inches.
(e) The rails shall be placed on that side of the post which will
afford -the greatest support and protection.
(f) Light'wood barrier members resting on barrels, boxes, or other
makeshift supports shall not be used as a railing substitute.
1621. Railings and Toeboards. (a) Railings shall be provided
on all open sides and ends of all built-up scaffolds, runways, ramps,
rolling scaffolds, elevated platforms, surfaces, wall openings, or other
elevations 7J feet or more above the ground, floor, or level underneath.
Exceptions: Riveters' platforms and ladder jack and horse
scaffolds.
(b) Toeboards shall be'solid and extend not less than 6 inches
high above the top of platform, and shall be provided on all open sides
and ' ends of railed scaffolds and all interior floor, roof, and shaft
openings. . '
Note:, Except for structural steel crafts.
(c) Side Screens. If material on a railed scaffold is piled higher
than the toeboard, a barrier of J inch wire mesh, canvas, or equivalent,
shall be provided between the railing and toeboard, and secured both
ton and bottom.
0
TITLE 8 DrvisioN of INDusmuL SAFErr 170.21
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY OsD$aa
® (Register 72, No. 7-2-12-72)
Article 17. Ramps, Runways, Stairwells, and Stairs
1623. Wheelbarrow Runways. Ramps or runways over three
(3) feet high, used for wheelbarrows, shall be not less than two (2)
feet, six (6) inches wide and secured at each end to prevent ramp from
sliding. Platform planks shall be firmly cleated together.
History: 1. Amendment and renumbering of Section 1625 filed 2-11-72; effec-
tive thirtieth day thereafter (Register 72, \o. 7).-
1624. Runways for Foot Traffic. (a) Except. as provided else-
where, ramps or runways erected for the use of workmen shall be not
less than twenty (20) inches in width, and shall be supported so as to
avoid deflection and springing action.
(b) Securely fastened cleats may be used on inclined runways to
improve the footing. They should be eight -(8) inches or more in length
and not more than sixteen (16) inches apart.
History: 1. Amendment and renumbering of Section 1626 filed 2-11-72; effec-
tive thirtieth day thereafter (Register 72, leo. 7).
1625. Powered Buggy Runways. Ramps or runways erected for
the use of power -driven concrete buggies shall be capable of supporting
at least four (4) times the maximum load to be imposed. Curbs of four
(4) inch by four (4) inch lumber, or a member of similar size made
from laminated two (2) inch by four (4) inch members, shall be se-
curely fastened on the runway edges. Such runways shall be at least
five (5) feet wide and, where necessary, shall provide turn -outs suffi-
ciently wider to permit safe meeting or passing of buggies. See Plate
B-17, Appendix, for required slope of ramps and Article 29, Section
17,17 (a) (2) for design load requirements.
History: 1. Amendment and renumbering of Section 1627 filed 2-11-72; effec-
tive thirtieth day thereafter (Register 72, leo. 7).
1626. Stairwells and Stairs. (a) Handrailings, when used in
connection with stairs, shall be thirty (30) inches to thirty-four (34)
inches above the tread nosing, constructed in substantial manner, and
free from protruding nails and splinters. The uprights shall be not less
than two (2) inches by four (4) inches or equivalent in cross section,
spaced not more than eight (8) feet apart, and properly anchored. The
rail cross section shall be not less than two (2) inches by four (4)
inches or equivalent.
(b) Railings and toeboards shall be installed around stairwells.
(c) Sufficient illumination on all stairways, providing at least
three (3) foot candles of light on the steps, shall be maintained. All
lamps providing stairway illumination shall be substantially guarded
either mechanically or by location.
(d) 'Stairways and landings shall be kept clear of debris, loose
material, and equipment not in use.
17-1
17Q.22 INDUSTRIAL, RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 7-2-12-72)
(e) Stairways, until permanently enclosed, shall be guarded on all
open sides with stair railings. Open sides of stairway landings, porches,
balconies, and similar locations shall be guarded with standard railings.
(f) Temporary Stair Treads. Stairways on which the treads are
to be filled in later with cement or other material shall be temporarily
fitted with secure wooden treads wide enough to cover the tread area
and supported to prevent deflection before permitting foot traffic. Tem-
porary treads shall be replaced when worn below the level of the metal
nosing. All treads and landings shall be free from protruding nails and
splinters.
(g) Temporary stairs shall have a landing at every twelve (12)
feet of vertical rise.
.History: 1. New section filed 2-11-72 ; effective thirtieth day thereafter ; for-
mer Section 1626 renumbered Section 1624 (Register 72, No. ,7).
17-2
0
•
TITLE 8 Divm oN op INDuSTRuL -SAPPY 170.28
• CONSTRUOMON SAFETY Olt
(Register 72, No. 7-2-12-72)
Article 18. Access
1629._ Stairways. (a) In all buildings two (2) or more. stories
in height suitable stairways, permanent or temporary, equipped with
handrails, treads and landings, shall be installed, as soon as working
conditions will permit. Where permanent stairways are not constructed
and installed concurrently with the construction of each floor, a tem-
porary stairway shall be provided. The stairway to a second or higher
floor shall be completed before the studs are raised to support the next
higher floor. Stairs shall have a landing at each floor, or level; but never
less than one (1) landing for every twelve (12) feet of vertical rise. A
minimum of one (1) stairway shall be provided for access and exit for
up to three (3) stories or thirty-six (36) feet; if more than three (3)
stories, or thirty-six (36) feet then two (2) or more stairways shall be
provided. Where two (2) stairways are provided and work is being per-
formed in the stairways, one (1) shall be maintained clear for access
between levels at all times. (Stairway Access for Demolition, refer to
Article 31.)
(b) Stairways, ramps, or ladders shall be provided at all points
where a break in elevation of eighteen (1.8) inches occurs in a fre-
quently traveled passageway, entry, or exit.
NOTE: See Plate B-17, Appendix, for acceptable ramp angle.
History: 1. New Section filed 2-11-72; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reg-
ister 72, No. 7) .
1630. 'Elevators for Hoisting Workmen. (a) Construction pas-
senger elevators for hoisting workmen shall be installed and in opera-
tion on or in all buildings and structures five (5) or more floors or
forty-eight. (48) feet or more either below or above ground level. The
elevator shall be operated and maintained in compliance with Section
1607.
(b) Landings shall be provided for the passenger elevators on or
in buildings at intervals not to exceed three (3) floors or thirty-six (36)
feet.
Other landing locations acceptable to the Division of Industrial
Safety may be substituted where the design of',the building or structure
make the above impractical.
Exception: Where other provisions acceptable to the
Division of Industrial Safety are provided as an alternate
means.
Note: For hoisting workmen on demolition projects oil multi-
story buildings refer to Article 31.
(c) Workmen and nonhazardous materials may be simultaneously
carried by construction passenger elevators when a coordinated hoist-
ing program acceptable to the Division is followed.
History: 1. Amendment filed 2-11-72; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reg-
ister 72, No. 7).
18-1
170.24 IxnusmAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 7-2-12-72)
1631. Ladders. (a) Ladders may be used for access to work
levels up to two (2) stories, but ladders shall not exceed thirty (30)
feet in length. The side rails shall extend three (3) feet above the land-
ing it serves.
(b) Where ladders provide the primary access or exit from a
working area for twenty-five (25) or more employees, or simultaneous
two-way traffic is expected, a double cleat ladder shall be installed.
Double cleat ladders shall not exceed twenty-four (24) feet in length.
The side rails shall extend three (3) feet above the landing it serves.
History: 1. Amendment filed 2-11-72; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reg-
ister 72, No. 7).
18-2
TITLE 8 DIV'MON of INDUSTBUL SAFETY 170.25
0ONSTRUMON SAFETY ORDM
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65) '
Article 19. Floor, Roof, and Wall Openings
1632. Floor,- Roof, and Wall Openings to Be Guarded. (a) 'If
sheathing or any other surfacing, provides a passageway that, extends
to any side of a floor or roof opening through which a man or material
might fall, such opening shall be covered with planks or other secure
covering of adequate strength to support any load that might be placed .
thereon, or it shall be fenced on all'sides by a railing and toeboard.
Said covering shall, be secured in place to prevent accidentalre-
moval or displacement, and it shall bear an approved pressure sensi-
tized sign or equivalent with letters not less than 1 .inch or more high,
stating
"Floor, (Roof) Opening—Do Not Remove"
Openings in concrete forms must be similarly safeguarded as soon
as the form sheeting surrounds the opening and until the hazard is
eliminated by -placement -of reinforcing steel or completion of perma-
nent' protection.
(b) If any part of a runway or scaffold platform is directly above
or adjacent to a floor or roof opening, the entire opening shall be com-
pletely covered with planking or other substantial material, unless the
runway or scaffold is provided with a railing and toeboard.
(e) All planks, railings, or` barriers guarding floor, roof, or wall
® openings shall be left in place until further construction provides per-
manent protection or an effective hazard control. Work shall be ar-
ranged so that openings are left unprotected for the least time possible
during the transition from temporary to permanent safeguards. See .
Article 20 for .other floor requirements.
1633. Elevator -Shafts., to Be Guarded. (a)- All' elevator shafts
in which cages are not installed and which are not enclosed with solid
partitions and doors shall be guarded on, all open sides by standard
railings and toeboards. : ,
(b) Overhead protection shall be provided at all times when per-
sons .are. employed in the shaft and other: workmen are above them.
(c) In a shaft, if one elevator is put into service before the others
are completed, such -elevator(s) in use shall be separated from the
other elevators by a continuous partition of . solid material, or a wire
screen with mesh -not larger than 2 inches..,
(d) The platforms (go -devils) shall cover approximately the full
area of the shaft. Standard railings shall be provided when opening
between platform and'structure exceeds 16 inches.
N
•
TITLE & Drvmorr or .INDVSTRLL SArETr 170.27
CiONSTRUOTION 8"ETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 17-4.22-72)
Article 20. Temporary Floors
1635. Labor Code Excerpts. The following are extracts from
the Labor Code pertaining to Building Construction:
DIVISION 5. SAFETY IN EMPLOYMENT
PART 3. SAFETY ON BUILDINGiS
CHAPT= 1. BviLDINOB UNDER CONSTRUMON OR REPAnt
Article 1. Floors and walls
7100. As used ill this article, " building"' mea ns any nniltifloor building, other
than structural steel framed building, more than two stories high in the course of
construction.
7101. Every building shall have the joists, beanie, or girders of floors below
the floor or level where any work is being done, or about. to he done, covered with
flooring laid close together, or with other suitable material to 'protect workmen
engaged in such building from falling through joists or girders, and from falling sub-
stances, whereby life or safety is endangered.
7102. Every building which is of reinforced. concrete construction, with rein-
forced concrete floors, shall have the floor filled in, either with forms or concrete, on
each floor before the commencement of work upon the walls of the second floor above
or the commencement of work upon the floor of the next floor above.
7103. Every building having wooden floors other than a steel frame building
shall have the underflooring, if double flooring is to be used, laid on each floor within
the time prescribed above for reinforced concrete floors. Where single wooden floors
are to be used, each floor shall be planked over within the time prescribed above for
reinforced concrete floors.
7104. If it span of it floor on it building exceeds 13 feet, an intermediate
beam shall be used to support the temporary flooring, but spans not to exceed 16
feet may be covered by three-inch planks without an intermediate beam. The
intermediate beam shall be of a' sufficient strength to sustain a live load of 50
pounds per square foot of the area supported.
7105. If building operations are suspended and the temporary- flooring re-
quired by this article is removed, the building shall be replanked upon the resump-
tion of work so that every man .at work has a covered floor not more than two
stories below.
7100. Where it building is being constructed ill sections, each section cou-
stitutes it building for the purpose of this article.
7107. Planked flours on ,buildings shall be tightly laid together of proper
thiclaiess, grade and span to curry the working load; such working load to he
assumed as at least 25 pounds per square foot
7108.. Safety helts and nets shall be. required ill aecordance with Article. 24
(commencing with Section 1609) of subchapter 4, Chapter 4, Part 1, Title S of
the California Administrative Code. Construction Safety Orders of the Division of
Industrial S:ifety.
7109. -No person shall proceed with any work assigned to or undertaken by
him, or require or permit any other person to proceed with work assigned to or
undertaken by either, unless the planking or net.,; required by this article are in
place. Violation of this section is it misdemeanor.
7110. The Division of Industrial Safety shall enforce this article.
20-1
170.28 INDUSTRIAL Rs.ATIONB I TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 17-4-22-72)
Article 4. Structural Steel Framed Buildings
7250. As used in this article "building" means any multifloor structural
steel framed building more than two stories high in the" course of Construction.
7251. As defined above, these' provisions shall apply to buildings erected in
tiers or stories and shall not apply to steel framed buildings having large open
spans or areas such as, mill buildings. gymnasiums, auditoriums, hangars, arenas,
or stadiums.
7252. The derrick or working floor of every building shall be solidly decked
over its entire surface except for access openings.
7253. • 'There shall be a tight and substantial temporary floor within two
floors below and directly under that portion of each tier of beams on which erec-
tion, riveting, bolting, welding or painting is being done. For operations of short
duration of exposure to falling, safety belts shall he required as set forth in Section
7265.
7254. Temporary floors shall be. wood planking of proper thickness, grade
and span to carry the working load, but shall not be less than two ruches thick,
full size undressed.
7255. Provision shall he made to secure temporary flooring against displace-
ment by strong winds or other forces.
7256. Planks shall extend a minimum of 12 inches beyond centerline of
their supports at. each end.
7257. Wire mesh or plywood (exterior grade) shall be used to cover open-,
ings adjacent to columns where planks do not fit tightly.
7258. Metal decking where used in lieu of wood planking shall be of equiva-
lent strength and shalll be laid tightly and secured to prevent movement.
72511. Floor planks that are temporarily removed for any reason whatsoever
shall be replaced as soon as work requiring their removal is completed or the open
area shall be properly guarded.
7260. Prior to removal of temporary floor plank, employees shall be in-
structed by assigned supervision the steps to he taken to perform the work safely
and in proper sequence.
7261. When gathering and stacking temporary floor plank on it lower floor,
in preparation for transferring such pbuk for "use on an upper working floor, the
steel erector's personnel shall remove such plank successively, working toward the
last panel of such floor, so that the work is always being done from the planked
floor.
- 7262. When gathering and stacking temporary floor planks from the last
panel, the steel erect'or's personnel assigned to such work shall be protected by
safety belts with life lines attached to a catenary line or other substantial anchor-
age.
7263. The sequence of erection, bolting, temporary guying, riveting and weld-
ing shall be such as to maintain the stability of the structural frame at. all times
during construction. This applies to the dead Weight of the structure, plus weight
and working reactions of all construction equipment placed,thereon plus any exter-
nal forces that may he applied.
7264. Where a building is being constructed in sections, each section con-
stitutes a building as defined in Section 7250.
7265. Safety belts and nets shall he required in accordance with Article 24
(commencing with Section 1669) of subchapter 4, Chapter -1, Part 1, Title 8 of
the California Administrative Code, Construction Safety Orders of the Division of
Industrial Safety.
7266. No person shall proceed with any work assigned to or undertaken by
him, or require or permit any other p6rsom to proceed with the wort: 'assigned to or
undertaken by either, unless the planking or nets required by this article are in
place. Violation of this section is a misdemeanor.
7267. The Division of Industrial Safety shall enforce this article.
History: 1. Amendment filed 4-21-72 as procedural and organizational ; effec-
tive upon filing (Register 72, No. 17).
20-2
L
•
TITLE 8 D>vmoN op INDusTMAL SAFETY 170.29
CONSTRUM JN SAYETY ORDEBB
(Register 65, No. 12-7.17-65)
Article 21. Scaffolds—General Requirements
1636. 'Periphery Railings on Buildings. (a) In lieu of tem-
porary railings as required in Order 1621, the exposed edges of floors
of buildings may be protected by 1 -inch diameter wire rope, or equal,
attached in such a manner that the protection is the equivalent to the
normal scaffold guardrail required by these Orders, the height not to
exceed 45 inches above the floor at the highest points, or. to fall below
42 inches at the lowest points.,
(b) The ropes shall be tightened to a reasonably level position and
so maintained by use of substantial vertical supports at not more than
10 -foot intervals. Rope used for such railing service at the edges of i
building floors must have its visibility improved. Bits of white cloth
hanging from the rope at 6 -foot intervals will be satisfactory.
'1637. General Requirements. (a) Scaffolds shall be provided
for all work that cannot be done safely' by workmen standing on per-
manent or solid construction (at least 20 inches wide), except where
such work can" be safely done from ladders.
Work of a limited nature and of short duration may be permitted
when the permanent or solid construction is less than 20 inches in
width and does not exceed 1 story or 15 feet in height.
When work of short duration is to be done from joists or similar
members at 2 feet or closer centers, planks resting on these members
forming a plank platform 12 inches wide or equivalent protection are
acceptable in lieu of the 20 -inch widths required on normal scaffolds.
(b) Scaffolds may be constructed of wood or other suitable mate-
rials such as steel or aluminum members of known strength charac-
teristics. Where materials other than wood are used, or where scaffold
designs differ from those specified in these Orders, the scaffold and its
parts must provide a degree of strength, rigidity and safety equivalent
to that provided by the described scaffold it replaces. Anchorage and
bracing shall be such that scaffolds and falsework will be prevented
from swaying, tipping, or collapsing. ,
(c) Scaffold lumber, except for 14 -inch and wider planks, used on
suspended or ladder -jack scaffolds, shall be the equivalent of "selected
lumber," free from damage that affects its strength. (See definitions
for lumber specifications.) (See Article 22, Sections 1648 (b) and 1652,
and Article 23, Section 1660 (d) for plank requirements applying to
ladder=jack, suspended scaffolds, and staging supported by catenary
wire ropes.)
(d) Extension staging of the finger type shall be made with at
-least 5 fingers on each side. These fingers shall be at least 1 -inch by
2J -inch selected straight -grained Douglas fir or material of -equal
strength. All metal fittings shall be adequate to maintain the struc-
tural qualities of the device. ,
The length of the extended staging shall not exceed 12 feet 6
inches, and the actual mechanical overlap between the 2 halves shall'
21-1
170.80 INDusrmA. R]ii AmNe TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12=7-1745)
be not less than `I of the length of the extended staging._ A' substantial
stop shall be provided to maintain this overlap.
Not more than 1 wan'shall be -,permitted atone time on any.exten-.
sion staging that is more than 3 feet in height.
Extension staging shall not be used. as a platform on ladder -jack,
suspended, or other unstable scaffolds.
.(e) Except as specified in certain other Orders, the' minimum size
of planks and maximum distance between supports for re'spective'plank
sizes shall he as given in the following table:
Size of Span
Plank, Allowed,
Inehea Peet
Zz10-----------=------------=---------------------------- 10
2z12-----------------------------------------------------'12
2x14 ------------------
----------------------------------- 14
2z18----------------------------------------------------- 16
------------------------------------=---------------- 20
or8z10----------------------------------------------------- 20,
Except as specified in' certain other Orders, a scaffold, plank shall
I ot overhang its support by more than 18 inches, unless access to this
overhanging portion is prevented by a guardrail, or other barrier, or
unless theother; plank end is securely anchored.
f
(f) Inspection oLumber. All scaffold lumber shall be inspected
before being used and at periods during use. Damaged or substandard
pieces shall not be used. Those that are incapable of supporting at •
least 4 times. -the maximum load which will be imposed .upon them
shall be replaced with pieces meeting "this standard. .
(g) Strength of Nails. All nailed 'joints' in scaffolds and false -
work must contain enough properly placed nails of ample size to carry
the loads they are intended to support. Nailed joints or connections
shall not be used to support, concrete hoppers with a capacity in excess
of J cubic yard. Double -headed nails shall not be used for attaching
railings or .in other service where the projections might, catch on the
clothing of workers or create similar hazards:
(1) •Size=Minimum. No nail smaller than 8 -penny
shall be used in the construction of scaffolding.
(2) Driven Full Length. All nails shall be driven full
length or to the first head when double -headed nails are used.
(3) 'The following_ table shows the minimum number of
nails per connection:
1" a 6' Material 1" a 8" Material t" Material
Ledgers 4-8d b -8d 2-16d
Ribbons 8-8d 3-8d
l Braces 8-8d 8-8d 2-16d
Guardrails 2-8d 2-8d 2-16d
(4) Lubricated or Wax -Coated Nails. Such nails shall
not be used in the construction of scaffolds, falsework,, or
214
TITLE 8 DmmON or INuumut. SAraT: 170.81
CONaTRUOnON S"ar Osniasa
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
other temporary installations that must support loads of
workers and materials__ they are using.
(h) Prohibited Types of Scaffolds. Lean-to or jack scaffolds,
shore scaffolds, nailed brackets, loose tile, loose brick, loose blocks, stilts,
or other similar unstable objects shall not be used as working platforms,
or for the support of such platforms. See Plate C-20, Appendix.
Exception: Bricklayer's "jump 'boards" no higher than
20 inches above the regular scaffold platform are acceptable for
such service, when supported by piers of carefully piled bricks or
concrete blocks.
(i) Erection .Crew. None but workmen skilled in the erection
of scaffolds or falsework and their' helpers shall be so employed, and the
work shall be under the supervision of a man with proper experience
and attitude for securing a safe installation.
(j) Removal of Braces. Scaffolds or falsework installations shall
not be altered by removing uprights, braces, or supports unless other
-members providing equivalent strength are substituted.
(k) Loading. Scaffolds shall not be overloaded. Material shall
not be allowed to, accumulate to the' extent .that a -scaffold is subjected
to loading it is not designed to support. Concrete hoppers supported by.
nailed, rather than bolted, lumber or connections shall, not'. be loaded
• with more than 1 ton, (approximately, J cubic-yard-) 'of concrete.
(l) Access. A safe and unobstructed means of,. access, such as a
walkway, stair, or ladder, shall be provided to all scaffold platforms
5 feet or,more in height. See Article 25 for ladder construction.
(m) Sloped Scaffold Platform :Planks. Platform, planks shall
not be sloped more than 2'feet vertically to 10- feet horizontally and
shall be positively secured against slipping, from supports.
•
21.8
170.82
214
INDusTRuL RzLATioNB TITLE 8
(Register 65. No. 12-7-17-65)
•.
•
TITLE 8 DIvmiox or INDusTRuL SArETY 170.33
CONSTRUCTION SArRTY ORDER8I
(Register 70, No. 48=11-28.70)
Article 22. Scaffolds—Various Types
1640. Light -Trade Pole Scaffolds Built of Lumber. (See Plate
-B=18, Appendix.) Pole scaffolds to be used by carpenters, lathers,
shinglers, painters, plasterers, sheet metal workers, or other trades not
using heavy tools or storing heavy materials on the scaffold, shall be
constructed as follows:
(a) Uprights. For heights not to exceed 32 feet, the uprights
shall be 2 -inch by 4 -inch lumber or heavier, spaced about 3 feet between
uprights at right angles to the wall and not more than 10 feet center
to center, parallel to the wall. Scaffolds maybe wider than 3 feet if the
platform is wider, but the horizontal distance between the outer edge
of the platform and the guardrailing shall not exceed 8 inches unless
the guardrail is improved by the addition of a midrail, in which case
the distance may be, as much as 16 inches. The inside uprights may be
omitted and ledgers attached to the permanent structure, provided that
the method of attaching the ledgers to the permanent structure will
make the connection as secure as though the ledger were nailed to the
upright with -5 8 -penny nails. (A suggested method is to spike -a 24 -
inch piece of 2 -inch by 4 -inch material to the stud with 5 16 -penny
nails and properly nail the ledgers to the sides of these blocks.) The
splices of uprights shall be .made with square butt joints, and scabs
of 1 -inch by 4 -inch .or heavier material at least 30 inches long shall be
nailed on 2 sides of each upright with 6 nails in each J of each scab.
If the uprights of the scaffold rest on a surface that might cause
slipping, a continuous sill or other means shall be provided to hold the
uprights in place. When placed on the ground, the uprights shall be
secured to sills adequate to sustain the load. .
(b) Ledgers and Ribbons. The platforms of the scaffold shall
be supported by ledgers. For ledgers spanning not more than 3 feet
6 inches between uprights, use either 1 piece of 1 -inch by, 8 -inch board
or 2 pieces of 1 -inch by 6 -inch board, 1 being on each side of the up-
rights and fastened securely at each point of support. Single 2 -inch
by 4 -inch ledgers are not permitted. Vertical spacing of ribbons dnd
ledgers shall not exceed 7 feet 6 inches. The ribbons shall be 1 -inch
by 6 -inch or heavier material, placed on the outer uprights, directly
under, and in contact with, the .ledgers.
Exception: When ledgers are bolted or when a 45 -de- .
gree angle brace is nailed 'to- the uprights between double
ledgers,. and ledgers also nailed to this brace, the ribbon may
be placed at other elevations, such as guardrail height, but .
they cannot be eliminated from the scaffold.
(c) Ties and Braces. The scaffold shall be securely tied to the
building by means of double -wrapped No. 12 iron wire or equivalent .
or 1 -inch by 6 -inch boards with at least 2 nails at each connection. Ties
shall connect to the inside uprights and shall not be more than 20 feet -
• apart horizontally and vertically.
5-85931
22-1
170.84 IxnvsTRrAL RmATioxs TITLE 8
(Register 70, No. 48-11-28-70)
(d) Railing. Open sides and ends of working levels 7J feet or
more above grade shall be'guarded by 1 -inch by 6 -inch or a 2 -inch by
4 -inch railing nailed to the uprights so that the top edge is between
42 inches and 45 inches above the platform. Midrails are required
under certain circumstances. See following item on platforms.
(e) Platforms. (1) Platform planks shall be of 2 -inch by 10 -
inch or larger material and of such length that they overlap
the ledgers at each end by at least 6 inches. A plank shall not
overlap an unsupported end of another plank. The working
platform shall cover the entire space between scaffold uprights,
except for the open area under the backrailing, which shall
not be more than.8 inches wide, unless the railing is improved
by the addition of a 1 -inch by 6 -inch or equivalent midrail,
in which case the open space may be as much as 16 inches
wide. Platforms shall be at least 20 inches wide and within.
14 inches of the structure wall. A single 2 -inch by 10 -inch
plank may be used for light -trades work up to a height of 4
feet.
(2) Working platforms for light -trades work may be
made' of 1 -inch Douglas fir plywood instead of 2 -inch plank
.if the platform is at least 2 feet wide, nailed in place and
supported on cross members at 4 -foot or closer intervals along
its length.
(f) Light -Trade Interior Scaffolds. (1) Loading. For scaffolds
of the following design the imposed load on the platform area
shall not apply more than 1,500 pounds to any 1 ledger or a
single upright, and the total load on the whole platform area
shall not average more than 15 pounds per square foot.
(2) Uprights.
(A) For heights not to exceed 32 feet the uprights
shall be 2 -inch by 4 -inch lumber, or heavier. For heights
between 32 feet and 75 feet, the uprights shall be 3 -inch
by 4 -inch lumber, or heavier, except for the top 32 feet
which may be 2 -inch by 4 -inch material. The horizontal
distance between uprights shall not exceed 10 feet mea-
sured either parallel or at right angles to the direction of
the platform planks.
(B) If uprights are spliced, the joints must conform
to that described in Order 1.640 (a), and they shall be lo-
cated near a. point where ribbons are attached or where
equivalent lateral support is provided. Pairs of horizontal
ribbons at right angles to one another are required at
vertical intervals of 7J feet, or less, by part (3) of this
Order.
(3) Ledgers and Ribbons. The.platform of the scaffold
shall be supported by ledgers made of one piece of 2 -inch by
10 -inch or heavier material, placed with the edge upward. The
ribbons shall be 1 -inch by 6 -inch or heavier material, placed •
on all uprights directly under and in contact with the ledgers.
22-2
TITLE 8 Divwox or INDusTRuL BmrzTY 170.85
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
• (Register 70, No. 48-11-28-70)
Additional horizontal ribbons, in pairs at right angles to one
another, shall be provided at lower levels in order to provide
lateral support for all uprights at vertical intervals not
greater than 7-J feet.
(4) Diagonal Braces. Each line of uprights shall con-
tain sufficient diagonal bracing of 1 -inch by 6 -inch material in
vertical planes, lengthwise and crosswise, to prevent swaying,
tipping, or collapsing. If the scaffold extends to and bears
against the walls of the building, the horizontal ribbons and
ledgers may'provide adequate support without, diagonal braces,.
but provision must always be made for adequate lateral sta-
bility.
(5) Platforms. The platform shall consist of 2 -inch by
10 -inch or larger planks laid so that spaces between planks do
not exceed 2 inches in width. There shall be no other open-
ings in the platform except those necessary for the passage
of workmen and material. Unless, nailed in place, planks shall
be of such length that they overlap the ledgers at each end
by at least 6 inches. A plank shall not overlap an unsupported _
end of another plank.
Douglas fir plywood that is I inch thick, or thicker, may
be used for platforms if the panels are 4 feet wide, "or wider,
and are supported on ledgers or crossmembers at 4 -foot or
closer intervals.
(6) Railings. Open sides of working levels 7J feet or
more above grade shall be provided with a railing designed as
specified in Order 1620. As a substitute, railings' may be at-
tached to the scaffold uprights if they are of 1 -inch by 6 -inch
or 2 -inch by.4-inch material attached at an elevation between
42 inches and 45 inches above the platform.
History: 1. Editorial correction in subsection (f) (2) (B)(Register 70, No.
48).
1641. Heavy -Trade Wooden Pole Scaffolds. -(See Plate B-19,
Appendix.) Pole scaffolds to be used by bricklayers, stonemasons, con-
crete workers, or other trades using heavy tools or storing heavy mate-
rial on the scaffold shall be constructed as follows:
Note: When buggies are used on scaffolds to transport con-
crete, a strong scaffold shall be designed that is capable of sup-
porting a concentrated load equal to the weight of a loaded
buggy at any point on girders, beams, or planking. .
(a) Uprights. For heights not to exceed 32 feet, the uprights
shall be the equivalent of 4 -inch by 4 -inch lumber or heavier material,
with a space of 4 feet between uprights at right angle to the wall and
not more than 7 feet 6. inches, center to center, parallel to the wall.
The splices of 4 -inch by 4 -inch uprights shall be made with square butt
joints, and scabs of 2 -inch by 4 -inch material at least 30 inches long
shall be nailed in place on 2 sides with 6 nails in each I of each scab.
Uprights laminated from 2 -inch by 4 -inch materiaf are acceptable, if the
22-3
170.86 INDusTpuL RELATiONB TITLE 8
(Register 70, No. 48-11-28-70)
•
joints of each lamination are staggered, and either reinforced by scabs
or so arranged that they occur, at or near ribbon attachment points. If
the uprights rest on a surface that might cause slipping, a continuous
sill or other means shall be provided to hold the uprights in place.
When placed on the ground, the uprights shall be secured to sills ade-
quate to sustain the load.
(b) Ledgers and Ribbons. (1) The platform shall be supported
by ledgers and ribbons, nailed or bolted to the uprights. For
ledgers spanning not more than 4 feet between uprights, use
either 1 piece of 2 -inch by 6 -inch lumber securely fastened at
each point of support or 2 pieces of 1 -inch by 6 -inch board, 1
being on each side of the uprights and fastened securely at
each point of support.
(2) Ribbons shall -be 1 -inch by 6 -inch or heavier material
securely fastened to both inside and outside uprights directly
under and in contact -with the ledgers. Vertical spacing of
ribbons and ledgers shall not exceed 7 feet 6 inches.
(c) Railing and Toeboard. Open sides and ends of "working
levels 7J feet or more above grade shall be, guarded by a 1 -inch by 6 -
inch or 2 -inch by, 4 -inch railing nailed to the uprights so that the top
edge is between 42 inches and,'45 inches above the platform. Toeboards
of 1 -inch by 6 -inch lumber; or equivalent, shall be provided on all open
sides and ends of railed scaffolds expected to have tools or other loose
material, including all bricklayers', stonemasons', and cement masons'
scaffolds.
(d) Ties and Braces. (1) The scaffold shall be rigidly tied to
the building or structure by means of double -wrapped No. 12
wire or stronger material used in combination with spacer
blocks between inside -uprights, and the structure. Ties shall
-
connect to the inside uprights, and they shall be not more
than 15 feet apart vertically or horizontally. At least 1 row of
ties is required.
(2) The entire scaffold shall be rigidly braced with f-
inch by 6 -inch boards, and every part thereof so secured as to
prevent swaying, tipping, or collapsing.
(e) Platforms. (1) The platform shall be at least 4 feet wide,
constructed of planks at least 2 inches thick and 10 inches
wide, laid closely together. Platform planks that are butt -
ended (not overlapped) must be nailed to ledgers consisting
of 2 -inch by 6 -inch or, heavier material. If the planks are not
nailed, they shall be of, such length that they overlap the
ledgers at each end by at least 6 inches. A plank shall not
overlap an unsupported end of another plank.
(2) Platforms to be used primarily by bricklayers and
stonemasons shall extend to within 5 inches of the building
face upon which the work is being performed.
1642. Schedules of Timber Scaffolds Up to 75 Feet in Height.
(Listed lumber sizes,are those required for the specified spans; other
sizes may be used for different spans, if equivalent strength is pro-
vided.)
22-4
TITLE 8 : Drvm6N or INDusTwAL SAYETZ 170.87
CoNSTRUOMON SAF=' OBDssa
(Register 65, No. 12-7.17-65)
Bricklayeri,
conorete Workers .
stone masons,
Light or other
Interior trades heavy trades '
Uprights for scaffolds not over 82' in height_ 2"x4" 2"x4" 4"x4"
Upright@ (except for top 32') for scaffolds
32' to 75' In height____________________ 8"x4" 30x4" 4"x6"
Ribbons directly under ledgers ------------ 1":8" 1"z6" 1"x6"
Ledgers -------`----------------------- 2"x10" 2-1"x6" 2-1"x6"
or 1-1"x8" or 1-2"x6"
spacing uprights, transverse, at right angles
to platform planks____________________ 10' 3' in clear 4'8"
Spacing uprights, longitudinal, parallel to .
direction of platform planks ---- __---__- 10' 10' 716"
Spacing ribbons or ledgers, vertical______ 716" max. T6" max. 7'8" max.
Splice pieces 30" long (for uprights)______ 2-1"x4" 2-1"x4" 2-2"x4"
Braces -------- -------------------------
-------------------
Railing --------------------------------
-------- ---- 1,•x6"
Toeboard----------------------=------- 1"z6"
Width of platform ------ _-___--_________ (at least.2 planks) 4'
Planking ______________________________ ' 2" thick and at least 10" wide .
1643. Scaffolds Over 75 Feet in Height. The -Division shall be
contacted in regard to the proposed design so that'there. will be ample,
opportunity for the Division to call for necessary changes, if any,
prior. to use.
1644. Metal .Scaffolds. '(a) Loads: Metal scaffolds shall' be
• designed to support all dead, live, and wind loads to which they will
be subjected. The design standards, insofar as they, are related to allow-
able stresses and factors of safety, shall. be at least equivalent -to those
published in the California Administrative Code; Title 24, Building
Standards.' The space between ledgers shall be limited by the allowable
spans.for the planking to be used, as specified in Orders 1640, 1641 and
1642.,Metal scaffolds must also comply with Order 1637(b), or, if they
are over 75 feet high, with Order 1643.
(b) Materiala'used in metal scaffolds shall be of standard manu-
facture and' conform to standard specifleations of strength, dimensions,
and weights.
(c) No metal scaffold equipment that is°broken or deteriorated'to
the extent that its section is structurally weakened shall be used.
(d) Base. All scaffold legs shall rest upon base plates, available
from the manufacturer for this service. Each base plate shall have
support adequate to sustain the load and prevent' horizontal movement.
When the scaffold is resting on earth or other such material, the base
plate' shall rest on ' the equivalent of `,a 2 -inch by- 10 -inch by 10 -inch
base.
(e) Metal- scaffolds must be securely tied to the building with
double -wrapped No. 12 iron wire, or equivalent. These ties shall not
,be placed farther "apart than 30 feet vertically- and 20 feet horizontally.
At least 1 -row of ties is required.
22-5
170.38 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65) '
(f) Guardrails. Guardrails complying with Section 1620 shall'
be installed on open sides and ends of work platforms over 71 feet high.
"X" bracing is acceptable as a railing for adjacent platforms.
(g) . Platforms. Platform planks shall be of 2 -inch by 10 -inch
or wider material and of , such length that they overlap the ledgers at
each end by at least 6 inches. A plank shall not overlap an unsupported
end of another plank. The working platform shall,cover the entire
space between scaffold uprights, except for the open area under the
backrailing, which shall not be more than 8 . inches wide, unless the
railing is improved by the addition of a 1 -inch by 6 -inch, or equivalent,
midrail, in which case the open space may be as much as 16 inches wide.
Platforms for light trades may be not less than 20 inches in width pro-
vided the guardrail is within 8 inches horizontally of the outside edge
of the platform.
(h) Access. (1), All ladders used for access shall conform to
Ladders, Section 1675. When only a part of the width of the
metal scaffold frame conforms to ladder spacing, then these
frames must be erected in a manner that makes a continuous
ladder bottom to, top, with ladder sides of the frames in a
vertical line.
(2) Handholds that are equivalent to the normal 2J -foot
ladder rail extension shall be provided above the platform.
1645. Outrigger and Bracket Scaffolds. (a) Heavy Trades. •
( See Plates B-26 and B-27, Appendix.) .(1) Outrigger beams,
of outrigger scaffolds for use by bricklayers, stonemasons, or
other heavy_trades shall be made of "selected lumber", or bet-
ter. Those of the following sizes shall not project more than 6
feet beyond the outer support;'shall be securely anchored and
braced to prevent tipping or turning; and shall be spaced at
centers of 7 feet 6 inches, or closer.
(2) On continuous scaffolds, where the beams may receive
load from work platforms on each side, such beams shall not
be less than 3 inches by 16 inches in cross section. For single
scaffolds, consisting of a platform between 2.beams, the out-
rigger beams may have a smaller cross section, but not lessthan
3 inches by 12 inches. The platforms shall consist of planks,
at least 2 inches by 10 inches, covering the full width of the
projection. The ends of the planks shall not project more
than 18 inches beyond the outrigger, and.not less than 6 inches,
unless they are nailed in place. Every outrigger scaffold 10
'feet or more in height shall be provided with a railing and
toeboard. Additional protection in the form of screen or heavy
canvas enclosing the opening between rail and toeboard shall
be provided if material on the scaffold is piled higher than
the toeboard.
(b) Figure 4 or Light Outrigger Scaffolds. (See Plate B-22,
Appendix.) Figure 4 or light outrigger frames shall be spaced not more
22.8
l
TITLE 8 Divremx or IxnvsTWEAL SuMTY 170.89
• CONaTRUMON SArsss Oanase
(Register 70, No. 48-11.28-70)
than 10 feet apart, ,and shall be constructed as follows from sound
lumber:
The outrigger -ledger shall consist of 2 pieces of 14nch by 6 -inch
or heavier material. nailed on opposite sides of the vertical and angle
braces. Ledgers shall project not more than 3 feet 6 inches from the
outside wall line and shall be substantially braced and secured to pre-
vent .tipping or turning. The -knee or angle brace shall intersect the
beam at least "3 feet "from the wall at an angle of 45 degrees, and the
lower 'end shall be nailed to a vertical brace near the point where it
contacts the wall. The platform shall consist of 2 or:more 2 -inch by
10 -inch planks, which shall be of such length that they extend at least
6 inches beyondledgers at each end. Unsupported projecting ends of
planks- shall be limited to an overhang of 18 inches, or less.
(c) Stud. Jacks." (See Plate C-20, Appendix.) Stud -jack scaffold
supports shall have ledgers of at least 2 -inch by 6 -inch materials, or_
equal, not longer than 5 feet, and each, jack shall attach to not less
than 2 sound`,' adequately' fastened, 2 -inch by 4 -inch wall studs of nor-
mal length.: Stud -jack scaffolds shall not .be used at elevations of .7J
feet or higher above the ground, unless so' designed that a substantial
backrail may. be easily attached.
-(d) Bracket Scaffolds. The use of bracket scaffolds shall be
permitted only when .through -bolted to walls, welded to steel tanks, or
• hooked over a well -secured and adequately strong supporting member.
Note: This order does not prohibit the use of bracket
scaffolds that are an integral part of movable form panels
or similar construction. (See Plates B-20 and B-21, Appendix.)
(1) Spacing of brackets shall be such that they are not
more'than 10. feet apart horizontally.
(2) Waler Supported. If . brackets are -secured ,to
walers held by snap -tie or she -bolts, they must extend through
both'wall forms and be properly secured.
(3) Railings shall be' -installed on bracket scaffolds for
all heights 7J feet or more above the ground. "
(4) The platform shall consist of 2 or more 24nch by
10 -inch planks, side by side; which shall be of,such length that
they overlap the ledgers at each end by at least 6 inches. Un-
supported projecting ends of • planks shall- be limited to an
overhang of 18 inches or less.
(6) Tank Erection. Bracket scaffolds installed on
metal tanks'larger' than 40 _feet in diameter for the use of
those engaged in tank erection operations, shall have platforms
that, are at least 30 inches wide,., with the open ends and sides
protected by a substantial railing, 'with midrail, which may
be altered by the substitution of .1 -inch wire rope for the top
and middle rails. Platforms on 40 -foot or smaller diameter
tanks will be acceptable if not less than 24 inches in width,
22-7
170.40 INnusTRuL REL&Tiom TITLE 8
(Register 70, No. 48-11-28-70)
consisting normally of 22 -inch by 12 -inch planks side by side,
protected by railings as described above. _
History: 1. Editorial correction in subsection (b) (Register 70, No. 48).
1646. Tower Scaffolds and Rolling Scaffolds, Wood 'or Metal.
(a) The minimum dimension of the base of any free-standing tower or
rolling scaffold shall not be less than J the height of the scaffold un-
less such scaffold is securely guyed or tied. For restrictions when worker
rides scaffold see paragraph (g) following.
(b) Construction and Erection. (1) The uprights, ledgers, rib-
bons, braces, and splices shall be equivalent to the standards
specified in other applicable Sections of these Orders. Guard-
railings are required if the platform is 7J feet or more in
height.
(2) The screw jack shall extend into its leg tube at least
J its length, but in no case shall the exposed thread exceed 12
inches.
(3) The uprights (legs of rolling scaffolds) shall not ex=
ceed 24 inches without being braced according to the manu-
facturer's specifications.
(c) Wheels or casters of rolling scaffolds shall be provided with
an effective locking device, and kept locked when men are climbing
or working on the scaffold. At least 2 of the 4 casters or wheels shall
be a swivel type.
(d) Joints of metal scaffolds shall be provided with lock pins or
•
bolts or equivalent fastening, including caster joints. Lock pins used
must be of a positive locking type.
(e) Platform planks on rolling or tower scaffolds shall not pro-
ject farther than 18 inches past supports at the edges of the scaffold.
An effective method of preventing platform planks on rolling scaffolds
from slipping off must be provided. The'nailing of cleats of 1 -inch
material on the underside of each projecting end will, in most instances,
be acceptable.
Note: Refer to Orders .1621 and 1637(f) for regulations on
required plank and platform sizes.
(f) Platform planks shall not be placed on guardrails to obtain
greater height.
(g) Riding. Workmen may ride on, rolling scaffolds moved by
men below if the following conditions exist:
(1), The floor or,surface is within 3 degrees of level, and
free from pits, holes, or obstructions.
(2) The minimum dimension of the scaffold base, when
ready for rolling, is at least J of the height. Outriggers, if
used, shall be installed on both sides of staging.
(3) The wheels are equipped with rubber or similar resil-
ient tires. For towers 50 feet or over metal wheels may be used.
.'(h) Ladders. Ladders or other unstable objects shall not be
placed on top of rolling scaffolds to gain greater height.
22-8
TMM 8 DIv=ON Oir INDUSTMAL SAFETY 170.41
CONSTRUOMON SAFETY OaDEsa
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
(i) Ladders or stairways shall be provided as a means of access
to all platforms of free-standing or rolling scaffolds. The ladder rails
shall extend at least 30 inches above the platform, unless other suitable
handholds are provided. If stairs are used, protection shall be pro-
vided on open sides of stairs.
(j) Scaffolds on Vehicles. When scaffolds are built on motor
trucks or vehicles, they must be rigidly attached to the truck or vehicle.
The attachment must be made in a manner that will develop the full
strength of the scaffold'in resisting an overturning force.
(k) Trucks or vehicles that have scaffolds attached to them_ shall
have a device in use whenever men are on the scaffold that prevents
swaying or listing of the platforms.
1647. Horse Scaffolds. (See Plate C-21, Appendix.)
(a) General. (1) Lumber for construction horses shall be "se
lected lumber" grade. The lumber sizes specified are nominal
sizes for which standard finished sizes may be substituted.
(2) The members of horses used .for scaffolds shall be
securely nailed or bolted together, and well braced to prevent
collapse.
(3) The distance between the bottoms of adjacent legs
measured perpendicular to the ledger shall be approximately
J the horse height.
• (4) The shimming of horse ledgers to obtain added height
is prohibited.
(5) All horses used for scaffolds shall be kept in. good
repair. Any horses not in good repair shall- be removed en-
tirely from the job site.
(6) When horse legs are extended by splicing, the joints
must be butt -ended, and scabs not less than 18 inches long
and of the same cross section as the leg shall be nailed on each
side of the joint. As an alternative, new legs of adequate
length may be installed, provided that they completely overlap
the original legs and are well secured to.. them from top
to bottom. Vertical extensions shall not be used to 'extend
height of metal folding horses if the stability of the horse is
impaired.
(b) Light Trades. (1) Horses for light -trade scaffolds shall
have top horizontal members or ledgers of 2 -inch by 4 -inch
lumber or material of equivalent strength, if the distance be-
tween the leg connections is 4 feet or less. Ledgers of 2 -inch by
6 -inch lumber or material of equivalent strength are required
if the distance between the leg connections is greater than. 4
feet but does not exceed 8 feet. If the distance between leg
connections exceeds 8 feet; the ledger strength must be in-
creased in proportion to the amount by which the 8 -foot dis-
tance is exceeded.
22-9
170.42
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
(2) The legs of horses for light -trade scaffolds shall be
1 -inch by 6 -inch lumber or material of equivalent strength for
horses not exceeding 4 feet in height and 2 -inch by 4 -inch
lumber or material , of equivalent strength for horses between
4 feet and 16 feet in height.
(c)
Heavy Trades. (1) Horses for heavy -trade scaffolds shall
have -top horizontal members or ledgers of 3 -inch by 4 -inch
lumber or material of equivalent strength, if the distance be-
tween the leg connections is 4 feet or less. Ledgers of 2 -inch
by 6 -inch lumber or material of equivalent strength are re-
quired if the distance between the leg connections is greater
than 4 feet but does not exceed 8 feet. If the distance between
leg connections exceeds 8 feet, the ledger strength must be
increased in proportion to the. amount by which the 8 -foot
distance is exceeded.
(2) The legs of horses for heavy -trade scaffolds shall be
1 -inch by 8 -inch lumber or material of equivalent strength,
for horses not exceeding- 4 feet in height, and 2 -inch by 4 -inch
lumber or material of equivalent strength, for horses between
4 feet and 16 feet in height.
(d)
Collapsible Types, (1) Collapsible horses constructed of
well -braced frames hinged at the top may be used in place of
the specified rigid horses, if construction is such that equivalent
strength is provided.
•
(2) Adjacent legs of a collapsible horse shall'be connected
near the bottom with securely attached chains, hinged brackets,
or other suitable links to prevent the legs from spreading
beyond the distance intended. The height of collapsible horse
scaffolds shall not exceed 6 feet.
(e)
Platforms. (1) Scaffold platforms shall not be supported by
single horses having a total height exceeding 16 feet. Tiered
horse scaffolds shall be limited to 12 feet in height made from
no more than 3 tiers of horses. All horse scaffolds shall be
substantially constructed and braced both transversely and
laterally.
(2) Platforms. shall be not less than 20 inches wide for
light trades, and 4 feet wide for bricklayers, stonemasons, stone .
cutters, or concrete workers. Platforms used primarily by
bricklayers or stonemasons shall extend to within 5 inches of
the building face upon which the work is being performed. A
single 2 -inch by 10 -inch plank may be used for light trades
work up to a height of 4 feet.
. - (3) Planks used for platforms shall not be less than 2
inches by 10 inches, and the distance between supports shall
not exceed 10 feet for light'trades and 7 feet 6 inches for
heavy trades.
(4) For horse scaffolds up to a height of 6 feet, platform
planks may be spaced not more than 2 inches apart. Platform
22-10 '
TITLE 8 Drvrarox of INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.43
CONSTRUOTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 70, No. 48-11-28-70)
planks on higher scaffolds -must be placed close together.
Planks shall be of such length that they overlap the supports
at each end by at least 6 inches. A plank shall not "overlap an
unsupported end of another" plank. Unsupported projecting
ends of planks shall be limited to an overhang of 18 inches
or less.
(5) Douglas fir plywood that is 4 inch thick or thicker
may be used for platforms if the panels are 4 feet wide or
,wider and are supported on cross members at 4 -foot or closer
intervals for light trades and 2 -foot intervals for heavy trades.
(6) Provide standard ladder or other safe, _unobstructed
means of access to work platforms 5 feet or more in height.
1648, Ladder -jack Scaffolds. (a) .Ladder -jack scaffolds shall
not be used when the platform is over 16 feet above the ground. Not
more than 2 workmen shall be allowed, on a scaffold of this type. The
ladders shall be secured against displacement. See Order 1675 (d) for
suggested methods.
,(b) The platform shall be at least 14 inches wide -consisting of
ladder staging, "structural plank" or equivalent, free from damage
that affects the strength. The ladders.shall not be placed over 16 feet
center to center, and where the platform .consists of a single -dressed
2 -inch by 14 -inch plank, the spaeing shall not be greater than 12 feet.
(c) Safety lines of at least f -inch diameter manila or 4 -inch
diameter sisal rope shall hang from secure overhead anchorages where
the working platform is 10 feet high or more. One such line shall be
provided for each worker.
1649. Float Scaffolds. " (a) Scaffolds of this type are to support
not more than 3 men and a few light tools, such as those needed for
riveting, bolting, and welding. They shall be constructed as follows,
unless substitute designs and materials provide_ equivalent strength,
stability, and safety.
(1) The platform shall be not less than 3 feet wide and
6 feet long, made of 4 -inch plywood, equivalent to Douglas Fir
Plywood Association Grade A -A Exterior.
(2) Under the platform, there shall be 2 supporting
bearers made from 2 -inch by 4 -inch "selected lumber," or bet-
ter. They shall be free of knots or other flaws and project 6
inches beyond the platform, on both sides. The ends of the plat-
form shall extend about 6 inches beyond the outer edges of the
bearers. Each bearer shall be fastened to the platform by at
least 2 i -inch -diameter bolts.
(3) An edging of wood not less than 4 -inch by 11 -inches,
or equivalent, shall be placed around all sides of the platform
to prevent tools from rolling off.
(4) Supporting ropes shall be 1 -inch -diameter- Manila
rope, or equivalent, free from deterioration, chemical damage,
� �IsjiI
170.44 INnUSTRUL , R>LeTTows TITLE a
(Register 70, No. 48-11-28-70)
flaws, or other imperfections. Rope connections shall be such
that the platform cannot shift or slip. If 2 ropes are used with
each float,. they should be arranged so as to provide 4 ends
which are to be securely fastened to an overhead support. Each
of the 2 supporting ropes shall be hitched around 1 end of a
bearer and pass under the platforms to the other end of the
bearer where it is hitched again, leaving sufficient rope at
each end- for the supporting ties.
(5) Each man working from a float scaffold shall be pro-
tected by means of a safety belt tied to the structure as pro-
vided in Order 1670, or he shall be protected by a life net
rigged as provided in Order 1671.
History: 1. Editorial correction in subsection (a) (5) (Register 70, No. 48).
1650. Needle -Beam Scaffold. (a) Needle -beam scaffolds shall
-be designed with a factor of safety of at least 4, to support the loads
to be imposed, but in no case shall the strength or quality be less than
required by the following specifications.
(1) Needle beams shall be not less than 4 inches by 6
inches in cross section, if the distance between supports is be-
tween 8 feet and J2 feet. Larger beams are required for spans
in excess of 12 feet, and 'in all cases they shall be placed
with the greater dimension vertical. They shall be "selected
lumber," or equivalent, straight -grained, and free of knots or
other defects. Other materials or types may be used if of
equivalent strength and rigidity.
(2) Needle beams shall be made from 1 piece of material
without splices or laminated joints. Laminated beams, manu-
factured of good quality,, glued members, subjected" to proper
bonding' pressure, may be used if of equivalent strength.
(3) Needle beams shall not be painted in such a manner
as to hide the grain structure. They may be coated with lin-
seed oil or other transparent- coating.
(4) Ropes used for the support of needle beams shall be
not less than 1 -1 -inch diameter Manila rope, or equivalent, free
from flaws, deterioration, chemical damage, or other imper-
fections. C -clamps or open hooks shall not be used for support
of needle beams or needle -beam ropes.
(5) The ropes shall be attached to the needle beams by a
scaffold hitch, or some other equally effective method, at
a point not less than 1 foot from the end of the beam. Ropes
shall be so secured to the beams or girders as to prevent tip-
ping or slipping of the scaffold. When the rope attachment is
within 2 feet of beam end, bolt or cleat shall be attached or
other means taken to prevent rope from coming off beam.
(6) Planks making up platforms on needle beams shall
not be less than 2 inches by 10 inches and not have more than
a 10 foot span. All planks shall be secured by suitable cleats or
drop bolts to prevent slipping, tipping, or collapsing, with
22-12
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.45
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY- ORDERS "
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65).
special attention for, those planks that -are "on "the beam over-
hang outside the, rope attachment. When planks are in an in-
clined position of 5 percent or more, they shall be provided
with, cleats on the working surface at least 11 inches by 2
inches in cross section, spaced not,more than .16 inches apart.
(7) Platforms used for.riveting,or. other work requiring
similar, tools shall be not less than 36 inches wide when used
on exterior of structures,. and not less than, 30 inches wide
for interior• work.
(8) Needle -beam platforms that are used for rivet heaters
shall be not less than 6 feet wide and 10 feet long, with planks
laid close together, and some provision shall be made to pre-
vent materials or tools from rolling off edges. -
(9) Where the supports for needle beams are fixed mem-
bers rather than suspension ropes, positive 'means shall be
taken to prevent the beams from turning or "rotating, to a
position where the strength. is reduced:
1651: Boatswains' Chairs. (a) Boatswains' chairs with fiber
rope slings shall not be -used to support a worker with welding; burning
torch, sandblasting equipment, "or chemicals harmful to fiber rope. In
such cases, the slings shall be at least is6-inch wire rope, or equivalent.
Further, the wire rope shall be, protected against burning: or welding
are by covering with a rubber hose or. equivalent.
. (b) A workman using --a boatswain's chair shall' be wearing a,
safety belt with the. life line from -his safety belt secured at or above
the place where the chair is connected.
(c) The upper hook of the block and fall. rigging shall be closed
or "moused," or a shackle may be used in place of the hook.
(d) The wire rope manufacturer's recommendations with respect
to the number and spacing of clamps shall be followed. The clamps
shall be placed with the "U" on the dead end.
1652. Staging Supported by Catenary or Horizontal Wire Ropes.
(a) Staging supported"by wire rope shall have hook -shaped stops on
each end "of staging.members so as to prevent them from slipping off
the wire ropes. These hooks shall be so placed that they will also tend
to prevent the staging members from falling if one wire rope breaks.
Planks shall be at least 14 inches wide and consist of "structural
plank" or the equivalent. ,
(b) Wire ropes shall not be tightened to the extent that the appli-
cation of a scaffold load may overstress them. It is suggested that a
hanger or set of falls be' used every 50 feet to pick' up the sag of the
wire rope. ,Cables shall be continuous without splices between anchors.
(c) A "safety factor ' of at least 6 shall be used in determining
the size of wire rope to be used.
(d) The wire rope manufacturer's recommendations with= respect
.to -the number and spacing of clamps shall be followed. The clamps
82-13
4
170.46' INDummuL RELA'Twrra . TITLE 8
-(Register o5, No. 12-7-17-65)
shall be placed with the "U" on the dead end. See Plate C-2' Appendix. .
(e) -Standard guardrail shall be installed to protect all open sides.
and ends of staging or safety :nets shall be installed.
In lieu of guardrails or safety nets, safety belts and -life lines may
be used, provided the life line is .tied off to the structure or to a sep-
arate. cable for this purpose. (See Article 24 for safety belt and life line
requirements.)
(f) A safe means of access must be provided to the .stage at all
times.
1
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.47
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 70, No. 48-11-28-70)
Article 23. Suspended Scaffolds .
1658. Suspended Scaffolds—General. (a) Approval. Hoisting
machines or winches that are a part of a suspended scaffold, and are
used in raising or lowering that scaffold, shall be of a type approved
by the Division.
(b) Sway Prevention. All scaffolds shall be fastened or hung
so as to avoid swaying from the building or structure.
(c) Design. (1) All scaffold members, including related parts
and rigging, shall be of adequate strength to support all loads to
which they will be subjected, without exceeding stresses established
by factors of safety specified elsewhere in this Article; or .if no
safety factors are given, those generally accepted by the engineer-
ing profession. _
(2) Every building hereafter constructed 3 stories, or 36
feet or more in height, shall have eye bolts or other similar devices
installed in the roof for the purpose of securing or tying back
suspended scaffold hooks.
Such devices should be spaced at approximately 12 -foot in-
tervals and 6 feet back from the edge of the roof.
(d) Ordinary ladders shall not be used as scaffold platforms,
even if a horizontal working surface has ,been placed over the rungs.
Other Orders in this Article call for the use of stage ladders; planking,
• or specially designed platforms for such service.
(e) Supporting Ropes. Ropes supporting scaffolds shall have a
factor of safety of at least 6. They shall be inspected on each job
before being used to avoid the possibility that they are unsafe because
of damage, wear, chemical action, or similar defects.
Note:' Manilla, or other fiber or synthetic .ropes shall
not .be used to support scaffolds upon which workers are using
welding or burning equipment of any type, sandblasting
equipment, or any chemical substance which may damage the
rope by chemical action if splashed or spilled on the rope.
Wire rope is required for the above uses. Further, the wire
shall be protected against burning or a welding are to a height
of 8 feet above the 'platform with a rubber hose or equivalent
protection.
(f) Inspection. Suspended scaffolds that are in service shall be
inspected daily and tested as frequently as is necessary in order to
provide proper maintenance. Special attention shall be given to ropes
and other rigging.
Note: An on-the-job test may be made by raising the
working surface about a foot from the ground and loading
it with twice the maximum weight that will be imposed upon
it. See Plates B-7 and B-8, Appendix, and Definitions, Article
2, Section 1504 (a) (20) for lumber loading and grading
• requirements.
23-1
170.48 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 70, No. 48-11-28-70)
(g) Suspended scaffolds shall be hung so as to avoid overlap or
possible interference with movement from a scaffold above or 'below.
(h) Sandblasting. 'Vire rope providing a factor of safety of 6
or more shall be used for the support of suspended scaffolds or boat-
swains' chairs used in sandblasting operations.
(i) Outrigger beams used as supports for suspended scaffolds
must be placed in saddles or otherwise positively secured against the
possibility of turning or twisting. The load applied to the outrigger
shall not stress it to more than J of its ultimate breaking strength.
The attachments .on these beams for support of suspended • loads shall
consist of well -anchored L -hooks fitted with I inch shackle bolts, or
equivalent. See Plate B -23-a, Appendix.
(j) Each suspended stage ladder or plank -type platform shall be
supported at 2 or more places by rigging that receives its load from
only that 1 platform. Thus,' 2 or more suspended scaffolds shall not be
combined into 1 by bridging the distance between them with planks
or similar connecting platforms.
Siatory: 1. Editorial correction in subsection (i) (Register 70, No. 48).
1659. Bricklayers' or Masons' Suspended Scaffolds. (a) Each
thrustout shall be equal in strength to a 6 -inch 12.5 pound I-beam,
and it shall be supported laterally at a point near its fulcrum. Thrust -
outs shall be securely fastened to the structure by the equivalent of
"U" bolts and anchor plates, washers, and nuts. All beams shall be
set with their webs vertical. A stop bolt shall be placed at the outer
•
end of the thrustout to prevent suspension rope from slipping off. See
Plate B-26, Appendix.
(b) Wire Rope and Hoist. The platform shall be suspended by
wire rope of at least 9,000 pounds breaking strength, properly secured
to the thrustouts and to each end of the bolster, or to approved Hoist-
ing machines.
(c) Bolsters not more than 41 feet long between supports may
be of wood, provided they are equal in strength, to 4 -inch by 6 -inch
"selected lumber" grade, free from damage that affects the strength.
(d) Bolster Spacing. The bolsters and thrustouts shall be
spaced not more than 8 feet center to center.
(e) Platform Width, The platform shall be not less than 4 feet
wide and made of 2 -inch by 10 -inch or larger "selected lumber" laid
closely together and adequately secured to prevent them frons slipping,
tipping, or collapsing.
(f) The scaffold shall be as close to the wall as reasonably possible,
but not more than 6 inches from wall.
(g) When work is being done above, workmen on,suspended scaf-
folds shall be protected from falling material by a substantial roof
covering made of; not less than 1 -inch boards laid tightly together.
(h) The maximum load, including workmen, allowed on this scaf
fold shall not exceed 100 pounds per square foot of scaffold platform.
(i) Hooks used as part of rigging for scaffold support shall be
closed or "moused."
23-2
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.49
• CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 70, No. 48-11-28-70)
(j) Guardrailings 42 inches high and toeboard 6 inches high
shall be provided if the platform is 71 feet or more above level to which
one might fall. Additional protection in the form of screen or heavy
canvas enclosing the opening between rail and toeboard shall be pro-
vided if material on the scaffold is piled higher than the toeboard.
History: 1. Editorial correction in subsection (a) (Register 70, No. 48).
1660. Suspended Scaffolds for Loads of 425 Pounds or Less.
(a) Only 1 man for each fall or hanger shall be allowed on this type
of suspended scaffold.
(b) Stirrups or slings shall be made of wire rope of at least 9,000
pounds breaking strength, or of solid round or square mild steel (rein-
forcing steel shall not be used) not less than J inch dimension, forged
or welded into one piece. Loops in wire rope slings for the use of bol-
sters shall be spliced. The top loop shall have a galvanized thimble
fastened in place with a clip.
(c) Bolsters shall be 2 -inch by 4 -inch "selected lumber," or
stronger material, placed so that the 4 -inch sides are vertical. An iron
or steel bolt 6 inches long and J inch in diameter shall be fastened
through wooden bolsters at right angles to same not nearer than 3 inches'
to the end to prevent sling from accidentally slipping off the end of.
bolster.
(d) Scaffold platforms shall be at least 14 inches wide. Planks of
dressed 2 -'inch lumber shall consist of "structural plank" free from
damage affecting its strength. Where platforms are composed of -2
2 -inch by 10 -inch or 2 2 -inch by 12 -inch dressed, planks, side by side,
they shall be firmly cleated together so as to act as a unit.
(e) The span -between hangers or falls shall not be more than
10 feet when the planks are composed.of 2 2 -inch by 10 -inch planks
or more than 12 feet when composed of 2 2 -inch by 12 -inch planks as
permitted in 1660 (d). The span between hangers or falls when being
used with patented -type planks shall not exceed the manufacturer's
specifications. The maximum overhang of any scaffold plan shall not
exceed J of the span and the minimum overhang shall not be less than
18 inches unless a strong mechanical attachment makes a positive con-
nection between each stirrup and the planks. Platform planks should
be secured against displacement.
(f) Swing or Stage Ladders.
• Minimum
Minimum cross section of rungs
Length, cross section of rails in inches
in feet in inches Round Oblong
Up to 16 1{a4J 1 1XII
16 to 20 1ja5, may be tapered to 4" 1 }al$
at ends
20 to 24 1ja57, may be tapered to 4" 1 $alb
at ends
NOTE.—When ladders are constructed with truss rods, the truss rod shall be
5/16" diameter. and the above side rails may be reduced to 11 a 41 tapered to 31 at
ends for 20- to 24 -foot ladders, and 1j a Q tapered to 31 at ends for 16- to 20 -foot
ladders.
28-5
170A0 INDUsTRuL RMATIONS TrMZ S
(Register 70, No. 48-11-28-70)
Swing or stage ladders used for suspended scaffolds shall be rein- •
forced with -&-inch rods spaced at least every 5 feet to prevent side
rails from spreading.
(g) Safety lines .of at least 1 -inch diameter Manila rope or
equivalent shall hang from secure overhead anchorages between each
pair of hangers or falls. One such- line shall be provided for each
workman. It shall be a continuous rope in good condition and free of
imperfections, serious wear, or fraying.
Note: For use, refer to definition.
(h) Hooks supporting scaffolds or stagings shall be made of mild
steel (reinforcing steel shall not be _used), free from flaws or other
imperfections. Each hook shall; if loaded to point of failure, be capable
of supporting a load 4 times that to which" it will be subjected
in service. The expected load per hook in service shall include its
share (normally half) of the total scaffold and rigging weight plus the
total weight of men and movable tools or equipment, which shall never
be considered as less than 500 pounds. All hooks shall be provided with
rings for tie -back service. The ring should be fitted through a hole in
the hook not more than 5 inches from the hook point. Hooks shall be
kept clean at all times.
Each hook shall be tied back to a substantial object on the roof
with at least a 1 -inch diameter Manila rope or equivalent. .
(i) Where the rope blocks supporting scaffolds or boatswains'
chairs are not attached directly to hooks, the extension from the top
block to the support shall be wire rope at least J inch. in diameter, or
equivalent, and sufficient protection shall be provided to prevent this
wire rope from chafing.
(j) Closed Hook. Hooks used as part of rigging for scaffold
support shall be closed or "moused," except for those used on lower
blocks for painters' hitches and those large supporting hooks that are
in contact with the roof or parapet.
Note: Substitute for Painters' Hitch. It is recom-
mended that the rope at or near the lower block shall pass through
a positive clamping device that will, when scaffold is at rest, be
positively closed against the ropes to prevent movement.
(k) Railing. All scaffolds or staging referred to in this Order
suspended more than 72 feet from the ground or floor shall have a
safety rail of 2 -inch by 4 -inch of select structural grade, free of knots
or defects, not less than finished size of 11 inches by 3z inches, or of
other equally rigid material of equivalent strength.'This railing shall be
not less than 36 inches nor. more than 42 inches above the platform,
and shall not contain any splices that fail to provide full strength and
rigidity to the wood member. When the railing is longer than 16 feet
between stirrups, it shall have a vertical support near the midpoint
•
23-4
TrrLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL: SAFETY 110.6i
CONSTRUOTION SAFETY ORDEss
(Register 70, No. 48-11-28-70)
of span. In securing this center support to the staging,'bolts or screws
inserted into the staging might have _ a .weakening effect which must
be avoided. The use of a metal sleeve, is. recommended for this purpose.
'See Plates B-24, B -24-a, and B-25, Appendix.
(l) Unattended Scaffold. When.a suspended scaffold is left un-
attended in an elevated position, it shall be securely lashed to the build-
ing and be cleared of all tools, buckets, or other movable material.
History: 1. Editorial correction in subsection (k) (Register 70, No. 48).
1661: Suspended Scaffolds for Loads Between 426 and 1000
Pounds. (a) Suspended. scaffolds providing all of the safety fea-
tures required by Orders 1658, and 1660 may be used to support as
much as 1,000 pounds if the platform and other elements_ are designed-
and
esigned and constructed to carry such a live load without exceeding allowable
working stresses established by the following factors of safety.
(b) The factor of safety, for supporting ropes, as required in Order
1658(e), shall be at least 6, and that for the outrigger beams, support-
ing hooks, and other metal items, shall be at least 4. Wooden members
shall not be subjected to'stresses in excess of those allowed.by standards
at least as high as those established by the West Coast :Lumber Inspec
tion Bureau, current edition.
(c). Suspended scaffolds 'in this load range which are used by
cement masons shall have platforms at, least 24 inches wide..
1662. 'Suspended, Power -driven Scaffolds. (a) IDefinition. '.A
suspended, power -driven scaffold is a scaffold suspended from above
and -equipped .with i or more power units for raising or lowering that
are a part of and travel with the scaffold.
(b) Unless Order 1662 requires a higher standard, ;the provision
of 'Orders 1660 and 1,661 shall apply to power -driven scaffolds, except
for Orders like 1660(b) (c). and (o) which refer to equipment not
used on powered units.
(c) Railings. (1) Single Unit. If the scaffold platform is sup-.
ported" bya single wire rope, the entire platform shall be sur-.
rounded by a railing and 6 -inch toeboard. Railings (or frame
members) shall be not less. than 36 inches nor more than 42
inches high, and they shall be capable of. supporting a 200 -
pound concentrated load without 'permanent.. deflection. The
entire unit shall provide a safety factor of 4. Wherever'prac-
ticable an intermediate railing, or equivalent, shall be installed
between the top railing and toeboard. ,
(2) Two or More Units. Powered scaffold platforms,
not required under (1) to be completely railed, such as those
supported by 2 or more hoisting units, shall at least have a
protective railing, or equivalent, on all open sides and ends.
The railing -shall be not less than 36' inches nor more -than
42 inches high, and it shall be capable of supporting a'200--
pound, concentrated load without permanent deflection. A
2s-6
170.52 :INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE $
(Register 70, No. 48=11-28-70)
,
6-inch high toeboard and an -intermediate railing is recom-
mended.
(d) Loading. The total load on any 1 power unit shall not
exceed the rated ,working capacity. If a unit is to'support 500 pounds
or more, special attention shall be given in advance to _eliminate the
possibility that the staging, hooks,. shackles, parapet walls, and other
-
load-carrying items will .be overstressed. The total allowable load on
stage ladders of the type described in Order,1660(f) shall not exceed
425 pounds. . -
(e) Wire Rope. Powered scaffolds shall be supported by wire
rope -providing a safety factor of 6. or more. It shall be 6 by 19 or 6
by 37 hemp center construction' or better, not less than -&, inch in
diameter, or with a breaking strength of not less than 6,000 pounds.
(f) Platforms shall not be less than 20 inches-wide and shall be
provided with a' guardrail' as specified in Order 1662(c). Platforms'
must be designed to support the loads to be imposed without exceeding
allowable working, stresses established by recognized engineering prac-
tice.
(g) Safety Devices for Electric-Powered Unit, (1) Wiring. In ,
addition to the conductors needed for motor operation, supply
cords shall contain an extra conductor to be used exclusively
in properly grounding the exposed noncurrent-carrying metal
parts of the motor and related equipment. Where individual
covering is .provided for this conductor in the cord, it shall
•
be finished to show a green color.
(2) Electrical Devices. An acceptable control switch
shall be used and should be of a nonlocking dead-man-control
type. 'Arrangements should also be such - that the power . can
be shut off ahead of the control switch by operation of a dis-
connect switch' or by disengaging a;plug and socket.'
Electric supply cords must be type S, 90, or equivalent...
A cord of No. 14 A. -W: G. or larger shall be used to serve
each J-horsepower motor.
Cords in this service up to 125 feet in length shall be not
smaller than No. 14 A. W. G. wire. Cords between 125 feet
and 250 feet in length shall be not smaller, than No. 12
A. W. G. wire. Cords between 250 feet and 350 'feet in length
shall be not smaller than No. 10 A. W.. G. wire.
Note: See Article 33 for, construction' electrical re-
quiremelits..
(3) Load Release. A hand-operated release mechanism
to allow unit to descend faster than normal speed is prohibited.
(h) Safety Devices for Air-Powered 'Unit. (1) Control Valve.
'Control valve should be a nonlocking dead-man-control type.
A shutoff valve should be installed ahead of the control valve
for the purposeof shutting off air when workers leave the
stage.'
(2) Load Release., A hand-operated release mechanism
•.
to allow unit to descend faster than normal speed is prohibited.
TITLE 8 DM810N Or INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.58
CONSTRUOTION SUETY OEDEM
(Register 70, No. 48-11-28-70)
Article 24. Safety Belts and Nets
1669.. General. (a) When work is to be performed from- thrust -
outs or
hrust-outsor similar exposed locations, suitable protection such as temporary
guardrailings of wire or manila ropes, or equivalent, shall be provided,-
or
rovided;or workers shall be protected by safety belts with attached lifeline.
Note: Safety belts will- customarily be used when ex- "
posed to the hazard of falling from buildings, bridges, struc-
tures, or construction members such as trusses, beams, purlins,
or plates of 4 -inch nominal width, or greater, at elevations
exceeding 15 feet or 1 story above ground, water surface, or
continuous floor level below. '
(b) _ When requirements in, (a) above/are impractical, use shall be
made of approved -type safety nets as ,provided in. Section 1671.
(c) When, the work is of short duration and limited exposure, and
the hazards involved in rigging and installing the safety devices re-
quired by this Article equals or exceeds the hazards involved in the
actual construction,' these provisions may be - temporarily suspended,
provided adequate risk control is recognized and maintained under
immediate, competent supervision.
History: 1. -Editorial correction in subsection (a) Note (Register 70, No. 48). ,
1670. Safety Belts and Lifelines.. (a) Approved safety belts
• and lifelines shall be worn, by 'those employees whose work exposes
them to falling in excess of 15 feet from the perimeter of a structure
or through shaftways and openings not otherwise adequately protected
under the foregoing provisions of the Article. The anchor .end of the
lifeline shall be secured at a level not lower than the workman's waist,
and at a horizontal distance not to exceed 6 feet, .except where the
waist level connection is not possible, connections at feet, level may ,be .
permitted, provided that adequate risk control procedures are followed.
Lifelines shall be secured to a substantial member of the structure or
to securely rigged, lines, using a positive -descent control device.
Note: The use of nylon rope is recommended.,
(b) If worker's duties require horizontal movement, rigging shall
be provided so that the attached lifeline will slide along with him.
Such -rigging shall be provided for all suspended' staging, outdoor-
advertising
utdoor
advertising sign platforms, floats, and all other catwalks, or walkways
15 feet or more above the ground or level beneath.
(c) When,working. on roofs of j pitch and steeper, workmen shall
wear a safety 'belt with a lifeline securely. fastened to a substantial
anchorage. On roofs of 4 pitch or steeper, any electrical or _air supply
line shall be secured at roof level in such'a manner as to provide ample,
but not excessive, amounts of line. j pitch is a slope ratio of 8 -inch
vertical to 12 -inch .horizontal 'i pitch is to slope ratio of 6 -inch vertical '
to 12 -inch hori.nntal.
24-1
1
170.64 IMDUMMIAL ItWAWOxe TITLE 8.
S
(Register 70, No. 48-11-28-70)
1671. Safety Nets. Where the elevation is 25 feet or more
above the ground, water surface, or continuous floor level below, and,:
when the use of safety belts and lifelines or moire conventional types
of protection are clearly impractical, the exterior and/or interior per- „
imeter of the structure shall be. -provided with an approved -type safety
net extending at least 8 feet horizontally from such perimeter and
being positioned at a distance not, to exceed 10 feet vertically below,
where such hazards exist, or equivalent protection provided.
' 1672. Tests. (a) The tests for approval of safety belts and'
attachments shall be the capability of withstanding a ,drop test of
350 pounds dead weight (not sand) falling a distance of 4 feet without
failure.
(b) In testing the-belt,and attachments, the anchor. terminal of
_ the lifeline shall be an overhead support. The waistband of' -the belt'
shall support the test weight in the same manner as it would support
the worker.
(c) Safety nets shall be on-the-job tested .for their ability'to with-
stand the maximum load that may be imposed without failure and for .
suitable clearance from the surface below! The test shall ' conform to
the manufacturer's recommendation for height and weight.
24-2
TITLE 8 DrvmoN. or IrrnverRuL BAazri _ 170.55-
CoxersaoMoN BArZTY Osu�ss
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
Article 25. Ladders
1675. General. (a) Ladders that are broken,. weak, or with
missing rungs shall not;. be- used. If such ladders are not repaired
promptly, .they shall be removed from the job.
(b) Ladders shall not be loaded in excess of the safe capacity, for
which they were constructed. Long ladders shall be braced to prevent
undue deflection.
(e) .Unless suitable handholds are provided, the side rails of all
ladders used to serve a platform shall extend at least 2J feet above the
upper landing.
(d) Ladders, other than stepladders; -shall be secured against dis-
placement. The .following ways are suggested:
(1) By nailing a cleat on the floor in front of the ladder:
(2) By fastening the feet rigidly to the.floor.
(3) 'By having the feet on the.ladder shod with steel points.'
.(4) By lashing or fastening the ladder at the top.
(5) By installing safety shoes. '
(e) Ladders that will remain at one location for several hours or
more, to be used as a means of access at that location by various workers,
shall have upper and lower landings with a width of 20 inches dor more
and an area of, at least 4 square feet.
(f) Planks shall not be used, on the top step of stepladders.
(g) The vertical length of the extended section -on a trestle ladder
shall not be greater than J of the height of base "A" ladder.
(h) Fixed' ladders shall have a minimum inside width 'of 11J inches
between side rails.
(i) Ladders shall not be painted in such a manner as to hide the
grain structure or defects. Ladders may be kept coated with a.suitable
transparent preservative material.
(j) The lashing.of ladders together'to increase the length of the
ladder is prohibited. See Plate B-16 Appendix for safe angle of ladders.
(k) No. one shall be permitted to stand and work _ on the top 3
rungs or cleats of a ladder unless there are members of the structure
that provide a firm handhold_ or the worker is protected by a safety
belt.
(l) Metal or other conductive ladders shall be prohibited from
use in any location where it is possible to bring such ladder or person
using the ladder within 4 feet of open electrical apparatus, wiring, or
other live electrical equipment.
1676. Ladders, Job -built. (a) Ladders constructed on the job
shall be in accordance with the appropriate following table. Lumber of
different cross section may be substituted if equal strength is provided.
25-1
170.68
INnumuL RmATibxs TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
TABLES
(1) -Portable Ladders.
Inside Width at Cross -Section in Inches
Length in Feet Bottom in Inches . Rails - Rungs
Up to "12------------- ------------------ 16 2 z 8 1X3
More than 12 and up to 20 ------------ ------- .18 .'2x4 1%8
More than 20 and up to 28__________________ 19 2 z e 1 z 4
The width between rails may be narrower at the top, or the same
,top and bottom. If a narrower top is preferred, each succeeding rung"
from the bottom upward shall not be more than j inch shorter than
the one below.
Rungs shall be nailed, to the rails with 3 8 -penny nails, or equiva-
lent, at each end. Double -headed nails shall not be used for ladder con-
struction. Blocking shall be nailed between the rungs or strips fastened
over , them to strengthen the attachment , at rails. As a substitute for
blocking or strips, the rungs may be placed into J -inch -deep notches cut-.
into the rails, provided that the rails are of 2 x 4 inches or'he'avier lum-
her.. Longer ladders shall have, side rails of proportionately larger
dimensions.
(2) Mason's Portable Cleat Ladders.
Inside Width at Cross -Section in Inches
Length in Feet Bottom in Inches Rails Rungs
From 10 to 12----------------------------- 20 2z4 lz8
More than 12. and up to l6__________________ 21 2x4 lz8
More than 16 and up to 20------------------ 28 2x6 -1x4;. •.
(3) Portable Stepladders.
When rungs
are used.
diameter
Cross -Section in Inches in inches
Length in Feet Side Rails Steps or Tread Back Leg Rungs
Up to 14_______________________ 1:2j, }z8} jz1} ,1}
More than 14 and up to 20 --------- lx8} 1x8} ;zl; 11
(b) Side rails, when of wood, shall be' the .equivalent of Douglas
fir "selected' lumber" and shall not have knots, except for an occa-
sional one less than inch in diameter that appears only on the wide
face and is at least inch back from either edge.
-(c) Rungs - of wood shall be clear, straight -grained and abso-
lutely free from knots of,any size that appear in the narrow face. Knots
appearing in the wide faces of cleats shall not exceed a diameter of
4 inch. Rungs shall be uniformly spaced within J -inch tolerance, and
not farther -apart than 12 inches measured . from tops of rungs. The
clear -space in the plane of the steps between the top of any step and
an obstruction above shall be at least 6 inches.
1877. ' Manufactured .Ladder"peciflcations and Fabrication.
(a) Every portable ladder shall -be of such material, size, and construe -
tion that it will safely carry the load to be placed thereon. Ladders
which are eustomarilp -used for special purposes, . such as those used
25-2
TITLE 8 Dmsiox or IxnusTwAL Ser 170.57
CONSTRUCT10N SArETY CRDSRR
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
for access to and additional support for overhead platforms, ladder
brackets, and ladder scaffolding, shall be of such design, material,. and
construction that they will support all normal loads which may be
imposed upon them.
Note: It is recognized that the stresses in ladders are of a
somewhat indeterminate nature and are difficult of analysis, but
when the Division has determined that ladders may not safely
carry the loads placed thereon, the Division may require that. they
be tested according to the following:
The material, size, and construction of every portable ladder
to be. such that when placed at an angle obtained by moving the
foot of the ladder out of the perpendicular a distance equal to
I its length, it will support a vertical load of at least 200 pounds
applied at the center of the middle step without imposing stresses
in excess of the allowable working stresses of the material used in
the ladder. The material, size, and construction of every fixed
ladder to be such that it will support a vertical load of at least
200 pounds applied at the center of any step without imposing
stresses in excess of the allowable safe working ,stresses of the
materials_ used in the ladder.
(b) Wood side rails of portable ladders shall be dressed on all
sides and shall be free, from sharp edges and splinters. Knots over
• * inch in diameter shall not appear in rungs. Knots shall not appear
in the narrow faces of side rails, treads, or rungs.
(c) Portable ladders shall have a minimum width of III inches
between side rails, except for the upper 4 feet where converging side
rails providing less than 11i inches of space are allowable.
1678. Extension Ladders. (a) Extension ladders shall not ex-
ceed 44 feet in length when extended to the limit permitted by the
following lap schedule.
(b) Extension ladders shall noVbe fully extended but shall have
the following minimum laps:
(1), Two -Section Ladders.
3 feet for ladders with working length up to 33 feet.
4 feet for ladders with working length 33 to 44 feet.
(2) Three -Section Ladders.
4 feet for each section.
•
25-5
s
TITLE S DIVISION Or INDUSTSLL SAPWY 170.59
CONSTRUMON SAr M 0BDX= .
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65) -
Article 26. Saws—Power
Note: See General Industry Safety_ Orders for regulations
applying to woodworking machines not specifically covered by
the Construction Safety Orders.
1680. Portable Circular Power Saws—Guards. (a) The, teeth
'on the upper half of the blade shall be permanently shielded from
contact.
(b) The lower, half (point of operation)' of the. saw shall be
guarded to the root of the teeth with a telescopic or hinged guard
that, for normal operation, opens up as the saw is fed into the cut and
automatically returns to the position covering the, saw teeth when.
removed from the cut.
(1) Telescopic guards shall be equipped with a lifting lug
or lever, remote from the, blade. teeth, that will permit' the,
operator to safely shift the guard for starting unusual cuts.
(2) Saws. with hinged guards shall be equipped with
2 handles so arranged that' neither hand is exposed to ,
the hazard of the' rotating blade. One handle shall be on
the hinged guard, and of such design that, its use will avoid
exposure of the hand or fingers between the retracted guard
and the blade.
® (c) Guards shall not be prevented from operating automatically
by pins, wedges,' or other devices that hold them back in an inoperative
position.
r
(d) Saws with hazardous defects, such as damaged guards or.
switches, shall be -removed from service until repairs are complete.-.
(e) Saws shall be grounded as required by Article 33.
1681: Radial Arm Saw or horizontal Pull Saw. (a) The saw
blade shall be encased onboth sides in sueh a way 'that at least the
upper half of the blade and the arbor ends will be guarded. -
(b) Positive stops, limit chains, or other means shall be used to
prevent .any, part of the saw blade from moving past the .front edge
of the table.
(c) When .the saw is used for ripping purposes, it shall be
equipped with an anti -kickback device. This device shall be designed
so as to be effective for any thickness and, width of the stock to be cut.
(d) There should be an effective arrangement or device which
will return the saw automatically to the back 'of the table. when re-
leased at any point of its travel.
1682. Table Saw. (a) ,A hood shall be used that will cover the
saw to at least the depth of the teeth.
20-1
170.60 INDUSTRIA. RELATIONS TITLE 8
.
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65),
-
(1) The hood shall automatically adjust itself to the
thickness of and remain in contact with the material being
cut at the point where the stock encounters the saw; or
(2) May be a' fined, manually -adjusted hood or guard,
provided the space between .the bottom of the guard and the
material being cut does not exceed J inch.
Exception: Circular crosscut saws with. stationary table
where the saw moves forward when cutting.
(b) hipping. When the saw is used for ripping, the hood or
other guard_ shall be so designed as to prevent a kickback, or a separate
attachment that will prevent a kickback shall be provided. Anti -kick-
back devices shall be designed to be effective for all thicknesses of
material' to be out. Except- when , grooving, dadoing, or. rabbeting, a
spreader shall be provided and fastened securely at the. rear, of. the
' saw in alignment with the saw blade. It shall be slightly thinner than
the saw kerf and slightly thicker than the saw disc.
(c) A pusher stick of suitable design `shall be provided and used
when small. or narrow pieces are being cut.
(d) The exposed parts of the saw blade under. the table shall be
guarded.
26-2
TITLE 8 DrvisICN or INDiisTauw SAFETY 170.61
OoxsTBIICTICN 'SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 70, -No. 48-11-28-70) .
Article 27. Powder -Actuated Tools
1684. Effective Date. (a) Sig months after the effective date
of these Orders, - all ,powder -actuated tools sold and used in the State
of California shall comply with these Orders.
(b) In the case of powder -actuated tools,. which' substantially, but
not completely meet ,the requirements of this Article, a period of addi-
tional time for compliance may be granted by the'Division of Industrial
-Safety, upon application, based on evidence of progressive efforts for
compliance and on the safety record of such existing tools.
1686. Operator, Qualifications.' . (a) Qualified Operator Training
and Testing.
(1) Only qualified personnel at least 21 years of age, or
an apprentice in the final 6 -month period' of apprenticeship,
shall 'operate powder -actuated ,tools. The operator shall be
trained to disassemble, clean, and reassemble the tool correctly
as recommended ,by the manufacturer and to recognize. any
' worn or defective parts on ,defective operation: He must: also
be able to use the tool safely under varying conditions, know
the limitations of its use, and demonstrate his competence by
actually firingthe tool in the presence of the person who
issues the operator's card. He must be familiar with the provi-
-sions of this Code and instructions provided by the manufac-
• turer' for operation and care, and be able to read the English.
language.
.(2) Examination. After training, the operator must, to
substantiate his competency, take and pass a written exami-
nation, the requirements of which shall be established or `
approved by the Division. of Industrial Safety.
Note: Leasing, Renting, Selling. Any agency sell-
ing, leasing, 'or renting .powder -actuated tools should', in
effecting compliance with paragraphs (a) (1) and. (2)
above,. use trained personnel and proper ,facilities, in -
eluding tool storage boxes, in giving safety instructions to
all renters or buyers. A temporary operator's card, lim
ited as to duration and application, should be, issued
instead of a permanent card, where a tool is rented or
where such a card is appropriate for. the job to be done.
(b) Operator's Card. Possession of Card. Each qualified oper-
ator shall -have an operator's card certifying qualification in the tool
being used which shall lie in the possession of the operator at all times
while using :that tool and shall be displayed upon request.
0
27-1
170.62 IN Du m iAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 70, No. 48-11-28-70)
'(c) Revocation of Card. (1) ,Failure to comply with any -or all
rules and regulations herein contained shall be sufficient' cause for the J
immediate revocation of an operator's card, and he must surrender
it upon demand of the Division'of Industrial Safety.
(2) Revoked operator's cards may be reinstated only. by !
petitioning the Division or by a hearing before the- Division.
(d) Description, of ' Catd. (1) The purpose of, the -operator's
card shall be to certify .that .the operator has completed the required
training to .become- a qualified operator.
(2) The card shall be of a size (approximately 21 inches
by 3j inches) which will readily fit into.,a =wallet.
(3) The face of the card shall include the following text:
QUALIFIED OPERATOR—POWDER-ACTUATED
FASTENING TOOLS
Date---=---=--'------------=------=-------------
Serial Number -------------------------=----------
This certifies that (name of operator), has received the
prescribed training in the operation of powder -actuated
fastening tools manufactured by (name of manufacturer).
---------------- -- (Authorized Issuer) ------
The face of the card shall bear the signature of the issuer •
of the card, authorized as provided in clause (e) below.
(4) There shall be a statement"on the card signed by the
operator, reading: "I have received instruction 'in the safe
operation of powder -actuated fastening tools of the makes and
models specified, and I agree to conform to the rules and
regulations governing their use."
---------- =--------------------------------- =----------
(Signature of Operator)
(5) _ There shall be printed on the card a notation read-
ing:
ead-ing: "Revocation of Card—Failure to comply with any or all
of the rules and regulations for safe operation of powder -actu-
ated fastening tools shall be sufficient cause for the revocation -
of this card, and it must be surrendered upon demand of the
Division of Industrial Safety.
(e) Method of Issuance of. Card. The manufacturer 'of a tool
shall establish an. appropriate program to instruct personnel of its
various dealers and distributors in .the proper technical training and
testing of operators and issuance of operator's cards. Operator's cards
with respect to tools of a particular manufacturer shall be issued to
-persons entitled thereto, as hereinabove provided, by ,either
27-2
TITLE 8 Dimm of INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.63
• CoxsTRUOTION SAFETY ORDERB
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
(1) A dealer or distributor of such tools who has been
authorized by the. tool manufacturer to issue such cards, or
(2) By employees of such tool manufacturer who are so
authorized by such tool manufacturer, or
(3) Any other party who has been certified by the Divi-
sion of Industrial Safety as qualified and authorized to issue
cards with respect to tools of such manufacturer.
1686. Approvals. (a) Approval Required. Written approval
by the Division is required for all tools described in this Article within
6 months after the effective date of these Orders.
(b) Approval Application. When submitting an application 'for
approval of a tool orits modification, the manufacturer shall certify
in writing that such tool or modification meets the following require-
ments.
(c) Numbering. Each approved tool shall legibly bear some
permanent indication as to its model and serial number, which shall
serve as a means of identification for checking approved tools.
. 1687. Design Requirements (High Velocity). Tools (except pis-
ton tools—low -velocity type) submitted for approval shall have char-
acteristics outlined below and, in the discretion of the manufacturer,
any additional safety features he may wish to incorporate.
• (a) Protective Shield or Guard. (1) The muzzle end of the tool
shall have a protective shield or guard at least 3a inches in
diameter, mounted perpendicular to the barrel and designed
to confine any flying fragments or particles that might other-
wise create a hazard at the time of firing.
(2) Where a standard shield or guard cannot be used, or
where it does not cover all apparent avenues through which
flying particles might escape, a special shield or guard, fixture
or jig, designed and built by the manufacturer of the tool
being used, which provides this degree of protection, shall be
used as a substitute.
. (3) The tool shall be so designed that it cannot be fired
unless it is equipped with a standard protective shield or
guard, or a special shield or guard, fixture or jig.
(b) Firing Mechanism. (1) The firing, mechanism shall be so
designed that the tool cannot fire during assembly, loading,
or preparation to fire, or if the tool is dropped while loaded.
(2) `Firing of the tool shall be dependent upon at least
2 separate and distinct operations of the operator with ,the
final " firing movement • being separate from the operation of
bringing the tool into the firing position.
(3) The tool shall be so designed as not to be operable
other than against a work surface and unless the operator is
0
170.64 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17.65)
holding the tool against the work ,surface with a force of at
least 5 pounds greater than the total weight of the" tool.
(4) The tool shall be so designed that it will not operate
when equipped with the. standard guard indexed to the center
position, if the bearing surface of the guard is tilted more
than 8 degrees from contact with the work surface.
(c) Variable Power. The tool shall be so designed that positive
means of varying the ' power are available or can be made available to
the operator as part of the tool, or as an auxiliary, in order to make it
possible. for the operator to select a power level adequate ,to perform
the desired work without excessive force.
(d) Inspection. The tool shall be so designed that all breeching
parts will be reasonably visible to allow a check for any foreign matter
that may be present..
(e) Construction, The tool shall be so designed that all parts of
the tool will be of adequate strength to resist maximum. stresses ex-
pected upon firing when using any commercially available power load
which will chamber in the tool.
1688. Design Requirements (Low Velocity). Piston tools—low-
velocity type submitted for approval shall have characteristics out-
lined below and, in the discretion of the manufacturer, any additional
safety features he may wish to incorporate.
(a) Protective Shield or Guards. The muzzle end, of the tool •
shall be designed so that suitable protective shield, guards, jigs, or fix-
tures designed and built by the manufacturer of the tool being used
can be mounted perpendicular to the barrel.
,(b) Firing Mechanism. (1) The firing mechanism shall be so
designed that the tool cannot fire while loading or preparation
to fire or if the tool is dropped while loaded.
(2) Fir_ ing of the tool shall be dependent upon at least
2 separate and distinct operations of the operator with the
final firing movement being separate from the operation of
bringing the tool into the firing position.
(3) The tool shall be so designed as not to be operable
other than against a,work surface and unless the operator is
holding the tool against the work surface with a force of at
least 5 pounds greater than the total weight of the tool.
(c) Variable Power. The tool shall be so designed that positive
means of varying the power are available or can be made available
to the operator as ,part of the tool, or as an auxiliary, in order to make
it possible for the operator to select a power level adequate to perform
the desired work without excessive force.
(d) Inspection. The tool shall be so designed that all breeching
parts will be reasonably visible to allow a check for any foreign matter
that may be present. ,
•
27-4
TITLE 8 DmsIoN of INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.65
CONSTRUOTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
(e) Construction. The tool shall be so designed that all parts
of the tool will be of adequate strength to resist maximum stresses ex-
pected upon firing when using any commercially available power load
which will chamber in the tool.
1689. Servicing. (a) The tool shall be tested each day. before
loading to see that safety devices are in proper working condition.
(b) Method of testing shall be in accordance with the manufac,
turer's recommended procedure.
(c) Any tool found not in proper working order shall be immedi-
ately removed from service and not used until proper repairs are made.
The owner of the tool must have it serviced and inspected at regular
intervals not to exceed 1 year by competent service personnel and shall
not permit it to be altered or repaired except• by repairmen supplied/
or authorized by the manufacturer. Records shall be kept of such
servicing showing date, extent, and . serial number of tool serviced.
Such service record shall be kept in the tool box.
1690. Limitations of Use. (a) Use Requirement. Only ap-
proved tools shall be used or kept for use.
- (b) Materials. Fasteners shall not be driven into very hard or
brittle materials including ,but not limited to cast' iron, glazed tile,
surface hardened steel, glass block, live rock, face brick, or hollow tile.
(c) Piercing of Materials. Driving- into soft materials shall be
avoided unless they are backed by a substance that will prevent the
pin or fastener from passing completely through and creating a flying
missile hazard on the other side.
(d) Distance from Edge of Material. (1) Fasteners shall not be
driven directly into materials such as brick or concrete closer
than 3 inches from the unsupported edge or corner or into
steel surfaces closer than J inch from the unsupported, edge
or corner, unless a special guard, fixture, or jig is used.
(2) When fastening other material such as a 2 -inch by
4 -inch wood section to a concrete surface, it is permissible to
drive a fastener of no greater than 17 -inch 'shank diameter,
not closer than 2 inches from the unsupported. edge or corner
of the work surface.
(e) Pre -Drilled Holes. Fasteners shall not be driven through
existing holes unless a positive guide is used to secure accurate align-
ment.
(f) Spalling. No fastening shall be attempted into a spalled
area caused by an unsatisfactory fastening.
(g) Explosive Atmosphere. Tools shall not be used in an explo-
sive or flammable atmosphere.
(h) Stud, Pin; or Fastener. Only such devices. specially designed
and manufactured for these tools shall be used, or permitted to be used.
• 6-86931
27-5
170.66 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
'(Register, 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
1691.' Tool Handling:- (a) Safety Goggles. No operator shall
use a ' tool unless he is using approved eye protection -such as hoods,
safety goggles,. or safety glasses.
(b) Inspection.. Before using a tool, the operator shall inspect -it
to determine to his satisfaction that it is clean, that � all moving parts
operate freely, and that the barrel is free from obstructions.
(c) .Defect During Use. When a. tool develops a defect during
use, the operator shall immediately, cease to use it and contact com-
petent service personnel to. make whatever repairs may be necessary.
(d) Tool Handling.. Tools shall not be loaded until just prior -
to the intended .firing time. Neither loadednor empty tools are to be
pointed at any workmen, and hands should be kept clear of open barrel
end.
(e) Loading. -No tool shall be loaded unless being prepared for
immediate use, nor shall an unattended tool be left loaded.
(f) Misfires. In case of -a misfire; the operator shall hold the tool
in the operating position for at least 15 seconds and shall continue to
hold- the muzzle against the work surface during disassembly or opening
of the tool and removal of the powder load.
(g) . Safeguarding. and Storage. A tool shall never be left unat-
tended in'a place where it would be available to unauthorized persons.
(h) Cartridge Storage. , Cartridges shall be kept in a suitable
enclosure or container and shall be kept locked against pilferage and
theft. Cartridges may be stored in the box or enclosure used for storage
of -powder -actuated tools. Cartridges shall be kept in original packages
completely separated from other contents of the enclosure and from
other cartridges of varied force or charge.
(i) The following notice shall be attached conspicuously on the
inside cover of the box: "WARNING! POWDER -ACTUATED TOOL...
TO BE USED ONLY .BY A QUALIFIED OPERATOR AND KEPT
UNDER LOCK AND KEY WHEN NOT IN USE."
1. (j) Notice of Use. An 81 -inch by 11 -inch or larger`.sign, reading
"POWDER -ACTUATED TOOL IN USE .ON THIS PROJECT," shall
)e posted in plain sight -at all areas where such tools are used.
1692. Power Loads.
Note: To be used until new Subsection (a) below -be-
comes effective.
(a) Identification. A .standard means of identifying the force
of power load charges contained in the various cartridges to be used.
in tools shall be used. Such means_ of identification shall be a uniform
color system as follows:.
Colors Charges . Colors Charges
Brown __________________Extra Light fled --------------------- _--- Heavy
Green ________________________Light Purple ________________-Extra Heavy
Yellow _____________________Medium Black ------------------------ SuDer
•
TrrLZ 8 DIVISION Or INDUSTRIAL SAFETY -170.67
CONBTRUCTION SAirETY ORDERS
(Register 66, No. 12-`7-17-P5)•
(b) Optional Identification. Where means other than the size 'of
charge in power load charges are to be used to control -the penetration,
an irlantifleatinn mathnd. aeePntahlP to the l)ivicinn shall hP amnlnvarl_
TO BECOME EFFECTIVE JUNE 1, 1966
(a) Identification. ' (1) A standard- means of identifying
the strengths of power load charges contained in vari-
ous cartridges to be used in. tools, shall be used, as pro-
vided herein.
(2) ,The power load strength shall be described by
load numbers ranging from 1 to 12, with the strengths
increasing in steps as the load numbers increase.
(3) Color identification as provided herein shall be
placed on the cartridge or wadding of each .power load.
The cartridge case color for, load numbers T. through 6
shall be brass and the cartridge case color load numbers
7 through 12 shall be nickel.
(4) The load color in combination. with the cart-
ridge case color shall identify each power load strength
-as shown in the table below:
Color Identifeation
Load -Number Cartridge Case Color Load Color
1 ----------------------------- Brass Gray
2--------------=--------------- Brass Brown
_________________ Brass Green
4"-----=----------------------- Brass Yellow
______________ Brass Red
•6 ---------------------------- Brass Purple
7 ---------=------------------- Nickel Gray
8 --------=----------------- -- Nickel Brown'
9 _____________________________ Nickel Green
10 ------------------------------ Nickel : Yellow
11 ---=------------------------- Nickel Red
12" --=-----------"--------------- Nickel Purple.
(b) Optional Identification. Where means other than the
size of charge in power load- charges are to be used to control
the penetration, an identification method acceptable to the Di-
vision shall be employed.
27-7
TITLE 8 Dmsiox of INnvsTRUL SAFETY 170.69
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY OsDEss
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
Article 28. Miscellaneous Construction Equipment
1695. Pneumatic Tools. Safety clips or retainers shall be 'in-
stalled on, pneumatic impact tools. to prevent dies and tools from being
accidentally expelled from the barrel, or other effective means to pre-
vent accidents from this source shall be used..
1696. Portable Compressors. (a) When portable compressors
on wheels stand unattached to other equipment, they shall be posi-
tively locked, blocked, or otherwise adequately prevented from rolling.
,(b) Fans shall be guarded with a shroud or side screens.
(c) Compressed air tanks shall be drained of liquid as recom-
mended by the manufacturer's specifications. This shall normally be
done not less than once -a day' unless special design features require
another time interval.
(d) Compressor safety valves shall be popped at least weekly.
(e) Compressed air tanks must comply with certain other safety
orders. of the. Division applying to tank design, safety devices, and
operating permits.
1697. Weed Burner Pressure Hoses. The hose on weed -burning
equipment shall, be of a type designed to handle_ the pressure and
solvents used. Water hose shall not be _used.
1698 ConcreteE uipment (a) Concrete Misers Concrete "
• q .
mixers equipped with 1 -yard, or larger, loading skips shall be provided
with a device to clear the skip of material. Skip clearing shall not be
done: by a worker standing, under or near a :raised skip while striking .
it,with a hand-held implement.
(b) On'
concrete mixers of 1 yard capacity, or larger, guardrails
of pipe or similar material shall be provided on each side of the dan-
gerous area under the raised skip,.
(c) Handles -on -bull floats shall be constructed of nonmetallic and
nonconductive" material."
('d) Concrete troweling machines—of the ' powered, rotating=
blade type—that are guided manually shall be equipped with a control
or switch that will automatically shut off the power whenever the
operator removes his hands from the -equipment handles.
1699. Hand Tools. (a) Tools having mushroomed heads, split
or defective handles, worn parts, :or other defects that impair their
strength or.- render' them unsafe for use shall be removed from service
and shall nt be reissued until the necessary repairs have been made.
(b) Tools not needed for the work to be done shall not be left on
scaffolds, ladders, or overhead levels. When work is being performed
overhead on scaffolds, ladders, or on other surfaces, positive "methods
shall be used to prevent tools from falling.
88-1
i
170.70 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE- 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
1700. Application Equipment. , When air hose, water hose, elec-
tric cable, or other equipment of this type is used .on staging by a
workman, it shall ,be securely' fastened to' a substantial- anchorage inde-
pendent of the workman. The anchorage shall be at or near the work-
ing level, and the hose or other equipment shall.be attached at a point
no more than 15 feet £rom the working end.
1701, Hot Pipes and Hot surfaces. - Pipes or other exposed me-
tallic .surfaces having an external surface temperature sufficient to burn
animal tissue, on momentary contact where subject to contact within
7 feet measured vertically from floor or working level or within 15
inches measured horizontally from stairways, ramps, or fixed ladders
shall be covered with a thermal insulating material or otherwise guarded
against contact.
1702. Warning signs. There shall be conspicuously displayed .
at all machines driven by electric motors. that are ,controlled by fully-
automatic
ullyautomatic starters and which may cause injury .permanent signs giving
warning that the machines are automatically controlled and may start
at any time.
1703. Rigging Equipment. (a) All cable, hooks, slings; bridles, '
and other rigging shall be of correct size for the work to be done and
shall .have strength sufficient according to, the manufacturer's specifi-
cations to sustain the load imposed upon them.
- (b) Wire bridle shall have a covering of marline, rubber hose, or •
other ,suitable material for the protection of employees' hands at _the
splice.
1704. Pneumatically Driven,Nailers and staplers. (a) All
pneumatically driven nailers and- stplers which operate at more than
100 psi pressure at the tool, shall have asafety device on the muzzle
to prevent the tool from operating unless muzzle is in contact with the
surface, or shall- have a positive locking device for the trigger, or
equivalent, to prevent accidental discharge.
(b) When not in. use, or unattended, all pneumatically driven
nailers and staplers shall be disconnected from the air supply at the,
tool.
(c) Pressure ' Hoses. (1) All hoses ,exceeding j inch inside .di-
anieter shall have a safety device at the source of supply or
branch _line to reduce pressure in case of hose failure.
(2) When the operator is working on an elevated level 7j
feet or more in height, above ground or working level, a'cable
shall, be attached to the hose and secured to a .substantial
support.
(d)_ All personnel other than tool operators are restricted from
the .area within,.10 .feet of the tool` when in use.
(e) When these tools are used on roofs of j pitch and steeper, the
operator shall wear a safety belt with a life line securely fastened to a
28-2
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.71
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDER$
(Register 65, No. 12-7.17-65)
substantial anchorage. On roofs of J pitch or steeper, the air hose shall
be secured at roof level in such a manner as to provide ample, but not
excessive, amounts of hose. One-third pitch is a slope ratio of 8 -inch
'vertical to 12 -inch horizontal. One-quarter pitch is a slope ratio of 6 -
inch vertical to 12 -inch horizontal.
1705. Airless Spray Guns. (a) Airless spray guns of the type
which atomizes paints and fluids at high pressures (1,000 pounds, or
more per square inch) shall be equipped with automatic or VISIBLE
MANUAL safety devices which will prevent pulling of the trigger to
prevent release of the paint or fluid until the safety device is manually
released.
(b) In lieu of (a) above, a diffuser nut which will prevent higr
pressure, high velocity release, while the nozzle tip is removed, plus s
nozzle tip guard which will prevent the tip from coming into contact
with the operator, or other equivalent protection, shall be provided.
Note: All airless spray guns shall be approved by the
Division of Industrial Safety within 90 days of the effective
date of these orders.
1706. LP -Gas Fired Space Heaters. (a) The floor areas imme
diately adjacent 'to where such heaters are used must be kept cleat
and clear of combustible materials.
• (b) While a building is under construction or alteration ani
before occupancy, not more than 60. U. S. gallons of 'LP -Gas shall b(
permitted in any one room having a floor area of 2,000 square feet
or less or in any floor -area of 2,000 square feet in rooms having floor
areas exceeding 2,000 square feet. Under all other conditions the provi•
sions of Order 492 (a) of the Unfired Pressure Vessel Safety Orders
shall apply.
(c) No cylinders or tanks, of LP -Gas shall be filled or stored in
any building under construction or renovation. The cylinders shall be
removed from the building and into an area at least 10 feet from any
building or source of ignition when being refilled.
(d) The valves and connections on the cylinders shall be protected
by a cap or collar during transportation, storage, and handling to pre-
vent damage to the valves and fittings.
(e) The cylinders shall be in a position to keep the safety. valve
in direct communication with the vapor space in the cylinder at all
times.
(f) When in use, the LPG fuel cylinder shall be installed so that
the heat from the burner will not increase temperature of the tank
more than 10 degrees Fahrenheit after 1 hour of operation of the
burner at full capacity.
(g) Means shall be provided to prevent the cylinders from being
accidentally knocked over or upset. This can be done by chaining or
securing each cylinder to a column or wall or by use of a stand.
26-3
170.72 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
(h) Adequate ventilation close to the floor must be provided so
any escaping or unburnt gas_ is dispersed..
(i) Heaters shall be equipped with a 100 percent safety pilot,
have regulation stamped LP -Gas hose and LP -Gas pressure regulator,
and be in safe working order.
Note: The fire department having jurisdiction in the area
where LP -Gas is used in this service shall be notified before
LP -Gas heaters are used.
i
28.4
TITLE 8 DIVISION of INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.73
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 73, No. 44-11-3-73)
.Article 29. Erection and Construction
1709. Overloading Prohibited_. No building, structure, or part
thereof, or any temporary support or scaffolding in connection there-
with shall be loaded in excess of its safe carrying capacity.
History: 1. Renumbering from Section 1710 filed 11-1-73; effective thirtieth
day thereafter (Register 73, No.44).
1710. Erection of Trusses and Beams. (a) Trusses and beams
shall be braced laterally progressively during construction to prevent
-.buckling or overturning. The first member shall be plumbed in, its
permanent position and positively braced and/or guyed against shifting
before succeeding members" are erected and secured to it. The total
system shall be adequately braced and stabilized to the foundation, to
suitable anchors buried in the ground, or by other equivalent method.
(b) Erection .Guide for Trusses and Beams. Over 25 Feet Long.
During construction the magnitude and ` placement of applied loads
shall be.held within safe limits by the "respective employer (s). An erec-
tion plan and procedure provided by a civil engineer registered . in
California, shall be.followed, and shall be kept available on the job site.
History: 1. Renumbering from Section 1711 filed 11-1-73; effective thirtieth
day thereafter (Register 73, No. 44).
1711. Oiling Forms. The oiling of floor .panels that are in place
shall not be done until the carpentry work on the form has been ^om-
pleted. "
History: 1. Renumbering from Section 1712 filed .11-1-73; effective thirtieth
day thereafter (Register 73, No. 44).
1712. Guarding of Protruding.Reinforcing Steel. No employee
shall be permitted to work above vertically protruding reinforcing
:steel until it has been so protected that .the employee cannot fall or be
impaled on it. This may be accomplished by bending the steel over or
covering with suitable timber or other material, or by other suitable
method. See Plate C-25. in Appendix.
History: 1. Renumbering from Section 1713 filed 11-1-73,; effective thirtieth
day thereafter (Register 73, No. 44).
1713. Erection of Framing. (a) Framed panels for structures
shall be securely anchored or braced to prevent them from falling.
(b) Form panels for concrete structures shall be securely anchored
or braced to prevent them from falling or collapsing. Such panels that
__-exceed 500 pounds in weight shall have positive lifting .attachments,
with safety factors of, 4,.that do not depend, on strength of nailing onto,
the panel for safe handling ,and placement. .
(c) Attachment of guys to standing panels shall be of a positive
type, and reinforcing steel shall not be used as guy attachments at the
deadman' or other anchorage points.
History: 1. Renumbering from Section 1714 filed 11-1-73; effective thirtieth
day thereafter, ( Register 73, No. 44) .
i "
29-1
170.74 INDusTwAL RELATION4 TITLE R
(Register 73, No. 44-11-3-73)
1714. Precast Panel Erection. (a) An erection plan and proce-
dure shall be prepared by a .civil or structural engineer registered in
California and kept.,available at the job site. Periodic job site visits
shall be made by the responsible engineer, (or his authorized representa-
tive) during the course of erection to view site conditions and proce-
dures. Any proposed field modifications shall first be approved by the
responsible engineer and then added to the plan and procedure avail-
able at the job site.
(b) Initial placement of panels shall be made using all the per-
manent attaching bolts before release of liftinv load hne.
(c) Attaching bolts shall not be released after load linels removed.
(d) When initial attachment of panels depends unon the snot
welding of clips, washers or similar devices to the structural steel, such
welding shall be of adequate strength to positively restrain the panels
until the permanent welds are made.
(e) Adjustment of panels,. after initial placement, which requires
the lifting of the panel in anv manner shall not .be made unless wire
rope safety tie backs are used or the panels are reattached to a load
line equivalent to that used in the original placement.
History: 1. New Rection filed 11-1-73, effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reg-
ister 73, No. 44) .
1715. Precast Concrete Construction, Including Tilt-up: (a)
The lifting attachments in precast concrete shall provide sufficient
strength and be properly designed for the expected loads, including
impact. Bent bars of concrete reinforcing steel shall not be used as
lifting attachments if the load to be imposed on any such attachment
will exceed 2,000 pounds. Concrete reinforcing steel to be used in this
manner shall be of such size and, design that the factor of safety will _
be at least 10. The radii of all bends shall be not less than 6 bar diam-
eters. See Plate C-14 in Appendix for suggestions on tilt-up erection.
(b) When precast walls or vertical panels are erected, the bracing
must be designed and installed :to withstand a wind load of at least
10 pounds per square foot. Braces or shores used for this purpose must
have positive attachments at each end that do not rely 'on slotted or
similar clips of a type that might become disengaged from a lateral
force on the shore.
(c) Vacuum Lifting. Concrete panels, slabs, or other structural '
members shall have lifting surfaces clean, well bonded, and monolithic
before vacuum lifting is attempted.
1716. Lift-Slab Operations. (a) Columns. The building col-
umns and related structural elements shall be adequate, according to
recognized engineering formulas and standards, to resist without undue
deflection all vertical and lateral loads to which they will be subjected
during and after slab-lifting operations. Credit may be taken for the
effect of temporary braces, shores, guys, or other column-strengthening
methods.
•
29-2
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.74.1
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS .
(Register 73, No. 44-11-3-73)
Each lift -slab project - shall be planned ' in advance to . determine
whether or not temporary supports or bracing is required during the
erection stage. Conclusions reached shall' be justified by calculations
and' described by sketches or written instructions approved by a quali-
fied professional engineer or architect, preferably a structural engineer
with previous lift -slab experience. The approved. sketches and/or in-
structions shall be adequately complete to describe all necessary safe-
guards, and shall be available at the project site during and for 1 week
prior to slab -lifting -operations.
(b) Jacks.' Jacking equipment shall not be loaded beyond safe
working capacity, and the, threaded rods or other .members that trans-
mit loads to the jacks shall have a factor of safety of at least 2J.
(1) `Jacks shall be so designed or equipped that they will
not continue to lift when overloaded. In the case of hydraulic
or air -operated jacks, this may ' be accomplished by , regn-
lators that'limit the magnitude of operating pressure delivered
to the jacks.
(2) A safety device shall be provided on each jack so
that it will continue to support its load in a raised position;
even if . a failure should destroy or interfere with its jacking
ability.
(c) Jack operation shall be synchronized so that the slab is lifted
evenly, with an elevation at all points of support within I inch of that
needed to maintain a level slab. If this is accomplished with automatic ,
controls, such controls shall be of a fail-safe type that will stop the ,
whole operation in the event of a failure that interferes with -proper
functioning of any important part.
29-2.1
170.74.2 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE .8
(Register 73, No. 44-11-3-73)
29-2.2
TITLE' 8 DIVISION of INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ' 170.75
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
-(Register 73, Noe 49-12-8-73)
If the proper level is maintained by manual controls, such. con-
trols shall be at a central location, with a trained operator in attend-
ance where lifting is in progress. The maximum number, of manually
controlled jacks operating oin 1 slab should be limited .to 14, and shall
never be so numerous that the operator fails to keep, the slab level,
within specified limits. There shall be a control for each jack and indi-
eators that continuously register the relative elevations at each pick-up
point.
1717. Falsework and Vertical Shoring. , (a) Design Loads.
(1) All falsework systems shall be so- designed with ade-
quate conilections between the members to assure the ability to
withstand all imposed loads during erection, construction,
usage and removal.
(2) The minimum total, design load. for any formwork
and shoring shall be not less than• 100 pounds per square foot
for the combined live and dead load regardless of slab thick-
ness; : however, the minimum -allowance for,. live+ load and
formwork shall be not less than 20 pounds per square foot in
addition to the weight of the concrete.
When the equipment listed below is used,the above fig- _
ures shall be increased in all cases by the amounts shown.
Man propelled carts________ 10 pounds per square, foot.
Motorized carts____________ -25 pounds per square, foot.
Special consideration shall be given and the necessary
additional allowances made for- any unusual circumstances
such as floor hoppers, concentrated' piles of reinforcing steel
bars, ;or similar loads.
(3) The -lateral loads for shoringto be resisted at each
floor in .both directions by, diagonal bracing, or other means,
shall be taken at not less than 100 pounds per lineal foot of .
floor edge or two percent of the total dead -load-whichever < is
greater.
(4) When temporary storage of reinforeing'rods, mate-
rial, or, equipment on top of formwork becomes necessary,
special. consideration shall be given by the. ,responsible super-
visor . to the proper distribution of loads in these areas, or
they should be strengthened to meet these Toads. \
(b) Design. (1) For. all falsework or vertical shoring installa-
tions where the height of the falsework or vertical shoring, as
measured from the -top of the sills to the soffit' of the super- ;
structure, exceeds 14 , feet, or- 'individual horizontal span
lengths exceed 16 feet, or provision for vehicular or railroad
traffic.. through the falsework or vertical shoring is made, de- _
tailed design calculations and working drawings shall be ap-
proved and signed by an engineer who is registered as a
civil engineer in the State of. California.
29.5
170.76 IxnvsT uL RmAmNs TITLE 8
(Register 73, No. 49-12-8-73)
(2) For all other falsework and vertical shoring installa-
tions, a registered civil engineer in the State of California
or a manufacturer's authorized representative or\ a licensed
contractor's representative qualified in the usage and erection
of falsework and vertical shoring shall approve and sign the
falsework plan or shoring layout.
(3) The Division may require that evidence,be submitted
to justify the design for_any falsework or vertical shoring in-
stallation.
(4) A falsework plan or a shoring layout shall be avail-
able on the job site at all times.
(5) All vertical supports shall be erected on a properly
compacted and reasonably level and stable base. Plate, pads
and load bearing characteristics of the soil shall be adequate
to support the imposed loads. Reasonable. precautions shall
be taken so that weather and pouring conditions do not change
the load -carrying capacity of the soil below the designated
minimum.
(c) Inspection. (1) After construction of the falsework or ver-
tical shoring system enumerated in 1717(b) (1) and prior to
placement of concrete, an engineer who is registered as a civil
engineer in the State of California or his authorized repre-
sentative, shall supervise the inspection of the falsework or
vertical shoring system for conformity with the working draw-
ings, and the civil engineer or his authorized representative
performing the inspection shall certify in writing that the
falsework or vertical shoring system substantially does so con-
form to the working drawings, and that the materials and
workmanship are satisfactory for the purpose intended. A
copy of 'this certification shall be available at the site of the
work at all times.
(2) After the construction of any other falsework or
vertical shoring system, a registered civil engineer in the
State of California or a manufacturer's authorized representa-
tive or a licensed contractor's representative qualified in the
usage and 'erection of falsework and vertical shoring shall
inspect such falsework or vertical. shoring prior to' the place-
ment of concrete and shall certify in writing that it complies
with the falsework plan or shoring layout and that the mate-
rials and workmanship are satisfactory for the purpose in-
tended. A copy of this certification shall be available at the
site of the work at all times.
(d) Work Area and Procedures.. (1) Where wood shores are
butt spliced, they shall be made with square joints and be
adequately secured on four sides with not less than 2 -inch
material or of 5/8 -inch plywood of the same width as the post.
The scabs shall extend at least two feet beyond the joint.
29.4
TITLE 8 DIVISioir or INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.77
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY O$DESB .
(Register 73, No. 49-12-8-73)
-(2) Where metal shore clamps are used, they shall be
installed according to manufacturer's specifications.
(3) In lieu of requirements for standard walkways and
work platforms in the immediate area where forms are 'being
installed, joists or similar members not less than 51/2 inches
wide and on centers not to exceed 36 inches shall be provided.
(4) When the formwork and shoring are being erected,
the first set of protective guardrails shall be installed at the
perimeter immediately after such supporting members are in
place. Railings are to be installed and maintained at perim-
eter of and at openings in all floors of buildings and sides
of bridge decks at all times. Workmen installing the guard-
rails should be standing on ladders or solid construction.
(5) All platforms 71/2 feet or more in height, such as
those used for nailing joistpans, or when stripping any form-
work, prior to the dismantling of shores, shall have a guard-.
rail on one side of the platform.
(6) In the area immediately adjacent to where the joists
or similar members are being installed, a 12 -inch wide plank -
resting on the joists and placed next to a steel member is
acceptable as a walkway for distributing joists.
, (7) Men shall be prohibited from working below a floor
form installation, except for men actually engaged, in the
in-stallation; removal, or inspection. Warning signs to this effect
shall be posted at the perimeter of the affected area.
History: 1. Editorial correction in subsection (b) (Register'70, No. 48).
2. Repealer and new section filed 12-6-73; effective thirtieth day
thereafter (Register 73, No. 49).
1718. Riding on Hooks, Slings, and Loads Rostricted. (a) No
person shall be permitted to ride on loads, hooks, or slings of any
derrick, hoist, or crane, except:
(1) Workmen may ride loads supported by high lines at
projects like dams, bridges, etc., when it is necessary to spot
the load. Only authorized workmen shall be permitted to ride
such loads.
(2) In certain ,instances a worker may ride the hook or
structural member to or from a special job- at an elevated
point, provided he is secured by a safety belt or equivalent,
and further provided the mechanism lifting him is under
positive control of the operator by being positive powered up
and down.
29-5
170.78 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 73, No. 49-12-8-73) :
•
�J
29-6
0
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.79
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
- Article 30. Roofing Operations and Equipment
Note: Applicable parts of this Article shall apply wherever
kettles or pots with capacities in excess of 5 gallons are used
in providing hot, tar -like materials for construction or. main-
tenance operations.
See Appendix for additional information on roofing safety.
1725. Handling of Buckets and Kettles. (a) Buckets contain-
ing hot tar shall not be carried up ladders.
(b) Not more than 1 bucket of hot tar shall,be carried at 1 time
by a worker on a roof of I pitch, or steeper. (This is a slope ratio of
6 inch vertical to 12 inch horizontal.)
(c) Buckets used in carrying service shall not be filled so full
that the liquid surface is within 4 inches of the top. No other container
transporting hot tar shall,be filled beyond 75 percent of capacity.
(d) An attendant shall -be within 100 feet of the kettle at all times
while the burner flame is on, with no ladders or similar obstacles form-
ing a part of the route to be taken to reach the kettle.
Exception: If a kettle is controlled by an operating thermo-
stat, the above distance and route limitations do not apply, pro-
vided that arrangements are made for needed kettle service.
(a) A clear path, free of debris, shall be maintained between the
kettle and the hoist or hand line.
(f) When moving the kettle on any public street or roadway, it
shall be drained at least 5 inches below the splash rail.
(g) When in use, the LPG fuel cylinder shall be installed so that
the heat from the burner will not increase the temperature of the tank
more than 10 degrees Fahrenheit 'after 1 hour of operation of the
burner at full capacity.
1726. Handling Coal Tar Pitch. (a) When coal tar pitch is
being handled, suitable skin protection substances shall be readily
available at the job site for , the use of workmen.
(b) Suitable respiratory and eye protection shall be readily avail-
able to workers handling coal tar pitch in confined spaces where ven-
tilation is inadequate to promptly dissipate the fumes and vapors.
. (c) Suitable washing or cleansing facilities shall be available for
use on exposed skin surfaces of those handling coal tar pitch.
1727. Tar Buckets and Gallows Frames. (a) Every tar bucket
used by roofers or workers in similar trades shall be made of No. 24
gauge or heavier sheet steel and shall have a metal,bail of 4 inch diam-
eter or larger material. The bail shall be fastened to offset ears or
80-1
170.80 INDUSTRuL RELA'rioNF TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
equivalent which have been riveted, welded, or otherwise securely at-
tached to the bucket.
(1) Mop buckets shall not have a capacity in excess of
9J gallons. No mop bucket shall be used as a carrying bucket
(2) Carrying buckets shall not have a capacity in excess
of 6 gallons.
(b) Gallows frames shall be made of "selected lumber," or mate-
rial of equivalent strength firmly bolted or nailed together. Construc-
tion may be as illustrated in Plate C-18, Appendix, or alternate designs
provided equivalent or greater strength shall be used. Gallows frames
shall be securely tied back to solid construction on the roof at all times
while in use. The tieback should be of new Manila rope not less than
J inch in diameter, or equivalent, tied securely to the tailpiece, stretched
tight, and lashed to an object on the roof suitable to provide secure
anchorage to hold the frame in place when loaded.
Note: Gallows frames are intended for single line hand use
and muscular power only. Any attachment of a power system,
winch, hoist, or blocks and falls is prohibited, unless the sys-
tem complies with Article .15, Section 1613, of these Orders.
1728. Tar Kettles. (a) The covers on kettles shall be con-
structed to lock tightly, and shall have vents providing a total open
area of not less than 5 square inches.
(b) Kettles shall be equipped with adjustable supports for use in
setting kettles so that they are prevented from turning over.
(c) Relief Valve. The fuel tank of every kettle that depends
upon the pressure of power -pumped (machine compressed) air for fuel
delivery shall be equipped with a spring-loaded relief valve set to pop
at a pressure not to exceed themaximum safe working pressure of the
vessel, but in no case greater than 60 pounds per square inch.
(d) A dry chemical or other- approved fire extinguisher rated at
least 16:B.C. shall be kept near all kettles with a capacity from 150 to
350 gallons at all times the kettle burners are being operated. For
smaller kettles an extinguisher with at least an B:B.C. rating shall
be provided and for kettles larger than 350 gallons, extinguishers shall
have not less than a 20:B.C. rating:
(e) An extension handle of sufficient length to permit safe closing
of a stuck spigot shall be attached to kettle. at all times.
Note: See Sections on LP -Gas Use—Article 32.
1729. Kettles Mounted and Used on Elevated Truck Beds. (a)
Platforms must be- designed and constructed to:
(1) Carry imposed load without excessive tipping or dis-
tortion.
(2) Provide a clear work area at least 4 feet wide at the
accessible sides and ends of the kettle, including an unob-
structed 4 -foot passageway between the kettle spigot and the
roof.
(3) Provide a fireproof platform or platform covering.
30-2
•
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRUL SAFETY 170.81
CONSTRUCTION. SAFETY ORnEBs
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
(b) .An access ladder to the platform must be provided. This
ladder shall be fixed or be provided with an easily engaged attachment
bracket that will prevent ladder slippage. Ladder rails must extend
30 inches above_ platform, unless adequate handholds above the plat-
form are. provided.
(c) A railing 42 inches to 45 inches high with midrail shall be
provided around the edges of -the platform.-
(d)
latform:(d) The platform shall be kept reasonably free. from tar drippings.
(e) Kettle covers shall be closed when the truck .is in motion.
(f) Kettles shall be securely- attached to the platform so they will
not shift or.tip.
(g) Kettle burners must be extinguished when the track is moving.
(h) No riders are to. be allowed on the elevated platform while
the truck is in motion.
(i) Platforms which can be raised and, lowered shall be locked in
place when in an elevated position.
1730. Roof_ Hazards. (a) During roofing operations acceptable
provisions shall be made for protection of workmen from falling off
roofs, 'especially sloped roofs.
(b) Special provisions shall be taken for steep roofs .with a slope
of 7. vertical to 12 horizontal or greater. This may include one or more
of .the following methods or. equivalent':
(1) Use of a scaffold platform.
(2) Use of metal roof jacks.
(3) Use of a substantial toeboard at least 10 inches high.
Note: See 1670 (c) for additional requirements.
30-3
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.83
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register, 72, No. 7-2-12-72) .
Article 31. Demolition
1734. Supervision. (a) Demolition work shall at all times be
under the immediate supervision of a man with proper experience,
training, and authority to secure maximum safety for demolition
workers.
(b) Prior to starting demolition operations, an engineering sur-
vey of the structure shall be made by a properly qualified person to
determine the type and condition of the framing, floors, and walls to
prevent, collapse of any portion of the. structure. When indicated .as
advisable, any adjacent structure(s) should also be similarly checked.
History: 1. New subsection (b) filed 2-11-72; effective thirtieth day there-
after ( Register 72, No. 7) .
1735. Demolishing Buildings. (a) In demolishing any building
or structure or alteration involving partial demolition thereof, all ma-
terial displaced, unless required for reconstruction, shall be transported
immediately to the ground. The amount- of material stored upon any
structure or any portion of such structure shall not exceed its safe
carrying capacity.
(b) Except for the cutting of holes in floors for chutes, holes through
which to drop materials, preparation of storage space, and similar
necessary preparatory work, the demolition of exterior walls and floor
• construction shall begin at the top of the structure and proceed down-
ward and each story of exterior wall and floor construction shall be
removed .and dropped into the storage space before commencing the
removal of exterior walls and floors in the story next below.
Note: For selective demolition by explosives of build-
ing and structures, refer to appropriate sections of Article 8
and this section.
(c) Prior to starting demolition operations, all floor members shall
be thoroughly inspected by properly qualified persons to determine that
they are safe, before workmen are sent overhead to work. During demo-
lition, continuing inspections shall be made as the work progresses to
detect hazards -resulting from weakened or deteriorated floors or walls,
or loosened material. No workman shall be permitted to work where
such hazards exist until they are corrected by shoring, bracing, or other
effective means.
(d) No workman shall be required or permitted to stand or work
on the top of any wall more than 7J feet high on either side, unless
protected by railed platforms, safety belts, or equivalent protection.
(e) Sections of walls shall not be allowed to fall upon floors sup-
ported by wood joists or other floors unable to withstand such impact..
(f) Walkways not less than 20 inches wide, formed of materials
of adequate strength shall be provided where necessary for access—
walkirig across exposed floor joists, steel beams, or girders.
• ('g) Stair railings shall be left in position as long as possible.
31-1
170.84 INDusTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 7-2-12-72)
•
- (h) All workmen on demolition projects shall be protected from
falling material at employee entrances to multi -story structures being
demolished, by sidewalk sheds or canopies or both, providing protection
from the face of the building for a minimum of 8 feet. All such
canopies shall be at least two (2) feet wider than the building entrances
or openings (1 foot wider on each side thereof) and shall be capable
of sustaining a load of 150 pounds per square foot.
(i) Workers on demolition work shall be furnished and required
to wear hard_ hats. Safety goggles, shall also be provided and worn
when using jack hammers, chipping guns or similar equipment.
(j) All floor openings not used as material drops shall be covered
with planks or equivalent covering of adequate strength to support any
load .that might be placed thereon or it shall be fenced on all sides
by a railing and toeboard. This rule applies when work is being per-
formed, manually, unless the floor is sealed off.
(k) Exterior wall openings on all floors shall be protected to a
height of not less than 42 inches, except on the ground floor and the
floor being demolished.
(l) Where a hazard exists from fragmentation of glass, all glazed
openings shall be removed at least one floor below the working level.
(m) If a building to be demolished has been partially damaged,
shoring or bracing shall be used as necessary to protect workers from
a partial or total collapse.
(n) No is than
.
wall section, which more one (1) story in height,
shall be permitted to stand alone without lateral bracing, unless such
wall was originally designed and constructed to stand without such
lateral support, and is in a condition safe enough to be self-supporting.
All walls shall be left in a stable condition at -the end of each work
day.
(o) Utility companies shall be notified and all utility service
shut off at the building or curb line before starting demolition,' unless
it is necessary to use power or water lines during demolition, in which
case they shall be relocated or rearranged as may be necessary to pro-
tect them from falling material or other damage. All electrical altera-
tions shall comply with the Electrical Requirements for Construction
Work, Article 33.
(p) When demolishing concrete floors or roofs, the floor or area
below shall be closed off to access by other workers. Planks spanning
the distance between adequate beams shall be used where 'necessary as
a substitute for weakened floors, and as access walkways over open
or weakened areas.
(q) Stairways designated as means of access shall be maintained
clear for use within two (2) floors or twenty-four (24) feet of the
demolition work above. Ladders shall be provided for these remaining
two (2) floors and shall be constructed and maintained in accordance
with Article 25, Ladders. Other access ways shall be entirely closed
off at all' times. _
•
81-8
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.84.1
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 7-2-12-72)
(r) In buildings where stairwell is used for access, during work-
ing hours, it shall be properly illuminated by either natural or arti-
ficial means.
(s) Construction passenger elevators for hoisting workmen shall
be provided on demolition projects on multi -story buildings seven (7)
or more floors or seventy-two (72) feet or more in height. Landings
shall be provided for the passenger elevators on or in buildings at
intervals not to exceed four (4) floors or forty-eight (48) feet. Where
there is doubt to the structural integrity or engineering data indicates
attachment of an elevator may jeopardize the strength°of the building
or structure, the Division of Industrial Safety may allow alternate
and acceptable methods of installation. Other means of workmen's
access may also be allowed by the Division where the- above is clearly
impractical.
(t) If the method of demolition leaves the structural steel frame
in place, then the tier of beams next below the tier from which beams
and columns are being removed shall be planked over, unless safety
nets are used or the floor of such tier has not been removed. Necessary
openings for. material handling are allowed.
(u) Provisions for dust control shall include the use of water to
keep material or debris sufficiently wet or other equivalent steps taken
to prevent dust from rising.
(v) Mechanical equipments not be used on floors or' working
surfaces unless such floors or surfaces are of sufficient strength to
support the imposed load.
(w) Floor openings shall have curbs or stop -logs to prevent equip-
ment from running over the. edge.
(x) All equipment used on demolition work shall have a canopy
acceptable to the Division for' the'protection of the operator from fall-
ing or rolling objects.
NOTE: For mechanical demolition of buildings and structures, refer to appro-
priate sections of Article 9 and this section.
History: 1. Amendment filed 2-11-72, effective thirtieth day thereafter (Reg-
ister 72, No. 7).
1736. Disposal of Waste Materials. (a) Whenever waste mate-
rials are dropped to any point lying outside the exterior walls of the
building, an enclosed chute of wood or equivalent material shall be used
unless the area is effectively protected by barricades and signs or
equivalent.
(b) Chutes must be fully enclosed except at those locations where
material falling from them would drop less than five (5) feet'. Gates
shall be installed in each chute at or near the discharge end and when
used shall be substantially built.
(c) \ Chutes should be designed for free flow of material, but if clog-
ging or stoppages occur, workmen shall not remove material from the
chutes with their hands. Picks or other suitable implements shall be
• used for this purpose.
31-3
170.84.2 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 7-2-1272)
(d) When operations are not in progress, the discharge end of the
chute shall be securely closed off.
(e) When debris is dropped through holes in the floor without the
use of chutes,, the area onto which the material is dropped shall be
completely enclosed with barricades not less than 42 inches high, and
not less than 6 feet back from the projected edge of the opening above.
Signs warning of the hazard of falling materials shall be posted at each
level. Removal shall not be permitted in this lower area until debris
handling ceases above.
(f) All scrap lumber, waste material, and .rubbish shall be removed
from the immediate work area as the work progresses.
(g) All solvent waste, oily rags, and flammable liquids shall be kept
in fire resistant. covered containers until removed from work site.
History: 1. New section filed 2-11-72; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Regis- -
ter 72, No. 7).
1737. - Fire Prevention. (a) Suitable fire extinguisher equip-
ment shall be immediately available, in the work area and shall be main-
tained in a state of readiness for instant use.
(b) Where welding, cutting, or heating in demolition work, all
movable fire hazards in the vicinty shall be taken to a safe place, or
otherwise protected.
(c) Positive means shall be taken to .confine the heat, sparks, and
slag and to protect the -immovable fire hazards from them. , 0
(d) Where normal fire prevention precautions are not sufficient,
personnel shall be assigned to guard against fire while the actual weld-
ing, cutting, or heating operation is being performed, and for a sufficient
period of time after completion of the work to ensure that no possibility
of fire exists.
(e) Employees performing any type of welding, cutting, or heat-
ing, shall be protected by suitable eye protective equipment.
History: 1. New section filed 2-11-72; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Regis-
ter 72, No. 7).
•
31-4
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.85
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 70, No. 48--11-28-'70)
Article 32. Oxygen, Acetylene, and Fuel Gas
Note: For installations of fuel gas not specifically in -
eluded herein, and for specific requirements involving permit
requirements, see the Unfired Pressure Vessel Safety Orders.
1739. Permit to Operate. A permit to operate, where required,
shall be kept readily available on the premises where any LP -Gas, air
tank, or other pressure vessel is being used, preferably located in a
weatherproof -container on the unit. Permits are not required for LP -
Gas 'vessels of 30 -gallon water capacity or less, or for cylinders used,
inspected, and maintained in accordance with ICC regulations, or for
air receivers 6 inches internal diameter, or those under 1J cubic feet
of capacity with safety valve set for 150 pounds pressure or less.
1740. Storage and Use of Cylinders. (a) All gas cylinders
shall be protected against undue absorption of heat.
(b) Compressed gas cylinders in portable service shall be conveyed
by suitable hand trucks to which they are securely fastened, or, safely
carried where job conditions require. All gas cylinders in service shall
be securely held in substantial fixed or portable racks, or placed so they
will not fall or be knocked -over.
(c) Gas cylinders transported by crane, hoist, or derrick must be
handled in suitable cradles, nets, or skip boxes, and shall never be
lifted by magnet or by rope or chain slings.
(d) Cylinders must not be placed where they might form, a part
of any electric circuit.
(e) No attempt shall be made to transfer acetylene from one
cylinder to another, or to mix gases in a cylinder.
(f) Oxygen cylinders shall never be stored near highly combustible
materials, especially oil and grease, near other fuel gas cylinders, or
near reserve stocks of carbide and acetylene (including, acetylene gen-
erators) unless separated by a suitable wall.
(g) LP -Gas vessels used for roofer's tar pots, plumber's,pots and
torches, space heaters, etc., shall be so installed that heat from the
burner will not increase the temperature of the tank more than 10
degrees Fahrenheit after one hour of operation of the burner at full
capacity.
(h) LP -Gas vessels installed on mobile equipment shall have the
bottom of ,the container, and/or any outlet connection, not lower than
the lowest horizontal edge of the vehicle axle when fully loaded. Such
units shall be adequately secured to prevent jarring loose, slipping, or
rotating.
1741. Pressure Regulators: Regulators that reduce the vapor
pressure of fuel gas to not more than 20 psi are required for all in-
stallations within structures or confined spaces unless ,the burner or
appliance specifically requires a higher pressure and equivalent safety
is provided. The use of regulators or automatic pressure -reducing valves
shall be limited to'the,pressures and the types of gases for which they
were designed. Regulators are required for installations where a fuel
gas hose is between fuel source and burner.
82-1
I
170.86 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS•• TITLE 8
(Register 70, No. 48-11-28-70) •
1742. Hose and Connections. (a)' Fuel gas hose and oxygen
hose shall be- easily distinguished from each other.
(b) - A single hose having. more than 1 gas passage shall not be
permitted as a connection between torch and gas outlet if a wall failure
would permit the flow of either gas into the other passage.
(c) Hoses used for liquefied petroleum gas, Such as butane or pro-
pane, shall be of, or lined with, materials that are resistant to the action
of LP -Cas. They shall be designed for a bursting pressure -of at least
1,250 psi, and shall be marked every 5 feet with the letters- "LPG."
Hoses over J inch diameter shall also be marked with the inanufac-
turer's name. ,
(d). The connection between fuel source and burner shall be with
extra heavy steel pipe (Schedule 80), flexible metallic tubing or hose
acceptable for the service, and where exposed shall be adequately pro-
tected against, physical damage.
1743. General Precautions. (a)- No device or attachment facili-
tating or permitting mixture'of air or oxygen with combustible gases
prior to consumption, except at the burner or in a standard torch or
blowpipe, shall be allowed unless approved for the purpose.
(b) Acetylene shall not`be generated or utilized att-a pressure in
excess of 15 pounds per square inch gauge pressure. (This does
not apply to acetylene" dissolved in suitable solvent and stored
in cylinders manufactured according to Interstate Commerce Commis-
sion requirements).
(c) Oil .or grease shall never be permitted to come in contaot with •
oxygen cylinders, valves, regulators, or other fittings. Oxygen cylinders
and` apparatus shall not be handled with oily hands, gloves, or greasy
materials.
(d) "Leaking regulators, cylinder valves, 'hose piping ,systems, ap-
paratus, and fittings shall not be used.
(e) Oxygen shall never be used from a cylinder or cylinder mani-
fold unless a pressure -reducing device intended for use . with oxygen,
and so marked, is provided.
. (f) Acetylene shall never be brought into contact. with unalloyed
copper except in a blowpipe or torch.
(g) Cylinder valves not provided with fixed handwheels shall have
keys or handles on valve- spindles or stems while cylinders are in
service.
(h) Compressed gas cylinders shall never_ be used for supports for
welding or cutting work.
(i) .Compressed oxygen shall not be used for ventilation, testing,
or, similar purposes different from its intended function in welding and
burning.
(j) A drychemical or carbon dioxide .fire extinguisher rated at
least 6:BC shall be kept near operations where, bottled fuel gases are
being used.
(k) LP -Gas vessels shall. be kept in a position so that the .safety
relief valve is in direct contact with the vapor space in the vessel at
all times. •
32-2
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.87
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 73, No. 38-7-28-73)
Article 33. Electrical Requirements for Construction Work
1760. Scope. (a) These requirements are applicable to temporary
power and lighting installations for buildings, structures, and work of a
temporary nature under construction, remodeling, maintenance, or
demolition. In no way are they to be interpreted as applying to work
of a permanent nature. Electrical wiring and.equipment which is to be
used during construction work which will extend over a period of more
than 1 year shall be installed to conform to the Electrical Safety Orders
for permanent installations.
(b) For electrical requirements having to'do with work of aperma-
nent nature, see Electrical Safety Orders of the Division of Industrial
Safety. '
1761. Installation and Maintenance. All electrical installations
shall be made in a workmanlike manner and shall be so ` designed,
constructed, installed, and 'maintained that the hazard will be reduced,
so far as it is reasonably possible.
(a) Protection Against Mechanical Injury. Conductors shall be
adequately protected from mechanical injury. ,
(b) Secured in Place. Raceways, cable assemblies, boxes, cabinets,
And fittings shall, unless otherwise;>provided, be securely fastened in
place. Raceways and cable assemblies shall be mechanically secured to
boxes, fittings, and other enclosures.
(c) Covers Required. Covers or suitable barriers shall be installed
on all boxes, fittings, and enclosures to prevent accidental contact with
live parts or mechanical injury to parts or insulation contained therein.
(d) Protection from Rain, Steam, Oil, Excessive Moisture, Metallic
Dust, or Sawdust. Wiring enclosures, such as switch and circuit break-
er cases, motor controllers, panelboards, junction boxes, busways, gut-
ters, fittings, and similar -equipment, in locations where exposedtorain,
water, oil, excessive moisture, steam, vapors, or similar deteriorating
agencies shall be of a type approved for the purpose or shall be installed
in housings, enclosures, or guards suitably designed to protect the
equipment, and conductors. Boxes, fittings, and lampholders installed in
damp or wet locations shall be weatherproof.
(e) Metal-Cased'Sockets. Brass -shell, paper -lined sockets or other
metal -cased sockets or lampholders of a similar nature shall not be used
unless they are attached to a grounded metal raceway or their case is
grounded by other approved methods.
(f) Workspace About Equipment. (1) Sufficient space shall be
provided and maintained about electrical equipment to permit ready
and safe operation and maintenance of such equipment. Where parts
require examination, adjustment, or repair, or while live parts are
exposed, adequate working space shall be provided and maintained
to permit this work being performed safely. This workspace shall not
be less than 21/2 feet.
0
170.88 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE S
(Register 73, No. 36-7-28-73)
(2) Switches, circuit breakers, fuses, and other control and protec
tive devices shall be so installed that the top of the fuse or the center
of the grip of the. operating handle of the switch, circuit breaker, or
other control device, when in its highest position, will not be more"
than 6'/2 feet above the ground or working platform.
(g) Energized Circuits. When necessary to work on circuits of 300
volts or more to ground, such -,circuits shall be de -energized. This does
not apply to overhead line work.
(h) Illumination. Adequate illumination shall be provided for all
working spaces about electrical equipment. The light outlets shall be so
arranged that persons changing lamps or making repairs on the lighting
system will not be endangered by live parts or other equipment. The
points of control shall be so located that persons are not. liable to come
into contact with any live part or moving part of the equipment while "
turning on the lights.
(i) Identification of Switches, Etc. All switches, circuit breakers,
and. other control. devices shall be so located or marked as to clearly
indicate the equipment controlled by them, and switches (excepting
magnetic switches) shall indicate whether they are open or closed.
(j) Inspecting Poles Before Climbing. Employees shall make a
careful inspection of each pole before climbing or placing ladders
against them to assure that suchpole is in safe condition for the work
to be performed thereon. Any pole shall be adequately guyed or other-
wise supported before -,the employee shall ascend it. Poles that are •
deteriorated or damaged such that strength and safety are impaired
shall not be used.
1762. Methods of Grounding. (a) Service Equipment Grounding.
The service conduit and all service equipment enclosures shall be bond-
ed together and connected to the neutral terminal block in the main
service switch. The neutral conductor shall be grounded to a continuous
metallic underground cold water piping system where such piping
system is available.
Where a cold water piping system is not available, the grounding
conductor may be attached to an approved "made" electrode, well
casing, metal frame of a building, or other approved system.
(b) Tool and Equipment Grounding. Exposed noncurrent -carry-
ing metal parts of motors, generators, control equipment, switches, etc.,
shall be grounded by an approved method. This includes all portable
electric tools which are held in the hand while being operated (regard-
less of voltage), EXCEPT cordless, or approved double -insulating type.
TITLE 8` DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.89 -
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
. (Register 73, No. 30-7-29-73)
(c) Portable Equipment. Noncurrent -carrying metal parts of port-
able equipment shall be grounded bymeans of a grounding conductor
run:with the circuit. conductors in the cable assemblies or flexible cords,
provided an approved multi -prong- plug or equivalent is used, one
prong for . the purpose. of providing a continuous equipment ground.
This conductor may be uninsulated, but if an individual covering is
provided fortconductor, it shall be finished to show a green color.
1763.. Flexible Cords. (a) Receptacles—General. - Receptacles
for, attachment plugs shall be 'of approved, concealed contact type with
a•contact for,extending ground. continuity and shall be so designed and
constructed that the plug may be pulled out without leaving any live
parts exposed to Iaccidental contact. Where different voltages, frequen=
cies, or types of: current, (a.c. or d.c.) are to be supplied by portable
cords, receptacles -shall be of such design that attachment plugs used on
such circuits are, not interchangeable. Attachment plugs or other con -
hectors supplying equipment at more. than 300 volts . "shall be of ' the
skirted type of otherwise so designed that arcs will be confined. Recep-
tacles shall be`installed only on circuits of the voltage class and current
for "which they, have been approved. Fifty ampere locking type plugs
and receptacles shall be of such design or so constructed that the recep-
tacle wilF not accept plugs of different,amperages. For 60 hertz alternat-
ing current (a.''&.) circuits, the approved type.electrical configurations
as. shown in Plates C -31-a and C -31-b,: Appendix, will be mandatory six_
• months after the effective date. of- these orders..
"All . surface -type receptacles shall be enclosed' in cases of metal or
other, durable material. Flush -type receptacles shall be installed in ap- , "
proved ,boxes.
Attachment plugs for use in :work areas shall be so, constructed that
they will endure rough use" and be equipped with a suitable cord grip
to prevent strain on the terminal screws.
(b) Portable Extension Cables for Portable or Moveable Equipment.'
Multiconductor-type "S".cord -or equivalent I'With multiconductor fit-_
tings 'shall be used to . provide current for all portable. or moveable
electric tools `and equipment, unless wiring is installed in approved
electrical 'raceways. `
(c) Splices. Flexible cord shall be -used only in continuous lengths
without splice or tap, except suitable molded or vulcanized splices may
be used where properly made._
(d) 'Portable Handlamps. Handlamps of the portable type supplied
through "flexible cords shall be of the molded composition or other type
approved for the purpose. Brass=shell, paper -lined lampholders shall
not be used: Handlamps shall be equipped with a handle and a substan-
tial guard oyer the bulb and attached to the lampholder or the handle.
.170.90, INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS -TITLE,8
(Register 73, No. 30-7-26-73)
(e) Equipment Grounding• Conductor. Such conductors, where
covered; shall be green colored.
(f) Temporary Lighting Conductors. Ninety days from the effec-
tive date of these Orders, all temporary lighting.within buildings shall
be supplied by'means of approved prefabricated assemblies of flexible
cables with molded or vulcanized lampholders, or enclosed in approved
electrical raceways..
History: 1. Amendment of subsection (a) filed 7-27-73; effective thirtieth day thereaf-
ter (Register 73, No. 30).
1764. Open Conductor=Clearances. : (a)_ For outside wiring all
conductors shall comply with clearances specified below:
Minimum Clearance
Overhead conductors Low -voltage High-voltage
nature of vertical clearance 0-750 volts over 750
(1) Above, and along thorough-
fares in urban areas and above
thoroughfares in rural areas.'. 20 feet 25 feet
(2) -Above areas (other than tho-
roughfares) where it is possi-
ble to drive vehicles.......::........ 16 feet 25 feet
(3) Above areas- accessible, to
pedestrians only ...............:....:... 12 feet 17 feet
(4) Above structures ...:................... 8 feet 12 feet
(5) Distance away from windows,
doors, scaffolds, or similar"lo:
cations shall be maintained
not less than .................... I.......... 3 feet 6 feet
.1765.- Underground Conductors: (a) Mechanical. Protection. .
Conductors installed underground shall be protected against mechani-
cal'injury by, being installed in duct, conduit, or cables suitable for that
purpose, and shall be properly protected from physical damage.
(b) Protection Where Leaving the Ground. Where' underground
conductors leave the ground they shall have mechanical protection in
the form of an approved electrical raceway.
History. 1. Editorial correction in subsection (a) (Register 70, No. 48).
•
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.90.1
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 73, No. 30-7.28.73)
1766. Temporary Service, Pole. (See Plate C-30 a, b, Appendix.)
(a) Service Pole. The minimum size of a temporary wood service
pole shall be 6 inches by 6 inches if square, or have a top diameter of
at least 5 inches if round, and be of sufficient length to maintain all
required overhead clearances, but not less than 20 feet long. The lower
end shall be embedded not less than 4 feet in the ground. An approved
self-supporting pole of a material other than wood, if of equivalent
strength, may be used.
(b) Service Switch.. Amain disconnecting means which is approved
for service equipment shall be provided for.each set of service entrance
conductors; and shall have overcurrent protection as part of its func-
-tion. Where exposed to the weather, the service 'equipment shall be of
approved weatherproof construction. Service equipment shall carry at
least a 60 -ampere rating and be supplied by not smaller than No. 8 AWG
service drops.
(c) 'Grounding. The grounding shall be run to the main service
switch and attached to the neutral conductor and to the switch enclo-
sure. The grounding conductor shall be installed in an approved metal
raceway. When armored cable is used, the grounding conductor and ,
the armor shall be attached to the electrode by an approved method.
See 1762 for grounding methods.
(d) Overcurrent protection shall `be provided by circuit breakers for
•each feeder and branch circuit, and shall be based on the current -
carrying capacity of the conductors supplied and the power -load being
used See Plate C -31-c of Appendix.
.1767. Electrical Distribution, Etc.—Other Than Main Service.
(a) A continuous grounding conductor shall be run with the circuit
conductors throughout the system for equipment grounding purposes.
Exception: ` Where the wiring system is run in metallic racewa,
ys
the raceways may be used to continue the grounding .system when
properly installed.'
(b) The neutral circuit conductor (white wire) shall not be used for
equipment 'grounding -purposes.
Note: The neutral conductor shall not be used for equipment
bonding or, grounding at any point on the premises; except as allowed
at the main service equipment.
(c) An overcurrent device shall be provided for each branch circuit
-as required in 1766 (d).
(d) Conductors shall be of sufficient size to carry their connected
loads as determined by Table - C-31 in Appendix.
170.90.2 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 73, No. 30---7-273)
1768. Provisions for Preventing Accidents in the Area of High -Volt-
age Lines. Provisions for preventing accidents due to overhead high-
voltage lines,shall be in conformance with the High -Voltage Electrical
Safety Orders, Article 86, which reads:
Article 86
Provisions for Preventing Accidents Due to Proximity
to Overhead Lines
2946. Provisions for Preventing Accidents•Due to Proximity to Overhead Lines.
(a) General. No person, firm, or corporation, or agent of same, shall require or
permit any employee to perform any function in proximity to energized high-
voltage lines; to enter upon any land, building, or other premises and thereto engage
in any excavation, demolition, construction,repair, or other operation; or to erect,
install, operate, or store in or upon such premises any tools, machinery, equipment,
materials, or. structures (including scaffolding, house moving, well drilling, pile
driving, or hoisting equipment) unless and until danger from accidental contact
with said high-voltage lines has been effectively guarded against.
(b) Clearances or Safeguards Required. Except where electrical distribution
and transmission lines have been de -energized and visibly grounded or effective
barriers have been -erected to prevent physical and'arcing contacts with the high-
voltage lines, the following provisions shall be met:
(1) Over Lines. The operation, erection, or handling of tools, machinery,
apparatus, supplies, or materials, or any part thereof, over energized high-voltage
lines shall be prohibited.
(2) Equipment and Materials in Use. The operation, erection, or handling of
tools, machinery, equipment, apparatus, materials, or supplies, or any part
thereof within the minimum clearances from energized lines set forth in Table
X shall be prohibited.
Table X
Required Clearances from Overhead High -Voltage Lines
Nominal Voltage
Minimum Required
(Phase to Phase)
Clearance (Feet)
750 — 50,000
10
over 50,000 — 75,000
11
over 75,000 — 125,000
13
over 125,000 — 175,000
15
over 175,000 = 250,000
17
over 250,000 — 370,000
21
over 370,000 — 550,000
27
over 550,000 — 1,000,000
42
(3) Transportation or Transit. The transportation or transit of any tool, ma-
chinery, equipment, or apparatus, or the moving of any house or other building
in proximity to overhead high-voltage lines shall be expressly prohibited if at any
time .during such transportation or transit such tool, machinery, equipment,
apparatus,, or building, or any part thereof, can come closer to high-voltage lines
than the minimum clearances set forth in Table Y.
0
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.91
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 73, No. 30-7.28-73)
Except where the boom of boom -type equipment is lowered and no load is
imposed thereon, the equipment in transit shall conform to the minimum re-
quired clearances set forth in Table X.
Table Y
Required Clearances from Energized High -Voltage Conductors
(While in Transit)
Nominal Voltage. Minimum Required
(Phase to Phase) Clearance (Feet)
750 - 50,000 6
over 50,000 - 345,000 10
over 345,000 - 750,000. 16
over 750,000 - 1,000,000 20
(4) Storage. The storage of tools, machinery, equipment, supplies, materials,
or apparatus under, by, or near energized high-voltage lines is hereby expressly
prohibited if at any time during such handling or other manipulation it is possible
to bring such tools, machinery, equipment, supplies, materials, or apparatus, or
any part thereof, within the minimum required clearances from high-voltage
lines as set forth in Table X.
(c) The specified clearance shall not be reduced by movement due to any strains
impressed (by attachments or otherwise) upon the structures supporting the high-
voltage line or upon any equipment, fixtures, or attachments thereon.
(d) Insulated cage -type boom guards, boom stops, insulating links, or proximity
warning devices may be used on cranes, but the use of such devices shall not alter
the required clearances set forth in Table X.
(e) Any overhead conductor shall be considered to be energized unless and until
the person owning or operating such line verifies that the line is not energized, and
the line is visibly grounded at the work site.
2947. Warning Sign Required. The owner, agent, or employer responsible for
the operations of equipment shall post and maintain in plain view of the operator
and driver on each crane; derrick, power shovel, drilling rig, hay loader, hay stacker,
pile driver, or similar apparatus; a durable warning sign legible at 12 feet reading:
"UNLAWFUL TO OPERATE THIS EQUIPMENT WITHIN 10 FEET OF HIGH-
VOLTAGE LINES OF 50,000 VOLTS OR LESS."
In addition to the above wording, the following statement in small lettering shall
be provided on the warning sign: "For Minimum Clearances of High -Voltage Lines
in Excess of 50,000 Volts, See Article 86, Title 8, High -Voltage Electrical Safety
Orders."
7-80931
170.92 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 73, No. 30-7-28.73)
2948. Notification to the Operators of High -Voltage Lines and Responsibility for
Safeguards. When any operations are to be performed, tools or materials handled, ,
or equipment is to be moved or operated within the specified clearances of any
energized high-voltage lines, the person or persons responsible -for the work to be
done shall promptly notify the operator of the high-voltage line of the work to be
performed and shall be responsible for the completion of the safety measures as
required by Order 2946 (b) before proceeding with any work which would impair
the aforesaid clearance.
2949. Special Exemptions. The provisions of the foregoing Orders 2946
through 2948 shall.not apply to the construction, reconstruction, maintenance, or
operation of any energized high-voltage overhead lines or their supporting struc-
ture or appurtenances by qualified electrical workers, nor to work performed in
proximity to high-voltage lines by qualified persons using approved equipment and
work procedures.
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 6500, Labor Code.
History.- 1. Repealer and new section filed 7-27-73; effective thirtieth day thereafter
(Register 73, No. 30).
•
0
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.92.1
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 73, No. 7-2.17.73)
Article 34. Federal Regulations
1800. Scope. The orders contained in this Article have been adopt-
ed from the Federal Register, Title 29, Chapter XVII, Part 1926, by
reference, and are reprinted'for convenience. In case of conflict be-
tween these orders and other orders of the Division, the most restric-
tive order shall prevail.
NOTE: Authority cited: Section 6500, Labor Code.
History: 1. Renumbering of former Article 34 to Article 35 and new Article 35'(§§ 1800
through 1813) filed 2-14-73; effective thirtieth day thereafter (Register 73,
No. 7) .
1801. Nonionizing Radiation. Section 1926.54 is reprinted from
Federal Register Title 29, Chapter XVII, Part 1926, and reads:
(a) Only qualified and trained employees shall be assigned to install, adjust, and
operate laser equipment.
(b) Proof of qualification of the laser equipment operator shall be available and
in' possession of operator at all times.
(c) Employees, when working in areas in which a potential exposure to direct or
reflected laser light greater than 0.005 watts (5 milliwatts) exists, shall be provided
with antilaser eye protection devices as specified in Subpart E of this part.
(d) Areas in which lasers are used shall be posted with standard laser warning
placards.
(e) Beam shutters or caps shall be utilized, or the laser turned off, when'laser
transmission is not actually required. When the laser is left unattended for a substan-
tial period of time, such as during lunch hour, overnight, or at change of shifts, the
laser shall be turned off.
(f) Only mechanical or electronic means shall be used as a detector for guiding
the internal alignment of the laser. '
(g) The laser beam shall not be directed at employees.
(h) When it is raining or snowing, or when there is dust or fog in the air, the
operation of laser systems shall be prohibited where practicable; in any event,
employees shall be kept out of range of the area of source and target•during such
weather conditions.
(i) Laser equipment shall bear a label to indicate maximum output.
U) Employees shall not be exposed to light intensities above:
(1) Direct staring: 1 micro -watt per square centimeter;
(2) Incidental observing: 1 milliwatt per square centimeter;
(3) Diffused reflected light: 21/2 watts per square centimeter.
(k) Laser unit in operation should be set up above the heads of the employees,
when possible.
(1) Employees shall not be exposed'to microwave power densities in excess of 10
milliwatts per square centimeter.
0
170.92.2 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 73, No. 7-2-17-73)
1802. Eye and Face Protection. - Section' 1926.102 is reprinted from
Federal Register Title 29, Chapter XVII, Part 1926, and reads:
(a) General. (1) Employees shall be provided with eye and face protection
equipment when machines or operations present potential eye or face injury from
physical, chemical, or radiation agents.
(2) Eye and face protection equipment requiredby this Part shall meet the
requirements specified in American National Standards Institute, Z87.1-1968,
Practice for Occupational and Educational Eye and Face Protection.
(3) Employees whose vision requires the use of corrective lenses in spectacles,
when required by this regulation to wear eye protection, shall be protected by -
goggles or spectacles of one of the following types:
(i) Spectacles whose protective lenses provide optical correction;
(ii) Goggles that can be worn over corrective spectacles without disturbing the
adjustment of the. spectacles;
(iii) Goggles that incorporate corrective lenses mounted behind the protective
lenses.
(4) Face and eye protection equipment shall be kept clean and in good repair.
The use of this type equipment with structural or optical defects shall be prohibited.
(5) Table E-1 shall be used as a guide in the selection of face and eye protection
for the hazards and operations noted.
(b) Protection against radiant energy—(1) Selection ofshade numbers for weld-
ing Filter. Table E-2 shall be used as a guide for the selection of the proper shade
numbers of filter lenses or plates used in welding. Shades more dense than those
listed may be used to suit the individual's needs.
TABLE E-2—FILTER LENS SHADE NUMBERS FOR PROTECTION
AGAINST RADIANT ENERGY
Shade
Welding operation number
Shielded metal -arc welding %s-, 3/32-, '/s-, %2-irich diameter electrodes 10
Gas -shielded arc welding (nonferrous) ''/,s-, %2-,'/e-, %2 -inch diameter elec-
trodes...............:........................................................................................................ 11
Gas -shielded arc welding (ferrous) ''/,e-, 3/32-, %-, %2 -inch diameter elec-
trodes....... :................................................................................................................ 12
Shielded metal -arc welding 3/, s=, %2-, '/4 -inch diameter electrodes ................ 12
%6.1 %-inch diameter electrodes.............................................................................. 14
Atomic hydrogen welding........................................................................................ 10-14
Carbon -arc welding.................................................................................................... 14
Soldering....................................................... :................................................................ 2
Torchbrazing.............................................................................................................. 3 or 4
Lightcutting, up to 1 inch........................................................................................ 3 or 4
Medium cutting, 1 inch to 6 inches........................................................................ 4 or 5
Heavy cutting, over 6 inches.................................................................................... 5 or 6
Gas welding (light), up to V8 -inch ......................................................... I................ 4 or 5
Gas welding (medium), '/e -inch to '/2-inch.......................................................... 5 or 6
Gas welding (heavy), over `/2 -inch ..................................................... :.................. 6 or 8
(2) Laser protection. (i) Employees whose occupation or assignment requires
exposure to laser beams shall be furnished suitable laser safety goggles which will
protect for the specific wavelength of the -laser and be of optical density (O.D.)
adequate for the energy involved. Table E-3 lists the maximum power or energy
density for which adequate protection is afforded by glasses of optical densities from
5 through 8.
0
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
170.92.3
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 73, No. 7-2-17.73)
TABLE E -3 --SELECTING LASER SAFETY GLASS
INTENSITY ATTENUATION
CW maximum power Optical
Attenuation
density density
factor
(watts/cm2) (O.D.)
10-2 5
105
10-' 6
108
1.0 7
107
10.0 8
108
Output levels falling between lines in this table shall require the higher optical
density.
(ii) All protective goggles shall bear a label identifying the following data:
(a) The laser wavelengths for which use is intended;
(b) The optical density of those wavelengths;
(c) The visible light transmission.
0
J70.92.4 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 73, No. 7=2.17.73)
TABLE E-1—EYE AND FACE PROTECTOR SELECTION GUIDE
- •r✓'- 6 .
4 S ,
I
. 7
1. GOGGLES, Flexible FiKinQ; Regular Ventilation •• 7. WELDING 8O6OLE5, Eyecup Type, Tinted Lenses (Illustrated) - -
2. GOGGLES, Flexible Fitting, Hooded Ventilation - 7A. CHIPPING GOGGLES, Eyecup Type, Clear Safety Lenses (Not Illustrated)
3. GOGGLES, Cushioned Fitting, Rigid Body •• :,WELDING GOGGLES, Coyerspec Type Tinted Lenses (illustrated)
•4. SPECTACLES, Metal Frame, with Sideshields- - B0. CHIPPING GOGGLES, Coverspec Type, Clear Safety Lenses; (Not Illustrated)
•S. SPECTACLES, Plastic Frame, with Sideshields •• -9. WELDING OOGGLES, Coverspec Type, Tinted Plate Lens
•9. SPECTACLES, Metal -Plastic Frame, with Sideshields 10. FACE SHIELD (Available with Plastic or Mesh Window)
••11. WELDING HELMETS
•Non-aideshisld spectacles are available for limited hazard use requiring only frontal protection.
..S_ appendix chart "Selection of Shade Numbers for Welding Filters."
" APPLICATIONS.
OPERATION
HA2ARO5
/
RECOMMENDED PROTECTORS: Bale Type Numbers signify Preferred Protection
ACETYLENE -BURNING
ACETYLENE -CUTTING -
'ACETYLENE -WELDING
SPARKS, HARMFUL RAYS,
MOLTEN METAL,
FLYING PARTICLES _
7,8,9
CHEMICAL HANDLING
SPLASH, ACID BURNS, FUMES
2, 10 (For severe exposure add 10 overs)
CHIPPING
FLYING PARTICLES
1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7A, IIA
ELECTRIC (ARC) WELDING
• SPARKS, INTENSE RAYS,
MOLTEN METAL
9, 11 lit incombination with 4.5. 6. in tinted lenxa, advisable)
FURNACE OPERATIONS
GLARE, HEAT, MOLTEN METAL
7, E, 9 (Fur severe exposure add 10) -
GRINDING -LIGHT
FLYING PARTICLES
1, 3, 4, S, e, 10
GRINDING -HEAVY
FLYING PARTICLES
1, 3, 7A, 0A (For severe exposure add 10)
LABORATORY
CHEMICAL SPLASH,
GLASS BREAKAGE
2 (10 when in comeinetion with 4, 5, q -
MACHINING
FLYING PARTICLES
1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10 ,
MOLTEN METALS -
HEAT, GLARE, SPARKS, SPLASH
T. g (10 in combination with 4, S. a, in tinted lenses) 0
SPOT WELDING
FLYING PARTICLES, SPARKS
1.3 . 4, S, 9, 10
1863. Fire Prevention.', Section 1926.151 isreprinted from .Federal
Register Title 29, Chapter XVII; Part 1926, and reads:
(a) Ignition hazards. (1) Electrical wiring and equipment for light, heat,.or
power purposes shall be installed in' compliance with the requirements of the Na-
tional Electrical Code, NFPA No: 704970, and the requirements of Subpart K of this
part.
)
•
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.92.5
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 73, No. 7-2-17-73)
(2) Internal combustion engine powered equipment shall be so located that the
exhausts are well away from combustible materials. When the - exhausts are piped
to outside the building under construction, a clearance of at least 6 inches shall be
maintained between such piping and combustible material.
(3) Smoking shall be prohibited at or in the vicinity of operations which consti-
tute a fire hazard, and shall be conspicuously posted: "No Smoking or Open Flame."
(4) Portable battery powered lighting equipment, used in connection with the
storage, handling, or use of flammable gases or liquids, shall be of the type approved
for the hazardous locations.
(5) The nozzle of air, inert gas, and steam lines or hoses, when used in the
cleaning or ventilation of tanks and vessels that contain hazardous concentrations
of flammable gases -or vapors, shall be bonded to the tank or vessel shell. Bonding
devices shall not be attached or detached in hazardous concentrations of flammable
gases or vapors.
(b) Temporary buildings. (1) No temporary building shall be erected where it
will adversely affect any means of exit.
(2) Temporary buildings, when located within another building or structure,
shall be of either noncombustible construction *or of combustible construction hav-
ing a fire resistance of not less than 1 hour.
(3) Temporary buildings, located other than inside another building and not
used for the storage, handling, or use of flammable or combustible liquids, flamma-
ble gases, explosives, or blasting agents, or similar hazardous occupancies, shall be
located at a distance of not less than 10 feet from another, building or structure.
Groups of temporary buildings, not exceeding 2,000 square feet in aggregate, shall,
for the purposes of this part, be considered a single temporary building.
(c) Open yard storage. (1) Combustible materials shall be piled with due regard
• to the stability of piles and in no case ,higher than 20 feet.
(2) Driveways between and around combustible storage piles shall be at least 15
feet wide and maintained free from accumulation of rubbish, equipment, or other
articles or materials. Driveways shall be so spaced that a maximum grid system unit
of 50 feet by 150 feet is produced.
(3) The entire storage site shall be kept free from accumulation of unnecessary
combustible materials. Weeds and grass shall be kept down and a regular procedure
provided for the periodic cleanup of the entire area.
(4) When there is a danger of an underground fire, that land shall not be used
for combustible or flammable storage.
(5) Method of piling shall be solid wherever possible and in orderly- and regular
piles. No combustible material shall be stored outdoors within 10 feet of a building
or structure.
(6) Portable fire extinguishing equipment, suitable for the fire hazard involved,
shall be provided at convenient, conspicuously accessible locations in the yard area.
Portable fire extinguishers, rated not less than 2A, shall be placed so that maximum
travel distance to the nearest unit shall not exceed 100 feet.
(d) Indoor storage. (1) Storage shall not obstruct, or adversely affect, means of
exit.
(2) All materials shall be stored, handled, and piled with due regard to their fire
characteristics.
(3) Noncompatible materials, which may create a fire hazard, shall be segregated
by a barrier having a fire resistance of at least 1 hour.
.(4) Material shall be piled to minimize the spread of fire internally and to permit
convenient access for firefighting. Stable piling shall be maintained at all times. Aisle'
space shall be maintained to safely accommodate the widest vehicle that may be
used' within the building for firefighting purposes.
0
170.92.6 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS ' TITLE 8
(Register 73, No. 7-2.77-73)
(5) Clearance of at least 36 inches shall be maintained between the top level of
the stored material and the sprinkler deflectors.
(6) Clearance shall be maintained around lights and heating units to prevent
ignition of combustible materials.
(7) A clearance of 24 inches shall be maintained around the path of travel of fire
doors unless a barricade is provided, in which case no clearance is needed. Material
shall not be stored within 36 inches of a fire door opening. -
1804. Are Welding and Cutting.: Section 1926.351 is reprinted from
Federal Register Title 29, Chapter XVII, Part 1926, and reads:
(a) Manual electrode holders. (1) Only manual electrode holders which are
specifically designed for arc welding and cutting, and are of a capacity capable of
'safely handling the maximum rated current required by the electrodes, shall be
used.
(2) Any current -carrying parts passing through the portion of the holder which
the are welder or cutter grips in his hand, and the outer surfaces, of the jaws of the
holder, shall be fully insulated against the maximum voltage encountered to ground.
(b) Welding cables and connectors. (1) All are welding and cutting cables shall
be of the completely insulated, flexible type, capable of handling the maximum
current requirements of the work in progress, taking into account the duty cycle
under which the arc welder or cutter is working.
(2) Only cable free from repair or splices for a minimum distance of 10 feet from
the cable end to which the electrode holder is connected shall be used, except that
cables with standard insulated connectors or with splices whose insulating quality
is equal'to that of the cable are permitted.
(3) When it becomes necessary to connect or splice lengths of cable one to
another, substantial insulated connectors of a capacity at least,equivalent to that of
the cable shall be used. If connections are effected by means of cable lugs, they shall
be securely fastened together to give good electrical contact, and the exposed metal
parts of the lugs shall be completely insulated.
(4) Cables in poor repair shall not be used. When a cable, other than the cable
lead referred to in subparagraph (2) of this paragraph, becomes worn to the extent
of exposing bare conductors, the portion thus exposed shall be protected by means
of rubber and friction tape or other equivalent insulation.
(c) Ground returns and machine grounding. (1) A ground return cable shall
have a safe current carrying capacity equal to or exceeding the specified maximum
output capacity of the arc welding or cutting unit which it services. When a single
ground return cable services more than one unit, its safe current -carrying capacity
shall equal or exceed the total specified maximum output capacities of all the units
which it services.
(2) Pipelines containing gases or flammable liquids, or conduits containing elec-
trical circuits, shall not be used as a ground return. For welding on natural gas
pipelines, the technical portions of regulations issued by the Department of Trans-
portation, Office of Pipeline Safety, 49 CFR Part 192, Minimum Federal Safety
Standards for Gas Pipelines shall apply:
(3) When a structure or pipeline is employed as a ground return circuit, it shall
be determined that the required electrical contact exists at all joints. The generation
of an arc, sparks, or heat at any point shall cause rejection of the structures as a
ground circuit.
(4) When a structure or pipeline is continuously employed as a ground return
circuit, all joints shall be bonded, and periodic inspections shall be conducted to
ensure that no condition of electrolysis or fire hazard exists by virtue of such use.
0
r -
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.92.7
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 73, No. 7-2-17.73)
(5) The frames of all are welding and cutting machines shall be grounded either
through a third wire in the cable containing the circuit conductor or through a
separate wire which is grounded at the source of the -current. Grounding circuits,,
other than by means of the structure, shall be checked to ensure that the circuit
between the ground and the grounded power conductor has resistance low enough
to permit sufficient current to flow to cause the fuse or circuit breaker to interrupt
the current.
(6) All ground connections shall be inspected to ensure that they, are mechanical-
ly strong and electrically adequate for the required current.
(d) Operating instructions. Employers shall instruct employees in the safe
means of arc welding and cutting as follows: .
(1) When electrode holders are to be left unattended, the electrodes shall be
removed and the holders shall be so placed or protected that they cannot make
electrical contact with employees or conducting objects'
(2) Hot electrode holders shall not be dipped in water; to do so may expose the
arc welder or'cutter to electric shock.
(3) When the arc welder or cutter has occasion to leave his work or to stop work
for any appreciable length of time, or when the arc welding or cutting machine is
to be moved, the power supply switch to the equipment shall be opened.
(4) Any faulty or defective equipment shall be reported to the supervisor.
(5) Other requirements, as outlined in Article 630, National Electric Code, Elec
tric Welders, shall be used when applicable.
(e) Shielding. Whenever practicable, all arc welding and cutting operations shall
be shielded by noncombustible or flameproof screens which will protect employees
and other persons working in the vicinity from the direct rays of the are.
1805. Fire Prevention. Section 1926.352 is reprinted from Federal
Register Title 29, Chapter XVII, Part.1926, and reads:
(a) When practical, objects to be welded, cut, or heated shall be moved to a
designated safe location oi, if the objects to be welded, cut, or -heated cannot be
readily moved, all movable fire hazards in the vicinity shall be taken to a safe place
or otherwise protected.
(b) If the object to be welded, cut, or heated cannot be moved and if all the fire
hazards cannot be removed, positive means shall be, taken to confine the heat,
sparks, and slag, and to protect the immovable fire hazards from them.
(c) No welding, cutting, or heating shall be done where the application of flamm-
able paints, or the presence of other flammable compounds, or heavy dust concen-
trations creates a hazard.
(d) Suitable fire extinguishing equipment shall be immediately available in the
work area and shall be maintained in a state of readiness for instant use. -
(e) When the welding, cutting, or heating operation .is such that normal fire
prevention precautions are not sufficient, additional personnel shall be assigned to
guard against fire while the actual welding, cutting, or heating operation is being
performed, and for a sufficient period of time after completion of the work to ensure
that no possibility of fire exists. Such.personnel shall be instructed as to the specific
anticipated fire hazards and how the firefighting equipment provided is to be used.
(f) When welding, cutting, or heating is performed on walls, floors, and ceilings,
since direct penetration of sparks or heat transfer may introduce a fire hazard to
an adjacent area, the same precautions shall be taken on the opposite side as are
taken on the side on which the welding is being performed.
• /
170.92.8 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 73, No. 7-2-17.73)
(g) For the elimination of possible fire in enclosed spaces as a result of gas
escaping through leaking or improperly closed torch valves, the gas supply to the
torch shall be positively shut off at some point outside the enclosed space whenever
the torch is not to be used or whenever the torch is left unattended for a substantial
period of time, such as during the lunch period. Overnight and at the change of
shifts, the torch and hose shall be removed from the confined space. Open end fuel
"
gas and oxygen hoses shall be immediately removed from enclosed spaces when
they are disconnected -from the torch or other gas -consuming device. -
(h) Except when the contents are being removed or transferred, drums, pails,
and other containers, which contain or have contained flammable liquids, shall be
kept closed. Empty containers shall be removed to a safe area apart from hot work
operations or open flames.
(i) Drums, containers, or hollow structures which have contained toxic or flamm-
able substances shall, before welding, cutting, or heating is undertaken on them,
either be filled with water, or thoroughly cleaned of such substances and ventilated
and tested. For welding, cutting and heating on steel pipelines containing natural
gas, the pertinent portions of regulations issued by the Department of Transporta-
tion, Office of Pipeline Safety, 49 CFR Part 192, Minimum Federal Safety Standards
for Gas Pipelines, shall apply. .
6) Before heat is applied to a drum, container, or hollow structure, a vent or
opening shall be provided for the release of any built-up pressure during the ap-
plication of heat.
1806. Base -Mounted Drum Hoists. Section 553 is reprinted from
Federal Register Title 29, Chapter XVII, Part 1926, and reads: I
(a) General requirements. (1) Exposed moving parts such as gears, projecting
screws, setscrews, chain, cables, chain sprockets, and reciprocating or rotating parts,
which constitute a hazard, shall be guarded.
(2) All controls used during the normal operation cycle shall be located within
easy reach of the operator's station.
(3) Electric motor operated hoists shall be provided with:
(i) A device to disconnect all motors from the' line upon power failure and not
permit any motor to be restarted until the controller handle is brought to the "off'
position;
(ii) Where applicable, an overspeed preventive device;
(iii) A means whereby remotely operated hoists stop when any control is ineffec-
tive.
(4) All base, -mounted dium hoists in use shall meet the applicable requirements
for design, construction, installation, testing, inspection, maintenance, and opera-
tions, as prescribed by the manufacturer.
(b) Specific requirements. [Reserved)
1807. Overhead Hoists. Section 1926.554 is reprinted from Federal
Register Title 29, Chapter XVII, Part 11926, and reads:
(a) General requirements. (1), The safe working load of the overhead hoist, as
determined by the manufacturer, shall be indicated on the hoist, and this safe
working load shall not be exceeded.
(2) The supporting structure to which the hoist is attached shall have a safe
working load equal to that of the hoist.
(3) The support shall be arranged so as to provide for free movement of the hoist
and shall not restrict the hoist from, lining itself up with the load.
(4) The hoist shall be installed. only'in locations that will permit the operator to
stand clear of the load at all times.
(5) Air hoists shall be connected to an air supply of suffigient capacity and pres-
sure to safely operate the hoist. All air hoses supplying air shall be positively connect-
ed to prevent their becoming disconnected during use.
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.92.9
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 73, No. 7-2.77.73)
(6) All overhead hoists in use shall meet the applicable requirements for con-
struction, design, installation, testing, inspection, maintenance, and operation, as
prescribed by the manufacturer.
(b) Specific requirements. [Reserved]
1808. Conveyors. Section 1926.555 is reprinted from Federal Regis-
ter Title 29, Chapter XVII, Part 1926, and reads:
(a) General requirements. (1) Means for stopping the motor or engine shall be
provided at the operator's station. Conveyor systems shall be equipped with an
audible warning signal to be sounded immediately before starting up the conveyor.
(2) If the operator's station is at a remote point, similar provisions for stopping
the motor of engine shall be provided at the motor or engine location.
(3) Emergency stop switches shall be arranged so that the conveyor cannot be
started again until the actuating stop switch has been reset to running or "On"
position.
(4) Screw conveyors shall be guarded to prevent employee contact with turning
flights.
(5) Where a conveyor passes'over work areas, aisles, or thoroughfares, suitable
guards shall be provided to protect employees required to work below the convey-
ors.
(6) All crossovers, aisles, and passageways shall be conspicuously marked by
suitable signs, as required by Subpart G of this part.
(7) Conveyors shall be locked out or otherwise rendered inoperable, and tagged
out with a "Do Not Operate" tag during repairs and when operation is hazardous
to employees performing maintenance work.
(8) All conveyors in use shall meet the applicable requirements for design, con-
struction, inspection, testing, maintenance, and operation, as prescribed in the ANSI
B20.1-1957, Safety Code for Conveyors, Cableways, and Related Equipment.
1809. Marine Operations and Equipment. Section 1926.605 -is re-
printed -from Federal Register.Title 29, Chapter XVII, -Part 1926, and
reads:
(a) Material handling operations. (1) Operations fitting the definition of
"material handling" shall be performed in conformance with applicable require-
ments of 29 CFR Part 1504, "Safety and Health Regulations for Longshoring." The
term "longshoring operations" means the loading, unloading, moving, or handling
of construction materials, equipment and supplies, etc. into, in, on, or out of any
vessel from a fixed structure or shore -to -vessel, vessel -to -shore or fixed structure or
vessel -to -vessel.
(b) Access to barges. (1) Ramps for access of vehicles to or between barges shall
be of adequate strength, provided with side boards, well maintained, and properly
secured.
(2) Unless employees can step safely to or from the wharf, float, barge, or river
towboat, either a ramp, meeting the requirements of subparagraph (1) of this
paragraph, or a safe walkway, shall be provided.
(3) Jacob's -ladders shall be of the double rung or flat tread type. They shall be
well maintained and properly secured.
(4) A Jacob's ladder shall either hang without slack from its lashings or. be pulled
up entirely.
(5) When the upper end of the means of access rests on or is flush with the top
of the bulwark, substantial steps, properly secured and equipped with at least one
substantial hand rail approximately 33 inches in height, shall be provided between
the top of the bulwark and the deck.
(6) Obstructions shall not be laid on or across the gangway.
170.92.10 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 73, No. 7-2-17-73)
(7) The means of access shall be adequately illuminated for its full length.
(8) Unless the structure makes it impossible, the means of access shall be so
located that the load will not pass over. employees.
(c) , Working surfaces of barges. (1) Employees shall not be permitted to walk
along the sides of covered lighters or barges with coamings more than 5 feet high,
unless there is a 3 -foot clear walkway, or a grab rail, or a taut handline is provided.
(2) Decks and other working surfaces shall be maintained in a safe condition.
(3) Employees shall not be permitted to pass fore and aft, over, or around deck- "
loads, unless there is a safe passage. .
(4) Employees shall not be permitted to walk over deckloads from rail to coam-
ing unless there is a safe passage. If it is necessary to stand at the outboard or inboard
edge of the deckload where less than 24 inches of bulwark, rail, coaming, or other
protection exists, all employees shall be provided with a suitable means of protection
against falling from the deckload.
(d) First-aidandlifesaving equipment (1) Provisions for rendering first aid and
medical assistance shall be in accordance _with Subpart D of this part.
(2) The employer shall ensure that there is in the vicinity of each barge in use
at least one U.S. Coast Guard -approved 30 -inch lifering with not less than 90 feet
of line attached, and at least one portable or permanent ladder which will reach the
top of the apron to the surface of'the water. If the above equipment is not available
at the pier, the employer shall furnish it during the time that he is working the
barge.
(3) Employees walking or working on the unguarded decks of barges shall be
protected with U.S. Coast Guard -approved work vests or buoyant vests.
(e) Diving operations. [Reserved]
1810. Bolting, Riveting, -Fitting-up and Plumbing. Section 1926.752
is reprinted from Federal Register Title 29, Chapter XVII, Part 1926,
and reads:
(a) General requirements (1) Containers shall be provided for storing or carry-
ing rivets, bolts, and drift pins, and secured against accidental displacement when
aloft.
(2) Pneumatic hand tools shall be disconnected from the power source, and
pressure in hose lines shall be released, before any adjustments or repairs are made.
(3) Air line hose sections shall be tied together except when quick disconnect
couplers are used to join sections.
(4) Eye protection shall be provided in accordance with Subpart E of this part.
(b) Bolting. (1) When bolts or drift pins are being knocked out, means•shall be
provided to keep them from falling.
(2) Impact wrenches shall be provided with a locking device for retaining the
socket.
(c) Riveting. (1) Riveting shall not be done in the vicinity of combustible
material unless precautions are taken to prevent fire.
(2) When rivet heads are knocked off, or backed out, means shall be provided
to keep them from falling.
(3) A safety wire -shall be properly installed on the snap and on the handle of the
Pneumatic riveting hammer and shall be used at all times. The wire size shall be
not less than No. 9 (B&S gauge), leaving the handle and annealed No. 14 on the
snap, or equivalent.
(d) Plumbing -up. (1) Connections of the equipment used in plumbing -up shall
be properly secured.
(2) The turnbuckles shall be secured to prevent unwinding while under stress.
(3) Plumbing -up guys related equipment shall be placed so that employees can
get at the connection points.
0
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.92.11
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 73, No. 7-2.17.73)
(4) Plumbing -up guys shall be removed only under the supervision of a compe-
tent person.
(e) Wood planking shall be of proper thickness to carry the working load, but
shall be not less than 2 inches thick full size undressed, exterior grade plywood, at
least 3/4 -inch thick, or equivalent material.
(f) Metal decking of sufficient strength shall be laid tight and secured to prevent
movement.
(g) .Planks shall overlap the bearing on each end by a minimum of 12 inches.
(h) Wire mesh, exterior plywood, or equivalent, shall be used around columns
where planks do not fit tightly.
(i) Provisions shall be made to secure temporary flooring against displacement.
6) All unused_ openings in floors, temporary or permanent, shall be completely
planked over or guarded in accordance with Subpart M of this part.
(k) Employees shall be provided with safety belts in accordance with § 1518.104
when they are working on float scaffolds.
1811. Cofferdams. Section 1926.802 -is reprinted from Federal Reg-
ister Title 29, Chapter XVII, Part 1926, and reads: .
(a) If overtopping, of the cofferdam by high waters is possible, means shall be
provided for controlled flooding of the work area.
(b) Warning signals for evacuation of employees in case of emergency shall be
developed and posted.
(c) Cofferdam walkways, bridges, or ramps with at least two means of rapid exit,
shall be provided with guardrails as specified in Subpart M of this part.
(d) Cofferdams located close to navigable shipping channels shall be protected
from vessels in transit, where possible.
•1812. Underwater Blasting. Section 1926.912 is reprinted from
Federal Register Title 29, Chapter XVII, Part 1926, and reads:
(a) A blaster shall conduct all blasting operations, and no shot shall be fired
without his approval.
(b) Loading tubes and casings of dissimilar metals shall not be used because of
possible electric transient currents from galvanic action of the metals and water.
(c) Only water-resistant blasting caps and detonating cords shall be used for all
marine blasting. Loading shall be done through a nonsparkling metal loading tube
when tube is necessary.
(d) No blast shall be fired while any vessel under way is closer than 1,500 feet to
the blasting area. Those on board vessels or craft moored or anchored within 1,500
feet shall be notified before a blast is fired.
. (e) No blast shall be fired while any swimming or diving operations are in
progress in the vicinity of the blasting area. If such operations are in progress, signals
and arrangements shall be agreed upon to assure that no blast shall be fired while
any person is in the water.
(f) Blasting flags shall be displayed.
(g) The storage and handling of explosives aboard vessels used in underwater
blasting operations shall be according to provisions outlined herein on handling and
storing explosives.
(h) When more than one charge is placed under water, a float device shall be
attached to an element of each charge in such manner that it will be released by
the firing. Misfires shall be handled in accordance with the requirements of
§ 1518.911.
40
170.92.12 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 73, No. 7-2.77-73)
1813. Blasting in Excavation Work Under Compressed Air. Section
1926.913 is reprinted from Federal Register Title 29, Chapter XVII, Part
1926, and reads:
. (a) Detonators and explosives shall not be stored or kept in tunnels,• shafts, or
caissons. Detonators and explosives for each round shall be taken directly from the
magazines to the blasting zone and immediately loaded. Detonators and explosives
left over after loading a round shall be removed from the working chamber before
the connecting wires are connected up.
(b) When detonators or explosives are brought into an air lock, no employee
except the powderman, blaster, lock tender and the employees necessary for carry-
ing, shall be permitted to enter the air lock. No other material, supplies, or equip-
ment shall be locked through with the explosives.
(c) .Detonators and explosives shall be taken separately into pressure working
chambers.
(d) The blaster or powderman shall be responsible for the receipt, unloading,
storage, and on-site transportation of explosives and detonators.
(e) All metal pipes, rails; air locks, and steel tunnel lining shall be electrically
bonded together and grounded at or near the portal or shaft, and such pipes and
rails shall be cross -bonded together at not less than 1,000 -foot intervals throughout
the length of the tunnel. In addition, each low air supply pipe shall be grounded at
its delivery end.
(f) The explosives suitable for use in wet holes shall be water-resistant and shall
be Fume Class 1.
(g) When tunnel excavation in rock face is approaching mixed face, and when
tunnel excavation is in mixed face, blasting shall be performed with light charges
and with light burden on each hole. Advance drilling shall be performed as tunnel
excavation in rock face approaches mixed face, to determine the general nature and
extent of rock cover and the remaining distance ahead to soft ground as excavation •
advances.
,TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.93
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
• (Register 73, No. 7-2-17-73)
Article 35.
APPENDICES
The following guide material, sketches, tables, etc., provides informa-
tion that should be of value to those working for a high level of safety.
None of the items in this appendix is to be considered as a'General or
Construction Safety Order, unless it has an order number within the
Title 8 Series; in which case, it is the order as written, and not the
appendix material, that establishes the order meaning. However, in
• some cases this appendixcontains illustrations that present acceptable
methods of complying with certain safety orders.
Appendix "A.. ......................Labor Code Excerpts; Accident Prevention Program Ideas;
etc.
Appendix "B" ......................Handy Construction Data; Facts; and Information
Appendix "C.. ......................Helpful Construction Methods
170.94
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 73, No. 7-2-17.73)
APPENDIX "A." LABOR CODE EXCERPTS; ACCIDENT
PREVENTION PROGRAM IDEAS; ETC.
Plate No.
A-1
Labor Code Sections
A-2
Suggested Safety Program for Contractors
A -2-a
Advance Planning for Construction Work
A -2-b
Advance Planning for Construction Work
A-3
Safe Practices and Operations Code
A -3-a
Safe Practices and Operations Code
A -3-b
Safe Practices and Operations Code
A -3-c
Safe Practices and Operations Code
APPENDIX "B:' HANDY CONSTRUCTION DATA;
FACTS; AND INFORMATION
Plate -Vo.
B-1
Handy Things to Know
B -1-a
Sanitation of Personal Safety Devices
B-2
Measures
B-3
Weights of Materials
B-4
Weights of Metals per Square Foot
B-5
Wind Force
B-6
Rule of Thumb Data
B-7
Douglas Fir "Structural Planks" Especially Suited for Scaffolds
B-8
Douglas Fir "Selected Lumber" for Ordinary Scaffold Plank Service
B-9
Square Column's Unbraced
B-10
Suggested Load Limits for Timber Beams
B-11
Strength of U.S. Standard Bolts
B-12
Motor Vehicle Stopping Distances
B-13
MAC for Mineral Dusts
•
B -13-a
Table 1—Mineral Dusts
B-14
Quantity and Distance Table
B -14-a
Quantity and Distance Table
B -14-b
Quantity and Distance Table
B -14-c
Quantity and Distance Table
B -15-a
Table of Distances for Transmitters
B -15-b
Table of Distances for Transmitters
B-16
Ladder Setting Diagram
B-17
Criteria for Stairs, Ladders, Ramps, or Inclines
B-18
Light -Trade Pole Scaffold
B-19
Heavy -Trade Pole Scaffold
B-20
Wooden Bracket Scaffold
B-21
Metal Bracket Scaffold
B-22
Figure Four Scaffold
B-23
Boatswain's Chair
B -23-a
Outrigger Beam for Suspended Staging
B-24
Acceptable Suspended Scaffolds
B -24-a
Suspended Ladder Scaffold
B-25
Swing Stage Showing Center Support
B-26
Acceptable Masons' Suspended Scaffold,
B-27
Mason's Outrigger Scaffold
B-28
Welders' Platform Cages
B-29
Bolts
B-30
Nails and Spikes
TITLE 8
DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.95
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 73, No.
38-7.28.73)
APPENDIX -C. HELPFUL CONSTRUCTION METHODS
Plate No.
C-1
Efficiency of Wire Rope Connections
C-2
Applying Wire Rope Clips
C-3
Shackle Data
C-4
Strength of Manufactured Eye Hooks Data
C-5
Wire Rope Load Data
C-6
Wire Rope Sling Data
C-7
Manila Rope Hitches and Knots
C-8
Painter's Hitch
C-9
Manila Rope Load Data
C-10
Manila Rope Sling Data
C-11
Hand Signals for Boom Equipment Operation
C -11-a
Hand Signals for Boom Equipment Operation
C -11-b
Hand Signals for Boom Equipment Operation
C -11-c
Standard Cranes
C -11-d.
Standard Cranes
C -11-e
Standard Cranes
C -11-f
Standard Cranes and Derricks
C -11-g
Standard Cranes
C -11-h
Standard Cranes
C -11-i
Standard Cranes
C ll,j
Standard Derricks
C -11-k
Standard Derricks
C-11-1
Standard Derricks
C -11-m
Certificate of Unit Test and/or Examination of Crane, Derrick, etc.
• C-12
How to Lift
C-13
Fire Extinguishment
C -13-a
Classes of Fires
C -13-b
Types of Extinguishers
C-14
Tilt -Up Concrete Slab Erection Methods
C-15
Ramp for Motor -Driven Concrete Buggies
C-16'
Cab Protection.
C-17
Suggested Test for Scaffold Planks
C-18
Roofer's Gallows Frame
C-19
Roofer's Jack
C-20'
Prohibited Scaffolds
C-21
Suggested Scaffold Horses
C-22
Bearing Value of Soil
C-23
Shoring System for Trenches
C-24-6
Case I of Design Criteria
170.96 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 73, No. 36-7-28-73)
Plate No.
C -24-b Case II of Design Criteria
C -24-c Case III of Design Criteria
C -24-d Sample Sheet
C -24-e General Notes
C-25 Protective Trough for Protruding Reinforcing Steel
C -26-a Fused Primer Connections
C -26-b Second Class Magazine `
C-27 Blasting Circuit Diagram
C-28 Electrical Blasting
C-29 Electrical Blasting
C-30 Temporary Power Pole
C -30-a Temporary Power Pole Key
C -30-b Temporary Power Pole Key
C-31 Allowable Circuit Carrying Capacity
C -31-a Approved Configurations for Nonlocking Plugs and Receptacles for
General Purpose 60 Hertz a.c. Use
C -31-b Approved Configurations for Locking Type Plugs and Receptacles for
General Purpose 60 Hertz a.c. Use
C -31-c_ Overcurrent Protection Criteria
C-33 ' Instructions for Flagmen
C -33-a Instructions for Flagmen
C -33-b Instructions for Flagmen
C -33-c Instructions for Flagmen
C -33-d Instructions for Flagmen
C -33-e Instructions for Flagmen
C -33-f Instructions for Flagmen
C-34 Uniform Sign Chart
C-35 Barrier Spacing and Luminous Intensity
C -35-a Signing and Lane Closure Diagrams
C -35-b Signing and Lane Closure Diagrams
is
i
i
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.97•
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS' APPENDIX
(Register 65, No. 12=7-17-65)
APPENDIX A. LABOR CODE 'EXCERPTS; ACCIDENT'
PREVENTION PROGRAM IDEAS; ETC.
PLATE A-1
LABOR CODF—Sections Dealing With Division of Industrial
Safety in General as well as Construction
Division 5. Safety. in Employn2ent
Part 1. Workmen's Safety
Chapter 1. .Jurisdiction _____________________________________ 6300-6320
Chapter 2. .Safety Devices -and Safeguards ------- ___---------- 6400-6416
Part 3. Safety on Buildings
Chapter 1., Building, Under ConstructionorRepair.
-'Article 1. Floors and Walls --------------------- 7100-7115
_ 2. Scaffolding ------------------- _ ----------- ----- 7150-7155
3. Construction Elevators__ -------------------------- 7200-7205
Chapter 3. Safety Devices -Upon Buildings to Safeguard
Window Cleaners _______________________________ 7325-7332
170.98 INDUSTRIAL .RELATIONS ' TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE A-2
SUGGESTED SAFETY PROGRAM FOR CONTRACTORS
General
1. Demonstrate your interest in safety by establishing a firm and
positive accident prevention policy that includes the supplying of tangi-
ble items like hard hats, good ladders, first aid materials, and safety
devices on equipment.
2. Make certain that the foremen shoulder their .share of the re-
sponsibility for accidents, and require a written report from them on
each. Require that each'report suggests a feasible means of avoiding
future accidents, of a similar nature.
3. Monthly, or more frequent, meetings of all foremen should be
held under direction of the superintendent for a discussion of safety
problems and accidents that have occurred. Have something specific
ready for discussion, such as safety regulations, or any changes in
equipment and methods that are to be adopted for safety reasons.
4. Display safety posters and warning signs. A sign indicating how
many consecutive accident -free days .have passed is often worthwhile.
5. Consider the advisability of have
a list of all foremen who
have kepttheir crews accident free fora certain period of time.
6. Consider the advisability of establishing various forms of safety
competition, including suitable rewards or recognition to individuals
and crews with good records.
7. Require foremen to give individual safety instructions and
orders, as needed, to new workers and those found to be. working un -
safely.
8. Consider the advisability of having the foremen call short "tool -
boa" or "tail -gate" safety meetings with their crews about once a week
on the job, to emphasize some particular safety problem that needs
special attention.
9. Keep track of your safety record and keep everyone posted as
to ,progress. A graph or chart, indicating gains or losses, is good for
this purpose.
10. Encourage safety suggestions from all workers and, if the sug-
gestion cannot be followed promptly, explain why to the. worker.
11. Consider the advisability of giving each worker a copy of cer-
tain .important safety rules that he is expected to follow.
12. Arrange for frequent and regular field safety inspections.
0
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY' 170,99
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 65, No.12: 7-1745)
PLATE A -2-a
ADVANCII PLANNING FOR CONSTRUCTION WORK
Each operation of a construction job should be planned in advance.
Such planning is' needed at all stages of the project. It should. start
with the estimators, prior to preparations of bids,'and continue,through'
out the job, with superintendents and foremen doing their share.
Construction :planning will eliminate some accidents automatically,.
by creating, a well -organized job. But expert planning gives special at-
tention to safety, and thus is highly effective in making the operation
safe and efficient.
1. Safe Access and Movement
(a) Workers
(1) Adequate work areas.
(2) Adequate walkways and runways.
(3) Adequate ladders, stairways, or elevators.
(4) Work areas -and passageways clear of rubbish, debris,
nails, etc.
(5) Protection for floor and roof openings.
(6) Adequate illumination.
(b) Vehicles .
(1) Good roads.
(A) Adequate turn space.
(B) Adequate parking area.
(C) Free from excessive 'mud and dump areas.
(2). Separate materials storage areas and dump areas.
(3) Adequate signs; signals, etc., to route vehicles 'on job.
(4) .Maintenance and repair of vehicles.
(c) Location of Utilities and Service
(1) Locate saw, tool sheds, office, etc., in a, safe, convenient
place.`
(2) Consider location of high-voltage lines.
(A) Arrange to move; de -energize; or -erect -barrier, if
contact is a possibility.
r (8) Locate sanitary facilities,, drinking water, power, ete.,
for safety and convenience.
2. Schedule Work for Safety
(a) , Have safety materials on' job when needed, i.e., hard hats,
.trench jacks, life belts, etc..
(b) Plan work so that too many trades are, not in a small area
at the same time.
3. Work Procedures
(a) Materials Handling
(1) Methods.of elevating and handling materials.
(A) Adequate space.
• (B) Proper auxiliary - equipment, i.e., cranes, hoists,
elevators, trucks, etc.
170.100. INDUSTRIAL ,RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE A-2-b
(2) Methods of loading and unloading.
(A) -Adequate space.
(B) Proper auxiliary equipment, i.e., power shovels,
cranes, rigging, fork lifts, etc.
(b) Tools and Equipment
.(1) Repair, maintenance, and care.
(2) Inspection..
(8) Adequate supplies of the right tools for .each part
of job.
(c) Workers and foremen
(1) Proper job placement.
.(2) Adequate training and supervision.
(3) Adequate manpower.
(4)_ Plana for maintaining interest in safety.
(A) Safety bulletins, record charts, and posters.
(B) Recognition for groups or individuals -with safety
records.
(C) Investigation and reporting on all accidents.
(D), Knowledge of safety orders.
(E) Safety meetings.
Ays r jY_ s
PrP -. TO WEAR
YOUR khip #ATI
A RULE BREAKER IS AN ACCIDENT MASER
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.101
® CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17.65)
PLATE A-3
SAF[ POACTICIS AND OPERATIONS CODE
( This is a suggested code. It is general in nature and intended as
a basis for preparation by the contractor of a code that flta his opera-
tions more exactly.)
General
1. All persons shall follow these -safe practices rules, render every
possible aid to safe operations, and report all unsafe conditions or
practices to the proper authority.
2.. Foremen shall insist on employees "observing and obeying every
rule, regulation, and order as is necessary to the safe conduct of the
work, and shall take such action as is necessary to obtain observance.,
3. All employees shall be given frequent accident prevention in-
structions. Instructions should be given at least once a month.
4. Anyone known to be under the -influence of intoxicating liquor
shall not be allowed on the job while in that condition.
5. Horseplay,' scuffling, ,and other acts which tend to have an -ad-
verse influence on the safety or well-being of the employees are pro-
hibited.
6. Work shall be well planned and supervised to forestall injuries
in the handling of heavy materials and in working together with equip-
ment.
7. No one shall knowingly be permitted -or required.to work while
• his ability or alertness is so impaired by fatigue, illness, or other causes
that it might unnecessarily expose him or, others to injury.
8. Employees shall not. enter manholes, underground vaults,
chambers, tanks, silos, or other similar places ,that -receive little venti-
lation; unless it has been determined that the air contains no flammable
or toxic gases or vapors. Ventilate thoroughly, if no means of testing is
available.
9. Employees should be alert to see that all guards and other pro-
tective devices are in proper places and adjusted, and shall report
deficiencies promptly to the foreman or superintendent.
10. Crowding or pushing when boarding or leaving any vehicle or
other conveyance is prohibited.
11. Workers shall not handle or tamper with any electrical equip-
ment, machinery; or air or water lines in a manner not within the scope
of their duties, unless they have received instructions from their
foreman.
12. All injuries shall be reported promptly to an authorized rep-
resentative of the employer, so that arrangements can be made for
medical or first aid treatment.
13. When.lifting heavy objects, use the large muscles of the leg
instead of the smaller' muscles of the back.
14. Shoes with thin or badly worn soles shall not be worn.
15. Do not throw material, tools, or other objects from buildings
• or structures until proper precautions are taken to protect others from
the falling object hazard.
170.102 INDUSTRIAL. RELATIONS -TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE A3 -a
16. Wash thoroughly after handing injurious or poisonous sub-
stances, and follow all -special instructions from authorised sources'
regarding this matter. Kande should be. thoroughly cleaned just prior
to eating, if they have been in contact with paint or -similar substances.
17. 'Rod carriers should- avoid the use of extension 'ladders when
carrying_ loads. Such ladders may provide adequate strength, but the
rung position and. rope arrangement make, such climbing difficult and
hazardous for this trade.,.
18. Arrange work so that you are -able to face ladder and use both
hands while -climbing:
19. Gasoline shall not be -used for cleaning purposes.
20. No burning, welding, or other iource of ignition shall be ap-
plied to any enclosed tank or vessel, even if there are some openings,
until it has first been determined.that no possibility of explosion exists,
and authority for the work is obtained from the., employer's repre-
sentative. .
21. Any damage to scaffolds, falsework,, or other supporting struc-
tures must be repaired or reported promptly. to the foreman.
Use of Tools and Equipment
22, Seep faces of hammers in good condition to avoid flying nails
and braised fingers.
23. Bold cold chisels in such a way that the knuckles will be pro-
tected if the hammer misses the head. Chisels struck by others should be
held by tongs or similar holding devices.
24. Do not use pipe or Stilson wrenches as a substitute for other
wrenches.
25. Wrenches should not be altered by' the , addition of handle -
extensions or "cheaters."
26. Files shall be equipped with handles. Never use a file as a
punch or pry. .
- 27. Do not use a screwdriver as a chisel.
28. Keep handsaws sharp.
29. Do not push -wheelbarrow with handles in an upright position..
30. Do not lift or lower portable electric tools by means of the
power cord. Use a rope.
31. Do not leave the cords of portable electric ' tdols where cars or
trucks will run over them.
32, In locations where the handling of a portable power tool is a
problem, try hanging it from some stable object, by means of a rope or
similar support of adequate strength.
Machinery and Vehicles
33. Do not attempt to operate machinery or equipment without
special permission, unless that is one of your regular duties.. -
34. Loose or frayed•'clothing, dangling ties, finger rings, etc., shall
not be worn around moving machinery or other sources of entanglement. •
35. Machinery shall not be. repaired or adjusted while in opera-
tion, nor shall oiling of moving parte be attempted, except on equip-
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.103
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65).
PLATE A -3-b
ment that- is designed or fitted with safeguards to protect the person
performing the work.
36. Do not work under vehicles supported by jacks or chain hoists,
without protective blocking that will prevent injury cif jacks or hoists
should fail..
37. Air hoses should not be disconnected at compressors until hose
line has been bled.
38. Examine excavation before -backfilling, so as 'to be positive no
one is in it.
39: Be sure no one is below, before operating excavating equip-
ment near tops of cuts, banks, and cliffs. _
40. Operations of tractors, bulldozers, and carryalls should be
handfed . with care where there is possibility of overturning in danger-
ous areas like edges of deep fills, cut banks, and steep slopes.
Blasting Operations
41. Cases that have contained explosives should be destroyed by
burning out-of-doors. Do not burn 'in a stove or furnace. ,
42. Do not wear shoes with nails or metal plates in magazine or
around explosives.
43. Blasting caps shall not be carried loose in pockets of clothes:
Use insulated locked containers.
• 44. Use the least amount of .proper strength explosive that will do
the job effectively..
45. Keep detonators and primers separated from the explosives
until it is necessary to bring them together in preparing for the blast.
46. Holes loaded during a shift should be fired during that shift.
47. The operations of loading and firing; should be carried out with
as few men as possible.
48. Drill holes should be blown out and made ready before explo-
sives are brought to the site.
49. In. tamping, use steady, even pressure on explosives.
50. For electric blasting: (a) Make good, tight electrical .con-
nections.
(b) Make sure there are no short circuits or breaks in the wires.
(c) Be sure there is enough current to fire all shots.
(d) Exert a strong, properly applied force when using a blasting
machine that is operated by physical effort.
(e) Be careful not to. damage the insulation. of wires when tamp-
ing charges.,
51. If misfires occur, contact the employer's representative; who
will issue instructions,' and see that a careful and experienced man does
the corrective work.
Most misfires 'can be prevented by the. proper, careful use of blast-
ing supplies, so try to avoid misfires and the following hazardous work:
Usually the safest way to handle a misfire is to shoot it. When elec-
tric blasting is involved, disconnect the lead wires at the source of -the
power before approaching the area of the, blast; then, if the leg .wires
170.104 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65) -
PLATE A -3-c,
are accessible, test the cap wires with a galvanometer. If that part of
the circuit is good, reconnect and attempt to fire. If -this fails, or is not
feasible, try to shoot the charge with a new primer..,
For holes containing less than sixteen inches (16") of stemming,
it may be possible to explode the charge by placing the new primer on
top of the stemming. Otherwise, it will probably be necessary to remove
some of the stemming or drill a new hole in accordance with provisions,
of Order 1568.
Roofing Operations
52. Knotted hand lines should not ,be used.
53. Roofersworking on kettles, or carrying buckets of hot tar,
should wear gloves that fit snugly at the wrists, and full length sleeves
fastened at the wrists. At no time should a -roofer, while -handling or
exposed to injury" from hot tar, work without a shirt or wear tennis
shoes.
54. A dry chemical, or other approved . fire extinguisher, should
be on hand at or near the kettle,- attached, if practicable, to the tongue
of the kettle, away from the danger zone.
55. Kettle covers should , be equipped with a handle that projects
at least fourteen inches (14") away from the surface of the cover or lid.
56. Kettle covers should be closed and latched when in transit and
the kettle should be slop -proof when cover is closed.
57. Old permanent ladders should be used with great caution, and •
roof gutters should not be depended upon for support.
58. When using felt -laying machines that are,pulled by an oper-
ator who walks backwards, a chalk mark, or a rope forty-two inches
(42") high -should be placed at least Ave' feet (5') from the edges of
roofs, as a warning to. the operator when he approaches the, edge, or .
some other effective means should be used to indicate the nearness of
the edge of the roof, or eliminate the ' necessity of his approaching the
edge of the roof.
59. Workers handling buckets of hot tar should not carry tools that
will interfere with the safety of this operation.
60. Tie back gallows' frame' to solid construction in the roof before
hoisting material.
61.', Use muscular power only to hoist materials by; means of a.
gallows frame. Do not attach -a winch or power hoist"to a gallows frame.
0
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.105
- CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 65, No. 12-7.17-65)
APPENDIX B. HANDY CONSTRUCTION DATA;
FACTS; AND INFORMATION
PLATE B-1
HANDY THINGS TO KNOW
1. TO FIND
(a) the circumference of a circle, multiply the diameter by 3.1416
(approx. 3%).
(b) the diameter of a circle, multiply the circumference by .31831.
(c) the area of a circle, multiply the square of the diameter by .7854.
(d) the area of a triangle, multiply the base by 1/2 the perpendicular
height.
(e) the volume of,a sphere, multiply cube of the diameter by .5236.
A gallon of water weighs 81/2 pounds.
A gallon of water contains 231 cubic ins.
A cubic foot of water contains 71/2 gals., 1728 cubic inches and weighs
621/2 lbs.
In board measure all boards are assumed to be 1 inch thick. Area of
a lineal foot multiplied by length in feet will give the surface contents
in square feet.
PLATE B-1-0
SANITATION OF PERSONAL SAFETY DIVICIS
Thorough scrubbing with soap and hot water is ordinarily adequate
for cleaning purposes. When sterilization appears necessary, one of the
following treatments should be used, in addition to the soap and water
scrubbing:
(1). Immerse for ten (10) minutes in a solution of formalin
made by placing one (1) part of forty percent (407o) formal-
dehyde solution in nine (9) parts of water.
(2) Dip in a three percent (37o) solution of carbolic acid,
two percent _(217o) solution of Lysol or a seventy percent (707o)
solution of denatured alcohol.
(3) Immerse in boiling water for five (5) minutes.
(4) The method recommended by the manufacturer for clean-
ing and sterilizing.
After following any of these procedures, the equipment should be
thoroughly rinsed with water and hung up to dry.
Any filters, felt screens, and elastic headbands should be removed,
if detachable, before washing or sterilization, unless it is evident they
will not be harmed in the process. Such items that have been in contact
® with the skin of -the wearer must be replaced if they cannot be cleaned
as described.
170.106
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS' TITLE 8
(Register. 65; No. 12-7-17.65)
PLATE B•2
MEASURES
1 SQUARE MILE =640 acres
= 6400 square chains
i
= 10 square chains
1 ACRE
= 4846 square yards'
= 43,560 square feet,
'is
= a square, each side of which 208.7 feet
= 16 square rods
1 SQUARE CHAIN = 484 square yards
4356 square feet
= 30.25 square yards
1 SQUARE ROD = 272.25 square feet
= 625 square links
1 SQUARE YARD = 9 square -feet
1 SQUARE FOOT — 144 square inches
I.
= 0.1337 cu. feet
1 U.S: GALLON
= 231 cu. inches
= 4 quarts
= 8 pints „
1 CUBIC FOOT
= 7.48 U.S. Gallons
PLATE B,4
'
WEIGHTS OF MATERIALS
Approximate Weight
Material
Per Cubio Foot=Lbs.
Aluminum
166
Aslies
43
Asphalt
81
Braes
524
Brick. (common)
120 (about 3 tone per 1000)
Brick (fire)
145
Bronze
534
Concrete
150 (4050 lbs. per cu: yd.)
- Copper
537
Crushed Rock
95 (2565 lbs. per cu. yd.)
Dry earth, loose
76 (2052 lbs. per cu. yd.)
Granite
179
Iron, casting
450
Lead
708
Lumber, Fir
32 (2666 lbs. 1000 ft.)
Lumber, Oak
62 (5166 lbs. 1000 ft.)
Marble.
168,
Mortar
100
Port. Cement
94 (376 lbs. per barrel)
River Sand
120 (3240 lbs. cu. yd.)
Steel
490
Tar
63
Tile
115
Water
62.5
Zinc
437
•
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.107
• CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS -APPENDIX
(Register 65, .No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE B-4
WEIGHTS 'OF METALS PER SQUARE FOOT
Thickness Wrought
Inches ' Iron
Cast
Iron
- Steel
Copper
Tin
zinc
Brass
Lead
Force
Weights, Pounds per Square Foot
per square
Miles
per square
.2.50
2.34
2.55
2.89
2.41
2.28
2.63
3.7
}
5.00
4.69
5.10
5.79
4.81
4.55
5.26
7.4
Y'a
7.50
7.03
7.65
8.68
7.22
6.83
- 789
11.1
45
10.0
9.38
10.2
11.6
9.63
9.10
10.5
14.8
14.9
12.50
11.7
12.8
14.5
12.0
11.4
13.2
18.5
1
15.00
14.1
15.3
17.4
14.4
13.7
15.8
22.2
A
17.50
16.4
17.9
20.3
16.8
15.9
18.4
.25.9
j
20.00
18.7
20.4
23.2
19.3
18.2
21.1
29.7
A
22.50
21.1
23.0
26.0
21.7
20.5
23.7
23.4
1
25.00
23.5
25.5
28.9
24.1
22.8
26.3
37.1
Ji
27.50
25.8
28.1
31.8
26.5
25.0
28.9
40.8
1
30.00
28.1
30.61
34.7
28.9
27.3
31.6
44.4
f j
'32.50
30.5
33.2
37.6
31.3
29.6
34.2
48.2
j
35.00
32.8
35.7
40.5
33.7
31.9
36.8
51.9
H
37.50
35.2
38.3
43.4
36.1
34.1
39.5
55.6
1
40:00
37.5
40.8
46.3
38.5
36.4
42.1
59.3
For rates in square inch, divide by 144.
• PLATE B$
0
WIND FORCE
Force of Wind in Pounds per Square
Foot
Force
Force
Miles
per square
Miles
per square
per hour
foot -in lbs.
per hour
foot -in lbs.
1
0.005
20
1.969
2
0.020
25
3.075
3
0.044
30
4.429
4
0.079
35
6.027
5
0.123
40
7.873
6
0.177
45
9.963
7
0.241
50
12.30
8
0.315
55
14.9
9
0.400
60
17.71
10
0.492
65
20.85
12
0.708
70
24.1
14
0.964
75
27.7
15
1.107
80
31.49
16
1.25
100
49.2
18
1.55
0
170.108. INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 65, -No. 12-7-17-65)'
PLATE B-6
RULI OF THUMB
(The following are not suggested as a substitute for accurate tables
and reference material, but are sometimes useful in making a final
safety check.)
Halla
Safe load lateral resistance in pounds equal eight (8) times the
pennyweight.
1-6d nail = 8 x 6, or. 48 pounds
1-8d nail = 8 x 8, or 64 pounds
1-10d nail = .8 x 10, or 80 pounds
Manila Rope
Safe load in tons equals diameter in inches squared. Not accurate in
sizes larger than one inch (1").
1" rope = 1 x 1, or 1 ton safe load -
rope -1} x 1, or } ton safe load
For sisal rope, decrease safe loads by one-third
Plow -steel Cable
Safe load .in tons is eight (8) times the diameter in inches squared.
rope x—}x8— 2tons
Open Eye Hook
Safe load in tons is diameter of eye in inches squared.
2" hook, 2 x 2 = 4 tons
Shackle
Safe load. in tons is diameter of pin in, one-fourth inches (") squared
and divided by three (3).
" diameter = 2 quarters
2x2
3 —1} tons or 2,667 pounds
Chains '
Safe load in tons is six (6) times the -square of the diameter of chain
stock.
I" diameter chain stock
} x I x 6 —1} tons or 3,000 pounds
Plank for Scaffold
Two-inch by ten -inch (2" x 10") or two-inch by twelve-ineb (2" z
12") plank; graded as suitable for fifteen hundred pounds -per square
inch (1,500 psi) bending stress, or better, may normally be nsed for
a span in feet that is equal or'less than the width in inches.
0
TITLE 8, DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.109
.' CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 65, No. 12--7-17-65)
PLATE B-7
DOUGLAS FIR "STRUCTURAL PLANKS" ESPECIALLY SUITED FOR SCAFFOLDS
Surfaced Lumber Graded for 1900 psi Bending Stress
Suggested Maximum Loads in Pounds Concentrated at Center of Span
(Bee definition of "Stractural Plana")
Plank spaa in feel
She In inches -
4 0 8 10 12 14 18 18
i
IN s 7H ....... 622 846 109
1% a ON ....... 663 441. 880 204
1% s 1131 ............. 800 584 400 820 207
1%:1831 ........ »._„ 940 626 470 370 818
2% X 931 ............... 1,780 1,180 865 693 576 494
2% : 1131 ... :____-- 2,092 1,895 1,045 837 697 698 518
2% s 1816- 3,455 1,687 1,280 983 819 703 514 645
I0
PLATE B-8
DOUGLAS FIR "SELECTED LUMBER" FOR ORDINARY SCAFFOLD PLANK SERVICE
Surfaced Lumber Graded for 1500 psi Bending Stress
Suggested'Maximum Loads in Pounds Concentrated at Center of Span
(Bee definition of "Selected Lumber")
Phmk span in feet
8W is lushes
4 8 6 10 13 14 30 18
1% %'731_..._»»»»»
418 370 208
IN s931_....:.»«»»
$28 849 251 209
I% s Ili .... »»»»»
688 422 818 253 211
1%:1831..._»«_«»
748 495 871 297 247
2% s
1,860 910 682 549 454 890
3f6:1131.___»»»«»
1,646 11097 828 868 649 470 411
2H s 1831.._.»_.»»»
1,985 1,290 968 774 646 668 484 480
I0
170,110 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE BA
SQUARE COLUMNS-UNBRACED
ROUGH LUMBER -NOT SURFACED
Suggested Maximum Loads in Pounds -1000 Pounds per Square Inch Douglas Fir'
ISize of column orae oectfon
feet
4" z 4"
0" s 0"
8" z 8"
10" z 10"
12" z 12"
14" z 14"
18" z 18"
18
15,800
86,000
64,000
100,000
144,000
196,000
256,060
880,
14,600
85,400
64,000
100,000
144,000
196,000
256,000
1,000
13,500
34,900
63,400
100,000
144,000
196,000
256,000
8______�
11,800
84,100
62,900
100,000
144,000
196,000
256,000
9____--
9,600
88,000
62,300
98,900
144,000.
198,000
256,000
10 ...
7,800
31,500
61,500
98,400
144,000
196,000
256,000
ll__._-�
X6.400
29.400
60.200
97,600
142,400
196,000
.256,000
12___.--
5,400
26;700
58,700
96,700.
141,700
194,200
256,000'
14__._--
20,100
54,800
93,800
189,600
192,800
258,700,
Use alarger
4,400
dee
15,400,
.47,400
89,400
186,600
190,700
251,900
13____--
12,820
88,400
88,100
182,200
187,800
• 249.800
IIsealar9er
20____x-
4,180
dee
81,100
74,200
126,100,
188,000
240.000
PLATE B-10
SUGGESTED LOAD LIMITS FOR TIMBER BEAMS •
Stress {Trade Douglas Fir --Z00 pounds per square inch
(The loads given are for dressed beams which are alightly smaller than nominal .
sizes listed.)
/I 1
Loads are in pounds concentrated at center of span.
Reduce listed loads to allow for beam weights.
HORIZONTAL
VERTICAL
'Beam spin In feet `
Oise In Inches
4
0
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
4:
990
66o
500
890
880,
280
4 z 6 Hor.___-
"1,580
1,000
750
600
. 500
480
870
880
4 z 6 VwL------
2,280
1,520
1,140
910
760
650
570
510
466
880
0 z 6__._ ._-__
8,460
2,810
1,780
1,380
1,150.
990
860
770
690
570
0 z 8 Hor--------
4,710
8,140
2,860
1,880
1,570
1,840
1,170
1,040
940
780
6 z 8 Vert-___-__
6,400
4,290
8,220
2,580
2,150
1,840
1,610
1,480
1,290
1,070
8 z 8____.______
8,540
6,870
4,400
8,520
2,930
2,610
2,200
1,950
1,750
1,460
8 z 12 Vert ------
12,820
12,820
10,830
8,270
6,890
5,910
5,170
4,590
4,180
8,440
5 z 14 Vert-_____
14,920
14,920
14,260
11,400
9,500
8,150
7,120
6,330
5,700
4,750
8'z 16 Vert-___-
17,070
17,070
17,070
15,020
12,510
10,700
9,890
8,340
7,500
6,260
10 z 10 ---------
18,830
11,900
8,930
7,140
5,950
5,100,
4,470
8,970
8;570
2,970
10 z 12 Vert. __
16,000
16,000
13,080
10,470
8,720 7,490
6,540
6,820
8,230
4,860
10 z 14 Vero_____.
18,000
18,650
18,020
14,420
12,020
,10,800
9.020
8,010
7,210
6,010
•
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.111 -
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS -APPENDIX
• (Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE B•11
STRENGTH OF U. S. STANDARD BOLTS FROM 1/4n TO 2n DIAMETER
•
•
Bolt
Areas
Tensile strength, lbs
Shearing strength, lbs.
Full bolt
Bottom of thread
Number
Diameter
of
Bottom
At
At
At
At
At
At
At
of
threads
Full
of
10,000
12,500
17,500
7,500
10,000
7,600
10,000
bolt,
per
bolt,
thread,
lbs. per
lbs per
.lbs. per
lba. per
lbs. per
lbs per
lbs per
inches
inch
sq. in.
sq. in.
sq. in.
sq. in.
sq. in.,
sq. In.
eq. 1n.
eq. in.
sq. to
Y-______
20
0.049
0.027
270
340
470
380
490
200
270
S{s______
18
0.07,7
0.045
450
570
790
680
770
340
450
____
16
0.110
0.068
680
850
1,190
830
1,100
510
680
r
14
0.150
0.093
930
1,170
1,630
1,130
1,500
700
930
______
13
0.196
0.126
1,260
1,570
2,200
1,470
1,960
940
1,260
o
'12
0.248
0.162
1,620
2,030
2,840
1,860
2;480
1,220
1,620
s
11
0.307
0.202
2,020
2,620
3,630
2,300
3,070
1,510
2,020
10
0.442
0.302
3,020
3,770
5,290
3,310
4,420
2,270
3,020
------
9
0.601
0.419
4,190
6,240
7,340
4,510
8,010
3,150
4.190
1________8
0.785
0.551
5,510
6,890
9,640
5,890
7,850
4,130
5.510
10______
7
0.994
0.893
81990
8,660
12,130
7,450
9,940
6,200
8,930
14______
7
1.227
0.890
8,890
11,120
15,570
9,200
12,270
6,670
8,900
1%______
6
1.435
1.054
10,540
13,180
18,450
11,140
14,850
7,910
10,540
1jl______
6
1.767
1.294
12,940
16,170
22,640
13,250
17,670
9,700
12,940
10______
5jj
2.074
1.615
15,150
18,940
26,510
15,550
20,740
11,360
15,160
1 �______
5
2.405
1.745
17,450
21,800
30,520
18,040
24,050
13.080
17,440
1%______
5
2.761
2.049
20,490
25,010
35,860
20,710
27,610
15,370
20,4' 0
2________
4%
3.142
2.300
23,000
28,750
40,500
23,660
31,420
17.250
23,000
8-85931
170112 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE B•12
CALIFORNIA HIGHWAY PATROL
MPPINC; r)ISTANCF CHART
MPH
BRAKING DISTANCE
T
-
E T
.FET
E
.25
34.4 MjjjjjhW
61.4
35
67
F-
105
45
1,10
159
55•
• 165
445
65
491 "-
304
THINKING DISTANCE—distance traveled before brakes,aie applied while
driver is reacting to danger.
BRAKING DISTANCE—distance traveled after brakes have been aoolied,
The table 'is based on average reaction time (J5 second)
and passenger car brakes that are 60 percent efficient.
Your car will not stop on the proverbial "dime." Reaction •
time, brake efficiency and road surface conditions always
affect total stopping distances.
WHAT HAS NOT HAPPENED IN TWENTY YEARS"
MAY HAPPEN IN TWENTY SECONDS
0
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.113
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17.65)
PLATE B-13
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CONCENTRATIONS FOR MINERAL DUSTS
The following tables represent concentrations of various substances
in which it is considered safe for men to work, whether for brief periods
or for full working periods daily for an indefinite time. Most of the
figures must be regarded as tentative and subject to revision in the.
light of further research and experience. Even for those which are best
established, differences of opinion are found among authorities. The
figures are given as an indication of current opinion and practice,
doubts being resolved on the side of safety.
It cannot be taken for granted that higher concentrations than
those given in the table are safe for short and occasional exposure.
There is no readily calculable relation between. the effects of short,
heavy exposures and long, light exposures. It cannot be assumed that
a substance safe for eight hours in a concentration of 100 parts per
million will be safe for one hour at 800 parts per million; still less at
8,000 parts per million for six minutes. Neither can it be assumed that
because two substances are tolerable in the same concentration for long,
light exposures, their action will be the same for short, heavy exposures,
or vice versa.
PLATE &13-a
TABLE 1—MINERAL DUSTS
(Note: See Table in Appendix A, Article 81 of GISO for other items.)
Million particles
per cubic foot
Total Dust -=--------------------------------------------- 50
Asbestos------------------------------------------------- 5
Silica (free or uncombined)
Less than 5 percent-------------------------------------- 50
5 percent to 25 percent----------------------------------- 20
25 percent to 50 percent---------------------------------- 10
Over 50 percent----------------------------------------- 5
Talc (commercial or industrial)----------------------------- 20
Talc ( chemically pure steatite) ------------------------------ 50
NOTE: The maximum•acceptable concentrations for dust set up in Appendix A con-
template the estimate of dust exposures.by the method recognized by the U.S.
Public Health Service.
170.114 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE B-14
QUANTITY AND DISTANCE TABLE
(Extracts from Health and Safety Code)
12186. The, quantity of blasting caps or explosives that may be
kept or stored in any magazine depends upon the distance that the
magazine is situated from, and upon the protection afforded by natural
or efficient artificial barricades to, the nearest building, highway, rail-
road, or other magazine.
(Amended by Stats. 1957, Ch. 930.)
12187. Inthe following table is set forth the minimum distance
that a magazine in which a specified quantity of blasting caps or explo-
sives is kept shall be situated from the nearest building, railroad, high-
way, or other magazine:
QUANTITY AND DISTANCE TABLE
Column 1
Quantity kept or stored
Blasting caps
number
1,001-
5,001-
10,001-
20,001-
25,001-
35,001-
50,001-
65,001-
80,001-
100,001-
125,001-
150,001-
5,000
10,000
20,000
25,000
35,000
50,000
65,000
80,000
100,000
125,000
150,000
200,000
Explosives
_pounds
Over Not over
2 5
5 10
10 20
20 30
30 40
40 50
50 75
75 100
100 125
125 150
150 200
200 250
250 300
300 400
A
•
0
0
N
=
0b
ox
oti
M'
W a
m
om
M
M Cs
Nya
MVi.
IVa"+
ICV
F ANN
FANN
gANN
SANK
W W
W Ria
UAc�
_W
UA B
UAc
65
140
60
60
12
180
70
70
16
220
90
90
20
250
100
100
22
280
110
110
24
300
120
120
28
340
140
140
30
380
150
150
32
400
160
160
36
430
170
170
38
470
190
190
42
510
210
210
46
540
220
220
48
590
240
240
54
A
•
0
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
•CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS -APPENDIX
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE 104-a
(Health and Safety Code)
QUANTITY AND DISTANCE TABLE -Continued
Column 1
Quantity kept or stored
Blasting caps
number
200,001- 250,000
250,001- 300,000
300,001- 350,000
350,001- 400,000
400,001- 450,000
450,001- 500,000
500,001- 550,000
55001- 650,000
650,001- 750,000
750,001- 850,000
850,001-1,000,000
1,000,001-1,250,000
1,250,001-1,500,000
1,500,001-2,000,000
2,000,001-2,500,000
0
Explosives
pounds
Over
400-
500
600
700
800
900
1,000
1,200
1,400
1,600
1,800
2,000
2,500
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
16,000
18,000
20,000
25,000
30,000
35,000
40,000
45,000
50,000
55,000
60,000
65,000
70,000
75,000
80,000
85,000
90,000
95,000
100,000
Not over
500
600
700
800
900
1,000
1,200
1,400
1,600
1,800
2,000
2,500
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
16,000
18,000
20,000
25,000
30,000
35,000
40,000
45,000
50,000
55,000
60,000
65,000
70,000
75,000
80,000
85,000
90,000
95,000
100,000
110,000
170.115
ba
c
Ts
Cd
o^
C
c
N
o m
O°
04
Cd
q o.
w+.
ZQ-�
5cm
gu.
°�.
c0u
5a0.. °)i
M ciw
OF d
:d c". 0
m cJw
o•-
'd y
:1
.cww
o• c
;3 �. a
o• m w
UAc�
UA.0
UAc�
UAC
640
260
260
58
680
270
270
62
710
290
290
64
750
300
300
66
780
310
310
70
800
320
320
72
850
340
330
78
900
360
340
82
940
380
350
86
980
390
360
88
1,010
410
370
90
1,090
440
380
98
1,160
470
390
104
1,270
510
420
116
1,370
550
450
122
1,460
590
470
130
1,540
.620
490
136
1,600
640
500
144
1,670
670
510
150
1,730
690
520
156
1,750
740
540
164
1,770-
780
550
174
19800
810
' 560
180
1,880
840
570
188
1,950
870
580
` 196
2,110
940
630
210
2,260
1,000
680
224
2,410
1,050
720
238
2,550
1,100
760
248
2,680
1,140
800
258
2,800
1,180
840
270
2,920
1,220
880
280
3,030
1,260
910
290
3,130
1,290
940
300
3,220
1,320
970
310
3,310
1,350
1,000
320
3,390
1,380
1,020
330
3,460
1,410
19040
340
3,520
1,440
1,060
350
3,580
1,460
1,080
360
3,630
1,490
1,090
370
3,670
1,540
1,100
390
170,116 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
TITLE 8
(Register
65, No. 12-7-17-65)
•
PLATE B -14-b
(Health and Safety Code)
QUANTITY AND DISTANCE
TABLE -Continued
On
V
Cd
W
a
o m
Column 1
Quantity kept or stored
1.06
04
Explosives
pounds
a 9 m.+
�Cd
a e M,
ay
a a0 M
°
Blasting caps
number Over Not over
p
cQ 00
c ?C
q
a
od
hCd
UUA�a
UA c
110,000 120,000
3,710
1,580
1,110
410
120,000 130,000
3,750
1,620
1,120
430
130,000 140,000
3,780"
1,670
1,130
450
140,000 150,000
3,800
1,700
1,140
470
150,000 160,000
3,870
1,740
1,160
490
160,000 170,000
3,930
1,780
1,180
510
170,000 180,000
3,980.
1,810
1,200
530
180,000 190,000
4,020
1,840
1,210
550
190,000 200,000
4,060
1,870
1,220
570
200,000 210,000
4,110
1,910
1,240
590
210,000 230,000
4,200
1,960
1,270
630
230,000 250,000
4,310
2,020
1,300
670
250,000 275,000
4,430
2,080
1,340
720
275,000 300,000
4,550
2,150
1,380
770
(Amended by Stats. 1957, Ch. 930.)
12187.1. When two or more storage magazines are located on the
same property, each magazine shall comply with the minimum distances
specified from buildings, railways, and highways, and in addition they
shall be separated from each other by not -less than the distances shown
in Column 5 of the quantity and distance table, except that the quan-
tity of blasting caps contained in cap magazines shall govern in regard
to the spacing of said cap magazines from magazines containing other
explosives. If any two or more magazines are separated from each other
by less than the specified Column 5 distances, then such two or more
magazines, as a group, shall be considered as one magazine, and the
total quantity of explosives stored in such group shall be treated as if
stored in a single magazine located on the site of any magazine of the
group, and shall comply with the minimum distances specified from
other magazines, buildings, railways, and highways.
(Added by Stats. 1957, Ch. 930.)
12187.2. Not more than 300,000 pounds of commercial explosives
shall be permanently stored in a magazine or in a group of magazines
which is considered to be one magazine.
(Added by Stats. 1957, Ch. 930.)
12188. • Any applicable minimum distance may be one-half of that
set forth in the' quantity and distance table if the nearest building,
railroad, highway, or other magazine is effectually screened from the
magazine either by a natural barricade or an efficient artificial barricade
of such height that:
r1
LJ
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.117
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
• (Register 65, No. 12-7.17-65)
PLATE B-1 4-c
(Health and Safety Code)
(a) A straight line drawn from the top of any side wall of the maga-
zine to any part of the building or other magazine will pass through.
the barricade.
(b) A straight line drawn from the top of any side wall of the maga-
zine to any point 12 feet above the center of the railroad or highway
will pass through the barricade.
(Amended by Stats. 1957, Ch. 930.)
12189. The quantity and distance table is not applicable to any
magazine if the nearest building, railroad, highway, or other magazine
is.effectually screened from the magazine by a natural ground barrier,
Which:
(a) At any one point is 40 feet or more in height above a straight
line drawn from the top of any side wall of the magazine to any part
of the,building or other magazine, or to any point 12 feet above the
center of the railroad or highway.
(b) .Has a natural thickness of not less than 200,feet at the point.
where it is intersected by the straight line.
(Amended by Stats. 1957; Ch. 930.)
12190. If at any time the' distance from a magazine to the nearest
building, highway, or railroad is decreased through the construction of
a new building, highway, or railroad, the quantity of explosives kept or
stored in the magazine shall be reduced to correspond with that speci-
fied for the new distance by the quantity and distance table. The quan-
tity need not be reduced, however, in the event that a new building is
constructed in bad faith and with the intent to annoy, harass,-oppress,
or hinder the owner of the magazine.
(Amended by Stats. 1959, Ch. 1740. In effect July 10, 1959.)
0
170.118 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
Minimum Distance
( Watts) -
•
PLATE B-15-0
5
TABLE I
10
RECOMMENDED TABLE OF DISTANCES FOR AM TRANSMITTERS
15
Transmitter Power Minimum Distance
30
(Watts) (Feet)
45
5-25 ----------------------------------- 100
25-50 ----------------------------------- 150
50-100 ----------------------------------- 220
100-250 ----------------------------------- 350
250-500 ----------------------------------- 450
500-1,000 ----------------------------------- 650
1,000-2,500 ----------------------------------- 1,000
2,500-5,000 ----------------------------------- 1,500
5,000-10,000- ----------------------------------- 2,200
10,000-25,000 ----------------------------------- 3,500
25,000-50,000 ----------------------------------- 5,000
50,000-100,000 ------------------------------------ 7,000
TABLE II
RECOMMENDED TABLE OF DISTANCES FOR VHF. TV,
FM BROADCASTING AND FM MOBILE TRANSMITTERS
A. VHF Television and FM Broadcasting
Transmitter Power Minimum Distance
(Watts) (Feet)
1-10 ---------------------------------- 5
10-100 ---------------------------------- 20
100-11000 ---------------------------------- 60
1,000-10,000 ---------------------------------- 200
10,000-100,000 ---------------------------------- 600
100,000-1,000,000 ----------------------------------- 2,000
B. FM Mobile Transmitters
Transmitter Power
Minimum Distance
( Watts) -
(Feet)
1-10 ------------------------------------------
5
10-30 ------------------------------------------
10
30-60 ------------------------------------------
15
60-250 ------------------------------------------
30
250-600 ------------------------------------------
45
PLATE B -15-b
TABLE 111
RECOMMENDED TABLE OF DISTANCES
FOR UHF TELEVISION TRANSMITTERS
Transmitter Power Minimum Distance
(Watts) – (Feet)
1-10 ---------------------------------= 2.5
10-100 --------------------------------- 8
100-1,000 ---------------------------------- 25
1,000-10,000 ---------------------------------- 80
10,000-100,000 ---------------------------------- 250
100,000-1,000,000 ---------------------------------- 800
1,000,000-5,000,000 -------------------------------- 2,000
Preceding 3 Tables from: Institute of Makers of Explosives, 250 East
43 Street, New York 17, N.Y. Pamphlet No. 20.
0
l•
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.119 .
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE B-16
LADDERS
Safe procedure in setting up a ladder. The base should be one-fourth
the ladder length from the vertical plane of the top support.
170.120
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE B-17
CRITERIA FOR STAIRS, LADDERS AND RAMPS OR INCLINES
"Don't be
th' Fall buy"
0
E
0
Q'
0O Oa P2Qo _y
O Wo Q V `(�
2 O�Q� QQ,�/
O p 3 bj'�,q ,�Q' �„� �,P TRiAD�
4 U a�y� P2 N0� 51NE�-IIII-�
O LRISER I
0 ` 30'7034'
o RUN
0 9,Q
PNG�
0 La\'�\OP
6F
0
35°
so' Sp° �,
= �
30� 20 15� rsi pREFERR.ED
U'
RTABLE RISERS AND
UNSS FOR STAl1;5
RUN + RISCR = 17 Yz"
ANGLE WITH RISER RUN
NORRONTAL IN INCHES IN INCHFS
23"-14' 5%4 12%
24'-38' 5'/2
I
26'-00' 5:'1+ 1134
27'-33' 6 II'/2
29'-03' 6%4 II Y4
30'-35' 6Y2
II
3Z'-08' 6,44.
10 Y+
33=41' 7 10'/2
35' -IG' -r Y&
10%4
36'- S2' 7 '/2
10
38'-29' 73/4 .944
40'-09' 8 9'/z
41'-44' aV4
91/4
43° 22' I 814 9
45°- 00' 8 -$ 8 N4
4c.'-38, 9
8 Ya
48"- 16' 9 Y4 8IL
49°-54' 9'fz g
"Don't be
th' Fall buy"
0
E
0
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL,SAFETY 170.121
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
is (Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE 8-18
LIGHT-TRAD/ POLM SCAFFOLD
FOR SCAFFOLDS OVER 32 FEET HIGH USE 3" X 4" UPRIGHTS,
EXCEPT FOR TOP 32 FEET
For carpenters, latheri, shinglers, painters, plasterers, sheet metal workers, and other trades,
not using heavy tools or storing heavy materials on the scaffold
0
0
NoTn: (1) Continuous sills may be required on pavement or other surfaces that
might cause slipping. When uprights are placed on the ground, they must rest on sills
or foot blocks that are adequate to sustain the load.
(2) Ladders do not have to be placed as shown, but may be located at any suitable
place on the scaffold that gives proper access to' the platform or platforms.
170.122 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE &19
HEAVY -TRADE POLE SCAFFOLD
FOR SCAFFOLDS OVER 32 FEET HIGH USE 4" X 6" UPRIGHTS,
EXCEPT FOR TOP 32 FEET
For bricklayers, stone masons, stone cutters, concrete workers, and other trades
using heavy tools or storing heavy materials on the scaffold
0
E
•
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.123
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE B-20
WOODEN BRACKET SCAFFOLD (Suggested)
(CAN BE PREFABRICATED FOR ATTACHMENT TO WAIL FORMS AT VARIOUS POSITIONS,
OR CAN BE MADE AS A PERMANENT PART OF MOVABLE FORM PANEL)
170.124 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE B-21
METAL BRACKET SCAFFOLD (Suggested)
V YVALER JACK")
Nora: Bracket should not be used on walere held by wire ties unless there are at
least three such ties fairly close to each jack. Bolted walere are preferred where
brackets are used.
0
r
LJ
I�
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE B-22
LIMIT SPANS TO 7'-6" (Suggested)
—FOR MULTIPLE SCAFFOLD USE AT LEAST
3"x16" OUTRIGGERS. SEE ORDER 1645
l<
FIGURE FOUR SCAFFOLD
(Suggested)
-
Limit spans to 10'-0"
(See Order 1645)
PLATE B•23
i CATSWAIN'S CHAIR (Suggested)
*rd
170.125
ILLUST;LATING REt:VINa
OF ROPE
r
170.126 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
' u' w
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE B -23-a
OUTRIOGER BEAM FOR SUSPENDED STAOINO (Suggested)
PLATE B-24
ACCEPTABLE SCAFFOLDS (Suggested)
SUSPENDED SCAFFOLD
2:4-- YACKRAIL Z'xe
GALVANIZED IRON
THIMS
CLIP Z
eTANMRD %" WIRE
OPC F R 1y
I 4z'TRAP[S. USL
FOR NAVY TR
OVERHANG:
I • X 14'IN
MIMUM I MINIMUM
_SELECT 'STRUCTURAL —M IM -
D[ 6
WIRE: ROP[
1 I PLIC 7
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.127
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE B-24-a
SUSPENDED LADDER SCAFFOLD (Suggested)
�Jf I� BENT STEL PU1l,TS 2� K 4` _SACK RAIL.
FOR SOL67M SEEM.
ROUND STEEL PIN TO NOIR
baISTER IN PI ACL
)''2RAuND STEEL
4'
' OV[AHAM6:
RAUND STEEL 11=�
IN. -NOT REINFORCING STEEL l6MA7l
ySt- Rool EACH SL0'
FOR REINFORCING
SuMP6R. ' fes TQUSS RAO
170.128
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE B•25 �.
SWING STAGS SHOWING CINTRR SUPPORT
ACCEPTABLE FOR RAILING REINFORCEMENT
aueon RAIL
x.50
y Cr73FL 5uprogT
iSCt DETAILS AT RIGHT)
LADDER RAIL
,SLEEVE FASTENED TO LADDER RAIL
WjrHOUT WEAKENINQr RAIL WITH
SCREW OR BOLT HOLES (RAIL RESTS ON EIOLT��
I'
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF. INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
CONSTRUCTION. SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE B-26
ACCEPTABLE MASONS' SUSP[NDID SCAFFOLD
That Will Comply With Order No. 1659
Unit plank spans to 8'4Y"
170.129
THIS E
SECUR
R(Gio(
INDIISTRIAL RELATIONS . TITtE 8
(Register 65,'No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE B-27
MASON'S OUTRIOOIR SCAFFOLD
(Seopested)
U
0
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.131
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE &28
V WELDERS' PLATFORM CAGES (Suggested)
III STRUCTURAL
STORAGE TANK I STEEL ,
MEW
Dk
ilk,
r
STATIONARY
PLATFORM CAGE
ROLLING PLATFORM CAGE.
170,132 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7=17-65)
PLATE B-29
BOLTS
Safe loads in pounds for bolts in double shear and in sea-
soned lumber of the following species: cypress, southern; Douglas fir
(coast and inland region) ; larch, western; pine, southern yellow; in
joints consisting of three members in which the side members are one-
half the thickness of the main member, shall not exceed values set forth
in Plates B -29-a, -b.
•PLATE B -29-b
HOLDING POWER OF BOLTS
Loads Perpendicular to Grain (q)
Length of
bolt in main
Diameter of bolt (inches)
PLATE B -29-a
HOLDING POWER OF BOLTS
(inches)
Loads Parallel to Grain (p)
Length of
Diameter of bolt (inches)
1
bolt in m.m
490
540
600
660
member'
2 _____________
700.
790
880
970
1,050
(inches)
j§
920
%
1,210
1,340
1,460
_______
910
1,160
1,390
1,630
1,810
1,860
6 _____________
________
1,150
1,700
2,190
2,610
2,410
3,010
0 _____________
__
_____________
1,160
1,810
2,570
3,310
3,990.
1,170
_____________
1,160
1,810
2,600
3,530
9 ___________
4,480
5,380
1,520
____________
2,750
1,810
2,600
3,550
4,610
5,800
_____________
3,290
1,810
2,600
3,550
4,630
5,850
_____ _
1,810
2,600
2,600
3,550
4,630
5,850
i_______'______
3t_____________
_
3,550
4,630
5,850
7,240
_
4,630
5,850
7,240
I This assumes dressed eine lumber. Safe loads for other lengths of bolt in main member may be obtained by inter-
polation.
•PLATE B -29-b
HOLDING POWER OF BOLTS
Loads Perpendicular to Grain (q)
Length of
bolt in main
Diameter of bolt (inches)
member'
(inches)
1
430
490
540
600
660
2 _____________
700.
790
880
970
1,050
3 _____________
920
1,090
1,210
1,340
1,460
4 _____________
920
1,300
1,510
1,660
1,810
1,970
6 _____________
-
1,300
1,750
2,020
2,210
2,410
0 _____________
__
1,250
1,750
2,260
2,690
2,850
7 _____________
1,170
1,690
2,250
2,820
3,250
9 ___________
__
__
1,520
2,120
2,750
3,450
4,130
2,670
3,290
4,040
I This sasumea dressed size lumber. Safe loads for other lengths of bolt in main member may be obtained by inter-
polation:
E
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.133
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 85, No. 12-7-17-85)
PLATE 8-30
Nails and Spikes. (1) Safe Lateral Strength. A common wire
nail driven perpendicular to grain of the wood, when used to. fasten
wood members together, shall not be subjected to a greater load caus-
ing shear and bending than the safe lateral strength of the wire nail
or spike as set forth in Plate B -30-a.
A wire, nail driven, parallel to the grain of the wood or toe nailed
shall not be subjected to more than two-thirds�of the lateral load al-
lowed when driven perpendicular to grain.
.PLATE B30 -a
SAFE LATERAL STRENGTH AND REQUIRED PENETRATION OF COMMON WIRE NAILS
Driven Perpendicular to Grain of the Wood
(2), Safe Resistance to Withdrawal. A wire nail driven perpen-
dicular to grain of the wood shall not be subjected to a greater load,
tending to cause withdrawal, -than the safe resistance of the nail to
withdrawal, as set forth in P1ate.B-30-b.
Nails driven parallel to grain of the wood shall not be allowed for
resisting withdrawal forces.
Standard
Penetration
Loads (pounds)
Douglas 8r
length Wise
required
or
Size of nail
(inches) gouge
(inches)
southern pine
Redwood
Other species
ad-------------------
2 1135
1
70
b8
As determined by
Bd___________________
235 10%
1�
135
100
120
82
98
the enforcing
10d-------------------
12d-------------------
3 9
3 a 9
8
1q
1
130
160
100 _
123
agency
16d___________________
20d__________________
_-
39
4 6
2
190
106 '
30d------------------
40d___________________
435 0
0 4
2r/
2
230
270
188
220
50d-------------------
034 8
2
310
260
cod-------------------
e • 2
8
360
296
(2), Safe Resistance to Withdrawal. A wire nail driven perpen-
dicular to grain of the wood shall not be subjected to a greater load,
tending to cause withdrawal, -than the safe resistance of the nail to
withdrawal, as set forth in P1ate.B-30-b.
Nails driven parallel to grain of the wood shall not be allowed for
resisting withdrawal forces.
l
170.134 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONs TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE B30 -b._
SAFE RESISTANCE TO WITHDRAWAL OF' COMMON WIRE NAILS
Inserted Perpendicular to Grain of the Wood, in Pounds per Linear.
Sind of wood
Douglas Fir or Southern Pine or
Other species -------------------
Size of nail
6d 8d 10d 12d 16d 20d 30d 40d 60d 60d
27 29 36 36 39 48 52 59 61 67
Aa determined by the enforcing agency
(3) Spaeing and Penetration. Common wire nails shall have
penetration, into the piece receiving the point as set forth in Plate B-
30 -a. Nails or spikes, for which the wire gauges or lengths are not speci-,
fled in Plate B -30-a, shall have a required penetration of not less than
nine and one-half diameters, and allowable loads may be interpolated.
For wood to wood joints the spacing center -to -center shall be not
less than the required penetration.
Edge and end distances ,shall be not less than one-half of the re-
quired penetration.
Holes for nails, where necessary to prevent splitting, shall be bored
of a diameter, smaller than that of the nails. .
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.135
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 65, No. 12--7-17-65)
APPENDIX C -HELPFUL CONSTRUCTION METHODS
PLATE C-1
EFFICIENCY OF WIRE ROPE CONNECTIONS
As Compared to Safe Loads on Wire Rope
Figure Type of Connection Efficiency
Wire rope ----------------------------------- 1000/c
2 Sockets—Zinc Type—properly attached --------- 100010
3 Wedge Sockets -------- ----------------------- 70%
4 Clips—Crosby Type -------------------------- 80%
b Knot and Clip (Contractors Knot) ------------ 500/v
8 Plate Clamp—Three Bolt Type ________________ 800Jo
7 Spliced Eye and Thimble: ,
I" and smaller ---------------------------100%
I" to V,---------------------------------
------------------------------ 950/,
Vto 1" ________________________________ 88/0
1}" to 1}" --------------------------------- 82%
1rto 2" --------------------------------- 76%
2j" and larger ---------------------------- 700/c
Figs
no. 3
� Fla•
Fid S
0
170.136 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-66)
PLATE C-2
APPLYING WIRE ROPE CLIPS
The Right Way to Clip Wire Rope
The only correct method of attaching U -bolt wire, rope clips to rope ends is
shown in the illustration. The base of the clip bears against the live end of the
rope, while the "U" of the -bolt presses against the dead end.
The clips are usually spaced about six rope diameters apart to give adequate
holding power.
Before ropes are placed under tension the nuts on the clips should be tightened.
It is advisable to tighten them again after the load is on the rope to take care
of any reduction in the rope's diameter caused by the weight or tension of the load.
A wire -rope thimble should be used in the loop eye to prevent kinking when wire
rope clips are used.
The correct number of clips for safe application, and spacing distances, are shown
in the table below.
The Wrong Way to Clip WIre Rope
NUMBER OF CLIPS AND SPACING FOR SAFE APPLICATION
Rope diameter, inches
Approximate weight, pounds,
Minimum number
clips for
each rope end
Spacing of clips, inches
0.10
9
:zu a i
2
IR
.27
2
2
.70
2
2
.78
3
3
1.08,
3
32.40
1.59
4
d
o
1
2.79
4
8
i
4.60
5
834
6.80
e
D
7.20
e
D a
2
12.60
a
12
2g
15 50
6
IM
2
18.00'
8
15
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF -INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.137
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 65, No. 12r-7-17-65)
PLATE .C3
SHACKLE DATA
SAFE LOAD IN POUNDS—DROP FORGED STEEL, WELDLESS
SCREW PIN ROUND PIN SAFETY
TYPE SHACKLE TYPE TYPE
SHACKLE SHACKLE
0
Diameter
Max. width
Safe working
Diameter
Maz. width
Safe working
of pin
between eyes
load
of pin
between eyes
load
(inches)
(inches)
(pounds)
(inches)
(inches)
(pounds)
--------------
1
560
131_-----
2
16.000
u---------=----
1'ti
1,400
1Si----------
2
20.000
---------'-----
��6
2,700
1)5----------
2H
24,000
�- - ----------
'rfi
3.600
13i----------
lir
28,000
u--------------
I 11
5,600
lx------------
231
32.000
-----___-__
131
7,600
2-------------
2%.
30,000
1_______________
1M
10,400
231---------
3X
46,000
135----------
1%
13.200
2%------
4
56,000
All shackle pins_must be straight and all pine of screw pin type must be screwed
In all the way. If width between the eyes ie greater than listed above, the
SHACKLE HAS BEEN OVERSTRAINED AND IS NOT DEPENDABLE.
PLATE C-4
STRENGTH OF MANUFACTURED EYE HOOKS
Drop Forged Steel, Wsldless
_THROAT
Inside
Throat
Safe working
Inside
Throat
Safe working
diameter of
opening
load _
diameter of
openings
load
eye (inches)
(pounds)
eye (inches)
(pounds)
y1--------------
1
1.000
131_-----
2
6,000
u---------=----
1'ti
1.200
1X------
S%
8,000
1__------------
15fi
1.4M
2---___--
231
8.400
131
2,400
23S_—_---
234
11,000
a,400
2%-----_
a
18.600
1fS---------
13S
4.100"
a A — — — — — —
3%,
16.000
5,000
aA------
4
22.000
If the throat opening of any book exceeds the dimension given above for the
corresponding diameter of the eye, the HOOK HAS BRUN OVERSTRAINED
AND IS NOT DEPENDABLE..
l
170.138 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE C-5
WIRE ROPE
Safe Load in Pounds for New Improved Plow Steel Hoisting Rope -
6 Strands, of 19 Wires, Hemp Center
SAFETY FACTOR OF 6
Diameter
in Inches.
Weight Per
Foot in lbs.
Safe Load
Pounds
Diameter
in Inches
Weight Per
Foot in lbs.
Safe Load
Pounds_
ia--=----------
.10
1,050
1
1.60
15,000
lfi--------------
:16
1,800
1H .
2.03
.18.600
�-------------
- .23
2,250
IM
7.50
23,ODD ,
I{______________
.31
3,070
1%
3.03
25,900
-------------
.40
4,030
Ij*.
3.60
30,700
S{______________
.81
4,840
lyf
4.23
35.700
if-------------
•63
6,330
11(---------------------
4.90
41.300
______-_____
.90
8,770
18.900
8.63
47,060
_____________
1.23
11,570
2
8.40
53,300
PLATE .G6
Soe Load In Pounds for New Improved Plow Steel Wire Rope Slings Under
Different Loading Conditions -6 Strorids of 19 Wires, Hemp Center
SAFETY FACTOR 8 -SPLICE EFFICIENCY 80 PERCENT
Mae Diameter;
In Inches
Single Wire
Rope -Sling
Vertical Lift
Sling or 2 Wire
Ropes Ueed at
6W -Angle
Sling or 2 Wire
Ropes Vsed at
45° Angle
Sling or 2 Wire
Ropes Used at
30° Angle
. (te
2,330
1,910.
1,350
--------------- -----
1,350
iS---------------------
2,420
4.200
3,420
2,420
yf____________________
3.800
8,570
5,400
3,800
K---------------------
5,260
9,100
7,400
5,250
K---------------------
, 7,000
12,100
9,900
7,000
1-----------------------
9.000
15,500
12,700
9,000
---------- -----------
11,200
19,400
15,900
11,200
11(---------------------
13.800
23,900
19,850
13,800
1jf------------------ x
18.900
29.300
23,500
16,900
ljf---------------------
20,000,
34,600
28,200
20,000
Avoid angles of less than 45 degrees. •
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.139
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
• (Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
0
PLATE G7
sAls NITCNSS AND KNOTS
20
TEN ION IN A LINE ---A
SNUSSINC, HITCH
SOY �
44goAll
i;1 iP1�
i
ROM
-
CLOVL HITCM TWO s
SCAFFOLD Wi-rcm LINE To A
PLANKS TO HANG LEVEL
. .
POP FASTENING SINGLE SCAFFOLD
5
S %
'1
170.140 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE C-8 a
PA1NTIWS BITCH
LOAD LINI
LINE TO PR995 FR[6 LND
NS*P STIOULUP .
SCAFFOLD SLIN<''-'J'��� �1111�
OR STIRRUP
Steps in Making a Sate Hitch
1. Locate and prepare place load is to go.
2. Determine the weight of the load.
8. Determine the places where the hitching equipment is to be put on.
4. Decide on the type of hitch and hitching equipment which is necessary
5. Decide on size of hitching equipment.
6. Put on hitch after checking condition of hitching equipment:
7. Take out the slack and check the hitch.
S. Raise the load to a safe level and travel to destination.
9: Lower the load near the landing area.
10. Adjust the blocking.
11. Set the load down on the blocking.
12. Remove the hitching equipment.
18. Check the hitching equipment.
14. Return equipment, to proper place.
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.141
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9.72)
PLATE C-9
MANILA ROPE
Safe Load for New Manila Rope, 3 Strand
SAFETY FACTOR 7
Size Size
Safe Load Safe Load
Circumference Diameter Pounds Circumference Diameter Pounds
in Inches in Inches in Inches in Inches
3/. ...................... '/, 85 3 1 1,28()
11/9 ...................... % 185 3% 1'/, 1,900
1'/a ...................... '/a 360 4'/2 1'/a 2,640
2Y, ...................... % 780 5'/2 1"/1e 3,760
2% ...................... '%6 920 6 2 4,400
For sisal rope, decrease weight of load by one-third or use rope next size larger in above table.
Plate C-10
Safe Load in Pounds for New Standard 3 -Strand Manila Rope Slings Spliced
for Hook at One End and Hook or Rings at.Other End
SAFETY FACTOR 10—SPLICE EFFICIENCY 80 PERCENT
Size 1
Single Rope Sling Double Rope Slings Double Rope Slings Double Slings
Circum- Diameter Vertical Lift, Pounds When Used at When Used at When Used at
ference in 60' Angle, Pounds 45• Angle, Pounds 30' Angle, Pounds
in Inches Inches
1'/, ............ '/, 210 365 300 210
2'/, ............ '/, 435 740 615 435
3 ................ 1. 720 1,250 1,020 720
3a/, ............ '/, 1,080 1,880 . 1,530 1,080
4'/a ............ 1'/a 1,480 2,570 2,100 1,480
6 ................ 2 2,450 4,250 3,470 2,450
Avoid angles less than 45 degrees.
.For sisal rope, decrease weight of load by one-third or use rope next size larger in above table.
WARNING: Inspect all fiber ropes carefully. The lay of the rope should be opened, and
if there is evidence of broken or rotten fiber, the rope should be removed from service.
Also examine rope for harmful deformation or reduction in diameter.
•
170.142 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9-72)
Plate C-11 0
Hand Signals for Boom Equipment Operation
IT,
A\ -
HOIST. 1-11
mg up. +•we •.ons in moll har;tpnml
circle
LOIER.
{a•tl:nger W 'ang d more hood an
smell nor, tonbl c;rclesm
USE MAIN HOIST Tap (4, A. -d, ren use
regular r:gmis
�7
-
USE —11' LINE. •A -d;- H.41)
T— 0—
11111 1001. 4rm —1111d.
10-11R TO.- All e.r noes l;ngers closes,
--d
4T.
MOUE SLOUL(.PAIV
TIE BOOM. AND LO;.[R T,11 LOAD.
/A
LO .[R THE 30 AND RAISE I'll LOAD,
p—
w
J
•
•
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.143
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 72, No. 56--12-9-72)
Plate C•17 -a
Hand Signals for Boom Equipment Operation
9-85931
L7
TI .� ✓
TI
l
`� ` T,
SWING. Arm eareMrd po;nr -h Inger ;n
d;rrcr;on of ming of boom.
STOP. Arm --dad. palm do -n, hold paai tion
riy�dly.
EMERGENCY STOP. Arm earendad, Wlm do.n,
.e loud rapidly right and left.
v
�
� ♦ T,
Tr �
7.
TRAVEL. Arm r•rended lor.ortl, hone Darn
and rl;ghrly roi mo.e P�rh;ng mo •on rn
tlirecr;on al rra.el� •
DOG EVERYLMING. Clasp wndr in Irony of
body.
TW EL. (Born T,.,k,) ure'borh 1;11,in
Iro�r ol. body, making a essay mo
d about
ring of r o.el,
lorcwrd or bocbwrd. (Po ccro..lrr crone, andy)
ip
'
_•
1 '`�
11 %
•l7
ql�
I
Tii-'EL. IOne Trac.r Loc.d on
rue �M;earro by re. a I.rr. Ira.elR
oppor•e rm ac . a by
'r ofnar ndm
EXTENDBOOM. ITelrrcaP;r.g Boomr)
Born (para .n r m al body
M nr;n9 o�rwrd.
RETRACT BOOM, rTele,cop;ng Bwmr)
lw, .n Irony of boor .rh thumbs
w.n :ng rowrd eac� orrar.
c.,lor rro oleo Dred
..r .tally .n al'�onr or bony :,for cro.ler
cranes only)
9-85931
1
170.144 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 512.9.72)
Plate C -11-b
Hand Signals for Boom Equipment Operation
•
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.144.1
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9.72)
Plate C -11-c
Standard Cranes
WHEEL MOUNTED CRANE
}
TRUCK CRANE
•
1
LOCOMOTIVE CRANE
NE
170.144.2 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8 .
(Register 7$ No. 50-12-9.72)
Plate C -11-d
Standard Cranes
Mobil,
0
•
0
K7
I •
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY' 170.144.3
CONSTRUCTION' SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 72, No. 50-12.9.72)
Plate C -11-e
Standard Cranes
s
170.144.4 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
.(Register 72, No. 50-12.9.72)
Plate C•11•f
Standard Cranes and Derricks
BARGE MOUNTED LAND CRANE_
PLO'
I
is
E
•
•
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.144.5
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 72, No. 60-12.9.72)
Plate C -11-g
Standard Crones
TRUCK CRANE
TELESCOPING BOOM
HYDRAULIC C
HAMMSRH[AD
170.144.6
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No: 50-12.9.72)
Plate C -11-h
Standard Cranes
CANTILEVER GANTRY
I•
•
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF• INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.144.7•
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9-72)
Plate C -11-i
Standard Cranes .
GANTRY
OVERHEAD TRAVELING CRANE
170.144.8 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 50-72-9.72) •
Plate C-77-j
Standard Derricks
GUY DERRICK
m
STIFF LEG DERRICK
9
0
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY /1%0.144.9
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 7L No. (90-12.9.72)
Plate C -11-k
Standard Derricks
-A -FRAME DERRICK
BREAST DERRICK
170.144.10 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS ITITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 50-12.9.72)
Plate C-71.1
Standard Derricks
CHICAGO BOOM
GIN POLE DERRICK
9
•
0
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.144.11
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9-72)
Plate C -11-m
Certificate of Unit Test and/or Examination of Crane, Derrick, or
Other Material Handling Device
Certificate
CERTIFICATE OF UNIT TEST AND/OR EXAMINATION OF CRANE, DERRICK, OR OTHER
MATERIAL HANDLING DEVICE
(OWNER'S COPY)
1. Owner
2. Description (check): Crane DerrickOther(describe)
Location: (a) Remains at worksite (b) Changes worksite
(c) Aboard vessel
If (a) or (c), describe:
If crane, type (truck, rail, etc.):
Manufacturer Model Serial No
If derrick, describe:
If spout or other device, describe:
Owner's identification, if any:
3. Service status at time of survey (check): Lifting
Clamshell Magnet
• " Other, describe
4. Boom at time of survey (except bridge cranes): Length Type
5. Test loads applied (cross out if only examination conducted):
Radius Proof loads Rated loads
i
Means of application of proof load:
Basis for assigned load ratings:
6. Remarks and/or limitations imposed:
I certify that on the — day of , 19—, the above described device was (tested and
examined) (examined) by the undersigned or his authorized representative; that said
(test and examination) (examination) met in all respects with the requirements of
or with requirements declared compatible under the provisions of
that any deficiencies considered to constitute an unsatisfactory condition have
been corrected; and that the device has been found to be in compliance in all applicable
respects with the governing requirements.
Name and address of accredited or otherwise authorized organization making the test
and/or examination:
Name and address of authorized person carrying out the test and/or examination:
Position of signatory in the organization making the test and/or examination:
Signature
Date —
170.144.12 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9.72)
Plate C-12
HOW TO LIFT
1. Size up the load first. Get help if you need it.
2. Be sure of your footing.
3. Lift with your legs, not your back.
4. Keep your balance—don't twist under strain or jerk the load.
�.. CEP
r� THIS
�r.. UNE
- NEARLY
YOtT1G11
,sM
BLND 4�
KNEES
•
r
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY' 170.144.13
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 72, No. 50-12.9-72)
Plate C-13
FIRE EXTINGUISHMENT
Keep extinguishers in the clear.
Do not tamper with them. Know
where they are and how to use '
them.
In case of fire:
1. Turn in an alarm at once.
2. Use the right type of extinguisher.
3. Use equipment correctly. Do not delay.
4. Make certain the fire is out.
5. Be sure the equipment is made ready for. re -use.
•
170.144.14 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLES .
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9.72
9 )
Plate C -13-a
CLASSES OF FIRES
Fires in wood, paper, textiles and other carbonaceous materi-
als. These fires are extinguished by the cooling and quench-
ing action of water and water-based agents or. by insulating
with general purpose dry chemical.
Fires in flammable liquids. These are smothered by carbon
dioxide, drychemical, foam and loaded.stream..
Fires in live electrical equipment. Extinguishing agents are
dry chemical, carbon dioxide, all electrical nonconductors.
Fires incombustible, metals such as magnesium, sodium and
potassium. Extinguishing agent is coarse powder which seals
the burning surface and smothers the fire.
0
TYPES OF EXTINGUISHERS
CARBON
REGULAR
GENERAL PURPOSE
H
LOADED
r
DIOXIDE
DRY CHEMICAL
DRY CHEMICAL
WATER
FOAM
STREAM
0
YES Excellent
YES Excellent
YES Excellent
YES Excellent
Swell' surface
Small,
fires only.
A
Small surface
fires only.
Fire -retardant
Water saturates
Foam has both
Saturates mate -
re-
O
o z
z
prevents
reflash.
material and ppre•
vents rekindling.
smothering and
wetting action.
rial, pprevents
kindling.
YES Excellent
�4
YES Excellent
YES
Carbon dioxide
-YES Excellent
YES Excellent'
NO
Smotheringblan-
Provides smoth.
leaves no resi•
B due, does not at-
Chemical
Provides smoth-
Wate►willspread
fire, not put.It
ketdoes not dis•
sipate. floatson,
ering action,
feet equipment
ers fire..
Bring action.
out
top of spilled
e o 0 1 s a n d
quenches.
or foodstuffs.
liquids.
YES Excellent
' YES Excellent
YES Excellent
NO
NO -
NO
'Carbon dioxide
Is a noneondue•
Chemical is a
non-conductor;
Chemical' Is a
non-conductor; -
Water, a'con-
..Foam'is a con'
Liquid is a con -
tor, leaves no
screen -of' dry
screen of dry
ductor, should
not be used on
ductor and
should not be.
doctor a n d
should not be.
residue, will not
damage equip-
chemical shields
operator from
chemical shields
operator from
live electrical
used on live elec-
used on live elec-.
ment
heat
heat
equipment.
trical equipment.
tricalequipment
Fires in combustible metals such as magnesium, sodium and potassium. Extin-
guishing agent is coarse powder which seals the burning surface and smothers
the fire.
- o
i-+
- cn
H
o
m r
m
C, oo .
z
0
roo
.
H
J�
ai A
W
O
o z
z
,01a
5
H z
n
�4
c
4
t7 �"
L
ro P
b H
Fires in combustible metals such as magnesium, sodium and potassium. Extin-
guishing agent is coarse powder which seals the burning surface and smothers
the fire.
- o
i-+
- cn
170.146
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS , TITLE S,
'(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE C-14
TILT -UP CONCRETE SLAB ERECTION METHODS
(SHOWING TYPICAL PICK-UP DEVICES)
IMOVABLE ARM IN S OT—,
TEMPORARY BRACING METHODS
�,pRACCS AND ANeuoR.S DESIGNED TO "�• j
I F- 10 0 { .
PCJR SGUARE FOof ON WALL PANELS '.; 9 I i J. ✓
IN ANCHOR PL&M---•MOUE! N
FACFEARFD UNLESS PLATE
HAS RAISCO EOG& OR
SIMILAR SAFELY FGTURL�
q
•
TITLE 8
DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.147
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX'
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17.65)
PLATE C-15
RAMP FOR MOTOR -DRIVEN CONCRETE BUGGIES
'
I' SHLATNINF
CURB ON ALL POURING GOGILF
8'x4' RUNNCIES
it
•
_
I' r 6' KNEE
BRACES
\4"m4'
4'x& I' LCGS - t__lWIOCNEO AREA
\
-MINIMUM t FOR PASSINOr
M^�?'.
1
PLATE C-16
_
•
CAB PROTECTION -
(FOR TRUCKS HAULING GRAVEL, ROCK, DIRT, ETC.)
4 6MINIMUM)1,TELOR ANGL�ANGLN
min STEEL PLATE STRUCTURAL SHAPES
170.148 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8.
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE C-17
Suggested Test for Scaffold Planks
To teat scaffold planks a simple impact .loading method is, as
follows:
1., Select a'span from the following table that is convenient for -
the length and.size of plank to be -tested. Obtain two (2) blocks
about two feet (2') long and of a thickness (given in table) that
corresponds to the span and plank size. Set blocks and plank
on a flat surface as illustrated, so that clearance between surface
and plank is uniform.
2. Have men (two should be. enough) spring on the board, stand-
ing close together at mid -span, until it defleets to the surface
below several times. Do not apply a load so large that the
plank is held.. against ,the floor. It. should touch the -floor only -
for an instant during springing.
8. Listen for cracking and look for splitting.
4. If no cracking or splitting is noted, turn the plank over and
repeat the teat. If it cracks or splits; reject it.
5. In case of faint cracking sound (caused by stretching of fibers
near allowable knots), repeat test,. and accept plank if no fur-
ther cracking sounds are heard.
Table of Block Sizes for Various Spans
Plank span, feet Plank s{se,• inches Block sise, fscAss
8 2210 or 2x12 21
10 2 x 10 or 2x 12 at .
12 2x12 6+
• NOT6: All pLob must eomply with adeq orders-inregard to grade, dse, eondltloo, Ste.
The main advantage of this system, in addition to simplicity, is
that it will show up wood that is brash or contains compression failures,
while not damaging good planks.
su"nTaD TSST FOR SCAFFOLD PLANKS
•
•
PLATE C-19..
ROOFER'S JACK (Suggested)
FOR COMPOSITION SHINOLES.OR ROLL ROOFING
SLOTTED HOLES' FOR "16 d
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL -SAFETY 1.70.149
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX,
(Register 66, No. 19-7-1745)
PLATE C-18
ROOFER'S GALLOWS !RAMIE (Suggested)
MATERIAL -41.0R, STRAIGHT GRAINED, SELECTED LUMBER OR EQUIVALENT
PON
170.150 'INDu mrAL RELAT16m TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE C-20
SNOM SCAFFOLD LIAN-TO SCAFFOLD
A
STUD -JACK SCAFFOLD
1
PROHIBITED—Unless attached . to
two or more etude and equipped with
•
2" z V ledgers. Guardrails required
when 7j ft. or higher.
'
r/ A B'x 44 LEDGER
L.-- -- =
PROHIBITED
-
2x 4" STUD
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.1551,
6 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 66, No. 12-7-17-66)
•
0
PLATE C-21
SUGG13TED SCAFFOLD HORSiS
(See Construction Safety Order 1647)
4` I
1'x4
VOW-
.p
LIGHT TRADES
^
I•■10" .g
HEAVY TRADES
el
A=0 -MAX
2"■ i' I
IK
' Z �
• 2
3
-Al
PROVIPE ADDITIONAL
j� PROVIDL ADDITIONAL
GRACES FOR HORSES
/
Ylb Acrs R H RS
BETWEEN ID't16 FEET HIGH
SLTWEEN 10 16 FEET HIGH
1.1 GHT TRADES
H EAVY TRADES
C14 1•xi'
e
v0 I
'i
1'■i' '� ,USE 3•■4' LCGS
Rx4.
FOR WORSU BETWEEN
FEET 141"
HINGED HORSE FOR
HINGED H005C. FOR
LI614T TRADES
HEAVY TRADES
170.152 INDUSTRY RELATIONS_ TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-1745) •
PLATE' G22
BUMNO ' VALM OF SOM
Shores. and similar membere'that depend upon earth for support,
will probably require foot blocks or sills to distribute the load. In the
absence of test data that establish the Sustaining power of the soils in
question, the following information should be helpful in determining
the size of fill needed to assure adequate support from the soil.
Boil tyle Tows 611"able
per egvars foot
softday ------------------------------------------------ 1
Wet clay _____________
Band and elay, mf:ed fn layers-----------=----------------- 2.
Medry sand------------------------------------------- if
Harddry elay------------------------- --------- ---------- 4
Coarse.eompaet dq land----------------------------------- {
TITLE 8 (DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.153
CONSTRUCTION "SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDI%
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE C-23
SNORING SYSTEM FOR TRINCHIS
(See Article 6 of Orden)
LO' MA SPOIL BAN
\ ®YR-ENC14ES IN 14ARO
COMPACT MATERIAL
y SPC • �� k
• 4'Q (ige on MORE IN or-Ut71
l Vi�LRACING: SCRCW JACKS OR 71MBCIZ•y
i r
OACCO, NEYel2 GREATER TMA" 5=0�
rrrylif ."�iL1fr- ON C[NTER wIE BRACE RE UIFE
y(a hln.-
a'. .
��x�i�N j'Ic o• ••NLVER FEWER THAN TWO BRACES.
SCHEOULS FOR WOO 09N,
1 fn'�n HORIZONTAL Tit BRACES
' �`1¢F /,iGy• TRENCH WIDTH MIw.TIMBER SIiC
7yy'\y�11 � :•, �� �y 1=O•T0 3=0• YI[Wi ___:4•xq.• ,
310• To e -d' INGW'--_-4•x 6+
tlir'� . �nM �'S' - 6�0• GQCATCR-� WfS(A6C .
SN[ET PI LINO RENC}IES IN RUNNILgr4
MATERIAL
• I f. -
N
L\�• `•_p _ �r� ,• •� � SIZC OF, SH[LT PILING.
114,11•• ,1 ,/•/ FOR; RUNING MATERIAL -
'.~ ���• �• \L.^lam TREwCNDEPTH THICKNESS '
� c��y.,.n��NM�n E e• 4-0' 1D O -O'• -.t MIN.
+•q i•V�'•i ".*� ` 3001L SANK OVER O O'-• --•3• MIN.
i
` 1 _
-
ONi�fi
C •x N
GENESAL 'NOTES :
1. Sloping of trench wallsmay be substi-
tuted for shoring only as allowed by
Order MOM.-
2.
5OM.,2. Provide ladders, stairways or. ramps so
located that workmen are never more
` than 100' from one.
J
170.154 INDUSTRIAL -RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 127.17.65)
PLATE C-2"
Suggested Form for Calculations Involving Excavations and Their Shoring
CASE 1—SHORING FOR VERTICAL EXCAVATIONS
t'
i
I
1
r
s P: 8 K W H: UNIT PRESSURE IN p a r
K : COEFFICICNT OF ACT IvE EARTH PREtSURE
urs UNIT WEIGHT OF SOIL IN. p.c F
.H : DEPTH OF EXCAVATION IN FEET _
USE FOLLOWING VALUES OF KW 14 DESIGN OF SHORING:
x s 25 PCF FOR ALL SOILS EXCEPT WET SAND,
SATURATED SOIL,OR SOFT PLASTIC CLAY.
Kur : 50 pet FOR WET SAND.
K up : 400 p e F FOR SATURATED 301E AND FOR
SOFT PLASTIC CLAY. •
*SHEETING AND LAGGING FOR EXCAVATIONS. SMALL BE
DESIGNED USING THE SAME CRITERIA AS THAT SHOWN
FOR SHORING FOR EXCAVATIONS EXCEPT THAT THE
COEFF!C-ENT OF•`.e CEIGHT4ENTMS)MAY BE REDUCED
TO.• CSIX-TENTHS):
P "7 K : COEFrIGIENT OF ACTIVE EARTH PRESSURE
I
/ �✓: UVIT WEIGHT OF SOIL IN per
S"
1
-
/ M = DEPTH OF,EXCAVATION IN FEET .IL
N
USE F-LLOWiNG VALUES OF Kw IN DES-C.N OF SWW %G-
n
I
K,.. VARIES WITH SLOPE OF S -OF. OF EXCAVAT.ON
I
1
/
IN'AICORDANCE WITH FIGURE 1", -BELOW
z
K W : 25'Pcf FOR ALL SOILS EXCEPT- WET SA NO.
IA
.y
-4
SATURATED SO.L,OR 5097 PLAST,C CLAY
'SO
=
n
vy OM'
- . ".
�t\��`
K W a pc r FOR WET SAND
♦` K Lo = 100 p cr FOR SATURATED SOIL AND FOR
A
,C
►+ O
I
1
/
.♦ ` SOFT PLASTIC CLAY
..
O
0
p
h!,
►(
\. �♦
♦ K W DECREASES UNIFORML r FROM MAXIMUM VALDE
�♦
0
1A
C7
^,
FOR A VERTICAL E.tCAVATICIN, T,ZERO FOR A
To
c
y
I
�R11
♦ SLOPE WHOSE ANGLE OF INCLINATION EOUALS
♦ III (SEE GENERAL NOTE NO S)
to
,�
ci.
1.............I
__L,:
♦��Ko•
FIGURE. 1
_. ZERO - '_'
Z
_.
x
u,
z
40
y
-+SHEETING ANO LAGGING FOR EACAVAVONS SHALL BE
DESIGNED USING., THE SAME CRITEAIw.AS THAT SHONN
FOR SNORING FOR EACAVATIONS EACEpT THAT. TME
COEFFICIENT OF .• (EIGHT•TENTHWMA.Y BE REDUCED
o
'TO .G. (SIx•TENTHS)
0
e
C
CTI
e
CTI
170.156 INDusTRIAL REI,mms TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE G24-c
Suggested Form for Calculations Involving Excavations and Their Shoring
CASE III—SNORING FOR COMBINED VERTICAL,AND SLOPING EXCAVATIONS
t �
I �
1 r
M� _fit
7---- -- P, 1 .
I
•PI : .A KvrMT a UNIT PRESSURE IN ps.f (USE K-or VALUE
PER FIGURE 1. CASE II )
•P�: UNIT PRESSURE N p.sf (VERTICAL PORT ION).VARIES
- UNIFORMLY FROM A VALUE EQUAL TO .B K u►-HT ,
WHEN'S a YO• TO A VALUE EQUAL TO. a KwY -
-
[h•.2Sh TANdj WHEN d ■/. WHEN AIS LESS
THAN I, i} ..d K ur-(b i 25h TANA
•
K a COEFFICIENT OF ACTIVE EARTH PRESSURE
ure.UNIT WEIGHT OF SOIL IN p e f
HT: DEPTH OF EXCAVATION IN FEET
h = DEPTH .OF VERTICAL PORTION Of EXCAVATION IN FEET
USE FOLLOWING VALUES OF K iu IN DESIGN Of SHORINGS
Kw : 2S pcf FOR ALL SOILS EXCEPT WET SAND,,
SATURATED SOIL, OR SOFT PLASTIC CLAY.
Kur : SOpo.f FOR WET SAND
Kmr :100c1 FOR SATURATED SOIL AND FOR
SOilT PLASTIC CLAY.
*SHEETING AND LAGGING FOR EXCAVATIONS SHALL BE
DESIGNED'USING THE SAVE CRITERIA AS THAT SHOWN
FOR SNORING FOR EXCAVATIONS EXCEPT THAT THE
COEFFICIENT OF .• (EIGNT•TENIHWMAY'BE REDUCED-
TOA (SIX-TENTNS).
SKETCH DESIGN C111TERIA
atAaa ar atwaw arsAety auu w aweaat • wa aaa�t► L iaili�wa aawl wl'L. A.0 r c • •OMot! a /aaawlal arasaa�
M raAcwirr w rrw► • a,.11aan awlu aaas mars rw asAta Sara:
Y maws taw»w em ar t ol," a taa taxa \awYa Jn rl iiw rltariA< yis. K c!4
MY
N 1/I! IO M- L14nr /t I a \IA TY /MLL' a ,SIU/ Harr avM• MaMlla. a.
- L alurar arfArtaM MPTN— rat.
CALCULATIONS.
•. r. a �. a rL•.arus•Ir/
S
•
or. Av SIJ AMPIC O�
s•I r l.w.o..ild II /V•PK
1...•-•p Sur
f,i6(� tri" am ova It
l.«.
aV/ra/!I /v/Jra. ���AC� /"v�•i 'ilio _ s\s -
III!/ ,OrrO{r�(aCL "il IYI.OVi� ./„ l Pl" . Iioo A -W A -
(CO' f/+/ A"A6I/!f .1/• ae/.Yt .rL.
�•
e.rrri/rr..ii�r/LxQ{w Aaa000 . slog All
cAa�1iL_Iatliw q.�. rro t{•=—I/�/ At'
ala .
aIt aY
' Are<Ic1au aACIaY' � .. ,
ata Io WA CALCULATIONS OY STATE DjvjSjoN or LOS ANGEIElOOUNTY
Ala II4DUSTRIAL SAFETY FLOOD CONriIOL DISTIIICT
ft c a umm NI IJr*dW Y t.I A Two Or s t ■W.IR
a1.L 10,AIMNAD .o.+ca SIT..
T.Ills .9 l� 'LAC
a aaeaaa –_ _ mam"s or PROM[?
raatM a t••MDIGa >••t\ I b OOIM \:qulraa rlor
1M ' ar • al/1 Wm III/raa a/ a�IA.l.a. Irr -
• rnotr.c at Tl a.b•I {I IH.a/0 M rAaYlOaa w I
Ira rtWlLi YaG./ILII Iira awo.tla "To —,P-- aasAtll101 •latrle alatfll
O
_m
H
C
1
~
A
►7
'1
zx
o
p`
n
y
OI
C)
IL
Z
a .
O
y
O
—0
C)
'
O.
~
A
►7
zx
o
p`
n
tLj
M C
m
C)
k
oyo
� �•I
a .
O
y
C
d
S
�
O
7
•
�
Y1
S
O
7
7
Ol
1'•I
�
F+ ,
ti
170.158 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Reg inter 66," No. 12-7-17-86)
PLATE Cr24e
GENERAL - NOTES '
1. Materials
All materials used for shoring, sheeting, and lagging, in comply-.
ing with the provisions of this standard drawing, may be new or used
but shall be free,from defects and damage that might in any :way
impair their protective function. The grade or structural properties
of such materials .used for shoring shall correspond to that specified
in Title 24 CAC or current standard grading and dressing rules of
the West Coast Lumbermen Association as applicable for the
stresses used.
2. Shoring. for Excavations,
a. Shoring for excavations shall consist of main horizontal and verti-
cal. bracing wood shoring. Members in contact with, the ground
shall be not. less than 2 inches thick and 8 inches wide, spaced
every 8 feet, extending from top to bottom of excavation. Excava-
tion braces shall be not less than 4 inches wide and 4 inches thick.
b. Shoring for excavations shall be designed'hy a civil or structural.
engineer registered in the State of, California. Shoring for "excava-
tions shall be designed to withstand' not' less than the loads indi-
cated for the case involved, and in not case providing less strength
than a, system complying -to the State of California, Department
of Industrial Relations, construction safety orders.
c. Allowable design stresses for lumber used for shoring for exca-
vations shall be per the current edition of standard' grading and
dressing rules of the West Coast Lumbermen's Association, -except
they may be increased by '337o. Allowable design stresses for
steel members used in shoring for excavations shall be per the
latest edition of the Title 24 CAC except that they may be in-
creased by 337o:
d. The contractor shall obtain approval 'from the State Division of
Industrial Safety of shoring to be used and shall furnish details
of said shoring to the district for use in the inspection of the,
project:
3. Angle -0 is. the safe angle of repose of the soil, but in no case- shall it
be assumed as greater than 53 (i.e., a slope of three-quarters hori-
zontal to one vertical).
4. Nonstress grade' lumber for sheeting and lagging may be used pro-
viding the following thickness and spacing requirements are observed.
Minimum rough thickness Mamimum spacing
of sheeting or lagging of shoring
2 inches 4 feet
3 inches 7 feet
5. The loading criteria shown hereon are minimum for the cases shown.
.0.,
9
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.159
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE C-25
PROTECTIVE TROUGH FOR PROTRUDING REINFORCING STEEL (Suggested)
SEE ORDER 1713
l
i
0
170.160 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE -8
(Register 65; No. 12-7-17-66)
PLATE C-26-a
�.
RECOMMENDED METHODS OF ATTACHING CAPPED PUSS TO PRIMER CARTRIDOE
5TRIN&-TIED PRIMER
LACED PRIMER'
TITLE 8. DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.161
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
• (Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE C -26-b
SECOND CLASS MAGAZINE (SUGGESTED)
Dimensions Given Will Not Fit All Powder. Cases—
Check Case Size Before Building
o I _
r50" POWDER •
6 rl MAG 0 _ — INE.
F -- 3 =off I.
NOMINAL
PLAN VIEW—COVER NOT SHOWN
Notes:
1. All lumber is finished to 2" nominal thickness
2. The, following words to appear in bold letters:
—Front—"Magazine"
Back—"Ezplosives"
—End—"Dangerous"
A. Use l" bolts throughout
4. Boz red—letters white,
10-85931
Y GROPE
HANDLE
23
13
_- 134
PLAN VIEW—COVER NOT SHOWN
Notes:
1. All lumber is finished to 2" nominal thickness
2. The, following words to appear in bold letters:
—Front—"Magazine"
Back—"Ezplosives"
—End—"Dangerous"
A. Use l" bolts throughout
4. Boz red—letters white,
10-85931
170.162 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE .8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE C-27 . .
BLASTING CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Al .o
- _ _ _�--------
117c ominy power suPwv/y .
- A// eyaPms,71 sho//6e Pi eofh eoof
and /0ck06/e.
� 1 Fvse d swi/cii -
-- -J r Grownol — - - --
- --v 2 Po/elo/uy 11-e--- ar%
n Ligh1w ny .9 s /L Wmimum
25 m. sec. Arc -Master or e9vo/
. L _ _ _� ,' time /ii»/f device
s
swllei) dov6/e fhrow
_ �S Bus Wi/es�
—� �ABX;/io�y (sofefy) Jwi/ch? S�o/s ..-
dav6/e.
TemParar /sod wilts
sbor�ng bort i �
1 /r�sv/olors
Permonenf h1wha �s'lrea
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.163
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE C-28
(A) Blasting With Light or Power Circuit.' (a) Electric cur-
rent from light or power circuits may be used for firing shots, if the
electrical connections to such light or power circuits are made within
an enclosed switch bog and the, other applicable orders in this article
are complied with.
(b) When blasting by means of a light or power circuit, -no one
shall approach the blasted area until the permanent blasting wires have
been disconnected from the source of electrical energy and shorted, and .
the blasting switch has been locked in the "off or "open" position.
(c) Lightning (dap. Where light or power circuits are used for
blasting, the connection between the blasting switch and the permanent
shot -firing line shall be made with a two -pole plug, receptacle, and a
two -conductor flexible cable (Type S or equivalent) not smaller than
No. 8 AWG. These plugs and receptacles should be of not less than
sixty (60) ampere capacity and of a type which has provision for pre-
venting the plug from being accidentally pulled out of the receptacle.
They should not be interchangeable with any other plugs and recepta-
cles used on the job. The plug and receptacle shall remain disconnected
except at the time of firing, and the flexible cable shall be long enough
and so arranged that a lightning gap of at least five feet (Y) will be
maintained. A shorting device shall be provided and used in making
a temporary porary electrical connection between the poles of the plug when-
ever it is not in use.
Note: This order does not apply to portable generators used
exclusively for blasting.
(B) Keys to Locking Switches. Where light and power cir-
cuits are used for blasting, keys to the shot -firing and safety switches
must be kept on the person of the boss or man who does the shot firing.
When necessary to make repairs, extensions, or tests ,on the blasting
or shot -firing lines, the boss or "shot firer" should unlock and remain
at the switch until he can relock it or designate that responsibility to
someone who reports back to him with the keys when work is completed.
No preparations for loading or blasting shall be done until switches
are relocked and the keys back in the possession of the boss or "shot
firer." At the end of the shift the boss or "shot firer "-shall give his
keys to the boss or "shot firer" of the following shift. A duplicate set
of keys should be kept by the superintendent under lock and key in
the office. There shall be no other set of keys fitting these locks on the
job site.
170,164 INDUSTRIAL RELATIoNs TITLE .& ,
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65),
PLATE C-29
(C) Permanent and Temporary Wiring for Electric Shot Firing.
(a) Permanent blasting wires and temporary leading wires, -except for
the two -conductor flexible cable connection called for in Section 1573,
shall be single conductor, waterproof, insulated, copper wires. They
shall have sufficient capacity- to carry the required blasting current '
and in no case. shall they be smaller than No. 14 AWG.
(b) All splices shall be well made and wires shall be so joined as
to be electrically "and mechanically secure. Splices in permanent wiring
and leading lines shall betaped or otherwise effectively insulated and
waterproofed.
(D) Bus Wires. Bus wires shall not be" smaller than No: 16
AWG solid copper wire or wire of another metal that cap manufae- '
turers will `recommend for the expected. conditioiis.
(E). Switches. (a) An externally .operable switch for use .in
firing shots. shall be installed and in condition for= service at locations
where firing is done. This switch'shall be installed with ample clearance
from the light and power, circuits and shall be a double -pole, double -
throw switch of not•.less than sixty (60) ampere capacity. .This switch
Shall normally be held in the "off" position by means of a switch
spring, or equivalent, preferably' on the outside of ,the switch case.'In
the "off" position, the,'two (2) wires of the blasting circuit shall be
short-circuited, but not grounded. The, switch shall be so ,arranged that
-it cannot remain in the "firing" position when the handle is released.
The "line'' clips shall be provided with arc -quenchers.
(b) The shot -firing switch shall, be -of such. construction that the
cover cannot be removed when - the . operating handle is locked in the
"off" position. This switch must be arranged so that it may be locked
in the `off" position and must be kept locked at all times except when
firing"shots.
(c) A safety or, auxiliary "switch is ' often a desirable addition to
the permanent blasting wires, especially "Where the permanent wiring
is more than one thousand feet (1,000') long. If such.switches are used,
they shall be of a type that automatically assumes 'and maintains an
"on" position except when locked. in the "off" position. Such, a switch
is to be unlocked and turned "on" as the shot firer passes it in his
retreat to the shot -firing switch following completion of all connections
closer to,the charge.: - ;
170.166 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE.8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-1746)
PLATE :C -3O
TEMPORARY POWER POLE
8
7
In V7,m,_
N
.c'
0
1
-lr-
FIG. -34
,Preferred Open Wire
Construction e
3
FIG.3B
4 A/ternole Open Wire
Construction in
Ground Line I 7B Min.
-TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.167
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDir
(Register 73, No. 46-11-17-73)
PLATE C30 -a
KEY TO DIAGRAM OF TEMPORARY, POWER POLE ON PREVIOUS PAGE
(1) Service Pole: (1) One piece self-supporting timber 6 inches by 6 inches. by
20 feet minimum, or (2) 25 -foot pole with 5 -inch minimum top diameter, or
(3) self-supporting 20 -foot .ntinimum metal pole meeting equivalent strength
requirements for (1) and (2) or equal. See Section 1766(a).
(2) Meter Socket, Main Service Switch, Circuit breaker protection for each
feeder and branch circuit. See Section 1766(d).
(3) Service, Entrance Raceway: (1) Galvanized rigid steel conduit, or •(2).elee-
trical metallic conduit, or (3) polyvinyl chloride (PVC) schedule 80 plastic
conduit without protective covering. Metal conduit shall be,covered with wood
moulding, fiber conduit, or PVC conduit or moulding.
(4) Ground:
A: No. 8 AWG minimum armored copper wire.
B. No. 8 AWG minimum copper wire covered with I inch minimum galvanized
rigid iron conduit.
(5) 4 inches by four inches by .six inches wood block, bolted to pole in I inch
gain. Block not required for polyvinyl chloride schedule 80 plastic conduit nor
on metal pole.
Note: Covering of metallic conduit and wood blocks over the tops of the risers
will not be required on metal poles, provided _the metal pole is effectively
grounded, and provided all metallic conduits are, adequately bonded to 'the
metal pole with "approved clamps, or connector&.,
(6) Conduit fitting, threaded, with cover and gasket.
(7) Extend protective covering to bottom of service heads. Do not leave conduits
exposed.
(8) Ground to metallic water line where available. Where a water line is not
available, one or more of the following ground rods driven 8 feet into the
ground shall be installed to provide ground resistance within limits`required
by the governing inspection authority (see Section 1166(c))
PLATE C30•b
1. 1 inch minimum inside diameter galvanized iron pipe or conduit.
2. j inch in outside diameter solid iron rod.
S. J inch minimum outside diameter rod of copper clad steel, solid brass or
copper.
(9) Raintighi .boxes and receptacles of approved type. Receptacles on circuits
of different voltages shall not be interchangeable. Receptacles supplying equip-
ment at more '`than 300 -volts shall be of the skirted type. See Section 1763(a).
(10) A continuous grounding conductor shall be run with, the overhead distribution
circuit conductors throughout the system for equipment 'grounding purposes.
See Section 1767(a). "
(11) Wire, insulated, size as required . (24 inches minimum extension from service
head).
0
170.168 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS' TITLE ' 8
(Register 73, No. 46-11-17-73)
PLATE C31 •
ALLOWABLE CURRENT -CARRYING CAPACITY OF FLEXIBLE CORD
Rubber tyy�
S, 80, SR, 3J, SJO
AWG
Wire Thermoplastic types
ST, SRT, SJT
A -pens
10 10
12 20
10 25
0 46
d 60
2 2m
PLATE ,C31 -c
APPROVED CONFIGURATIONS FOR NONLOCKING PLUGS
AND RECEPTACLES EOR GENERAL PURPOSE 60 HERTZ-A.C.- USE
� ww � ,ev eeew � eav
1
• ®e ... '-J �/
a xw �J r. '.
w� e w �_ e soo� a yov' •c'
nw�.•fcv^'
®' •- ,-% ..�
'� •.�
J wt 5lw,l;,
.wwQ saves"
•Gc ,cf Civ ..5.
.
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170169
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDEK
(Register 73, No. 30-7-28-73)
PLATE C -31-b -
APPROVED CONFIGURATIONS FOR LOCKING TYPE PLUGS
AND RECEPTACLES FOR GENERAL PURPOSE 60 HERTZ A.C. USE
/25�250� L/4
-®®���
3� 2501 L/S
S®�
-31 490Y L/6®®
17 L
4-001/ 17M
-a-
3A Y
1201,�,qgV L21
30Y
22714',Y,9Y
347%600347%6001/ 123
-"�
I
170.170 INDUSTRIAL RErATIONs TITLE 8'
(Register 73, No. 30-7-28-73)
PLATE C -31-c
OVERCYRRENT PROTECTION CRITERIA
(Circuit Breakers Are Required for All Branch Circuih)
Fifteen=Ampere Branch Circuits
(1) Conductors smaller than No: 14 shall not be used.
(2) Automatic overcurrent protective devices shall -have a rating or setting not
exceeding 15 amperes.
Twenty -Ampere Branch Circuits
(1) Conductors smaller than No. 12 shall not be, used.
(2) Automatic overcurrent protective devices shall have a rating or setting not
exceeding 20 amperes.
Thirty -Ampere Branch Circuits
(1) Conductors smaller than No. 10 shall not be used.
(2). Automatic overcurrent protective devices shall_ have a rating or setting not
exceeding 30 amperes.
Fifty -Ampere Branch Circuits
(1) Conductors smaller than No. 6 shall not be used.'
(2) Automatic overcurrent protective devices shall have a rating or setting not
exceeding, 50 amperes.
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.171
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17.65)
PLATE C-33
Instructions for
s
BE ABLE TO SEE THE
MEN AND EQUIPMENT AT
WORK OR KNOW WHAT THEI ARE DOING
IF THEY ARE OUT OF SIGHT
74�f
STAND WHERE YOU CAN E
SEEN BY THE MOTORIST
BAGMAN �''�
AHEAD �
--IN TIME FOR HIM TO STOPII
IF YOU HAVE INSTRUCTIONS TO IMPART
170.172 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE C%13-0
ON A ONE WAY ROAD YOU MIGHT HAVE
TO STAND ON 'THE LEFT SHOULDER
IN SUCH AN INSTANCE JUST REVERSE
HANDS AND OBSERVE THE SAME RULES
0
0
s
0
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170,173
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 650 No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE C33 -b
. in
DAYLIGHT
USE A RED FLAG
NIGHT
w
EAR A RED GARMENT
--AT NIGHT WEAR A REFLECTIVE BELT
STOP
�w PADDLES MAY BE USED
IN ADDITION TO THE FLAG
170.174 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE C -M$
TO
STOP DAYTIME TRAFFIC
HOLD FLAG STRAIGHT OUT-- •�F
HOLD LEFT HAND HEAD HIGH,,4,
PALM TOWARD TRAFFIC
' A 111
WHEN USING FLAG AND PADDLE, Vpl
HOLD PADDLE HIGH ENOUGH
SO THAT RED -�"r f,
GARMENT ;t
IS .NOT
BEHIND
RED PADDLE i. '
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.175
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE C33 -d
TO
SLO DAYTIME TRAFFIC
HOLD FLAG IN RIGHT
HANG STRAIGHT OUT
4
GIVE SLOW, SIGNAL WITH
LEFT HAND BY REPEATED
SHORT UP AND DOWN
MOTIONS ,
0
WHEN PADDLE IS USED
SHOW SLOW SIDE,
HOLD IT IN LEFT HAND SO
THAT THE BODY. HIDES LO
ITS OTHER SIDE
•
170.176 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE C -33-e
TO MOVE DAYTIME TRAFFIC
DROP FLAG BY SIDE OF RIGH1
LEG AND,SIGNAL TO "GO81
WITH LEFT HAND
SIGNAL TO GO WITH LEFT HAND ONLY
F PADDLE IS BEING USED, PUT
JNDER ' RIGHT ARM
NEVER USE FLAG OR PADD
TO MOVE TRAFFIC
E
0
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE C33 -f
CONTROL OF TRAFFIC IN DARKNESS
170.177
USE RED LANTERN
OR FLASHLIGHT
JUST AS YOU USED
FLAG IN DAYTIME
SLOW
V 1 v1
HOLD LANTERN AT SIDE
SIGNAL WITH FLAG OR.
WHITE FLASHLIGHT
170.178 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITTLE 8
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE C-34
STATE OF, CALIFORNIA
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS
DIVISION OF HIGHWAYS
UNIFORM SIGN'CHART
January 1, 1965
CiR C4 COR .
FRESH
DETOUR OIL <M§>
AH EAQ Black on Yellow
24" x 24"
S" Series D letters
Not reflectorised
Black on Yellow
C5R(lt) 36" x 36"
S" Series D letters
Black on Yell DETOUR C9R
48" x 48"
8" Series D letters •
Black on White on Black
48" x 18"
6" Series D letters
C2R FLAG -MAN
ROAD C61t
AHEAD
CLOS E D LOOSE
Black on White GRAVEL Black on Yellow
46" x 3W' 48" x 48"
8" Series D letters 7" Series C letters
C10R
Black on Yellow
C3R 30" x 30"
S" Series D letters
ROAD CLOSED SLIDE
C7R AHEAD
10 MILES AHEAD END
LOCAL TRAFFIC ONLY DETOUR
Black on White — Black on Yellow
30" x 30"
60" x 30" Black on White S" Series D letters
6" Series C letters—line 1 30" x 18" (Also available in •
S" Series C letters—line 2 S" Series C letters 48" x 48" size)
4" Series C letters—lino 3
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 170.179
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS—APPENDIX
(Register 65, No. 12-7-17-65)
PLATE C35
Suggested Spacing for Barriers:
25 M. P: H. OR LESS 25 FT. TO 40 FT. INTERVAL
35 M. P. H. " 35 FT. TO 75 FT.
45 M. P. H. 50 FT. TO 125 FT.
55 M. P. H. " 60 FT. TO 185 FT.
65 M: P. H. 70 FT. TO 260 FT.
THE PLACING OF BARRIERS, CONES, OR LANE MARKERS FOR CON-
VERGING LANES OR DIVERTING TRAFFIC AROUND A CONSTRUCTION
AREA, SHOULD HAVE A TAPER RATE NO LESS THAN 1:20; ON FREE-
WAYS, AND ON _ HIGH SPEED ROADS THE TAPER RATE SHOULD BE
NO LESS THAN 1:40.
Suggested maximum luminous intensity distribution for a one-way or single
Iona operation:
Percentage on Time -20 to 28%
Flash Rate -60 flashes per minute ± 10%
Candlelight—Should be 30 candles or more
•
r
Pule C -35-a
SIGNING FOR WORK ON HIGHWAYS FulewAw Roko .
- - AHEAD �oRR
C9R READ
C23R
Floom lis -- `s00'm.n. -� ••:
�Q�hPI
�r
`Copse Nigh
Bhnbnp amber
Co... "
�i]"
�300� min — `Price—
Flag
lights on Iruek,
` ' RDRD C23R
• C9R
On lightly Traveled
lorry without advance
road., the signed truck walk flashing lights may atop momes-
signs or C23R Boons .lone, ar with cones,mey be used.
TORR
RERD
FLAGMAN
. On heovier traveled
too C23R, OR signs and one or two flogmen may be used.
O
00 OD
O
AHEAD CBR; FLAGMAN ANEAe. signs must be placed 500'+ ahead of floomen. H
This sign care nod Floglnen always must be used when needed_ for the orderly control of traffic 'lCt
r0 FT , 1000 FT Operations off the pavement such 05; mowing, spraying or slope,bloding do not b
1300 FT m mace require advance work sign.
- sl 'etEe0' Guard rdil pointing off The paved lanes may be protected by the truck equipped 1'3
With flashing amber lights parked on the shoulder. stir
Crosswalk and pavement markingon 30 mph boned city streets maybe protected
by placement of cones and high ags where necessary.
LANE CLOSURE ON TWO-WAY HIGHWAY
0 la a mil.,
— — — — — m
�Wurnmg c \\ 11nper �warmog �. .
Tina\ i sear _ Conu Eau yillhiUnt Tuck
O
PASS1 All bulks working in tralryo e 10 have sign over cab and amber blinking lights I
Lead Muck to be Used on 1w0 lone road with poor alignment or fast traffic. V y
Fellow. Truck to be used an any road with poor alignment or fast Traffic' " 0 _
Metropolitan Freiway operationsmay require closure of .lanes, see FIg.8.552.20 ~
11 le recommended that traffic be allowed toy ss on either side of equipment when
width is'adequole. \
MOVING OPERATIONS OR TRAFFIC STRIPING
•
PLATE C4354
SIGNING FOR WORK ON HIGHWAYS
LANE CLOSURES ON "METROPOLITAN FREEWAY
Cw•e reme.wna N
bw cade and 0211
'•n•^ p^ ROAD
On.. Inm^ of
••"•I •h I CLOSED
eor^cae.n•
I.n
(code, C2111
(00.1 "a" N•M
A
— — — ^ 72
My/N �1� •�, y FaDM LNp\ate
= S r
= \ !}- •. r—• AA, �• •':.— e T C' � Ig00_�er lane i ~�
4. /MaMlenone• hue..IM ,/ I T•% I I \'\ / T J
L^n.55".,on - ^� 1600• _. ••� ; ,. +770'N•. +•�SCISI. LaM\y\I/ L.300'•� .700'-1000' ter.- 700' -loco'-'- 70C -l000''
Toper Length Bern•^
ENO Lo.e Barr END •• CNN
ernn,l
ROAD NORR ea.ee e. een,eea•• a1 ROLD NONR y„mnwne. nets
C 14R IDa'-200'.1l 01• C14R - .a,g
n "PASS' UNE • LEFT LANE
�hI. ea•wellm _ IRME N•h 8R.C23 CLOSED • CLOSED
m CINRw C2]R1 .nn clBR wC2Yl1 300 FT
CLOSED
C20R wSTN bill - C20R LEFT LANE I NOAD •�••
OOl,onal OPIi..g1 CLOSED NORM
" AHEAD HEAD ROAD•
e:oN �2,o,aRl CONSTRUCTION
AHEAD
CISR
0P\mnel
C LANE No 2 CLOSURE B LANE No,1,CLOSURE A LANE No.I or 2 CLOSURE
TYPICAL LANE BARRIER INSTRUCTIONS: NOTES:'
r. IO'• O' ", ,_ ..l Closing Lone 1 All signs to be removed or covered when Ions is opened to traffic
L 1 k N0. I Use A gad B 2 At inlfrval. of 100' f0 200' plat. I..e boaters across closed lone
bis i'•a'. ID 0' 0r$eSl 1 J To 2 U.0 A and C Canned tapers with 350'of 3 Cones mar be substituted for barricades
LI 6•J \, 6'-t , bonier. Or cones O Slgm le be Placed from front to the rear and nimnved from rear to
3 Similar to A and C with Right mplocmg Left 1N Irons
Ordl Ie ^ewnV . e' me screw 0 S. On Rural freeway, .imilior signing with minimum 300'toDer. and
Pont yno•-tofu udn one C20R pun.
6. For .aleaded Ione closure, barrier stripe offset from barricades
should be used
170:182 INDUSTRUL RMATIONS TITLE 8'
(Register 55„No. 12-7-17-05)
Application, Construction Safety Orders........................................................................1502(a)
Arc welding and cutting ................. ......
................................................................................... 1804
Automatic brake, construction elevators, hoisting men ...................................... 1607 (c) (e)
Axles in sheaves, construction elevators, requirements for .............................. 1604(m) (p)
Barge mounted cranes..............................................................................................................1586
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
171
1598(a) (b) (c)
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
Base mounted drum hoists......................................................................................................
(Register 73, No. 7-2.77-73)
Beam anchoring, bricklayer's outrigger scaffold ....................................
1645(a) (1) (2), (b)
INDEX
Appendix, Plate B-25
Beam support, bricklayer's or mason's suspended scaffold........................................1659(a)
A
Beams
-
Needle beams..................................................................................................1650(a)
Section
Outrigger beams....................................................................................1645(a)
"A" frame or trestle ladder..............................................................................................
1675 (g)
Appendix, Plate B-10
Acceptable suspended scaffolds..............................................................
Appendix, Plate B-24
Access to multi -story buildings (Also see Construction Elevators)
Construction elevators, workmen.........................................:...........................................:1607
Elevators for workmen....................................................................................................163Q(a)
Hoisting men and materials............................................................................................1630(c)
Installationof stairs................................................................................................................1629
Requiredaccess..................................................................................................................1629(a)
Stairwells and stairs..:.......................................................................................................1626(a)
Acetylene, oxygen and fuel gas..............................................................................................1739
(Also see Oxygen, Acetylene and Fuel Gas)
Accident prevention program..................................................................................................1509
Advance planning for construction work ............................................
Appendix, Plate A -2-a
Appendix, Plate A -2-b
Age, required for
Blastingoperations..................................................................:.........................................1550(c)
Handlingexplosives.....................:....................................................................................1565
(a)
Hoistingoperator..............................................................................................................1610(a)
Power -actuated tools use................................................................................................1685(a)
Air hoses, protection against whipping............................................................................1538(c)
Air pressure, move liquid from container to container ............................................ 1594(e)
•
Alignment guide for pre -drilled holes, power -actuated tools .................................. 1690(e)
Anchors or ties
Construction tower........................................................................................................
1604(b)
Wooden construction tower ................................... :......................................................
1605(g)
Anchors, derricks......................................................................................................1581.1(b),
(c)
Angle, diagonal shores and braces.....:..................:......:..............................................1540(c)
(3)
Angle of repose, excavation slopes..................................................................................
1540(d)
Angle for portable ladders........................................................................
Appendix, Plate B-16
Appendices
Appendix "A," Labor Code excerpts and accident prevention program
Handy construction data
Helpful construction methods
Application, Construction Safety Orders........................................................................1502(a)
Arc welding and cutting ................. ......
................................................................................... 1804
Automatic brake, construction elevators, hoisting men ...................................... 1607 (c) (e)
Axles in sheaves, construction elevators, requirements for .............................. 1604(m) (p)
Barge mounted cranes..............................................................................................................1586
Barricades, traffic control......................................................................................
1598(a) (b) (c)
Barricades and signs, demolition:...........................................................................................1736
Base mounted drum hoists......................................................................................................
1806
Beam anchoring, bricklayer's outrigger scaffold ....................................
1645(a) (1) (2), (b)
Appendix, Plate B-25
Beam support, bricklayer's or mason's suspended scaffold........................................1659(a)
Beams
-
Needle beams..................................................................................................1650(a)
(1) (2) (3)
Outrigger beams....................................................................................1645(a)
(1) (2), 1658(i) ,
Timber table of load limits..................................................................
•
Appendix, Plate B-10
172 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 73, No. 7-2-11-73)
INDEX—Continued
Section
Beams, sheave, construction elevators..........................................................................
1604(k)
Bearings, sheave, construction elevators..........................................................1604(k)
(1) (m)
Bearing lubrication, construction elevator.......................................................:..............1604(1)
Bearing value of soil, table of soil types................................................Appendix, Plate C-22
Belled excavation, meaning of........................................................................
1504(a) (11), (b)
Inwells or shafts..............................................................................................................
1542(e)
Bell hole, meaning of..........................................................................................
1504(a) (11) (A)
Intrenches..................................................................................................................
1541(e) (7)
Bins, bunkers, hoppers, and material storage......................................................................1548
Grilles and railings..............................................................................................
1548(a) (b) (c)
Protect open -top bins.............................................................................................
1548 (d) (1)
Safety belt and lifeline............................................................................................
1548(d) (2)
Truckbumper stops..........................................................................................................1548(c)
Blasting circuit diagram............................................................................
Appendix, Plate C-27
(A) Blasting with light or power circuit ..........................................
Appendix, Plate C-28
Lightning gap......................................................................................
Appendix, Plate C-28
(B) Keys to locking switches..............................................................Appendix,
Plate C-28,
(C) Permanent and temporary..........................................................
Appendix, Plate C-29
(D) Bus wires..........................................................................................Appendix,
Plate C-29
(E) Switches............................................................................................Appendix,
Plate C -29 -
Blasting
Electric............................................................................
1573, Appendix, Plates C-27, 28, 29
Fuseblasting............................................................................................................................1571
General, Article 8, explosives ....................... :............................................................
1550-1580
In proximity to radio transmitters......................................................................................1579
•
•
Quantity and distance table ........................................
Appendix, Plates B-14 a -b -c, 15-a b
Blasting, electric, cap limitations....................................................
1573(b) (1) (2); (C), 1576
Blasting caps, when to remove from container.........................................................:.. 1571(i)
Crimper.............................. :.................................................................................................
1571(e)
Blasting, missed holes................................................................:...............
1568(a) (b) (c) (1) (2)
Blasting, persons authorized....................................................................;
.........................1565 (a)
Blasting, primers, and fuse attachments ......................
1571(d) (e) Appendix, Plate C -26-a
Blasting, series and parallel circuits ............................
1573(a) Appendix Plate C-27, 28, 29
Blasting, igniting fuses....................................................................................................15710)
(k)
Blasting,. tamping holes................................:...........................................................15670)
(k) (1)
Blasting under compressed air..............................................................
:............................... 1813
Blasting, .warnings and preparations........................................................
:... 1566 (a) (b) (c) (d)
Blasting devices
Lines, electric blasting..........................................................................
1573(a) (d) (e) (f) (g)
Returnto site........................:...........................................................................................
1578(b)
Switch, electric blasting.............................................................................
1573(g), 1574, 1576
Blow torch used in boatswain's chair..............................................................................1651(a)
Boatswain's chair (suggested)..................................................................
Appendix, Plate B-23
Boatswain's chair
Blow torch used from ...... .`...............................................................................................1651(a)
Piledriver, used with......................................................................................................
1600(g)
Slingsused on....................................................................................................................1651(a)
Boat, where required, work over water..............................................................1602(a)
(1) (2)
Body protection (See Personal Protection)..................................................................1519(a)'
Appropriate clothing................................................................................................
1519 (b) (c)
Properskin care............................................................................................................... 1519(d)
Bolsters
Bricklayers' suspended scaffold..................................................................:........... 1659(c) (d)
Other suspended scaffold........................................................................................ 1660(b) (c)
•.
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
173
'CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 73, No. 7-2.17.73)
INDEX—Continued
Section
_
Bolster bolts, other suspended scaffold...........................:...............................................:1660
(c)
Bolster fastening suspended scaffold................................................................................1660(c)
Bolster location suspended scaffold................................................1659(c) (d), 1660, 1660(c)
Bolted towers, members and hoppers...........................................................
1604(c), 1605(a)
Bolting, riveting, fitting-up, plumbing-up..........................................................................
1810
Bolts, safe loads in pounds........................................................................
Appendix, Plate B-29
Bolts, holding power..............................................................................
Appendix, Plate B-29-a
Loads parallel to grain (p)
Table
Bolts, holding power..............................................................................
Appendix, Plate B-29-b
Loads perpendicular to grain (q)
Table
Boom guards, mechanical barrier against........................................................
:..... 1768(b) (1)
high-voltage contact
Boom guys, on construction towers...................................................................................1605(i)
Boomstops, crane..................................................................................................................
1582.2
Boom test, derricks and cranes; ..........................................................................................
1587.15-
Boom-type excavators and cranes..........................................................................................1585
Boomtrench digger............................................................................................................
1541(d)
Braces, diagonal shores in excavations......................................................................1540
(c) (3)
Demolition..........................................................................................................................
1735 U )
Design formula, shoring system.............................................:..........................1540(c)
(2) (4)
For shoring excavations or trenches..........................................................
1540(c), 1541(e)
Removal of, any excavations........................................................................................
Removal of, construction tower............................................................................
1540(h)
1605 (d) (e)
Brake, automatic and hand
Construction elevators, hoisting men............................................................
1607(0) (g) (1)
Duties of hoisting engineer..................................................................................................1611
Haulage vehicles..................................................................................
1591(c) ('1) (2), 1593(e)
Hoisting engine, construction elevators....................................................................
1607(d)
Bracket and outrigger scaffolds..:............................................................................................1645
Bracket scaffolds
Metal..........................................................................................................
Appendix, Plate B-21
Wooden......................................................................................................
Appendix, Plate B-20
Brick, hoisting cage for construction elevators..............................................................
1604(i)
Bricklayers suspended scaffold...................................... 1659, 1661(c). Appendix Plate B-26
Bolsterswood...........................:..........................................................................................1659(c)
Design for load on....................................................................................
1658(c) (1), 1659(h)
Fallingmaterial....................................... :.........................................................................
1659(g)
I-beams required....................................................................................................:.........1659(a)
Lateralsupport...:.....................................................................................:........................1659
(a)
Loadon..............................................................................................................................
1659(h)
Overheadprotection......................................................................................................
1659(g)
Planking, suggested test........................................................................Appendix,
Plate C-17
Platformloading..............................................................................................................
1659(h)
Platformwidth ......................... ).....................................................................................
: 1659(e)
Power-driven suspended scaffolds..................................................:...................................1662
Wirerope and hoist........................................................................................................
1659(b)
Bricklayer's suspended scaffold................................................................................................1659
Thrustoutspacing..............................................................................................................1659(a)
Wire rope, strength required....................................................................:......:..........
1659(b)
174 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
TITLE 8
(Register 73, No. 7-2-17.73)
INDEX—Continued
Section
Bridges, safety nets........................................................................................................
1671, 1672
Broken rope device, elevator, workmen......................................................................
1607 (e) .
Broken strands rope, elevator, workmen........................................................................1607(f)
Buckets for hot tar...............................................................................:..................
1725(a) (b) (c)
Buildings, temporary floors .......................................... \............................................................
1635
Meaningof................................................................................................................................1635
Plankedfloors..........................................................................................................................1635
Temporaryfloors............................................................I......:................................................1635
Bulldozer
Canopyguards...................................................................................................:................
1591(i)
Repairof..............................................................................................................................1595
(a)
Bus wire, blasting
Blasting circuit diagram........................................................................
Appendix, Plate C-27
Connectionprocedure..............................................................................................
1576, 1577
C
"C" clamps or open hooks prohibited, needle beams........................:.................1650(a)
(4)
Cab.................................................................................................................................................0000
Cranes and boom -type excavators..................................................................................
1582.5
Derricks...............................................................................:..................................................
1582.5
Trucks, shields.......:............................................................................................................1591(
Cabglass ......... ............................................................................................................................
1582.5
Cab protection, trucks
Hauling earth materials........................................................................
Appendix, Plate C-16
Cabshields, trucks ........................................................................................................1591(f)
Cable (Also see Rope)
.......1658(e) (f) (h)
Cable, catenary ................................ :.............................................................
1652(a) (b) (c) (d)
Cableclips.:............................................................................................................................
1615.10
Cable, when guided by hands not feet..........................................................................
1593(d)
Cable threading device, power winches................................................................:.....
1593 (d)
Cage, construction material elevator..................................................................1604
(g) (h) (i)
Cage, construction elevators, hoisting men..................................................................
1607(k)
Cage frame, construction elevator..............................................................
:............... 1604(g)
Guide, for construction elevators, maintenance......:.................................1604(0,
1607(e)
Hoisting brick, construction elevator..........................................................................1604
(i)
Hoisting loose material, construction elevator..........................................................1604(i)
Hoisting tile, construction elevator..............................................................................1604(1)
Inside building.......................................................................:..............................
1604(d) (4) (5)
Platform, construction elevator............................................................................
1604(g) (h)
Speed, construction elevators, hoisting men............................................................
1607(h)
California Highway Patrol, stopping distance chart for vehicles.... Appendix, Plate. B-12
Canceled and superseded orders............................................................................................1501
Canopy guards, bulldozers..................................................................................................
1595(i)
Canopy guards, cranes and loading devices....................................................................
1582.5
Hoist............................................................................................................................................1610
Capacity charts for cranes....................................................................................................
1587.7
Canvas used as side screen, scaffolds...............................................................................1621(c)
Capping fuse, cut coil ends................................................................................................1571(c)
Caps, crimper......................................................................................................................
1571(e)
Caps
Containers, removal from.............................................................................................
1571(i)
Electricblasting................................................................................................................1573
(a)
Limitations.........................................................................................................................
Testing blasting
1573(b)
electric ........................................................................................................1577
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
175
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 73, No. 7-2.17-73)
INDEX—Continued
Section
Carryalls, use and repairs of..............................................................................................1595(a)
Canopyprotection..........................................................................................................
1595 (b)
Casing, wells or shafts............................................................................................
1542(a) (c) (e)
Catwalks, work over water..............................................................................................
1602(d)
Cement stairs, temporary treads......................................................................................16260
Center support, swing stage, acceptable railing reinforcement
... :App endix, Plate B-25
Chains, allowable load used on derricks............................................................................
1615.7
Chain, slings safety factor......................................................................................................
1615.7
(Also see Rope, Suspended Scaffolds)......................................................
1658(e), 1659(b)
Chart of Uniform signs for construction work on highways ............
Appendix, Plate C-34
See Flagmen, instructions for..............................................................
Appendix, Plate C-33
Appendix, Plate C -33-a
Appendix, Plate C -33-b
Signing for work on highways..........................................................
Appendix, Plate C -35-a
Appendix, Plate C -35-b
Suggested spacing for barriers, cones, and lane markers ............
Appendix, Plate C-35
Chemical solutions around ropes
Boatswain's chair..............................................................................................................1651(a)
Suspendedscaffolds........................................................................................................
1658(e)
Chutes, demolishing buildings.........:..........................................................................1735
(e) 0
Classes of fire (Also see Fire Extinguishment)
Types A, B, C, and D........................................................................
Appendix, Plate C -13-a
Climbing or tower cranes
•
Access safety requirements.........................................................................:.........................1584
Brake.system..................................................................................................................I.....
1615.1
Effectiverepair....................................................................................................................
1584.5
Clips, application of rope fasteners..........................................................
Appendix, Plate C-2
Clips, rope fasteners, construction elevators..................................................................1604(t)
Clips, rope fasteners, derricks.............................................................................................
1615.10
Methodof fastening..........................................................................................................1604(t)
Clothing, appropriate for work........................................................................................
1519(b)
Saturated or impregnated..............................................................................................1519
(c)
Clutch mechanisms, construction elevators„ hoisting men ......................................
1607(e)
Coal tar pitch handling..........................................................................................
1726(a) (b) (c)
Code, safe practices....................................................... :....................................................
1509(b)
Appendix, Plate A-3
Appendix, Plate A -3-a
Appendix, Plate A -3-,b
Appendix, Plate A -3-c
Cofferdams..................................................................................................................................
1808
Columns, lift slab operation.......................................................................:........................1716(a)
Columns, timber
Table of suggested. maximumloads......................................................
Appendix, Plate B-9
Conveyors....................................................................................................................................
1808
Combustion engines, internal..................................................................................................1533
(Also see Internal Combustion Engines)
Compressors, portable................................................................................:...............................1696
Fans, guarding of............................................................................................................
1696(b)
Lockthrough wheels..............:.........................................................................................1696(a)
Tanks, draining of, on compressors...:................:.............................:...........................1696(c)
Vehicles, draining air tanks daily................................................................................ 1591(e)
•
Concrete bucket tender, riding bucket, restrictions ......................
Concrete buggy scaffold
1718(a), 1718(a) (1) (2)
Design of girders and beams and planking ........................................................1641
(note)
Appendix, Plate B-19
176' INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 73, N6.7-2-17-73)
INDEX—Continued
Section
Concrete construction
Pickupdevices..........................................................................................
Appendix, Plate C-14
Tiltup........................................................................................................................................1715
Concrete construction, falsework and vertical shoring ..................................................1717
............................................................................
Approval...............................................:1717
(b)
Design..................................................................................................................................1717
(a)
Inspection............. :.............................................................................................................
1717 (h)
Layouton job site............................................................................................................
1717(g)
Prohibitedwork..............................................................................................................
1717 (n)
Railings..............................................................................................................1717
(c) (d) (e) (f)
Shoreclamps....................................................................................................................
1717 (k)
Splicingshores....................................................................................................................17170)
Stablebase..........................................................................................................................1717
(i)
Walkways....................................................................................................................1717(1)
(m)
Confinedspaces, hazards.........................................................................................................1532
Explosion -proof lighting.................................................................................................
1532 0 )
Harmful concentrations............................................................................................1532(b)
(i)
Otherrequirements.................................................................................:......................
1532(d).
Readyentry and exit...............:...............................................:........................................1532(f)
Safetybelt and line..........................................................................................................1532(c)
Testsrequired................................:...................................................................................1532(a)
Concrete hoppers on scaffolds, limitation....................................................................
1637 (k)
Towerhoppers..................................................................................................................1604(c)
Concretemixer............................................................................................................................1698
Concrete mixer, guardrails required.......................................................:..................
Hitting under skip prohibited........................................................................................1698(a)
1698(b)
•
Skip, material clearing device........................................................................................1698(a)
Concrete skip, guardrails required.....................................................................:..........
1698 (b)
Workmen hitting under side..........................................................................................1698(a)
Concrete troweling machine............................................................................................
1698(d)
Concrete workers', pole scaffold, heavy trades
..................................................................1641
Appendix, Plate B-19
Construction elevators, general..............................................................................................1604
(Also see Access to Multi -story Buildings)
Babbit or ball bearings............................................................................................
1604 (k) (1)
Brakes on hoisting engine............................................................................
1604(u), 1607(c)
Broken strands of hoist rope.......................................................:..................1604(s),
1607(f)
Cageframe........................................................................................................................
1604(g)
Cageplatform.........:........................................................................................................
1604(h).
Covering over hoist operator......................................................................................
1604 (v)
Drumflanges, type ................................. :........................................................................
1607 (i)
Electric circuit, signaling device................................................................................
1604(e)
Elevator shafts. inside building........................................................................
1604(d) (4) (5)
Hoistrope ................................ :...................................................................................
1604(q) (r)
Hoist operator, covering................................................................................
1604(v), 1610(b)
Hoistrope, safety factor..................................................................................................1604
(r)
Hoisting men, clutch mechanisms................................................................................1607
(c) .
Hoistingmen, controls....................................................................................................1607(c)
Hoisting men, friction gearing......................................................................................1607
(c)
Hoisting men, power cut off..........................................................................................1607(c)
Ladders extension abovelanding...........................................................................
....1675(c)
Landinggates............................................................................................................
1604 (d) (3)
Landings, construction elevators ............................................
'(Also -see Construction Elevator)
:........... .......................... 1604(d)
Locking device required.............................................................................................. 1604(e)
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
177
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9.72)
INDEX—Continued
Section
Operators overhead protection....................................................................................
1604(v)
Overhead sheave beams ............................................. :................................................... 1604(k)
Rope fastenings, wire rope -clips .................:..................................................................1604(t)
Safety factor, cage frame..........................................................................................1604(8)
(i)
Sheaveaxles...................................................................................................................
.........................::..................................................................
1604(p)
Sheavebearings..............
1604(k) (1)
Sheavediameters............................................................................................................1604(m)
Sheavegrooves ...................................... :......................................................................
:.. 1604 (o)
Sheaves, iron or steel......................................................................................................
1604(n)
Signals to be used for hoisting.................................:..........................................................1612
Stair Railings, free from protruding nails and splinters.:........................................1626(a)
Standardrailing stairways............................................................................................
1626(e)
Standard railings, landings............................................................................
1621(a), 1626(e)
Construction elevators for hoisting men
Brakes, hand and automatic........................................................................................
1607 (d)
Brokenrope device........................................................................................................
1607(e)
Cagecovering..................................................................................................................
1607 (k)
Cagespeed.............................................................................................:..........................
1W7(h)
Corrosionof rope...................................................................................:.......:..................1607
(f)
Droptest............................................................................................................................
1607(e)
Limitstops, top and bottom .................................... :...................................................
1W7(g)
Operators, car attendant ................................... ...... .......................................................
1607 (b)
Operators overhead protection....................................................................
1604(v), 1610(b)
Ropestrands broken..........:........................................:....................................................1607(f)
Sheavediameter ........... :....................................................................................................
16070)
Wornrope..........................................................................................................................16070
Construction equipment, miscellaneous................................................. ......................
1695-1706
(See Miscellaneous Construction Equipment)
Construction hoisting signals....................................................................................................1612
Construction of scaffolds, general requirements (Also see Scaffolds) ..........................1637
Construction of standard railings (Also see Standard Railings) .....................................1620
Construction towers ......................... .-.:...................................................................
1604, 1605, 1606
Access..................................................................................................................................1605(J)
Anchored, braced, guyed or tied................................................................
1604(b), 1606(a)
Assembledtowers............................................................................................................
1606(b)
Boomguy lines ................... :...................................................... .........................................
IW5 (i)
Boom, use on...................................................:..................................................................
1605(i)
Cage and bucket guide dimensions..............................................................................1605(c)
Corner posts, pads or splices.....:....................................................................................1605
(f)
Diagonal bracing required......................................................................................
1605(d) (e)
Fastenings...........................................................................:...... IW5(a) (b) (c),
1606(a) (b) (c)
Foundationsof..................................................................................................................
1604(b)
Guylines....................................................................:.......................................
1605(g), 1606(a)
Hopperbrackets................................................................................................................1604(c)
Hopperplatform railing..........................................................................................:.............1621
Laddersrequired...........................:..................................................................................
16050)
Loading and unloading platforms..............................................................................
1605(e)
Loads, extra......................................................................................................................
1605(h)
Lumbersizes for wooden..........................................................................:.....................1605(c)
Materialsfor................................................................................................................
1605(a) (b)
Metaltowers................................................................................................................
1604, 1606
Nailingschedule................................................................................................................1605(c)
178 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 50-12.9.72)
INDEX—Continued
Section
Post splices.......................................................................... ...............................................
1605(f)
Removalof braces..........................................................................................................
1605(d)
Safety factor, hopper bracket.......................................................:................................1604(c)
Splices of corner posts ................................................ :. ....................................................
1605 (f)
Spouting equipment, extra loads................................................................................
1605 (h)
Controls, construction elevators, hoisting men..............................................................1607
(c)
Conversation with hoisting engineer....................................................................................1611
Construction work, electrical requirements for..................................................................1760
(Also see Electrical Requirements for Construction Work)
Corner posts, splice's construction towers......................................................................1605
(f)
Corrosion of rope, construction elevator, hoisting men..............................................1607(f)
Covering cages, construction elevators, hoisting men ..............................................
1607(k)
Covering, hoisting engineers, construction elevators ................................ 1604(v),
1610(b)
Covers, on roofer's kettles...........................................:......................................................1728(a)
Cranes
Access........................................................................................... *......................................15826
Adjustments and repairs.................................................................................................... 1588.8
Barge mounted
Lifebuoys, etc . ............ :.............................................................................................. .....
1586.2
Mobilecranes......................................................................................................................1586
Permanentmounted..............................................................:.......................................
1586.1 ,
Booms
Damaged........................................ :....................................................................................
1588.9
,Hoist mechanism............................................................................................. 1582.8, 1585.3
Boomstops.........................................................................................:....................................
Cabs......................................................................................................... .............................
1582.2
1582.5
Capacity................................................................................................................................
1587.7.
Certificate of operation.....................................................!................................................
1588.2
Certificates............................................................................................................................
1588.5
Climbingor tower..................................................................................................................1584
Access ..............
1584(g)
Electricalgrounding...............................................................:......................................
1584.4
Erection and operation..................................................................................................
1584.1
Maintenance....................................................................................................................
1584.5
Safetydevices..................................................................................................................
1584.3
Unattendedbooms.........................................................................:...............................:
1584.2
Damagedbooms..................................................................................................................
1588.9
Demolitionwork.......................:...............................................................................................1583
Driver's position, vehicle..................................................................:...............................
1587.6
Effectivedate..........................................................................................................................1581
Fireextinguisher......................................:...........................................................................
1587.8
Handsignals........................................................................................................................
1587.12
Handlingloads....................................................................................................................
1587.10
Hoisting
Brakes................................................................................................................................
1615.1
Capacity............................................................................................................................
1615.3
Chains, ropes, etc...........................................................................................................
1615.7
Clips, rope......................................................................................................................
1615.10
Controls..............................................................................................................................
1615.5.
Defective equipment......................................................................................................
1615.8
Guards, rope ................................ :..................................... ........................ :....................
1615.11
Limitdevice..........................................................................................................................1615
Masttowers..........................................................................................................................1614
A
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL -SAFETY 179
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 56-12-9.72)
INDEX -Continued
0
Section
Mobiletowers......................................................................................................................1613
.
Operations...........................................................................................................................1611
Operator...................................................................................................................:...........1610
Ropesafety factor............................................................................................................
1615.9
Ropes.......................................................................................!........................................
1615.10
Signals....................................................:.....................:.........................................................1612
Stops...............................................................................................:....................................
1615.4
Tramways..............................................................................................................................1616
Trolleyframes..................................................................................................................
1615.2
Warningdevice................................................................................................................
1615.6
Hydraulic and excavators......................................................................................................1585
Boom hoist and supporting mechanisms ..................................................................
1585.3
Brakes................................................................................................................................
1585.6
Controls............................................................:.................................................................
1585.5
Frontend operating......................................................................................................
1585.7
Hoistmechanism............................................................................................................
1585.1
Hydraulicrelief valves .................................. :...............................................................
1585.8
Hose, fittings, etc . .......................... ...............................................................................
1585.9
Loadlowering..................................................................................................................
1585.2
Swinglock and brake..................................................:.................................................
1585.4
Inspection
Cranes.............. ...................................... :............................................................................
1588.3
Derricks..............................................................................................................................
1588.4
Frequency........................................................................................................................
1588.6
Limitswitches....................................................................................................................
1587.11
Load
Hoistbrakes ................ ................................................ ......................::............................
1582.10
Hoistdrums.....................................................................................................:..............
1582.10
Indicatingdevice .............................. :....................... ......................................................
1582.4
Loadrating............................................................................................................................ 1581.2
Loading and lifting devices..................................................................................................1597
Maintenance........................................... ................................. :...........................................
1588.7
Mobile, boom type..................................................................................................................1582
.
Access................................................................................................................................
1582.6
Adjustments, brakes, clutches....................................................................................
1582.12
Boomhoist mechanism..................................................................................................
1582.8
Boomstops............ :....................................................................................... :...................
1582.12
Brakes
Swing..........:................................................................................................................. 1582.14
Travel..................................... :............ :.......................................................................
1582.15
Cab......................................................................................................................................
1582.5
Clutch..........................................................................................................................
1582.1(f)
Controls..............................................................................................................................
1582.1
Couplers.......................................................................:....................................................
1582.7
Fireextinguisher............................................................................................................
1582.20
Guards
Sheave................................... :...................................................................................... 1582.16
Wheel............................................................................................................................
1582.18
Hoist
Brakes..........................................................................................................................
1582.10
Drums............................................................................................................................
1582.9
0
180
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
INDEX—Continued
TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 512-9.72)
0
Section
Hoisting..................:.......................................................................................................:
1587.4
Lighting.............................................................................................................................1582.21
.
Loadrate chart ................................................ :...............................................................
1582.3
Ropesafety factor .......................... :..........................................
....................................... 1615.9
Safetydevices.........................................................................................:........................
1582.4
.Operator qualifications..........................................................................................................1588
Operatingrules...............................................................:..........................................1587,
1588.1
Operationaltesting............................................................................................................
1587.15
Overheadloads..: ................................................................................................................
1587.13
Powercontrolled lowering..............................................................................................
1582.11
Refueling.................................................................................................................:..............
1587.9
Ropeguard..........................................................................................................................
1615.11
Safety' factor..........................................................................................................................
1581.1
Scope...........................................................................................................................................1581
Signals...........;......................................................................................................................
1587.12
Slideareas....................................................................................................................I.........1587.5
Swinging ...................................... :..........................................................................................
1587.3
Testing..................................................................................................................................
1587.15
Unitproof............................................................................................................
1588.3, 1588.4
Tramways..................................................................................................................................1616
Traveling....:..:......................................................................:.................................................
1587.1
Unattendedbooms...............................................................................................................
1584.2
.Unit proof test..............................................................:.......................................................
1588.3
Warningdevices................................................................................................................
1582.17
Wedgesand jacks..............................................................................................................
1582.19
Wheelguards....;......:................................................:......................................I..................
1582.18
Crawler tractors, bulldozers and carryalls ............ ...............................................................
1595
(Also see Haulage Vehicles)
Cribbing, wells or shafts.....................'..................................................................
1542(a) (b) (c)
Crimper; for blasting cap..................................................................................................
1571(e)
Criteria for stairs, ladders, and ramps or inclines
.............................. Appendix, Plate B-17
D
Deadmancontrol................................................................................................................
1606(d)
Debris (Also see Housekeeping).............................................................................:.......
.. 1513 _
Debrison stair landings................................................................................................
1626(d)
Debrison stairways........................................................................................................
1626(d)
Definitions............................................................................................................:.......................1504
Delay blasting caps, electric blasting ................. :..........................................................
1573(b)
Delivery of explosives, blasting............................................:...................................................1564
Demolishingbuildings..........................................:...............................................................1735(a)
Access................................................................................................................................
1735(q)
Adequate wall lateral support......................................................................................
1735(n)
Barricadesand signs........................................................................................................1734(a)
Chutematerial removal............................................................................................1736(a)
(c) ,
Chutesand gates ................................................ ......................................................
1736(b) (d)
Close hazardous floor areas..........................................................................................
1735(q)
Containers, fire resistant..: ............................ .................................................................
1736(g)
Continuousinspection........:...........................:.................................................................1735(c)
Demolishing walls, protection ......................................................................................
1735(d)
Demolitionprocedure.........................................................:..........................................
1735(b)
Dustcontrol......................................................................................................................
1735(u)
0
Douglas fir "Structural Planks" especially suited for scaffolds........ Appendix, Plate B-7
11-85931
TITLE .8 . DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL• SAFETY
180.1
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9.72) "
INDEX—Continued
Section
Elevators for hoisting workmen....................................................................................1735
(s)
Engineering survey........................................................................................................
1734 (b)
Equipmentcanopies........................................................................................................1735
(x)
Exterior wall openings................................................................:.................................
1735(k)
Eye and head protection required.:............................................................1735(i),
1737(e)
Falling material protection..........................................................................................
1735(h)
Fire extinguisher required...................................................:..........................................1737(a)
Flooropenings.............................................................................................................1735
G) (w)
Glasshazard..........................................................:.............................................................1735
(l)
Illumination............................:............................................................................................1735(r)
Materialdisplaced.........................:..................................................................................1735(c)•
Mechanical equipment support....................................................................................1735(r)
Provide adequate walkways............................................................................................1735
0
Sectionsof walls........................................................................................;.....................
1735(e)
Shoresand braces............................................................................................................1735(m)
Shut off utility services...................................................................................................
1735(o)
falling material.................:..................................................................................
1736 (e)
_Signs,
Stairrailings......................................................................................................................
1735(g)
Stairways and landings.................................................. :...............................................
1735 (q)
Storage of material: ...........................................................................................................
1735 (a)
Supervision..........................................................................................................................1734
(a)
Temporary floors or safety nets....:.........:.....:...............................................................1735
(t)
Utility company notification........................................................................................
1735(o)
r
Walls..............................................................................................................................
1735(b) (c)
Welding, cutting or heating.......................................................................:...................
1737 (b)
Welding, adequate fire prevention............................................................................
1737(d)
Wreckage and rubbish....................................................................................................1736(f)
Derricks......................................................................................................................................
1581.1
Access
Cab......................................................................................................................................
1582.5
Sheaves, bearings, etc.....................................................................................................
1581.4
Guys........................................................... :............ '................................................................
1581.1
Hoistingrope........................................................................................................................
1581.3
Loadmarking.................................................... _........... :....................................................
1581.2
Signals....................................................................................................................................
1581.5
Design load, bricklayers' suspended scaffold......................................................................1659
Appendix, Plate B-24
Concrete buggy scaffold........................................................................................
1641 (note)
Hooks, suspended scaffold and staging...:....................................................................1658(c)
Design retaining walls......................,....................................................................
1540(k) (l) (2)
Detonator, primers, capped fuses............................................................................
1571(c) (d)
Diagonal bracing, construction towers, wooden......................................
I........... f605 (d) (e).
Dimensions of ladders, constructed on job.................:..................................................1676(a)
Dirt trucks, cab and horns required................................................................1591(f),
1592(a)
Displacement of ladders, secure against......................................................................
1675 (d)
Distribution of nails, general scaffolding......................................................................
1637(g)
Doors at landings, construction elevators and gates............................................
1604(d) (3)
Doors in elevator shafts, construction elevators..........:...................................:.....
1604(d) (4)
Double-headed nails, general scaffold......................................................................
1637(g) (2)
Double ladders, two or more stories........................................................................
1678(a) (b)
Doubleslings, use of..............................................:...................................................................1616
Douglas fir "Structural Planks" especially suited for scaffolds........ Appendix, Plate B-7
11-85931
180.2 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
TITLE 8
Earthwork and excavating............:...........................................................................................1544
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9-72)
INDEX—Continued
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Facecontrol..............................................................................................................................1546
Section
Douglas•fir "Selected Lumber" for ordinary scaffold plank
service .......................... :.................................................................
Appendix, Plate B-8
Draining tank, portable compressors......:.................................:............:........................1696(c)
1544(b)
Dredge pipelines as walkways..........................................................................................1602(c)
1545(a) (b)
Drilling
1544(d) (e)
Pre -drilled holes, power tools......................................................................................
1690(e)
Rock drilling operations......................................:.................................................................1538
1510
Drinkingwater..................................................................................:......................................:..1522
construction.....:........................................................................Appendix,
Freshand potable..............................................................................................................1522(a)
Electrical receptacles approved for 110 -volt
No common vessels........................................................................................................
1522(b)
Drivers'- compartment, truck cabs....................................................................................1591(f)
Electrical receptacles approved for 220 -volt
Driving nails, general scaffolding............................................................
1637(g) (1) (2) (3) (4)
Drop fuses, springing holes........................................................................................
1567(d) (3)
Dust control, haulage and earth moving..............:.......................................................
1590(e)
Dust, fumes, mists, vapors, and gases, control of ............ 1530,
1531, 1532, 1533, 1534; 1535
Dust, respiratory protection...................................................................................1531,
1595 (c)
Duties of hoisting engineer............................................................................................1610,
1611
E
Earprotection............................:...............................................................:.................................1518
Earthwork and excavating............:...........................................................................................1544
Considerations.....................................::...............................................1544(c)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Facecontrol..............................................................................................................................1546
Hazardous face of cut......................................................................................................1544(a)
Maximumpermitted slope.............................................................................................1544(c)
Multiple bench setback..................................................................................................
1544(b)
Overburden protection............................................................................................
1545(a) (b)
Permitted slopes........................................................................................................
1544(d) (e)
Protection of workers.........................:..................................................................................1547
Education safety for all employees.................................................................:............1509,
1510
Electrical overcurrent, protection criteria for branch circuits during
construction.....:........................................................................Appendix,
Plate C -31-c
Electrical receptacles approved for 110 -volt
tools and equipment
used in construction.................................................................Appendix,
Plate C -31-a
Electrical receptacles approved for 220 -volt
tools, and equipment
used in construction..............................................................
Appendix, Plate C -31-b
Electric blasting (see Blasting)...........................................:....................................................1573
Appendix, Plates C-27, 28, 29
Electric blasting, blasting lines near power
or light lines or conductors ............ 1573(d)
Blasting machine disconnecting................................................................:................1574,
1576
Buswires....................................................................................................................................1576
Caps..................................................................................................
1573(a) (b) (c), 1579(a) (b)
Connecting wires procedure..............................................................
1573(a), 1576, 1578(a)
Grounded circuits prohibited......................................................................................
1573(e)
Leading wire, blasting machine....................•......................................................................1574
Light or power circuits .........................................
............................................................ 1573(a)
Locationof lines..............................................................................................................
1573 (d)
Machines, protect from blast ..................................
:..................................................... 1573(g)
Methods, precautions..............................................................................
1573, 1574, 1579, 1580
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF 'INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 180.3
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9.72)
INDEX—Continued
Section
Proximity to radio transmitter....................................:.......................................................1579
Series or parallel circuits..................................................................................:.............1573(a)
Switch, lock and disconnect..........................................................................................
1578(b)
Switch boxes, protection.....................................................................:..........................
1573 (g)
Testing blasting circuit........................'......................................................:...........................1577
Storms, electrical....................................................................................................................1580
Testingcircuit..........................................................................................................................1577
Wiringdiagram..............:.........................................................................................................1573
Appendix, Plates C-27, 28, 29
Electric caps, test galvanometer................................................................................:.............1577
Caplimitations................................................................................................................
1573 (b)
Electric circuit, wiring........................................................................................................1573'(a)'
Permanent shot -firing line.................................................................................:............1578(a)
Electric exploders, explosive detonators........................................................................1573
(a)
Electric lights, none near explosives......................................................................I.......
1565(b)
Electric signals, construction hoist signals......................................................................
1587.12
Electric storms, electric blasting............................................................................................15W
Electric switch, blasting
Lockafter blast.........................................................................:..........................'.............
1578(b)
Maintenance......................................................................................................................1573
(0
Safelocation.........................................................................................................:............
1573(g)
Whento connect....................................................................................................................1576
Electric wires, not to be near explosives......................................................
1565 (e), 1573 (d)
Electrical requirements for construction work .....................................................
:.... 1760-1768
For permanent nature—SEE ELECTRICAL SAFETY
ORDERS.
Adequate illumination for working spaces..............................................................
1761(h)
Adequate workspace at equipment............................................:...........................1761(f)
(1)
De -energize circuits of 300 volts to ground............................................................
1761(g)
Flexiblecords.......................................................:.................................................:................1763
Only molded or vulcanized splices ...............................................................:..........1763(c)
Receptacles, general, not interchangeable............................................................1763(a)
Appendix, Plates C -31a -b
Receptacles, work areas, provisions...................................'.......................................1763(a)
"S" cord required, portable extensions..................................................................
1763 (b)
For temporary power and lighting..............................................................................1760
(a)
Identification of switches................................................................................................
1761(i)
Inspect poles before climbing....................................................................:...................
17610)
Install suitable covers or barriers.......................................................................:..........1761(c)
Installation and maintenance..............................................................................................176.1
Mechanical protection required............................................................................
1765(a) (b)
Mechanically secure all cables, fittings......:...............................................................
1761(b)
Methodsof grounding.....................................................................................:......................1762
Ground service equipment........................................................................................1762(a)
Ground tools and equipment...............................................................................:..
1762(b)
Ground portable equipment ............................... .......................................................
i762(c)
Open conductor—clearances................................................................................................1764
Required clearances (See Table)..............................................................................1764(a)
Position of switch control handle............................................................................1761(f)
(2)
Prohibits ungrounded fixtures..............................................................I.............:..........
1761(e)
Protect conductors against injury..................................................................................1761(a)
Protect, moisture or deterioration..............................................................................
1761(d)
180.4 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 50-72-9-72)
INDEX—Continued
Section
Provisions for preventing accidents in the area. of high-voltage lines ......................1768
Assume responsibility for safety..............................................................................
1768(d)
Clearance of safeguards required............................................................................
1768(b)
Complete safety measures before working..........................................................
1768(d)
De -energizing of conductors................:.............................................................
1768 (b) (2)
Erection of mechanical barriers........................................................................
1768 (b) (1)
General, prevent accidental contact........................................................................1768(a)
Notify power agency of intended work................................................................
1768(d)
Prescribed sign lettering............................................................................................1768(c)
Removal of high-voltage conductors................................................................
1768(b) (3)
Warning signs required................................................................................................1768(c)
Required improvement, temporary lighting within 90 days after
orders are effective..............................................................................................1763
(0
Requirements, portable handlamps............................................................................
1763(d) .
Scope..........................................................................................................................................1760
Style of equipment grounding conductor................................................................
1763(e)
Temporary service pole........................................................................................................1766
i
Appendix, Plates C-30 a -b
Temporary service pole requirements........................................................................1766(a)
Appendix, Plates C-30 a -b
Continuous grounding conductor..............................................................................1767(a)
Electrical distribution, not main......................................................................................1767
Grounding, main switch..............................................................................................1766(c)
Main service disconnect switch..............................................................................
1766(b)
Overcurrent protection..............................................................................................
Provide branch overcurrent device..........................................................................1767(c)
1766(d)
Required conductor size.............................................................................................
1767 (d)
Restriction on neutral conductor............................................................................
1767(b)
Underground conductors...........................................................................:..........................1765
Elevated platforms, open sides, standard railings........................................................1621(a)
,
Elevator, hoisting men, construction........................................................
1607, 1630(a) (b) (c)
Elevator, partitioned off........................................................................................
1604(d) (4) (5)
Elevator landing gates and barriers..............................................................................
1604(d)
Elevator shafts, guarding openings........................................................................................1633
Guard openings, railings and toeboards...............................................................:.....1633(a)
Landingsrequired..........................................................................................................
1630(b)
Overhead protection......................................................................................................
1633 (b) .
Partition unused shaft:.....................................................................................................1633(c)
Provide full width platforms.:......................................................................................
1633 (d)
Elevators (see, Construction Elevators)............................................................1604,
05, 06, 07
Formaterials............................................................................................................................1604
Formen........................................................................................................................
1607, 1630
Elevators sheaves, construction elevators............................................................................1604
Sheaveaxles.......................................................................................................................
1604(P)
Sheavebeams..................................................................................................................
1604(k)
Sheavebearings........................................................................................................
1604(k) (1)
Sheavediameter................................................................................................................
16070)
Sheave dimensions............................................................................................................1604(m)
Sheavegrooves..................................................................................................:.............
1604(o)
Sheavematerial...........................................................................:....................................
1604 (n)
Sheavestrength........................................................................................'........................
1604 (n)
Elevators signals, construction, ho=sting signals..................................................................1612
Employer and Employee
Labor Code excerpts....................................................................................................
Article 1
Responsibilities..............................................................................................................
Article 1
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 180.5
. CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-12.9.72)
INDEX—Continued
Section
Employees, new, instruction....................................................................................................1510
Engine fans, guarded on portable compressors....................................:.....................
1696(b)
Engine room or station, duties, hoist opeiator........................................................
1610, 1611
Engines, internal combustion..................................................................................................1533
Enginecatalyst............................................................................................................1533
(a) (3)
Exhaust outside................:...........................................................................................1533(a)
(1)
Haulage vehicle gases..........................:..:....................:...................................................1593
(0
Insidebuildings..................................................................................................................1533,(a)
Ventilation............................................ ,.......................................................................
1533 (a) (2)
Engines, not to be running, while fueling............................................................................1594
Haulagevehicles................................................................................................................1594(a)
Internalcombustion................................................................................................................1533
Equipment, constriction, miscellaneous..............................................................................1695
Bull float handles, concrete finishing..........................................................................1698(c)
Compressor.....................................:........................................................................................1696
Concretemixer........:....................:....................................................................................1698(a)
Fueling, not while running..........................................................................
1534(b), 1594(c)
Gascylinders............................................................................................................................1740
Handtools................................................................................................................................1699
Pneumatictools.........................................................................................................................1695
Tarkettles...................................:............................................................................................1728
Tractors, bulldozers, carryalls ................................................................................................
1595
Troweling machines, concrete....................................................................................
1698(d)
• Trucks, and haulage vehicles .......... :.........................................................................
Weedburning...........................................................................................................................1697
1591, 1595
Erectionand construction.....................................:..................................................................1710
Adequate columns, resistance to deflection..............................................................1716(a)
Anchor- or brace -framed panels....................................................................................1714(a)
Attachment, standing panel guys..................................................................................1714(c).
Bracing, wind.load, walls and panels........................................................................
1715(b)
Design, lifting, tilt -up precast concrete......................................................................1715.(a)
Design, safety, operation, limitations ............................................
1716(b) (1) (2), 1716(c)"
Erection guide for trusses and beams........................................................................
1711(b)
Erectionof framing................................................................................................................1714
Erection of trusses and beams............................................................................................1711
Floor panel oiling after carpentry..............................................................:.......................1712
Guarding of protruding reinforcing steel..........................................................:...............1713
Jacks, factor of safety 2'/s plus......................................................................................
1716(b)
Lift -slab operations.................................................:................................................................1716
Overloading prohibited..........................................................................................................1710
Overturning and stabilizing bracing............................................................................1711(a)
Precast concrete construction..............................................................................................1715
Safety factor, form panels falling................................................................................
1714(b)
Vacuum lifting, clean surfaces....................................................................................
1715(o)
Erection, temporary stairs ........................................................1626
(a) (b) (c) (d),'1629 (a) (b)
Scaffolds, erection crew..................................................................................................
1637 (i)
Trussesand beams..................................:.................................................................
1711(a) (b)
Excavations....................................................................................................................................1540
Belled.............................................................................................................:....................
1542(e)
Belowfoundations............................................................................................................1540
(1)
Below retaining wall......................................................................................................
1540(k)
180.6 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 512.9-72)
INDEX—Continued
Section
Guarded by shoring.................................................................................................. 1540(b) (c)
Permitto excavate..................................:...............................................................................1539
Shoring system for excavations.............................................................................. 1540(b) (c)
Shoring system for trenches........................................................................................ 1541(e)
Supervisionof............................................................................................................ 1540(g) (a)
Undermining of adjacent structures............................................................................1540(1)
Excavations, type of material
Compact, unstable, running.................................................................................... 1541(e) (5)
Exhaust gases from engines, in enclosed structures
Haulagevehicles.................................................................................................................15930
Internal combustion engines................................................................................................1533
Exhaust gases, direct from operators' breathing zone
Haulagevehicles............................................................................................................. 1590(g)
Notin enclosed places....................................................................................................1593 (f)
Existing wall, becomes retaining wall by excavation only after
determination................................................................................................ 1540(k) (1)
Explosion counted, blasting.................................:......:..................................:..................
1568(b)
Missedholes........................................................................................................................1568(a)
Returnto site......:.............................................................................................................
1578(b)
Unexplodedcharge........................................................................................................
1571(k)
Explosives..:...............................................................................................................................:...1550
Agerequirement......................................................................................................
1550(c) (d)
Blaster competency..................................................................................................
1550(a) (b)
Blastingsignals........................................................................................................................1566
Fuse and electric blasting....................................................................................
1571 to 1580
Handlingand use..........................:.........................................................................................1565
Loadingmethods........................................................:...........................................................1567
Missed holes, secondary blasting............................................................................
1568, 1569
Other requirements............................................................................................
1561(g) to (1)
Places of storage........................................................................................................
1560(a) (b)
Plastic tampers and others..................................................................................15670)
to (1)
Protection.....................................................:..........................................................1561(c)
to (f)
Storage, general....................................................................................................:...
1561(a) (b)
Transportationof.....................................................................................................................1564
Typesof magazines....................................................................................................
1562, 1563
Explosives (see Blasting and Electric Blasting)...............................:..................................1550
Black powder magazine ...........................
:.................................................. ............ 1562 (b) (g) -
Blasting switches..........................................................................Appendix,
Plates C-28, C-29
Buswires....................................................................................................
Appendix, Plate C-29
'Destroying of explosives...........................:....................................................................
1572(b)
Fuseblasting............................................................................................................................1571
Handlingand use ..............................
..................................................I.................................1565
Makeup magazine for.............................................'.......................................................
1561(i)
Primers, safety..................................................................................................1565(h),
1567(8)
Storage, general .............................. :.....................................................................
...... 1560, 1561
Explosives magazine, oil or combustibles near ......................
First class magazine........................................:.........................
Second class magazine............................................................
Smoking prohibited ................
Tamping poles for ..................
Thawing of to be avoided ....
Transportation of ....................
Appendix, Plates B-14, a,b,c
........................15610 (1) , 1565
..............................................1562
..............................................1563
Appendix, Plate C -26-b
..................................... 1565(b)
............................15670) (k) (1)
........................................1572 (a)
..............................................1564
Is
•
0
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
180.7
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 73, No. 7-2.17.73)
INDEX—Continued
Section
Use of.......................................................................... 1565, 1566, 1567, 1568, 1569, 1571, 1573
Extension scaffolds, finger type....'..................................................................................
1637 (d) .
Extension ladders, manufactured ladders................................................................
1677, 1678
Extinguisher, fire, in cranes ................................................ .............:.......... ..........................
1587.8
Haulagevehicles..............................................................................................................
1594(h)
Roofingoperations.........................................................................................................
1728 (d) ,
Where bottled fuel gases are used................................................................................17430)
.......................
Eye and face protection........................................................................ .............
1802
Eye hooks, manufactured, table of sizes ..................................................Appendix, Plate CA
Eye protection (see Personal Protection.)..........................................................................1517
Roofing, handling coal tar pitch..................................................................................
1726 (b)
While using powder actuated tools..............................................................................1691(a)
Eyeprotection, welders............................................................................................................1517
F
Factor of safety, construction hoisting equipment (see Safety Factor) for
elevator sheave axle............................................................................................1604(m)
Falling material protection, demolishing buildings ....................................................
1735(h)
Falls, safety ropes between suspended scaffold......:...................................................
1660(g)
Falsework and vertical shoring....................................................................................
1717; 1718
Falsework and scaffolds erection............................................................................
1637 (i) 0)
Falsework and vertical shoring for concrete construction ..............................................1717
Added railings, cured concrete floors........................................................................
1717 (e)
•
Base requirements, vertical shoring............................................................................
Bracing, lateral loads, minimums............................................................................1717
1717 (i)
(a) (3)
Design......................................................:...........................................................................1717
(a)
Design for support of loads........:.............................................................................1717(a)
(1)
Distribution, bracing; lateral loads..........................................................................1717(a)
(4)
Forming and shoring requirements......................................................................
1717 (g) (h)
Formula for loads and formwork............................................................................1717
(a) (2)
High line loads, workman spotting........................................................................1718(a)
(1)
Installation, metal shore clamps..................................................................................
1717(k)
Justify design, falsework and shoring.........................................................................
1717(b)
Maintain guardrailings at openings..............................................................................1717(c)
Mechanism under positive control..........................................................................1718(a)
(2)
Method of butt splicing shores......................................................................................
1717 0)
No one permitted, except................:.............................................................................1718(a)
No work under floor forms, exception......................................................................
1717 (n)
Other minimum walkway requirements..................................................................1717
(m)
Perimeter guardrails, when installed........................................................................
1717 (d)
Platforms, 7'/z. feet high, install railings..................................................................:...1717
(f)
Riding on-hooks,'slings, and loads restricted....................................................................1718
Special job, with safety belt......................................................................................1718(a)
(2)
Walkway and work platforms, requirements..........................................................::1717(1)
Fan guards, portable compressors..................................................................................
1696(b)
Federal standards
Arcwelding and cutting......................................................................:...............................
1804
Basemounted drum hoists..................................................................................................
1806
Blasting under compressed air..........................................................................................
1813
Bolting, riveting, fitting -up, plumbing-up......................................................................
1810
Cofferdams..............................................................................................................................
1811
Conveyors................................................................................................................................ 1808
180.8 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 73, No. 7-2-17-73)
INDEX—Continued
Section
Eyeand face protection......................................................................................................
1802
Fire prevention (General)..................................................................................................
1803
Fireprevention (Welding) ............................................... :.................................................
1805
Marine operations and equipment....................................................................................
1809
Non -ionizing radiation..........................................................................................................
1801
Overheadhoists.............................................................................:.....................................
1807
Scope........................................................................................................................................
1800
Underwaterblasting .................... :........................................................................................
1812
Figure four scaffold ................... :... :....... ......... ........................ ..................
.......................... 1645 (b)
Figure four scaffold (suggested)............................................................
Appendix, Plate B-22
Filling tar buckets, roofers..................................................................................................1727(a)
Fire extinguishers, in cranes................................................................................................
1587,8
Haulagevehicles..............................................................................................................
1594(h)
Roofingoperations ................................. _.......................................................................
1728(d)
Where bottled fuel gases are used...:............................................................................
17430)
Fire extinguishers (See Types of) ......................................................
Appendix, Plate C -13-b
Fire extinguishment.................................:..................................................Appendix,
Plate C-13
Fire extinguishment (See Classes of Fire) ......................................
Appendix, Plate C -13-a
Fire prevention (General)..........................................:...........................................................
1803
Fire prevention, (Welding)....................................................................................................'1805
Firing shots, electric blasting..................................................................................................1573
Blastingsignals........................................................................................................................1566
Firingtime, blasting............................................................................................................1566(a)
First-aid......................................................................................................................
1512(a) (b) (c)
Flagmen, instructions for cardinal rules for flagmen to know
anduse..........................................................................................
Appendix, Plate C-33
•
Flagmen, instructions for cardinal rules for flagmen to know and
use in daylight, at night ........................................................
Appendix, Plate C -33-b
Control of traffic in darkness...........................1..............................
Appendix, Plate C -33-f
To stop daytime traffic......................................................................
Appendix, Plate C -33-c
To slow daytime traffic......................................................................Appendix,
Plate C -33-d
To move daytime traffic....................................................................
Appendix, Plate C -33-e
When on a one-way road .................. :...............................................
Appendix, Plate C -33-a
Flagmen, traffic control (see Traffic Control)....................................................................1598
Flagmen.........................................................................................................................................1599
Trafficcontrol signs............................................................................I..............................1598
(c)
Appendix, Plate C -35-a
Plate C -35-b
Warningsigns, placement..............................................................................................1598(c)
Appendix, Plate C -35-a
Plate C -35-b
Flagmen's sign......................................................................................................................
1599(b)
Flammablevapors................................................................................................................:.....1530
Controlof.............................................................................................................:
1534 (a) (b) (c)
Harmfulmaterials.......................:............................................................................................1535
Float scaffolds for riveting and welding................................................................................1649
Not more than three men..............................................................................................1649
(a)
Platformsize...................:............................................................................................1649(a)
(1)
Safety belt or net required......................................................................................1649(a)
(5)
Supportingropes.............................1............................................................................1649(a)
(4)
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
150.8.1
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 73, No. 7-2-17-73)'
INDEX—Continued
Section
Floor, roof, and wall openings
Concrete forms, openings..............................................................................................1632
(a)
Demolishingbuildings......................................................................................................1735(i)
Floor openings to be covered...................................................................:..........................1632
Permanent protection......................................................................................................1632(c)
Runwaysacross................................................................................................................
1632(b)
Scaffoldacross..................................................................................................................
1632(b)
Standardrailing........................................................................................................................1620
Temporaryprotection............................................................................................................1621
Floorpanels, oiling foi•ms.......................................................................:..................................1712
Floors, temporary during construction (see Temporary Floors)....................................1635
Foot protection (see Protection)......................................................................................1515
(a)
Footwear, defective........................................................................................................
1515 (b)
Footwear, innersoles........................................................................................................1515
(c)
Formula, design excavation shores and braces............................................................1540
(c)
Foundation, excavation below...........................:..:..............................................................1540
(1)
Foundation footings, shafts and bell holes .................................................... I................
1542(e)
Foundation and anchorage of construction towers ....................................................
1604 (b)
Framing, erection of..................................................................................................................1714
Building, falsework and shoring.............................................................................
..........1717
Scaffolds......................................................................................................................
1637 (b) (c)
0
180.8.2
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 73, No..7-2.17.73)
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 180.9
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
• (Register 72, No. 50-12-9-72)
INDEX—Continued
Section
Friction gearing, forbidden construction elevators, hoisting men............................1607 (c)
Fuel gas, oxygen and acetylene (see Oxygen,. Acetylene, and Fuel Gas) ..................1739
Fuel tank, contact with supply tank............................................................I.................. 1594 (b)
Fuelingequipment.............................................................................:...........................:............1594
Fuse, blasting of explosives......................................................................................................1571
Burningrate.............................:..........................................................................................1571(a)
Crimperfor caps.............................................................................................................. 1571(e)
Cutoff damp ends...............:..........................................:.................................................1571(c)
Hammeredor injured.................................................................................................... 1571(g)
Length..............................................:.......................................................................1571(a) (f) (h)
Lighting fuse, blaster's route.......................................................................................... 15710)
Waterproofingjoints...................................................................................................... 1571(b)
_ G
Gallows' frames, roofer's....................................................................................................
1727(b)
Appendix, Plate C-18
Galvanometer, tests, electric blasting.....................................................:..............................1577
Gas, flammable and flammable vapors......................................................................
1534, 1535
Gas cylinders, storage and use....................................................................................
1739, 1740
Gas, use of, general precautions..........................................................................................1743
Gases, exhaust ................. ..................... .............. .........
..... ...... ...... ........................ 15930, 1590(g)
General scaffolds (see Scaffolds)............................................................................................1637
Ginpoles (see Hoisting)............................................................................................................0000
Material...................................................................................................................................0000
Securebottom................................................................................................................1581.1(b)
Shouldbe vertical..........................................................................................................
1581.1(a)
Girders, design load concrete buggy 'scaffolds ......................................................1641
(note)
Glass in cabs, derricks and cranes......................................................................................
1582.5
Glass, mark visibly......................................................................................................:...............1523
To remain until final - cleanup ........................................................................................1523
(a)
Glasswindshields..................................................................................................................1591(a)
Gloves, worn by roofers...:..................................................................................................1726(a)
Handprotection.....................................................................................................................1514
Graders, warning device....................................................................................................
1592(b)
Grooves, construction elevator sheaves........................................................................
1604(o)
Grounded circuits, prohibited electric blasting..........................................................
1573(e)
Guard, floor openings (see Standard Railings)........................................................
1632, 1633
Mechanical barriers near high voltage................................................................
1768(b) (1)
Portablesaws............................................................................................................................1680
Powder -actuated tool........................................................................................................1687
(a)
Radialarm saws......................................................................................................................1681
Tablesaw..................................................................................................................................1682
Guarding, construction elevator......................................................................................
1604(d)
High tension lines, power shovels and cranes
................................................................1768
Guardrail, general (see Railing) .......................................
:........................................... 1620, 1621
Concrete mixers, 1 yard capacity or larger..............................................................
1698 (b)
Elevator and elevator shafts.......:......................................................................
1604(d), 1633
Piledriver..........................................................................................................................
1600(d)
Periphery railings on buildings...........................:................................................................1636
Scaffolds, various types ......................................................
1640(d) (f) (6), 1641(c), 1644(f),
1645(d)(3),1646(b)
•
Suspended scaffolds........................................................................................
1660(k), 1662(c)
180.10 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9-72)
INDEX—Continued
0
Section
Stairs............................................................................................1626(a) (b) (c) (d), 1629(a) (b)
Workover water..........................................:............................:......................................
1602(d)
Guyline anchors, derricks....................................................................................................
1581.1
Guys or bracing, climbing or tower cranes.........................................................
1618(b) (1)
Guys or bracing, construction towers........................................................................
1604 (b)
Towers, metal....................................................................................................................1606(a)
Tower, wooden:...............................................................................................................
1605 (g)
Guys, boom on construction towers................................................................................1605(i)
Guys, construction towers metal......................................................................................1606(a)•
Trusserection....................................................................................................................1711(a)
Guys, construction towers wooden ...................... :.........................................................
1605(g)
H
Hand brake, construction elevators, hoisting men ..............................................
1607(c) (d)
Hand protection (see Personal Protection)...........................................................:............1514
Gloves, when to wear....................................................................................................
1514(b)
Hands, protective creams................................................................................................1514(c)
Hand signals, boom operation, types of hand signals, boom
equipment operation........................................1.........................
Appendix, Plate C-11
Handtools (see Tools)..............................................................................................................1699
Handy construction. data..........................................................................................
Appendix B
Facts and information, handy things to know ......................................................
Plate B-1
Measures..........................................................................................................................
Plate B-2
Sanitation of personal safety devices....................................................................
Plate B -1-a
Weights and Measures..................................................................................................
Hardwood floor finishing, explosive atmosphere...............................:..........................1534(c)
Plate B-3
Harmfulmaterials........................................................................................................................1535
Flammable vapors, control of........................................................................................1535(a)
Toxic materials, control of..............................................................................................1535
(a)
Haulage and earth moving, general'......................................................................................1590
Dustcontrol...........................................................................................................:..........
15N (e)
Equipment control and operations........................................................................1590(a)
(f) -
Exhaust gases control .................... :............................................ ................
:.................. 1590(g)
Heat shields in tandem........................................................... ....................................
:.. 1590(h)
Private haul road conditions and traffic ..............................................
:......... 1590(b) (c) (d)
Haulagevehicles, general:............................................................................:...........................15W
Construction and maintenance............................................................................................1591
Fueling......................................................................................................................................1594
Operation..................................................................................................................:...............1593
Repair........................................................................................................................................1595
Roll-over protective structures (BOPS)............................................................................1596
Warningdevices.............................:........................................................................................1592
Haulage vehicles, construction and maintenance..............................................................1591
Airtank service...........................................................:....................................................
1591(6)
Brakes, general .............................. :...........................................................................
1591(c) (d) '
Brakes, emergency......................................................................................
1591(c) (2), (d) (2)
Brakes, parking........................................................................................!.................
1591(d) (5)
Brakes, scrapers......................................................................................................
1591(d) (1-5)
Cabshield............................................................................................................................1591(f)
Canopy................................................................................................................................
1591(i)
Fenders..............................................................................................................................
1591(g)
0
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
180.11
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-72-9-72)
INDEX—Continued
Section
Holding performance, service brake.............................................:.......................
1591(d) (4)
Lights and reflectors, night operation......................................................................
f591 (h)
Operator's vision........................................................._...................................................
1591(b)
Performance, service and emergency brakes....................................................
1591(d) (3)
Warning device, service brake system................................................................
1591(d) (1)
Windshields........................................................................................................................1591(a)
Haulagevehicles, fueling..........................................................................................................1594
Fire extinguisher........... ................................................................................. :..................
1594 (h)
Groundfuel supply hose................................................................................................
1594 (b)
Mark "Flammable" containers.....................................................................................
1594(g)
No open lights or smoking......................................................................................
1594(c) (d)
Norepairs.............................................................................................................................1594(0
Stop motor during fueling..............................................................................................1594(a)
Haulage vehicle operation, general........................................................................................1593
Inspection..........................................................................................................................
1593 (e)
Keep under positive control........................................................................................
1593 (b)
Lower dump body promptly..........................................................................................1593
(c)
Maximumsafe speeds.............................................:........................................................1593
(a)
Tire repairs, precautions...............................................................................................:
1593 (h)
-Unstable loads..................................................................................................................
1593(g)
Haulage vehicle repair........................................................................................................1595(a)
Haulage vehicle, roll-over protective structures (ROPS), bulldozers,
front-end loaders, motor graders, and scrapers ..................................................1596
Approvals (new and existing)................................................................................
Designcriteria................................................................:.................................................
1596(a) (b)
1596(b)
ROPS, shall be provided.......:..........................................................................................1596(a)
Seatbelt criteria................................................................................................................1596
(c)
Seat belt, provided for use....:...................................................................................:.....1596(a)
Head protection (see Personal Protection).............:............................................................1516
Powder-actuated tools, eye protection.........................................................................1691(a)
Heaters, space LP-Gas fired....................................................................................................1706
Health and Safety Code (see Quantity and Distance Table)
Explosives storage.................................................................... Appendix, Plates
B-14, B-14-a
Heavy-trade pole scaffold (see note for over 32 feet high and notes
1, 2, and 3).........:.......................................................................... Appendix, Plate B-19
Height, extension ladders..........................................................................................................1678
Height, horse scaffolds......................................................................................................
1647 (e)
Height of ladder jack scaffolds...........................................................................:..............1648(a)
Legs, horse scaffold................................................................................................................1647
Helpful construction methods, wire rope connections........................Appendix,
Plate C-1
Hemp manila or other fiber rope and chemical solutions, suspended
scaffolds("see Rope)............................................................................................
1658(e)
Highlift truck..............................................................................................................................1613
.Canopy guard..................................................................................................................
1613 (e)
High tension lines, precautions................................................................................................1768
Any machinery or equipment.......:................:...............................................................1768(a)
Any operation of equipment......:...................................................................................1768
(a)
Troweling, concrete, bullfloat handles, non-conductive required .......................1698(c)
0
180.12 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
TITLE 8 .
(Register, 72, No. 50-12.9.72)
'INDEX—Continued
Section
Highway sign chart for construction work ..........................................
Appendix, Plate C-34
Instructions for....................................................................................
Appendix, Plate C -33-a
Appendix, Plate C -33-b
On highways........................................................................................
Appendix, Plate C -35-b
See Flagmen........................................................:...................................
Appendix, Plate C-33
Signing for work..................................................................................
Appendix, Plate C -35-a
Suggested spacing for barriers, cones and lane markers..............Appendix,
Plate C-35
Hitches and knots, safe connections........................................................
Appendix, Plate C-7
Hitches and knots, manila rope................................................................
Appendix, Plate C-7
Hitch, painters............................................................................................
Appendix, Plate C-8
Hoistingoperations....................................................................................................................1611
Riding loads restricted..........................................................................................................1718
Signals.............................................................................................:..........................................1612
Hoist platform ladders, pile drivers..................................................................................1600(f)
Hoist rope, construction elevator (see Rope) ....................................................1604
(q) (r)'(s)
Broken strands, construction elevator..........................................................1604(s),
1607(f)
Safety factor, construction elevator..............................................................................1604(r)
Hoisting cage, brick tile or loose material, construction elevator.......... 1604(g) (h) (i) 0)
Hoisting engine brakes, construction elevators..........................................................
1604 (u,)
Hoistingengineer, age........................................................................................................1610(a)
Covering over, construction elevators..................................................................... 1610(b)
Instructionrequired ..........................................................................................................1610(a)
Qualifications for.............................................................:...................................................1610(a)
Hoisting machine signals--construction.........................................................................1612(a)
Bellsignals.......:..................................................................................................................1612(c)
Derricksignals..................................................................................................................
1612(d)
Hand signals.............................................................................. Appendix, Plates C-11, C -11-a
Postingcopy of signals..................................................................................................
1612(b)
Hoisting machines, suspended scaffolds, approval required......................................1658(a)
Materials, loose, construction elevators..................................................................
1604(i) 0)
Hoisting passenger speed, duties of hoisting engineer ..............................................
1607(h)
Hoisting signals, post copy, construction hoisting..............................................................1612
Hoisting slings, derricks, or other hoisting apparatus ....................................................
1615.7
Hoisting workmen, construction elevators for....:.............................:...........................1607(a)
Duties of hoisting engineer...................................................................................... 1610, 1611
Extreme caution; hoisting workmen..................................................................................1610
Mobile hoists foundation........................................................................................................1613
Hooks, closed or moused....................................................................................
16600), 1659(i)
Boatswain's chair...............................................................................................................1651(c)
Overheadloads..................................................................................................................
1587.13
Suspended scaffolds .................................. :.......................................................
1659(i), 1660 0)
Tables of safe loads......................................................:.......................Appendix,
Plate C-3, 4
Appendix, Plate C-5, 6
Hooks tie -back service suspended scaffold and staging ..................
:......................... 1660(h).
Hopper brackets, construction towers.:..........................................................................1604
(c)
Safety factor, construction towers.............................................................:..................1604
(c)
Horsescaffolds...........:..................................................................................................................1647
Hoses for oxygen, acetylene....................................................................................................1742
For liquefied petroleum gas...............,..................................................................
1742(c) (d)
For pneumatic nailers and staplers..............................................................................1704
(c)
Forweed burning..................................................................................................................1697
Hot tar, not to carry up ladders........................................................................................1725(a)
•
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 180.13
•CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9.72)
INDEX—Continued
Section
Housekeeping, general..............................................................................................................1513
Powder magazines...................................................................................................... 1561(h) (1)
Remove higher floor debris.......................................................................................... 1513(b)
Roofingoperations.......................................................................................................... 1725 (e)
Stairs.................................................................................................................................... 1626 (d)
Tools...............................................................................................................:.................... 1699 (b)
Howto lift....................................................................................................Appendix, Plate C-12
I
Illumination
Machines....................................................... ...................................................
.. 1520(a), 1760(h)
,Passageways........................................................................................................................1520
(a)
Stairways.:..........................................................................................................................
1520 (b)
Workareas..........................................................................................................................1520(a)
Illumination of stairways......................................................................................................1626(c)
At. working spaces............................................................................................................
1760(h)
Inclined runways, cleated:.................................................................................................
1624(b)
Inclined runways, deflection of.........................................................................................1624(a)
Inclines, ramps and runways, foot traffic ......................................................
1624(a), 1629(b)
Appendix, Plate B-17
Poweredbuggy runways.......................................................................................................1624
Walkwaysfor access.........................................................:................................................1637(1)
Wheelbarrowrunways..........................................................................................................1623
Inclines and shafts, ladderways................................................................................................1543
Injured or damaged fuse, use forbidden...................................................................... 1571(g)
'Deteriorated or damaged................................................................................................1572(a)
Injured worker, first-aid treatment........................................................................................1512
Inside upright, may be omitted on pole scaffold by using structure ......................1640(a)
Inspection, thorough weekly..............................................................................................1604(x)
Inspection, badly worn wire ropes..............................................................................1604(s)
Inspection and test. required, derrick booms..................................................................
1588.4
Inspection of lumber, general scaffolds..........................................................................1637
(f)
Inspection of ropes, riveters' platforms (see Ropes).............................:.......:......1649(a)
(4)
Floatscaffolds....................................................................................................................1649
(a)
Riveters' platform.................................................................................................:......1649(a) (1)
Suspended scaffold, supporting ropes........................................................................
1658(e)
Inspections
Haulagevehicles.........:....................................................................................................
159�(e)
Foreign particles powder tools....................................................................................
1691(b)
Scaffolds, suspended..........................................................................................................1658
(0
Installation
Temporary stairs, all buildings, two stories or higher....................................................1629
Instructions, safety, new employees......................:.....:.........................................................1510
Safe practice and operations code ....................................:...................
Appendix, Plate A-3
Appendix, Plate A -3-a
Appendix; Plate A -3-b
Appendix, Plate 'A -3-c
Interior platforms, riveters' platforms, float scaffolds........................................................1649
Interior scaffolds 32 to 75 feet high..................................................................................1640({)
Internal combustion engines, fueling
1594
Dangerousfumes...................................................................................!..........................1533(a)
•
Exhaust systems..............................................................................................1533(a)
Isolated employment and job locations, first-aid required........................................1512(c)
(1) (2) (3)
180.14 INDUSTRIAL- RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 50-72.9.72)
INDEX—Continued •
Section
J
Jacks, lift -slab operations.............................................................................................. 1716(b) (c)
Trenchbracing................................................................................................................ 1541(e)
Job planning for construction work ...................................................... Appendix, Plate A -2-a
Appendix, Plate A -2-b
FIN
Kettle covers, roofers............................................................................................:............. 1729(e)
Kettle supports, roofers..............:........................................................................ 1728(a), 1728.(b)
Kettles, tar....................................................................................................................................1728
Kettles (tar) on elevated truck beds....................................................................................1729
Knee braces, horse scaffolds........................................................................................1647 (a) (2)
Knee bracing, light outrigger scaffold........................................................................... 1645(b)
Knots and hitches, manila rope (see Rope) ......................................Appendix, Plate C-7, 8
L
Labor Code..............:.....................................................................................Appendix,
Plate A-1
Ladder dimensions, swinging scaffold and staging (table) ........................................1660(0'
Ladder rails, spreading of, suspended scaffold and staging (table) ........................1660(f)
Ladder reinforcement rods, suspended scaffold and staging....................................1660(f)
Ladder scaffold, suspended ..:.............. ... ..... ....... ... ..... ............ ..... .... .....
Appendix, Plate B -24-a
Ladder spacing, ladder jack scaffold..............................................................................
1648 (b)
Ladder spans, other suspended scaffold or staging..: .................................................
1660(e)
Ladder, extension trestle
Restriction on vertical height...................................................................................:..
1675(g)
Ladder -Jack scaffolds..............................................................................................
1648(a) (b) (c)
Lumber..............................................................................................................................
1648 (b)
Numberof men on..........................................................................................................1648(a)
Plankson..........................................................................................................................
1648(b)
Platformheight..................................................................................................................1648(a)
Safetylines................................:.........................................................................................1648(c)
Spacingladders....................................................... :........................................................
1648(b)
Spanlength......................................................................................................................
1648(b)
Ladders....................................................................:.....................................................................1675
Planks not on top 'of stepladders............:....................................................................1675(0
Proportions of side rails............................................................................:...........................1676
Repairor destroyed..........................................................................................................1675
(a)
Rungs weak or missing.....................................................................................................1675
(a)
Scaffolds, access...............:..:...................................................:...........................1637(1),
1646'(i)
Secured against-displacement............................:.........................................................
1675(d)
Temporary, not on rolling scaffold............................................................................
1646(h)
Trenches..............................................................................................................................
1540 (i)
Work done safely on...........................................................:,...........................................1637(a)
Ladders, criteria for....................................................................................................................1675
Appendix, Plate B-17
Ascend or descend........................................................:.................................
1540(i), 1630(G)
Blockedcleats..............................................................................................................1676(a)
(1)
Brokenor weak...................................................................................................................1675(a)
Carrying hot tar prohibited............................................................................................1725(a)
Construction on job....................................................................................................1676(a)
(1)
Construction tower, required on..................................................................................
16050)
Extension handhold above platform...........................................................................1675
Landings...........................................................................................................................
(c)
1675(e)
Restrictions on use of............................................................................................
1675(g to 1)
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
180.15
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9.72)
INDEX—Continued
Section
Ladders, extension................:.......................................................................................
1678(a) (b)
General......................................................................................................................................1675
Portable..:.....................................................................................:.................................1676(a)
(1)
Safeangle for............................................................................................ Appendix, Plate B-16
Stepladders....................................................................................................................1676(a) (3)
Ladders, general..........................................................................................................................1675
Appendix, Plate B-17
Extension.,A., frame......................................................................................................
1675 (g)
Fasteningcleats............................................................................................................1676(a)
(1)
Incline........................................................................................................ Appendix, Plate B-17
Inplace of scaffolding......................................................................................................1637(a)
Landings............................................................................................................................
1675 (e)
Length, extension ladders......................................................................
1629(b), 1678(a) (b)
Lumber of rungs and siderails.................................................................................1676(a)
(1)
Manufacturedladders.............................................................................................
1677(a to c)
Onpile drivers..................................................................................................................16000
Ladders, ramps or inclines
(see Criteria for Stairs, Ladders, and Ramps or inclines ..............
Appendix, Plate B-17
Ladders, safe angle
Safe procedure in setting ladder base = '/, length ........................
Appendix, Plate B-16
'Ladderways, shafts and inclines.................................:............................................................1543
Lagging, wells or shafts..............................................................................................................1542
Lateral bracing, horse scaffold................................................................................................1647
Trusses...........................................................................................................:......................1711(a)
Lateral support, bricklayers' suspended scaffold..........................................................1659(a)
Law; explosives
Extracts from Health and Safety Code ..............................................
Appendix, Plate B-14
Appendix, Plate B -14-a
Appendix, Plate B -14-b
Appendix, Plate B -14-c
Law, haulage vehicles, current Vehicle Code ................................................
1591(a) (b) (c)
Leading wires, short circuiting.....................:...................................................................
....1576
Lean-to scaffold, prohibited..............................................................................................
1637(h)
Prohibitedtypes ........................... :................................................................................... 1637 (h)
Appendix, Plate C-20
Ledger spacing, heavy -trades scaffold..................................................................................1641
Light -trades scaffold..............................................................................................................1640
Scaffolds, timber, 32 to 75 feet high...................................:...............................:..............1642
Ledgers, heavy -trades scaffold ....................... :.................................................................
1641(b)
Horsescaffolds..........................................................................................................................1647
Nailing, wood scaffolds..................................................................................................
1637(8)
Pole scaffolds, wood....................................................................................................
1640, 1641
Level work spaces within 6 feet of buildings................................................................1513
(a)
Lifebelts and life lines ................... :..............................................................................
1669, 1670
Life lines and safety belti.............................................................................................
1669, 1670
Life lines, suspension scaffold and staging....................................................................
1660(g)
Lift -slab operations......................................................................................................................1716
Light, explosive magazine........................................................................................:.........1561(0
For all working spaces..................................................................................................
1760(h)
Stairwayillumination..........................:...............................................:.............................1626(c)
Lightcircuits, blasting..........................................................................................................1573(a)
•
Blasting lines near.........................................................................................................
Switch boxes for blasting........................................................................................
1573(d)
1574, 75, 76
180.16 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS I TITLE 8.
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9-72)
INDEX—Continued
Section
Light outrigger scaffold, angle brace......................................................................
1645 (a) (b)
Beams...................................................................................................................................1658(i)
Bracing beams..............................................................................................1645(a)
(b), 1658(1)
Lumberused .................................................... :.............. :..................................................
ICA5(a)
Planking.....................................................:..................................................................1645(a)
Platforms........................................................................................................................1645
(2)
(a) (2)
Spacing..............................................................................................................................
1645 (b)
Light -trade pole scaffold
(see Notes 1, 2, and 3)..........................................................................
Appendix, Plate B-18
Light -trades scaffolds (see Scaffolds)....................................................................................1640
Heavytrades....................:.................................................................................................1647(c)
Horsescaffolds..........................................................................................................................1647•
Light-trades......................................................................................................................
1647 (b)
Minimumnailing............................................................................................................
1637(g)
Polescaffolds, wood........:...............................................................................................
1640,41
Appendix, Plate B-18
Appendix,, Plate B-19
Lightingsafety fuses..................................................................................
....................... 15710)
Limit stops, construction elevators, hoisting men ......................................................
1607(g)
Liquids to be drained, compressors..................................................................................1696(c)
Haulagevehicles..............................................................................................................
1591(e)
Load on, beams, concrete buggy scaffolds .................................. .............................
1641 (note)
Bricklayer's suspended scaffold............................................................................................1659
Girders, concrete buggy scaffolds........................................................................
1641 (note)
Laddersconstructed......................................................................................................
Mason's suspended scaffold........................................'..........................................................1659
1675 (b)
Retainingwall.................................................................................................................:
1540(k)
Load on hooks, supporting suspended scaffold and staging ..............................
1658(e) (h)
Load rating
Derricks..................................................................................................................................
1581.2
Cranes........... :................................................................ :.......................................................
1581.2
Loading
Construction tower bracing..............................................................................
1604(a) (b) (c)
Holes, explosives..........................................................................................
15650 (i) (k), 1567
Machines, explosives ........................... :....................................................................
1567(a) (b)
Sprungholes, explosives...............:................................................................................
1567(d)
Loads
Buildings, demolishing...............................:.........................................................:..........1735
(a)
Cranes....................................................................................................................................
1581.2
Excavation................................................................................................................................1540
Overhead............................................................................................................................
1587.13
Ridingof, restricted................................................................................................................1718
Scaffolds............................................................................................ 1637(k), 16400, 1644(a)
Scaffolds, suspended ...................................... 1649, 1650, 1652, 1658,
1659, 1660, 1661, 1662
Tiltup construction..................................................................................................
1715(a) (b)
Local order, governs when more restrictive............................................................1503
(f) (2)
Locked switch, electric blasting............................................................................
1574, 1578 (b)
Locking device required, construction elevator landing gates ..............................
1604(e)
Loose material, hoisting cage for construction elevator ............................................1604
(i)
Onstair landings..............................................................................................................
1626(d)
Onstairways .......................................... ..........................:...............................................
1626(d)
Pilingof......................................................................................................................................1549
Toeboardson scaffold...............................................................................................
1621(b) (c)
• .
TITLE -8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 180.17
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 73, No. 7-2.77.73)
INDEX—Continued
Section
Lumber............................................................................................ Appendix, Plate B-7, 8, 9, 10
Horse scaffolds.....................................:........................................................................1647(a) (1)
Ladders........................................................................................................................ 1675, 76, 77
Pilingof......................................................................................................................................1549
Requirements for scaffolds................................................................................ 1637(b) (c) (d)
Roofers gallows frame............................................................... :..................................... 1727(b)
Scaffolds................................................................................................................ 1637(b) (c) (d)
Stairrailings.................................................................................................................. 1620, 1630
Lumber sizes, heavy trades scaffolds, 32 feet or less ..............:.........................................1641
Pole scaffold 32 feet or less......:............................................................................... 1640, 1641
Standardrailing..............................................:.........................................................................1620
Use for wooden construction towers..................................................................................1605
Lumber used for ladder side rails..........................................................................................1676
M
Machines, illumination........................................................................................................1520(a)
Magazine, removal of supplies (see Blasting)............................................................ 1561(g)
Smoking prohibited............................................................'............................ 1561(f), 1565(b)
Magazine, second class (suggested plan and details) .................... Appendix, Plate C -26-b
Maintenance
Blasting equipment..........................................................................................1567 (b), 1573 (f)
Elevators..............................................................................................................................1604 (x)
Haulageequipment .............. :......................................................................................... 1593(e)
Hoisting, climbing cranes.................................................................................................. 1584.5
Horsescaffolds..............................................................................................................1647(a) (5)
Housekeeping................................................................................................................... ....1513.
Inventory tally sheet, magazine.................................................................................. 1565 (g)
Ladders.............................................................................................................................. 1675 (a)
Powder -actuated tools, servicing.................................................................... 1689(a) (b) (c)
Roads.................................................................................................................................. 1590(d)
Scaffolds........................................................................................................................16370) (k)
Trucks................................................................................................................................ 1593 (e)
Manila rope, float scaffold.......................-.....................................................................1649(a) (4)
Boatswainschairs.....:........................................................................................................1651(a)
Safety line, ladder jack scaffold...................................................................... 1648(c), 1660(g)
Slings...............................................................................................:...................................... 1615.7
Suspension scaffolds or staging........................................................................ 1658(e), 1660(g)
Table of sizes, safety factor...................................................:................Appendix, Plate C-9
Spliced rope slings, table of sizes, safety factor ..............................Appendix, Plate C-10
Manual signal system, construction hoist .............................. Appendix, Plates C-11, C -11-a
Manufactured-ladders................................................................................................................1677
Manway, wells or shafts.................................................................................................... 1542(d)
Marine operations and equipment........................................................................................ 1809
Masons' outrigger scaffold (suggested) ................................................ Appendix, Plate B-27
Masons' suspended scaffold acceptable with order No. 1659 .......... Appendix, Plate B-26
Masttower and hoists................................:...................:.............:.............................................1614
Material construction elevators.....:..........................................................................................1604
Material weights............................................................................................ Appendix, Plate B-3
Material, accumulation of on scaffolds (see Housekeeping) .................................... 1637(k)
Clearing device, concrete mixer ............................. ..................................................... 16J8(a)
Displaced during demolition..........................................................................................1735(a)
Falling, bricklayers' suspended scaffold............................................:...................1659 (g) 0)
Maximum load bricklayers' suspended scaffold'...................................................... 1659(h)
Removed from chutes, demolishing buildings.....................................:....................1736(c)
180.18 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 73, No. 7-2.17-73)
INDEX—Continued
Section
Material, piling (see Piling Material)...............................:....................................................1549
Material, trenches, in Compact, unstable, running .....................................:........
1541(e) (5)
Materials for shoring for excavations
Description and table (see Shoring, Materials) ..........................
Appendix, Plate C -24-e
Materials, construction towers, general............................................................................:...1604
Forscaffolding..................................................................................................................
1637 bj
Materials, for wooden construction towers (see Lumber) ..........................................1605
Maximum allowable concentrations for mineral dust ........................ Appendix, Plate B-13
Table 1, mineral dusts........................................................................
Appendix, Plate B -13-a
Medical attention and first aid..................................................................:.............................1512
Metal bracket scaffold ("waler jack") ....................................................
Appendix, Plate B-21
Metallic instruments, opening of explosives .......................................................
..
....... .1565 (c)
Minimum and maximum overhang, suspended scaffold planks ..............................
1660(e)
Minimum nailing, light trades scaffolds.................................................................. 1637 (g) (3)
Towers, construction, wood..................................................:.......:.................................1605
(c)
Minimum shores, trenches................................................................................................
1541(e)
Minimum size hoist rope
Constructionelevator....................................................................................................1604 (m)
Suspendedscaffold..........................................................................................................
1658(e)
Miscellaneous construction equipment..................................................................................1695
Airlessspray guns...................................................................................................................:1705
Clear immediate floor areas......................................................................................1706(a)
Diffuser nut and tip guard acceptable..................................................................
1705(b)
Fuelcylinder, how to install ......................................................................................1706(f)
Limit on fuel in areas 2,000 sq. ft...........................................................................
L -P fired space heaters......................................................................................................1706
1706(b)
Notification to local fire department........................................................................1706(i)
Positionof safety valve..............................................................................................
1706 (e)
Prevent cylinders from upset....................:.............................................................
1706 (g)
Protect valves and connections...............................................................................
1706(d)
Provide adequate -low-level ventilation•.................................................................
1706(h)
Require Division approval........................................................................................
1705 (b)
Restriction on filling or storing....................................................:........................*....1706(c)
Safetydevice, over 1,000 psi.......................................................................................1705
(a)
Safety pilot and safe working order....:...................................................................1706(i)
Application equipment .............................. ..
.....................:..................
..................................1700
Secure equipment away from worker...........................................................................1700
Concrete.equipment..............................................................................................................1698
Callin defective tools..............................................................:...................................1699(a)
Concrete mixer, clearing skip....................................................................................1698(a)
Guardrails, when required........................................................................................
1698(b)
Handtools............................................................................................................................1699
Nonconductivebull floats............................................................................................1698(c)
Prevent falling, overhead tools................................................................................
1699(b)
Rotating -blade trowellers..........................................................................................
1698 (d) ,
Hot pipes and hot surfaces..................................................................................................1701
Minimum distance for guarding......................................................................................1701
Pneumatic tools, safety retainers........................................................................................1695
Portablecompressors....................................................................................................:.........1696
Air tanks to conform with Orders................................................................7........
1696 (e)
Drainair tanks, daily...................................................................................................
1696(c)
Fan guards, screens or shroud................................................................................
1696(b)
Popsafety valves weekly..........................................................................................
1696(d)
Preventfrom rolling.......................................:..........................................................
1696 (a)
is
TITLE 8 _ DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 180.19
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 73, No. 7-2-17-73)
INDEX -Continued
Section
Riggingequipment................................:.................:.............................................................1703
Disconnect when idle or unattended..................................................................:.
1704 (b)
Muzzle safety device or lock.............................................................................:........1704(a)
Pneumatically driven nailers and staplers....................................................................1704
Pressure hoses,. safety device................................................................................1704(c)
(1)
Restrict area within 10 feet.......................................................................................
1704 (d)
Safety belt and lifeline,'/, pitch roofs....................................................................
1704(e)
Secure to support above 7'/2 foot level..............................................................1704(c)'(2)
Size and strength requirements.......:........:.........::....................................................1703
(a)
Wire bridle coverings for hands..............................................................................
1 1703(b)
Warningsigns....................................................................:.....................................................1702
Appendix, Plate B -30-:b
Display at automatic electric machines...............:........................................................1702
Appendix, Plate B -30-b
Weed burner pressure hoses................................................................................................1697
1637(g)
Special resistant type needed..........................................................................................1697
Appendix, Plate B-6
Misfires........................................................................................................................
1568,1571 (k)
Blasting powder -actuated tools.....:................................................................................1691(f)
Missed holes, blasting .......... :............................................ :......................................
1568,1571(k)
Mobile tower, operation of...............................................................................................:......1613
New employees, safety instruction........................................................................................1510
Canopy guards, when required..................................................................................
1613'(e)
Hoist, operation of..................................................................................................................1613
Noise, ear protection..................................................................................................................1518
N
Non -ionizing radiation..............................................................................................................
Nail size, general scaffolds................................................................................................ 1637(g)
Towers, wood,'construction...................................................................................................1605
Nailed joints, general scaffolding....................................................................................
1637(g)
Nailing, ladder cleats............................................................................................................1676(a)
Heavy trades scaffold members...........................:..............................................................1641
Pole scaffold, light trades.................................................................:............................
1637 (g)
Wooden construction tower..................................................................................................1605
Nails and spikes.........................................................................................:..
Appendix, Plate B-30
(1) Safe lateral strength
Table, perpendicular to grain .................................................
Appendix, Plate B=30 -a
(2) Safe resistance to withdrawal ..................................................
Appendix, Plate B -30-a
Table, perpendicular to grain..............................................................
Appendix, Plate B -30-:b
(3) Spacing and penetration............................................................
Appendix, Plate B -30-b
Nails, general scaffolds.....................................................................................................
1637(g)
Nails, safe loads..............................................................................................
Appendix, Plate B-6
Needle beams, riveters' platforms..........................................................................................1650
Nets, safety.....................................................................................................................................1671
New buildings, temporary floors............................................................................................1635
Stairways required..........................................................................................
1630(g),1631(a)
New employees, safety instruction........................................................................................1510
Night flagman, red lantern............................................................ ....................................
1599(d)
Noise, ear protection..................................................................................................................1518
Non -ionizing radiation..............................................................................................................
1801
Notice of use, powder -actuated tools..............................................................................
16910)
Number of men, ladder jack scaffold..............................................................................1648(a)
Suspended scaffolds for loads of 425 lbs. or less.. :' ... .... *"** ...
*"***"* ..... ' ..... * 1660(a)
Number of safety lines,. suspended scaffold or staging .............................
:................ 1660(g)
0
180.20 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 73, No. 7-2.17-73)
INDEX—Continued
Section
Oiling derricks, platforms and grab irons........................................................................ 1584.4
Oilingforms, floor panels.....................:......:.............................................................................1712
Oiling hoist, not while operating...........................................................................:................1611
Open flame, not to be used from boatswain's chair............:.......................................1651(a)
Open lights, not near fuel tanks of haulage vehicles .....................................:............1594 (c)
Opening powder containers, explosives..........................................................................1565 (c)
Openings in platform, horse scaffold...................................................................... 1647(e).(4)
Light trades interior scaffold....................................................................................1640(f) (5)
Operating rules
Haulagevehicles......................................................................................................................1593
Hoist..................................................................................................................................1610-1616
Powder -actuated tools..................................................................
1687, 1689, 1690, 1691, 1692
Roofing...................................................................................1725,
1726,1727, 1728, 1729, 1730
Operator, hoisting engineer........................................................................................
1587, 1588.1
Operator, qualifications, powder -actuated tools..................................................................1685
Orders, canceled and superseded.....................:....................................................................1501
Outrigger beam bracing .............. :.........................................................
Appendix, Plate B-23-9
Plate, B-27
1645
Outrigger and bracket scaffold................................................................................................1645
Beams..................................................................................................................................1645(a)
Bricklayers' scaffold......................................................................................................:.........1645
Heavytrades..............................................................:.......................................................1645(a)
Appendix, Plate B 23-7
Light trades .......................... ................................................................
..1645(b) Plate B-27
Outrigger beam for suspended scaffold (suggested) ....................
Appendix, Plate B -23-a
Outside platforms, riveters' float. scaffolds............................................................................1649
Needlebeam scaffolds..............................................................................:.............................1650
Overheadhoists........................................................................................................................
1807
Overhead protection, bricklayers' or masons suspended scaffold .......................... 1659(g)
Overhead sheave beams, construction elevator.......................:..................................
1604(k)
Overlap planks, horse scaffold..................................................................................
1647(e) (4)
Overlap, suspended scaffold platforms.....................................................................:....
1658(g)
Extensionladders......................................................................................................
1678(a) (b)
Overload, structures (see Load)............................................................................................1710
Scaffolds............................................................................................................................
1637(k)
Overloading prohibited, erection and construction ..........................................................1710
"
Overturning, truss erection bracing.............................................................:........................1711
Oxygen, acetylene and fuel gas..............................................................................................1739
(See Unfired Pressure Vessel Safety Orders)
Control heat, LP -Gas vessels........................................................................................
1740(g)
Easilydistinguish hoses.................................................:..................................................1742(a)
Generalprecautions................................................................................................................1743
Eliminate leaking equipment and fittings............................................................
1743(d)
Forbids nonintended oxygen use..............................................................................
1743 (i)
Oxygen pressure -reducing device..........................................................................
1743(e)
Prevent oil or grease contact with..........................................................................1743
(c)
Prohibits gas cylinders supporting welding..........................................................
1743(h)
Regulation, mixing gases and use..............................................................................1743(a)
Requirement on secure cylinder valves.................................................................
1743(g)
Requires fire extinguisher near use area................................................................17430)
Restriction on acetylene pressure .............. :............................................................
Safety
1743(b)
•
relief valve—vapor space position........................................................
... :.. 1743 (k)
Warning on acetylene contact with copper ..........................................................1743
(f)
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
180.21
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9.72)
INDEX—Continued
Section
Hoseand connections................:...........................................................................................1742
Minimum LP -Gas hose resistant pressure....................................................:.............1742(c)
Permitto operate....................................................................................................................1739
Position, LP -Gas vessels, mobile equipment............................................................
1740(h)
Prohibit transfer of gases.....................................................................................:........
1740(e)
Protect all gas cylinders against heat..........................................................................1740(a)
Protect from electric circuit..................................................................:.....................
1740(d)
Provisions for safe hoisting.........:.....................................................................................1740(c)
Required fuel supply pipe or tubing ....................................................
:..................... 1742(d)
Required marking LP -Gas hose....................................................................................1742(c)
Required, pressure vessel regulators........................:...................................................:.....1741
Restrictions, use of single hose....................................................................................
1742(b),
Safely transport and secure cylinders........................................................................
1740 (b)
Selective, storage, oxygen.......:........................................................................................1740(0
Storage and use of cylinders................................................................................................1740
P
Pads or scabs, corner posts, wooden construction towers..........................................1605(f)
Painter's hitch, steps in making................................................................
Appendix, Plate C-8
Painters, suspended scaffold (see Scaffold)...:...........:..........................................................1660
Scaffold hitch..............................................................................................
Appendix, Plate C-8
Substitute for painters' hitch ............................ :.............................................................
16600)
Parallel blasting, wiring diagram...:........................................................................................1573
•
Appendix, Plate C-27
Plate C-28, Plate C-29
Partition for elevator shafts .............................................
... 1604(d) (4) (5)
Passageways, illumination..........................................................................................................1520
Permanent laddeis
Piledrivers.......................................................................................................'...................1600(0
Platform size for landings............................................................................................
1675(e)
Permanent protection, substitute, floor openings..............................................................1632
Permanent wiring, electric blasting lines maintenance..............................................1573(f)
Appendix,'Plate C-27
Plate C-28, Plate C-29
Location of blasting lines..............................................................................................
1573(d)
Permitfor variation..................:..................................:..............................................................1503
Personalprotection....................................................................................................................1519
Body.....................................................:......................................................................................1519
Ear..............................................................................................................................................1518
Eye.........:.............:..........................................:.........................................................
1517-,1726(b)
Foot.................................................................................................................................:..........1515
Hand..........................................................................................................................................1514
Head............................................................................................................................................1516
Respirators required....................................................................................................1530,
1531
Sanitation and Sterilization of......................................................................................
1531(d)
Appendix, Plate B -1-a
Piledrivers, general....................................................................................................................1600
Chockor toggle..............:.................................................................................................1600
(a)
Floatingrigs...................................................................................................:....................1600(1)
Guard railing or guard line.......................................................................:..................
1600(d)
Hosessecured...........................................................................................................
1600(b) (c)
•
Ladders................................................................................................................................1600
Limitation on ratchet and dog
(0
1600(p)
....................................................................................
Platforms............................................................................................................................
1600(d)
180.22 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLES
(Register 72, No. 50--12-9-72)
INDEX—Continued
•
Plastic poles, tamping explosives ........................................
Platform height, ladderjack scaffold ..................................
Platform loading, bricklayers' suspended scaffold ..........
Platform planks, size and span ............................................
Loads, structural lumber ..................................................
Platform width, bricklayers' suspended scaffold ............
Platform, sloped scaffold planks ..........................................
Platforms
Cranes for oiling
..............................................1567 (1)
..............................................1648 (a)
........... ........... I..................... 1659(h)
............................................ 1637 (e)
..................Appendix, Plate B-7, 8
............................................ 1659(e)
............................................1637 ( m )
........................................................................................
Mobilehoist .............. ..................... :.............................................................
Overwater...............:..................................................................................
Scaffold.........................................:.:............................................................
Scaffold, rolling..........................................................................................
......... :.............. 1581.4
......................1613 (c)
.................... 1602(d)
..........1640(e) (f) (5)
........ :........... 1646(e)
•
Section .
Ratchet, adequate dog....................................................................................................
1600(o)
Ridinghammer prohibited..........................................................................................
1600(h)
Ringbuoys, location.........................................................................................................
1600(k)
Safety wire or chain on hose.......................................................................................
1600(b)
Signalman........................................................................................................................1600(m)
Spool tender, throttle extension ............ :.....................................................................
1600(n)
Walkway, minimum width..............................................................................................
1600(i)
Yoke or chock for hammer...................................:........................................................1600(a)
Piles, hand unloading from truck......................................................................................1601(a)
Hand unloading from flat cars......................................................................................1601(c)
Power unloading from flat cars ............... :..................................................................
1601(d)
Power unloading from trucks......................................................................................
1601(b)
Pilingmaterial...............................................................................................................................1549
Piles of brick, tile, blocks and similar, stabilize........................................................1549(a)
Pilingbags........................................................................................................................
1549(b)
Piling lumber, structural steel and similar...............:..................................................1549(c)
Stacking sheetrock, plywood and similar..................................................................
1549 (d)
Pipes, blasting lines near..................................................................................................
1573(d)
Pitched or sloped roof, roof jacks for......................................................................
1730(b) (2)
Safety belts and lifelines................................:.................................................................1670(c)
Specialprovisions...........................................................................................I......I.........
1730(b)
Planked floors, openings to be covered...............................................................:................1635
Planking, bricklayers' outrigger scaffold for heavy trades..........................................1645(a)
Bricklayers' suspended scaffold....................................................................................
1659 (e)
Buildings, floors to be planked......................................................I......................................1635
Falsework or shoring.........................................................................................................1717(a)
•
Floatscaffold............................................................................................................................1649
Horsescaffold ........... :.................................................... :.................................................
1647(e)
Light outrigger scaffold................................................................................................
1645 (b)
Needlebeam............................................................................................................................1650
Other.suspended scaffold..............................................................................
1660(d), 1662(f)
Riveters' platforms...............................................:................................................1650(a)
(7) (8)
Scaffold32 to 75 feet high....................................................................................................1642
Planks, ladder jack scaffold...........................................................................................:.
-1648(b)
Onstep ladders..................................................................................................................16750
Size and span, scaffold planks......................................................................................
1637(e)
Planks, scaffold, suggested test................................................................
Appendix, Plate C-17
(See Scaffold Planks)
Planks; sloped scaffold platform.....................................................................:................1637(m)
Planks, test of....................................................................................................
Appendix, C-17
Planningof job for safety..........................................:...................................................
1509, 1510
Appendix, Plates A -2-a, b
Plastic poles, tamping explosives ........................................
Platform height, ladderjack scaffold ..................................
Platform loading, bricklayers' suspended scaffold ..........
Platform planks, size and span ............................................
Loads, structural lumber ..................................................
Platform width, bricklayers' suspended scaffold ............
Platform, sloped scaffold planks ..........................................
Platforms
Cranes for oiling
..............................................1567 (1)
..............................................1648 (a)
........... ........... I..................... 1659(h)
............................................ 1637 (e)
..................Appendix, Plate B-7, 8
............................................ 1659(e)
............................................1637 ( m )
........................................................................................
Mobilehoist .............. ..................... :.............................................................
Overwater...............:..................................................................................
Scaffold.........................................:.:............................................................
Scaffold, rolling..........................................................................................
......... :.............. 1581.4
......................1613 (c)
.................... 1602(d)
..........1640(e) (f) (5)
........ :........... 1646(e)
•
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
180.23
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-72-9.72)
INDEX—Continued
Section
Platforms, bracket scaffold..........................................................................................
1645(d) (4)
Bricklayers' outrigger scaffold..................................................................................1645(a)
(2)
Bricklayers' suspended scaffold....................................................................................
1659(e)
Horsescaffold..................................................................................................................
1647(e)
Light outrigger scaffold................................................................................................
1645 (b)
Other suspended scaffold or staging ..............................................
:..................... :..... 1660(d)
Piledriver landings.......................................................................................................:
1600(d)
Pole scaffolds ........................ :...........................................................................
1640(e), 1641(e)
Riveters' platforms..............................................................................
1649(a) (1), 1650(a) (6)
Pneumatic nailing machines and staplers........................:...................................................1704
Pressurehoses.........................................................................................................:..........1704
(c)
Safety belts, on roofs......................................................................................................
1704(e)
Distance from edge in driving.....................................................................................
1690(d)
Avoid explosive or flammable area........................................................................
1690(g)
Avoidspalled areas.......:................................................................................................16%(.0
Pre -drilled hole, hazard............................................................................................
1690(e)
Restrictions on use, must be special......................................................................
1690(h)
Effective date for compliance.........................................:..............................................1684(a)
Efforts and safety record.............:................................................................................
1684(b)
Limitations of use............................................................................................................:1690(a)
..
Materials, driving prohibited..............................................................................
1690(b) (c)
Operatorqualifications..........................................................................................................1685
.. ....... :..................................................
Method of issuance .................................. ... .....
1685(e)
Possession of operator's card....................................................................
Training and testing..............................................................................................1685
1685(b)(2)7-1,2
(a) (2)
Typeof card..................................:.............................................................................
1685(d)
Power loads, .effective June 1, 1966
Identification
Color identification, cartridge..........................................................................1692(a)
(2)
Load and cartridge, combinations..................................................................1692(a)
(4)
Optional acceptable identification............................................................
:......... 1692(b)
Power load strength............................................................................................1692(a)
(1)
Standard identification............................................................................................1692(a)
Pneumatic tool safety clips......................................................................................................1695
.
.
Polescaffolds..........................:.........................................................................................
1640, 1641
Appendix, Plates B-18, B-19
Poles, for tamping explosives................................................................................15670)
(k) (1)
Poles, temporary. power..................:.........................................................................................1766
Appendix, Plate C-30, a, b
Portable "compressors.....:.......:...................................:................................................................1696
Portablehand saws....................................................................................................................1680
Portable ladders.............................................:....................................................1676(a)
(1) (2) (3)
Portable ladders, constructed on job................................................................................1676(a)
Extensionladders....................................................................................................................1678
Manufacturedladders............................................................................................................1677
Portable magazines, road work explosives................................................................
1563, 1565 ,
Second class magazine......................................................................
Appendix, Plate C -26-b
Portable stepladders, constructed on job................................................................1676(a)
(3)
Posts and uprights, standard railings......................................................................................1620
Powder -actuated fastening tool, meaning of ..................................................
1504(a) (24) (B)
Approvalof tools required............................................................................................:.1686(a)
•
Application ....................................................................................................................
Numbering..:.................:......:......................................:...................................................1686
1686(b)
(c)
180.24 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 50-12-372)
INDEX—Continued
Power loads (Provisional Section) to 6/1/1966
Identification, colors and charges..............................................................................1692(a)
Other optional identification.................................................................................... 1692(b)
Servicing....................................................................................................................................1689
Dailytesting.........................................................:..........................................................1689(a)
Methodof testing........................................................................................................ 1689 (b)
Remove unfit tool from service................................................................................1689(c)
Tool Handling
Attendloaded tool............................................:........................................................ 1691(e)
Cartridgestorage........................................................................................................ 1691(h)
Section
Designrequirements..............................................................................................................1687
1691(b)
Construction..................................................................................................................
1687 (e)
Firingmechanism........................................................................................................
1687 (b)
Inspection......................................................................................................................
1687 (d)
Protective shield or guard.....................................................:..............:.....................1687
(a)
Variablepower..............................................................................................................1687
(c)
(Low Velocity)
1691(g)
Design................................................................................................................................1688
Safety goggles or protection needed........................................................................1691(a)..
Firingmechanism...............................................................................:....................
1688(b)
Inspection..................................................................................................................
1688 (d)
Shieldor guard................................................:.........................................................1688(a)
Powder, black (see Blasting)....................................................................................
Variablepower.........................:.............................................................•.•................1688(c)
Power loads (Provisional Section) to 6/1/1966
Identification, colors and charges..............................................................................1692(a)
Other optional identification.................................................................................... 1692(b)
Servicing....................................................................................................................................1689
Dailytesting.........................................................:..........................................................1689(a)
Methodof testing........................................................................................................ 1689 (b)
Remove unfit tool from service................................................................................1689(c)
Tool Handling
Attendloaded tool............................................:........................................................ 1691(e)
Cartridgestorage........................................................................................................ 1691(h)
Inspect tool before each use.................................................................................:..
1691(b)
Load only, ready to fire............................................................................................
1691(d)
Misfires, procedure.......................................................................................................16910
Post notice of use in areas..........................................................................•.............
16910)
•
Remove tool when defective............................................................:.........................1691(c)
Safeguarding and storage..........................................................................................
1691(g)
Safety goggles or protection needed........................................................................1691(a)..
Warning notice in box........:....:....................................................................................1691(i)
Powder, black (see Blasting)....................................................................................
1562(b) (g)
Power circuits, blasting (see Blasting)............................................................................
15610)
Blasting lines near..........................................................................................................
1573 (d)
Switchboxes for blasting.......................................................:..............................................1574
Power cutoff, construction elevators, hoisting men ..................................................
1607(e)
Power pole, temporary..............................................................................
Appendix, Plate C-30
(See Temporary Power Pole)
Power poles, temporary............................................................................................................1766
Power shovel, cranes, and boom -type excavators...:..........................................................1585
Cabglass...........:....................................................................................................................
1582.5
Fireextinguisher..................................................................................................................
1587.8
High tension lines in proximity..........................................................................................1768
Warningdevice..................................................................................................:...............
1587.17
Precast concrete construction..................................................:...............................................1715
Pick-up devices........................................................................................
Appendix, Plate C-14
Predrilled holes, powder tools.........................'.................................................................
1690(e)
Pressureregulators.........:............................................................................................................1741
Primer cartridge, fuse laced............................................................................................
1571(d)
Appendix, Plate C -26-a
String -tied method..........................................................................................................
1571(d)
Primerfuse, blasting......................................................:.........................................:.........
1671(d)
Appendix, Plate C -26-a
Primer, string-tied..................................................................................
Primer, laced
Appendix, Plate C -26-a
fuse to
recommended attachments of capped
primer cartridge
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 180.25
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-12.9-72)
INDEX—Continued
Qualifications of hoisting engineer........................................................................................1588
Section
Primers
Fuse............................................................................................I...............................................1571
Extracts from Health and Safety Code (explosives storage
and distance)................................................................................
Make-up magazine...............................:..........................................................................
1565(h)
Prohibited scaffolds....................................................................................
Appendix, Plate C-20
Lean-to scaffold........................................................................................
Appendix, Plate C-20
Shore scaffold...........................:................................................................
Appendix, Plate C-20
Stud jack scaffold (Unless made safe)................................................Appendix,
Plate C-20'
Protection, personal........................:...........................................................................................1519
FM broadcasting..............................................................................
' (See Personal Protection)..................................:.................................................................1530
FM mobile transmitters, Table II ................................................
Protection, protruding reinforcing steel ................................................
Appendix, Plate C-25
Protection trough, diagram ................................. :................. :..............
Appendix, Plate C-25
Protrudingnails.................................................................I..........................,..............................1513
.1602(d)
Housekeeping......................:...........................:...............................................................:.......1513
1620, 1621
Stairrailings........................................................................................................................1626(a)
Stairtreads....................................................................................................................16260
(g)
Protruding reinforcing steel, working above......................................................................1713
Pumping liquid by air pressure on container, haulage vehicles
:............................ 1594(e)
Q
Qualifications of hoisting engineer........................................................................................1588
Quantity and Distance Table..................................................................
Appendix, Plate B-14
Plate B -14-a, B -14-b
Extracts from Health and Safety Code (explosives storage
and distance)................................................................................
Appendix, Plate B-14
Limitations, quantity and distance ..................................................
Appendix, Plate B -14-a
Magazine location ........................................... ;,*,** ..... .....................
..... Appendix, Plate B -14-c
Proximity, buildings and roads ........................................................
Appendix, Plate B -14-c
Recommended AM Transmitter .................................. :...................
Appendix, Plate B -15-a
Distances, Table I.......................:....................................................
Appendix, Plate B -15-a
FM broadcasting..............................................................................
Appendix, Plate B -15-a
FM mobile transmitters, Table II ................................................
Appendix, Plate B -15-a
For VHF TV.....................................................................................
Appendix, Plate B -15-a
For VHF TV transmitters, Table III ..........................................Appendix,
Plate B -15-b
R1
Radialarra saw..............................................:..........................................................:..................1681
Radio transmitters, distance table for blasting....................................................................1579
Appendix, Plate B-15, a, b
Railings (see Standard Railings).....................:............................................................
1620, 1621
Bracket scaffold.......................................................................................:..................
1645(d) (3)
Falsework and vertical shoring.:..................................................................1717(c)
(d) (e) (f)
Flooropenings..........................................................................................................................1632
Forstairs...........:..........................................................................................................
1626(a) (b,)
Scaffolds 32 to 75 feet high............................................................................
......................1642
Scaffolds, metal..................................................................................................................1644
(f)
Standard........................:...............................................................................................
1620, 1621
Suspension scaffold and staging....................................................:...............................
16590)
- Work over water..............................................................................................................
.1602(d)
Railings and toeboards.................................................................:................................
1620, 1621
180.26 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 54-12-9-72)
INDEX—Continued
Section
Falsework and shoring..................................................................................1717(c)
(d) (e) (0
Stairwells...........................................................................................................................
1626(b)
Tar kettle, elevated..........................................................................................................1729(c)
Wood scaffolds..................................................:.....................................................1640(d)
(0 (6) "
Ramp, motor, concrete buggies...............................................................
Appendix, Plate C-15
Ramps and runways..............................................................................................1623,
1624, 1625,
1630(g)
Footholdcleats................................................................................................................
1624(b)
Forwheelbarrows....................................................................................................................1623
Motor -driven buggies....................................................................................
1625, 1717(a) (2)
Open sides, standard railings................................................................................................1621
Reflectors on belt, night flagman.......................................:.............................................
1599(d)
Reinforced steel, protection......................................................................................................1713
Reinforcing steel prohibited
Derrick guy line anchors..................................................................................................
1581.1
Suspended scaffold hooks ................................ :..............................................................
1660(h)
Suspended scaffold stirrups.........................................................................................
1660(b)
Removal of braces, construction tower; wooden ..................................................
1605(d) (e)
Scaffolds...:..........................................................................................................................
16370).
Removal of excavation shoring or bracing....................................................................
1540(h)
Removal of explosives, aged or damaged..............................................................................1572
Frommagazines..............................................................................................:..:............
1561(g)
Removal of safeguards or safety devices....................................................................
Article 1
California Labor Code, Section 6406..................................................................................0000
Removal of uprights, scaffolds......................................................................................
Repair of horse scaffolds................................................................................................1647(a)
1637(i) U)
(5)
•
Ladder.............................................................:....................................................................1675.(a
)
Repairs
While fueling, haulage vehicles....................................................................................1594
(0
Report
Safetysuggestions................................:......................................:............................................1509
Respirators required..........................................................................1530,
1595(c) (e), 1726(b)
Educationin use.............................................................................................................
1531(d)
Limitations....................... ........................................................................................
:.. 1531(c) (d)
Positive -pressure equipment..........................................................................................1531(0
Replace, when necessary..............................................................................................
1531(e)
Sanitary care ....................................................
1531(d)
Whento wear............................................................................................................
1531(a) (b)
Retaining walls, computation and calculations required ....................................
1540(k) (L)
Excavationbelow...............................................................................................:............
1540(L)
Existing wall becomes, by excavation........................................................................
1540(k)
Guard for excavations....................................................................................................
1540(L)
Soilpressure ...... ....................................................................................
:... ........................ 1540(L)
Ribbons, (see General Scaffold)............................................................................1640(6)
(0 (3)
Bricklayer's scaffold........................................................................................................
1641(b)
Nailing light -trade scaffold............................................................................:.........
1637(g) (3)
Pole scaffold...........................................................................:..........................
1640(6), 1641(b)
Scaffolds 32 to 75 feet high............................................................................:.....................1642
Riding loads, concrete buckets................................................................................................1718
Exceptionsmade......:...............................................................................................................1718'
Riggers' exceptions....:.....................................................:........................................................1718
Safetybelt used.....:........................................................................................:.............1718(a)
(2)
Spottingloads........................................................................!.................................................1718
Steelerection............................................................................................................................1718
•
Riding on loads, restricted.:......................................................................................................1718
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 180.27
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-12-372)
INDEX—Continued
0
Section
Riding, loads
Construction elevators, hoisting workmen......................................................................1607
Craneloads...................................................................................................:..........................1718
Derrickloads............................................................................................................................1718
Hammerpile drivers......................................................................................................
1600(h)
Hoistloads................................................................................................................................1718
Ridingprohibited....................................................................................................1604
(0 , 1718
Ring buoys, during pile driving......................................................................................
1600(k)
Ripping, radial arm saw......................................................................................................1681(c)
Tablesaw..........................................................................................................................
1682(b)
Rivet heaters.......................................................................................................
1649, 1650(a) (8)
Riveters' platforms (see Platforms)................................................................
1649, 1650(a) (7)
Interior platforms, width..........................................................................................1650(a)
(6)
Manilarope...............................................................................:..................................1650(a)
(4)
Needlebeams..........................................................................................................................1650
Outside platforms, width..........................................................................................1650(a)
(7)
Planking........................................................................................................................1650(a)
(6)
Suspension rope...............................:....................................................................1850(a)
(4) (9)
Width..............................................................................................................................1650(a)
(7)
Road equipment (see Haulage; and Earth Moving) ........................
1590, 1591, 1592, 1593,
1594, 1595, 1596
Flagmen......................................................................................: .............................................1599
Road work, explosive magazines......................................................................................
15650)
• Roads, private, haulage and earth moving ......................................................
Rock drilling operations....'.......................................................................................................1538
1590(b) (c) (d)
Chain hose ends and joints............................................................................................1538(c)
Controlof dust..........................................................................................................
1538(a) (b)
Hammers, types to ...
use ................... .. .... ..... ........ ......... ............. ..................................
1538(e)
Protectair lines.................................'...............................................................................
1538(d)
Safety belts and lifelines................................................................................................
1538(g)
Steep slopes, anchor lines.........................:.......................................................................1538(0
Rolling scaffolds (see Scaffolds)...............................................................
:.............. 1646 (a to i)
Open sides, standard railings..........................................................................................1621(a)
Roll-over protective structures (ROPS)..................................................................
1596(a) (b)
Roofhazards................................................................................................................................1730
Protect workmen, all roofs..................................................................:...........................1730(a)
Special protection, steeper roofs......................................................:.........................
1730(b)
Use of scaffold platform..........................................................................................
1730(b)(1)
Roofer's gallows frame (suggested)........................................................
Appendix, Plate C-18
Roofer's jack(suggested)................................
1730(b) (2)
Substantial toeboard, additional protection........................................................
1730(b) (3)
Roofing operations and equipment........................................................................................1725
Access ladder must be provided ....................... :..........................................................
1729(b)
Attach kettles securely to platform...........................................................
...................1729 (f)
Clear path, kettle to hoist............................................................................................
1725(e)
Close kettle covers, when moving..............................................................................
1729(e)
Drain kettle, below splash rail......................................................................................1725(£)
Extinguish burners when moving..............................................................
:............... 1729(g)
Fillingtar buckets............................................................................................................1725
(c)
Free platform of tar drippings.......:............................................................................
1729(d)
Gallowsframe..................................................................................................................
1727(b)
0
180.28 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 50-72-9-72) •
INDEX—Continued
Section
Hand lines.......................................:..................................................
Appendix, Plate A -3-C 52
Handlingcoal tar pitch.............................................................................................:..:.........1726
Cleansing and washing facilities................................................................................1726(6)
Respiratory and eye protection..............................................................................
1726(b)
Suitable skin protection..............................................................................................1726(a)
Install. adequate guardrailings........................................................................................1729(6)
Kettlesupports ................. :..............................................................................................
1738(b)
Limit one bucket, '/a pitch roof ........ :.......................... :..............................................
1725 (b)
Limit temperature increase ............... ............................................................................
1725(g)
Lock platforms in place when elevated......................................................................1729(i)
No riders, elevated platform, when moving............................................................
1729(h)
Roofjacks....!..........:....................................................................................................
1730(b) (2)
Roofers, carrying hot tar up ladders......:......:.......................1......................................1725(a)
Tar bucket capacity..............................................................................................1727(a)
(1) (2)
Tar buckets and gallows frames..........................................................................................1727
Carrying bucket capacity......................................................................................1727(a)
(2)
Restriction on size and use..................................................................................1727(a)
(1)
Roofer's gallows frame, suggested............................:.............................................
1727(b)
Size and type, tar buckets.........................................................:................................1727(a)
_ Tar kettle attendant....................................................................................;..................
1725(d) .
Tarkettles.....................................................................................................!...........................1728
Extension handle, spigot turnoff..............................................................................
1728(e)
Fire extinguisher, required, all kettles..................................................................
1728(d)
Fuel tank, relief valve, maintenance........................................................................1728(6)
Kettles mounted, elevated truck beds...........................................................:..............1729
Platform loading, loading clear path........................................................................1729
(a) •
Wearing of gloves............................................................................
Appendix, Plate A -3-C 53
Wearing tennis shoes......................................................................
Appendix, Plate A -3-C 53
Working without shirt.....................................................................
Appendix, Plate A -3-C 53
Rope
Manila................................................................................................................................
1658(e)
Sisal...........................................................................................................................:..........
1658(e)
Wire....................................................................................................................
1658(e), 1659(b)
.Rope and block attachment, suspension scaffolds , and staging .............................. 16W (i)
Rope attachment, to drum of derricks..............................................................................
1615.7
Wirerope clips................................................................................................
1615.7, Plate C-2
Rope defects, construction elevators, hoisting men ....................................................1607(£)
Rope ends, safety lines, suspended scaffold..................................................................
1660(g)
Rope inspection, broken wires..........................................................................................1607(0
Rope inspection, suspended scaffolds or staging........................................................
1658(e)
Rope knots and hitches.:..............................................................................
Appendix, Plate C-7
Rope strands broken, construction elevator hoisting men........................................1607(f)
Rope strength, bricklayers' suspended scaffold ..........................................
1658(6),1659(b)
Rope suspension falls, suspended scaffold ................................................:...
1658(e), 1659(b)
Rope worn, construction elevator hoisting men ...........................................................
1607(f)
Rope, safety device, construction elevators, hoisting men ......................................
1607(e)
Ropes around chemicals and sandblasting, suspended scaffolds
and staging................................................................................
1649(a) (4), 1650(a) (4)
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 180.29
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-12.372)
INDEX—Continued
Section
Ropes supporting suspended scaffold or staging ......................1649(a)
(4), 1650(a) (4) (5),
1651 (d), 1652 (2) (d) 1658(e), 1659(b)
1660(b),1661(6),1662(6)
Ropes, riveters' platforms................................................................
1649(a) (4), 1650(a) (4) (5)
Rule of thumb data......................................................................................
Appendix, Plate B-6
Nails, manila rope, plow -steel cable, open eye hook, shackle,
chains, plank for scaffold
Rungs (see Lumber)
Lumberfor ladders..........................................................................................................1676(c)
Lumber for ladders, siderails........................................................................................
1676(b)
Rungs of ladders, ,weak or missing....................................................................................1675
(a)
Running, earth material............................................................................................................0000
Table of materials......................................................................................................
1541(e) (5)
Trenchshoring................................................................................................................
1541(e)
Running motors, haulage vehicles, while fueling ..........................................................1594
(a)
Runways(see Ramps)................................................................................................................1624
Acrossfloor openings.........................................................................................................1621(a)
Cleatson.........................................:...................................................................................
1624 (b)
Foottraffic..................................................................................................................
1624(a) (b)
Open sides, standard railings..........................................................................................1621(a)
Poweredbuggies......................................................................................................................1625
Scaffolds......................................:........................................................................................1637
(1)
Wheelbarrows..........................................................................................................................1623
S
®
Sackedmaterial, piling of..........................................................................................................1549
Safe hitches and knots (hitches for holding needle beams) ..............Appendix,
Plate C-7
Safe load, derrick or crane booms......................................................................................
1581.2
Safe practices and operations code..........................................................
Appendix, Plate A-3
Plate A -3-a
Blastingoperations....................................................................................................
Plate A -3-b
Machinery and" vehicles..........................................................................................
Plate A -3-a
Plate A -3-b '
Roofing operations ..... :..............................................................................................
Plate A -3-b
Use of tools and equipment....................................................................................
Plate A -3-a
Safepractices code..............................................................................................................
1509(b)
Safety belts and lifelines, general................................................................................
1669, 1670
Ladderjack scaffolds........................................................................................................1648(c)
Suspendedscaffolds........................................................................................................
1660(g)
Tests, safety belt........................................................................................................
1672(x) (b).
Safety belts and nets, General..........................................................................
1669, 1670, 1671
Approved safety nets............................................................................................
1669(6), 1671
Customarily used, when........................................................................:..........................1669
(a) .
Lifelines with.............................................:..................:.......................................
1670(a) (b) (c)
Limited" duration and exposure.....................................................................................1669
(c)
Riggingto be added......................................................................................................
1670(b)
Whenrequired.........:.......................................................................................................1670(a)
Workmen on roofs......:.....................................................................................................1670(c)
Safety belts, demolition .................. :....................................................................................
1735(b)
Safety devices and safeguards, Sections 6401, 6403(a), 6406, Labor Code.......... Article 1
Air -powered scaffold..........................................................................................
662(h)(1)(2)-
1662(h)(1)(2)-
Boatswain's chair......................................................................................................
Boatswain's
1651(b) (c)
Broken rope, safety device..........................................................................................
1607(e)
•
Electric -powered scaffold............................................................................
1662(g) (1) (2) (3)
180.30 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9-72)
INDEX—Continued
Section
Glass, safety, derricks and cranes.....................................................................................
1582.5
Lines, safety.....................................................................................................................:
1660(g)
Pile-driver, driving head.................................................................................................
16000)
Pile driver, toe board, elevated platforms................................................................
1600(e)
Removal of safety devices, Section 6406, Labor Code ........................................
Article 1
Switch, electric blasting........................................................................................................1574
Appendix, Plate C-27
Plate C-28, Plate C-29
Valves, compressor..........................................................................................................
1696(d)
Valves, tar kettles..............................................................................................................1728(c)
Safety factor, elevator cage frame..................................................................................
1604(g)
Catenarycables..................................:.............................7.......................................................1652
General scaffold planks, grade, size and span ..........................................
1E37 (c), 1637(e)
Hoist rope on construction elevator................................................................1604(q)
(r) (s)
Hopper bracket construction towers............................................................................1604(c)
Overhead sheave beams, construction elevator......................................................
1604(k)
Railings, suspended scaffold..........................................................
16590), 1660(k), 1662(c)
Ropes on suspended scaffolds or staging..................................1658(e), 1659(b) 1660(b),
1660(i) 1661(b), 1662(e)
Safetyglass, cabs......................................................................................................................
1582.5
Safetyhooks..................................................................................................................................1586
Safety instruction, new employees..........................................................................................1510
Safety nets on exposed locations....................................................................
1669(a) (b), 1671
On buildings, in course of construction ...............................
1635 (Sec. 7101, 7106, 7113)
Safetynets,- tests....................................................................................:...............................1672
Safety precautions, general..................................................................................
(c)
1511(a) (b) (c)
Safetyfuse..................................................................................................................
1571(a) (c) 0)
Loadingholes....................................................................................................
1565, 1567, 1568
Safety program..........................................:.......................................................
1509(a) (b) (c) (d)
Appendix, Plates A-2
Appendix, 2 -a,'2 -b,
Appendix, Plates A-3, 3-a,
Appendix, Plates 3-b, 3-c
Safety rail, suspension' scaffold and staging (see Standard Railings) ......16590), 1660(k)
1662(c)
Safety switches, electric blasting.......................................................
:............................ 1573(g) _
Appendix, Plate C-28, Plate C-29
Safety valves, portable compressors ..................... :..........................................................
1696(d)
Safety wire or chain, pile driver hose............................................................................
1600(b)
Sandblasting from suspended scaffold......................................................................
1658(e) (h)
From boatswain's chairs..........................................................................................
1651(a) (b)
Sanitation of personal safety devices..................................................................
1531(b) (d) (e)
Appendix, Plate B -1-a
Saws, portable power..................................................................................................
1680(a to e) .
Encasesaw blade..............................................................................................................1681(a)
Groundsaws....................................................................................................................
1680(e)
Hoodteeth..............................................................................................................1682(a)
(1) (2)
Kickbackdevice................................................................................................................1681(c)
Positive stop to travel ..................................................... ..............................
................ 1681(b)
Radial arm or pull saw ........................................................ :.................................
1681(a to d)
Return saw automatically..............................................................................................
1681(d)
Ripping, precautions..........................................................................................
1682(6) (c) (d)
Shield blades............................................................................................................
Table................................. :........................................................................:...............
1680(a to d)
1682(a to d)
•
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 180.31
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 73, No. 7-2-17-73)
INDEX—Continued
12-85931
Section
Scabs or pads, construction, wooden tower posts........................................................1605(f)
Scaffold, heavy -trades, meaning of ..........................................................
Appendix, Plate C-21
Scaffold horses (suggested)......................................................................Appendix,
Plate C-17
Scaffold, sloped platform planks......................................................................................1637(m)
Scaffold, wooden bracket on concrete form panels ........:.................
Appendix, Plate B-20
Scaffolds and staging, guardrail required..................................................................
1620, 1621
Scaffolds, General........................................................................................................................1637
Acrossfloor openings......................................................................................................
1632(b)
Between32 and 75 feet high...................................................>.............................................1642
General requirements for......................................................................................................1637
Nailingschedule..............................................................................................................
1637 (g)
Over75 feet high....................................................................................................................1643
Overloadingprohibited..........................................................................................................1710
Overhead covering, suspended scaffold....................................................................
1659 (g)
Scaffolds, prohibited (see Prohibited Scaffolds) ................................
Appendix, Plate C-20
Scaffolds, prohibited types......................:.........................................................................
1637(h)
Scaffolds, suspended, 'powered................................................................................................1662
Controlvalve...............................................................................................:..............
1662(h) (1)
Devices ...............:. ........................................................................................
............... 1662(g) (2)
Hand release,-prohibited.....................................:..................................................
1662(h) (2)
Loadrelease.....................................................:..........................................................
1662 (g) (3)
Safety, air -powered unit ....................... :........................................................................
1662(h)
Safety devices, electric-powered................................................................................
1662(g)
Wiring..........................................................................................................................
Scaffolds, types
1662(g) (1)
Figure4..............................................................................................................................
1645(b)
Appendix, Plate B-22
Heavy-trades........................................................................................................1641,
1644, 1645
Appendix, Plate B-19-26
Plate B-19-27
Horse..........................................................................................................................................1647
Appendix, Plate C-21
Ladderjack........................................................................................................:.....................1648
Lean-to, prohibited........................................................................................................
1637(h)
Lighttrades'..........................................................................-...................................
1640,1640(f)
Metal..........................................................................................................................................1644
Needle beam and float................................................................................................1649,
1650
Outriggerand bracket..........................................................................................................1645
Appendix, Plate B40
Plate B-21, Plate B-22
Power-driven.......................................................................................................................:....1662
Prohibited type, lean-to and shore............................................................................
1637(4)
Shore scaffold, prohibited..............................................................................................
1637(h)
Appendix, Plate C-20
Stage ladders for, suspended ............ :.......................................................
1658(d) 0j, 1660(f)
Studjacks................................................................................................I...........................1645
(c)
Supported by catenary cable.................................................................................:......,........1652
Suspended........................................................................................................
1658 to 1662, incl.
Towerand rolling....................................................................................................................1646
Towers, mobile........................................................................................................................1613
Vehicle:...............................................................................................................................16460)
12-85931
180.32 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 73, No. 7-2.17.73)
INDEX—Continued
•
Section
Scaffolds, wood, various types, light trades....................................:.....................................1640
Bracketscaffolds...................................................................:..........................................
1645 (d)
Appendix, Plate B-20, Plate B-21
Heavytrades........................................................................................................................1645
.,
Appendix, Plate B-23a, Plate B-27
Light outrigger scaffold............................................................................................
1645 (b)
Light-trades, or Figure 4 outrigger scaffold'
........................................................ 1645 (b)
Outrigger scaffold..............................................................................................1645(a)
(1) (2)
Platform width....................................................................................
1645 (a) (2) (b) (d) (4)
Pole scaffold, light, trades...............:.............................................:....................................1640
Pole scaffold, heavy trades..................................................................:.............................1641
Railings required................................................................................
1645(a) (2•) (c) (d) (3)
Scaffold approval, over 75 feet high................................................................................1643
Supportingmembers................................................................................................:.
1645(d)
Through-bolted............................................................................................................
1645(d)
Welded to tanks...................:......................................................................................
1645 (d)
Heavytrades....................................:....................:..................................................................1641
Metal base plates for scaffold legs.............................................................................. 1644(d)
Metalscaffolds...........................................................................................................:..............1644
Outrigger beam sketch..........................................................................................................1645
Appendix, Plate B-23-a
Painter's hitch....................................................................................................
16600) (Note) .
. Appendix, Plate C-8
Platform planks (see Platform)...................................................................
1637(c), 1640(e)
1640(f) (5), 1641(e)
1644(g),1646(e)
1647(e),1648(b)
Railing support (see Standard Railing)....................................................................
1660(k)
Appendix, Plate B-27
Safetyfactor for................................................................................................................1637
(f)
Scaffold hitches,. Manila rope..................................................................
Appendix, Plate C-7
Scaffold, metal bracket on form walers.............................................
Appendix, Plate B-21
Tie scaffolds to buildings..............................................................................................
1644(e)
Timberscaffolds........................:.............................................................................................1642
Welder's platform:.................................................................
................. Appendix, Plate B-28
Scope(OSHA)...........................................................................:..............................................
1800
Screens on railings.........:..........:...........................................................................................1621(c)
Outrigger scaffold........................................................................................................1645(a)
(2)
Appendix, Plate B-27
Suspendedscaffold............................................................................................................
1659 G)
Seatbelts, required..............................................................................................................1596(a)
Sectional ladders, manufactured ladders.....................................................................'.
1678(b)
Sections of walls, demolishing........................................................................................1735(c)
Securing ladders, against displacement.....................
:.................................................. 1675(d) .
Series blasting, wiring diagram'(see Blasting)...................:.:...........,............................1573(a)
Appendix, Plate C-27
Plate C-28, Plate C-29
Shackle data, safe loads in pounds, types or shackles, table of
sizes..................................................................................................
Appendix, Plate C-3
Shackles..........................................................................................................
Appendix, Plate B-6,
`
Plate C-3 & 4
Shaft, general................................................................:........................................................1542(a)
Shaft, lagging..................................................................................................................
1542(b) (c)
Shafts and inclines, ladders and ladderways.........................................................
..:......1543
Sheave axles in construction elevators..................................................................
1604(m) (p)
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF' INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 180.33
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 56--12-9.72)
•
INDEX—Continued
Section
Sheave beams, overhead, construction elevator..........................................................
1604 (k)
Sheave bearings, construction elevator....................................................:....:................
1604 (k)
Sheave diameter, construction elevator.........................................................................1604
(m)
Construction elevators, hoisting men..........................................................................
16070)
Sheaves, grooves, construction elevator..........................................................
1604(m—Note)'
Shields
Eyeshield..................................................................................................................................1517
Powder -actuated tools.............................................................................................:........1687(a)
Suspendedscaffold..........................................................................................................
1659(g)
Shore scaffold prohibited..................................................................................................
1637(h)
Appendix, Plate C-20
Shores, angle made with horizontal...........................................................................1540(c)
(2)
Bell holes, trenches..................................................................................................
1541(e) (7)
Belled excavations..........................................................................................................
1542(e)
Design formula, braces and shores........................................................................1540(c)
(2)
For installing shoring......................................................................................
1540(c),1541(b)
Heldby crossbracing......................................................................................................
1541(b)
Removal of shoring........................................................................................
1540(h), 1541(b)
Tilt -up construction, pick-up devices................................................................................1715
Appendix, Plate C-14
Trenches....................................................................................................................................1541
Diagram................................................................................................Appendix,
Plate C-23
Shoring materials required for shoring, sheeting and lagging..... Appendix, Plate C -24-e
Descriptionand table............................................................................................................0000
Shoring system for excavations............:.............................................................................1540(c)
Shoring system for trenches (see Article 6) ........................................
Appendix, Plate C-23
Shoring systems, excavations ......... :.......................... >..........................................................
1540(c)
Alternate effective system......:.................................................................................1540.(c)
(4)
Shoring systems, excavations, sample sheet as guide ....................
Appendix, Plate C -24-d
Shoring, combined vertical and sloping excavations,
diagram and formulae............................................................
Appendix, Plate C -24-c
Shoring, sloping excavations, diagram and formulae ....................
Appendix, Plate C -24-b
Shoring, vertical excavations, diagram and formulae ....................
Appendix, Plate C -24-a
Short circuiting bus wires and lead wires............................................................................1576
Shot -firing, electric switch..............:.........................................................................................1573
Appendix,' Plate C-27, Plate C-28, Plate C-29
Shots, close proximity (see Blasting)
1569(b)
Shots, -report discrepancy of blasting......................................................................................1568
Side rails, ladder lumber....................................................................................................
1676(b) .
Proportions for ladders....................................................................................................1676(a)
Side screens, required on scaffolds..................................................................................1621(c)
Sidewalks, hold scaffolds uprights on..............................................................................1640(a)
Signal chart for highway construction work ........................................
Appendix, Plate C-34
See Flagmen, instructions for...::.........................................................
Appendix, Plate C-33
Plate C -33-a
Plate C -33-b
Signing for work on highways..........................................................
Appendix, Plate C -35-a
Plate C -35-b
Suggested spacing.for barriers, cones and -lane markers ..............
Appendix, Plate C-35
Signal device, construction elevators............................................................................
1604(e)
Signals, booms, construction hoisting..................................................................1581.5,
1587.12
Signsfor flagman .................................................... ...................
.................................. 1599(b)
•
Appendix, Plate C-33
Signs for traffic control ........ :.....................................................................
......:.....................1598
Appendix, Plate C-35
180.34 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
- (Register 72, No. 50--12-9-72)
INDEX—Continued •
Section
Sillsunder scaffolds..............................................................................................................1640(a)
Sinking shafts, electric blasting required .............................................
:................... 1573(b) (1)
Sinkingwells or shafts................................................................................................................1542
Sisal rope (see Manila)..........................................................................................
1658(e—Note)
Skeleton stair treads during construction......................................................................1626
(f)
Skip, concrete mixer material clearing device..............................................................1698(a)
Hitting concrete mixer prohibited..............................................................................:.1698(a)
Slings, rope............................................................................................................................
1658(e) .
Boatswain's chair............................................................................................
1651(a), 1658(h)
Slings, steel wire rope..................................................................................
Appendix, Plate C-6
Usedin hoisting.............................................................................................................I....
1615.7
Sloped scaffold platform planks......................................................................................1637(m)
Smoking prohibited
During fueling operations...............................................................:............................
1594(d)
Explosiveshandling ....... :.................................................................................................
1565(b)
........................................
Soil, bearing values (see Bearing Value of)Appendix,
Plate C-22
Compact, unstable, running ...................................................
:.................................. 1541(e) (5)
Spacing. bolsters, bricklayers' suspended scaffold ..................................................
1659(c) (d)
Spacing ladders, ladder jack scaffold..............................................................................
1648(b).
Spacing posts, of standard railing....................................................................................
1620(b)
Spacing supports,'horse scaffold
Light-trades................................................................................................................
1647(e) (3)
Heavy-trades..............................................................................................................
1647(e) (3)
Spacing thrustouts, bricklayers' suspended scaffold .......................:....................
1659(a) (d)
Spacing uprights, pole scaffold....................................................................1640(a)
(0, 1641(a)
Spacing, beams, bricklayers' outrigger scaffold............................................................1645(a)
Light outrigger scaffold................................................................................................
1645 (b)
Span between falls, other suspended scaffold or staging ..........................
1659(d), 1660(e)
Span length, ladder jack scaffold.........:..........................................................................
1648(b)
Span length and plank size, scaffold........................................................................
1640(a) (e)
Light-trades................................................................................................................
1640(a) (e)
Interiorscaffold......................................................................................................1640(f)
(2) (5)
Heavy-trades..............................................................................................................
1641(a) (e)
Speed of construction elevator for workmen..............................................................
1606(h)
Spilling, wells or shafts........................................................................................................1542(a)
Splice loops, suspended scaffold or staging..................................................................
1660(6)
Splices, corner posts, wooden construction towers......................................................1605(f)
.
Electrical blasting lines...........................................................................Appendix,
Plate C-29
(Para. (C) (b) )
Horsescaffold.....................................................:........................................................1647(a)
(6)
Pole scaffold, light-trades.................................................................................................1640(a)
Interiorscaffold., ..........................................................................................
... 1640(f) (2) (B)
Pole scaffold, heavy-trades..............................................................................................1641(a)
Timber scaffolds up to 75 in height (table)....................................................................1642
Splinters, and protruding nails, stair railings....:.............................................................1626(a)
Temporary stair treads andlandings............................................................................1626
(f)
Splittingfuses, blasting......................................................................................................
1571(d)
Spotting loads, riding loads, restrictions................................................................................1718
Spouting equipment, wooden construction towers ....................................................
1605(h)
TITLE S. DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
180.35
•
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9-72)
INDEX—Continued
Section
Springing holes, drop fuses........................................................................................
1657(d) (3)
Loadingholes...........................................................................................................................1567
Square columns, unbraced rough lumber, not surfaced ....................
Appendix, Plate B-9
Stage ladder, suspended scaffold....................................................................................
1660(e)
Staging ladder, dimensions, suspended scaffold and staging ..................................
1660 (e)
Staging(see Scaffolds)•..............................................................................................................1637
Staging used, ladder -jack scaffold............................................................................................1648
Stair landings, standard railing........................................................................
1620(a), 1630(e)
Stair railings, demolishing. buildings..............................................................................
1735(d)
Stair treads, protruding nails and splinters.......:............................................................1626(f)
Stair, railings for..........:......................................................................................:...........:......1626
(a)
Stairsor ladders..................................................................................................................
1629(b)
Loose material and debris on......................................................................................
1626(d)
Newbuildings....................................................................................................................1629(a)
Standardrailings.........................................................................................:....................
1626(b)
Temporary stairs required..............................................................................................1626
(f)
Stairs; construction of .......................... %...................................... ..... .... ...
.... ..... ..................... 1626 (a)
Appendix, Plate B-17
Stairs, ladders, ramps or inclines (see Criteria, Stairs, Ladders,
and Ramps or Inclines)............................:.................................
Appendix, Plate B-17
Stairways, required during construction................................................................
1629(a) (b)
Stairways, temporary....................................................................................................
1629(a) (b)
Temporarystairs...............................................................................................................
1629(8)
Toeboards..........................................................................................................................1626(b)
Stairwellsand stairs................................................................................:...................................1626
Standard railings (see Railings)..............................................................................................1620
Demolishingbuildings................................................................................................1735
(d) (i)
Floorand roof opening..........................................................................................................1632
Heightof.............................................................................................................1620(a),
1626(a)
Lumbersize..................................................................:.....................................................1620(a)
Open elevated platforms................................................................................................1621(a)
Openramps........................................................................................................................1621(a)
Open rolling scaffold......................................................................................................
1646(b)
Openrunways............................................................................:.......................................1621(a)
Placingrails................................................................................................................
1620(d) (e)
Postsize............................................................................................................................
1620(b)
Postspacing......................................................................................................................
1620(b)
Scaffolds..............................................................................................................................1621(a)
Stairlandings..............................................................................................................1626(d)
(e)
Stairways..............................................................................................................................1626
(a)
Unsuitable substitutes......................................................................................................16200
Steam hose safety, pile driver steam hammer..............................................................1600(c)
Steel erections, riding member's, restricted............................................................................1718
Steel hooks, suspended scaffolds..............:................................................:......................
1660(h)
Steel plate, cab shield, haulage vehicles..........................................................................1591(f)
Canopy, tractors, bulldozers..........................................................................................
1591(i)
Steel reinforcing (See Reinforcing Steel) guarding ..........................................................1713
Steel sheaves, construction elevators..............................................................................
1604(n)
Steelslings and stirrups............................................................................................................1616
Steeproofs, roof jacks ............................ :...........................................................................
1730(b)
Stemming bore holds, blasting..........................................................................................
1567 (i)
180.36 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
TITLE 8
INDEX—Continued
'Megieter 72, No. 50-12.9-72)
•
Section
Stirrups, suspended scaffolds............................................................................................
1660(b)
Stone cutters' pole scaffold (see Heavy -Trades Scaffold) ................................................1641
Appendix, Plate B-19
Storage and use of explosives (see Blasting) ......................................1561,
1562, 1563, 1565
Storage fuel tanks, open light, welding and sparks near ............................................1594
(c)
Storage of material (see Housekeeping)............................................................
1549,1735(g)
Storage, fuses........................................................................................................................
1560(b)
Gascylinders............................................................................................................................1740
Strength of U.S. standard bolts from '/4" to 2" diameter ..................
Appendix, Plate B-11
Strength, scaffolds and staging ...................................... 1637(b)
(c), 1641 (Note), 1644(a),
1646, 1647, 1648, 1650, 1651,
1652,, 1658, 1659, 1660, 1662
Strips, on ladder cleats........................................................................................................1676(x)
Structural members, riding on restricted..............................................................................1718
Structural steel, demolition, protection...........................................................................1735(t)
Pilingof..................................................................................:.............................................1549(c)
Structures or parts thereof, overloading prohibited ..........................................................1710
Suggested load limits for timber beams ...........................:....................
Appendix, Plate B-10
Suggested safety program for contractors ..............................................
Appendix, Plate A-2
SupersededOrders......................................................................................................................1501
Supervision, scaffold alterations or removal............................................................
1637(i) 0)
Excavations shoring...................................................................................:.....................1540(g)
Explosives removal..........................................................................................................
1561(d)
Scaffold erection............:....................................................................................................1637(i)
Supporting ropes, suspended scaffolds........................................:.................................1658(e)
Support laterally, suspended scaffold .........................................
:..................................1658(b)
Supports, distance between on scaffolds (see Span) ..................................
1659(c), 1660(e)
Supports, spacing for horse scaffolds..............................................................................
1647(e)
Supports, under roofers kettles .......... :........... ............................................................
.... 1728(b)
Survey crew protection, highways............................................................................
1598(d) (e)
Suspended ladder, scaffold (suggested) ............................................
Appendix, Plate B -24-a
Suspended scaffolds, acceptable types ..................................................
Appendix, Plate B-24
Suspended scaffolds, safety devices, electric powered unit
...................................... 1662(g)
Suspension of riveters' platforms................................................................................1649(a)
(4)
Suspension scaffold and staging requirements....:...............................................................1660
Swing stage, center support acceptable railing reinforcement
Appendix B, Plate B-25
Swinging prevention, suspended scaffold....................................................................
1658(b)
Swinging staging dimensions............................................................................................
1660(c)
Swinging staging, suspended scaffold............................................................................
1660(e)
Switch boxes, electric blasting ....................I..............................
Appendix, Plates C-27, 28, 29.
A
Tablesaw.....................:................................................................................................................1682
Tamping poles, explosives......................................................................................15670) (k) (1)
Tank, erection ............................... :...................................................................................... 1645(d)
Welder's platform...........' . ......
................:.............
........
............................ Appendix, Plate B-28
Tarbuckets, filling, roffers'................................................................................................1727 (a)
Tar kettle attendant, roofers............................................................................................ 1725(d)
Tar, carrying hot, up ladders, prohibited (see Roofers) ............ .................................1725 (a)
TITLES DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 180.37
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 54-12-9.72)
INDEX—Continued
0
Section
Temporary floors, buildings under construction (see Floors,
I temporary).....:..........................................................1635
and Labor Code 7100-7115
Buildings being demolished .................................................
:........................................ 1735(o)
Temporary ladders, in stairwells ................. :..................................................
1629(b), 1637 (1)
Temporary power pole.............:................................................................................................1766
Appendix, Plates C-30, 30a, 30b
Temporary power pole wiring diagram ................................................
Appendix, Plate C-30
Key to diagram..............:.....................................................................
Appendix, Plate'C-30-a
(1). Service pole ...................................................... a.......................
Appendix, Plate C -30-a
(2) Switch........................................................................................
Appendix, Plate C -30-a
(3) Entrance raceway ....................................................
:............... Appendix, Plate C -30-a
(4) Ground.......................................................1111...........................
Appendix, Plate C -30-a
(5) to (11) details......................................................:...................
Appendix, Plate C -30-b
Flexible cord capacities wire sizes and types ..................................Appendix,
Plate C-31
Temporary protection, floor openings"......................................................................
1632, 1633
Temporary stairs, required................................................................................................1629
(a)
Temporary support, erection and construction, overloading prohibited ....:.................1710
Test brakes on haulage vehicles...............................................................
:...... 1591(c), 1592(e)
Test of broken rope safety, elevators for workmen ..................................................
1607 (e)
Test scaffold planks....................................................................................
Appendix, Plate C-17
Testing blasting lines and caps...............................................................................:................1577
Tests, blasting galvanometer....................................................................................................1577
Thawingexplosives..............................................................................................................1572(a)
® Thermostat, roofer's kettle: ................................................................................................
Thrustout bricklayers' scaffold (see Scaffold).............................................................:
1725 (d)
1659(a)
Thrustout spacing, bricklayers' scaffold...................................:....................................
1659(d)
Tie back on hooks, suspended scaffold..........:...............................................................
1660 (h)
Tie or anchor, construction towers................................................................................
1604(b)
Tie to building, bricklayers' scaffold ............................ .............
...................................... 1641(d)
Polescaffold..........:.............................................................................................................1640(c)
Tilt -up concrete.:........................................................................................
Appendix, Plate C-14
Slab erection methods...........................................................
................ Appendix, Plate C-14
Typical pick-up devices........................................................................
Appendix, Plate C-14
Tilt -up concrete, construction...............................................................................:..........:.......1715
Appendix, Plate C-14
Tilt -up construction....................................................................................................................1715
Appendix, Plate C-14
Timbers,'sheathing or sheet piling for shoring system................................................1540(c)
Appendix, Plate B-9, Plate B-10
Title, Construction Safety Orders..........................................................................................1500
Toeboards and railings (see Standard Railings)..................................................................1621
Cementmasons..........................................................................................................
1621(b) (c)
Construction elevators....................................................................................................
1604 (d)
Toeboards, bricklayers' scaffold......................................................................
1621(b), 1641(c)
Loose material on scaffold ................. :.........................................
""...... . 1621(c), 1645 (a) (2)
Stairwells.........................................................................................:.....*11
........................ 1626 (b)
Toeboards, pile driving ............................ :...................................................
:................... .. 1600(e)
Roofing...................................:.........................................................................I..........
1730(b) (3)
Scaffolds32 to 75 feet high.....................................:............................................................1642
Stonemasons...............................................................................................................
1621(b) (c)
0
180.38 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9-72)
INDEX—Continued
•
Section
Toilets at construction sites................................................................................................1521(a)
Typeof facility ................ :................................................................ ................................ 1521 (b)
Tools (see Hand Tools)...................................................................................................... 1699(b)
On scaffolds............................................................................1699(b), Appendix, Plate A -3-a
Powder-actuated..........................................................................................................
1684, 1692
Tools on scaffolds, toeboards required..........................................................
1621(b), 1699(b)
Top and bottcm stops, construction elevators......................:.....................................
•1607(g) .
Tower or climbing cranes, means of (see climbing or tower cranes) ..........................1614
Tower, construction....................................................................................................................1604
Metal...........................................................:..........................:...................................................1606
Mobile........................................................................................................................................1613
Scaffolds.:..................................................................................................................................1646
Wooden......................................................................................................................................1605
Towerscaffolds............................................................................................................................1646
Towers, bracing required...............:..................................................................................
1604(b)
Towers, construction (see Construction Towers)..............................................................1604
Fastenings, construction...........................................................................................1604(b)
(c)
Loadingplatform bracing................................................:.............................................1604
(c)
Materials for, construction..............................................................................................1604
(c)
Proposedtowers, approval..............'................................................................................1604
(a)
Toxic material, dust, fumes, mists, vapors, and gases
........................................................1530
Tractors, crawler and bulldozers, carryalls, etc...................................................................1595
Traffic control, flagmen, barricades, and warning signs, general ..................................1598
Adequatecontrol..............................................................................................................1598(a)
Channelization devices placement...:........................................................................
Equipment or work, traveled way.....:.....................................::...................................1598(c)
1598(b) •
Removesigns promptly................................................................................................
1598(d)
Survey crew, flagging garments....................................................................................1598
(c)
Traffic control, flagmen, general...........................................................................................1599
Flagmen requirements........................................................:...........................................1599(a)
Garmentsfor flagmen......................................................................................................15W(c)
Locations where required......................:.................................................................1599(a)
(1)
Nightflagging equipment.:....................................................
:..................................... 1599(d)
Placement of flagmen................................................................................................1599
(a) (2)
Trainingof flagmen .................................... :.......................
:........................................... 1599(e)
Warningsigns spacing ............... :......................................
:.......................... :.................. 1599(b)
Trafficcontrol, sign for..............................................................................................................1598
Flagmen................................:......................................................:............................................15%
Tramways..................:.................................................................:................................................1616
Transporting explosives, vehicle requirements..................................................................1564
Transverse bracing, horse scaffold...........................................:....1647,
Appendix, Plate C-21
Tread, temporary stairs (see Stairs).........................:......................................................1626(f)
Requiredaccess..................................................................................................................1629(a)
Treads, protruding nails and splinters...........................:................................................1626(f)
Trench, shoring systems....................................................................................................
1541(e)
Trencher boom, safety clearance.................................:..................................................
1541(d)
Trenches........................................................................................................................................1541
Bell holes ......................................:
1541(e) (7)
Forms for calculations.........:..........................................
Appendix, Plates C-24 a, b, c, d, e
•
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY, 180.39
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 73, No. 7-2-17-73)
1584.2
General......................................................................................................................................1541
Ladderaccess............................:........................................................................:..............
1540(i)
Permitrequired......................................................................................................................1539
1812
Protectionwhile shoring..............................................................................................
1541(b)
Safecrossings........................................................................:.............................................1541(c)
Instructions for................................................................................
Shieldsand welding huts........................................................................................
1541(e) (6)
Shoringof..........................................................................................................................
1541(e)
Shoringsystem...............................................................................................................
1541(e)
Shoring system, plate..............................................................:...............
Appendix, Plate C-23
Shoringsystem table.....................................................................................................
1541(e)
Slopingof......................:.............................................................................................
1540(b) (d)
Spoildisposal......................................................................................................................1540
(f)
Vibration, special provisions................:.........................................................................
15400)
Trestlefor ..A.. frame ladder............................................................................................
1675(g)
Truck bodies, protection when working under.....:......................................................1595(a)
Fromtrucks and trailers................................................................................................
Haulagevehicles................................................................................................................1595(a)
Truck bumper stops, at bins, bunkers, and hoppers ....................................................1548(
c)
Trucks and haulage vehicles....................................................................................................1591
Back-up warning device..................................................................................................1592(a)
Warningdevice................................................................................................................
1592(b)
Trucks and haulage vehicles, drivers compartment.......................................................... 1591
Driversvision .......................... :....................... .................................................................
1591(b)
Haulagevehicle canopy..................................................................................................
1591(i)
Seatbelts..........:...................................................................................................................1596(a)
Truckcab shields................:...........................................................................................1591(0
Warningdevice..........................................................................................................
1592(a) (b)
• Trucks loaded, secured against displacement..............................................................
loads
1593(g)
1593 (g)
Trimmed, unstable ..............................:..........................................................
Truss erection overturn, bracing..............................................................................
1711(a) (b)
Lateral braces, progressively..........................................................................................1711(a)
Trusses, prevent overturning.:..........................................................................................1711(a)
Types of extinguishers—A, B,. C, D ....................................................
Appendix, Plate C -13-b
Types of scaffolds prohibited...........................................................................................
1637 (h).
Trucks, cab protection (see Cab Protection Trucks)
........................Appendix, Plate C-16
Ultra -violet light, welder's protection (see Eye Protection)
..........................................1517
Unattended, cranes................................................................................................................
1584.2
Suspendedscaffold.......................................:....................................................................1660(1)
Undermining foundations and retaining walls..............................................................1540(1)
Underwaterblasting................................................................................................................
1812
Uniform sign chart, Division of Highways for construction work.. Appendix, Plate C-34
SeeFlagmen............................................................................................
Appendix, Plate C-33
Instructions for................................................................................
Appendix, Plate C -33-a
Appendix, Plate C -33-b
Signing for work..................................................................................
Appendix, Plate C -35-a
Onhighways....................................................................................
Appendix, Plate C -35=b
Suggested spacing for barriers, cones, and lane markers ............
Appendix, Plate C-35
Unloading, of piles by hand......................................................................................................1601
Fromflat cars...................................................................................:......:.........................1601(c)
Fromtrucks and'trailers..................................................................................................1601(a)
Unloading, of piles :,y power..................................................................................................1601
Fromflat cars..................................................................................................................
1601(d)
Fromtrucks and trailers................................................................................................
1601(b)
0
180.40 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 73, No. 7-2.77.73)
INDEX—Continued
W
Waler, jacks, bracket scaffold ...................
Walls, demolishing, protect floors ...............
Warning devices .
Cranes......................... :...................................
Graders...........................................................
Haulage equipment ......................................
Trucks.............................................................
Warning garments, flagman .........................
, Survey crews .................................................
Warning signs
Powder -actuated tools used ........................
...........................................:... 1645 (a) (d)
- Appendix, Plate B-20, 21
.......................................................1735 (c)
.................................................................... 1582.17
.................................................................. 1592(b)
.................... :............................................. 1592(b)
.........................:..........................................1592 (a)
....................................................................1599 (c)
.................................................................. 1598(e)
....................................................................1691 U )
91
•
Section
Unstable earth material '
Tableof materials............................................................................................................
1541(e)
Trench shoring........
............................................................................................:...........
1541(e)
Unstableexcavations..................................................................................................................1540
Access...................................................................:...............................................................1540(i)
.
Guarding............................................................................................................................
1540 (b)
Shoring...................................................:............................................................................1540(c)
Sloping.................................................................................................................................
1540 (d)
Supervision.............:..........................,...............................................................................
1540 (g)
Unstabletrenches.................................................................:.................:.....:............
1541(e) (5)
Unstable truck loads............:...............................................I.............................
1593(c), 1593(8)
Uprights
Excavations..........................................................................................................................1540
c
Scaffolds 32 to 75 feet high ................`.....................................................................1642
Spacing, heavy -trades pole scaffold ...............................................................1641(a)
Spacing, pole scaffold, light-trades............................:.............................................1640(a)
(f)
.Use of elevator for men or materials during construction ................................
1607(k) (1)
Elevators for hoisting workmen....................................................................................1630(a)
Hoisting men and nonhazardous material..................................................................1630(c)
`r
Vapors, flammable.......................................................................................1530,
1532, 1534, 1535
Variation, permits for...................................................................................:.......................::...1503
Vehicles, haulage........................................................................................................................15W
Construction and maintenance .......... ..............................................................................1591
....
Crawler tractors, bulldozers, carryalls..................................................................:.............1595.
Operation...............................................................:..........................................:.......................1593
Warningdevices..................................................:...............................................................1592
Ventilation, portable compressors..................................................................................
1696(e)
Dust, fumes, mists, vapors and gases........:.........................................................................1530
Haulage, vehicles, exhaust ......................... ............................. :......................................
1590(8)
Roofers' kettles, vents......................................................................................................17M(a)
Truck garages ....................:............... .... .... ..'... ........ .........................................................1593(f)
Vision interference, haulage vehicles............................................................
:.... ........... 1591(b) .
Illumination, work areas, passageways and machines..............................................1520
(a)
Stairsilluminated..............................................................................................................1626(c)
1520(b)
W
Waler, jacks, bracket scaffold ...................
Walls, demolishing, protect floors ...............
Warning devices .
Cranes......................... :...................................
Graders...........................................................
Haulage equipment ......................................
Trucks.............................................................
Warning garments, flagman .........................
, Survey crews .................................................
Warning signs
Powder -actuated tools used ........................
...........................................:... 1645 (a) (d)
- Appendix, Plate B-20, 21
.......................................................1735 (c)
.................................................................... 1582.17
.................................................................. 1592(b)
.................... :............................................. 1592(b)
.........................:..........................................1592 (a)
....................................................................1599 (c)
.................................................................. 1598(e)
....................................................................1691 U )
91
•
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 180.41
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-12-9-72)
INDEX—Continued
Section
Warning signs, in front of flagman .....................................................
:................ : 1598, 1599(b)
Warning signs, no riding construction elevators ....:.....................................................1604
(f)
Warning sounded, before backing
Haulagevehicle.......................................:......................................................................
1592 (b)
Self-propelled graders ....................................... :............................................................
1592 (b)
Trucks..................................................................................................................................1592(a)
Warning, before blasting..........................................................................................................1566
Flagmen............................................................................................................................
1566(b)
Signalsto be used.......:....................................................................................
................ 1566(d)
Water hose, not to be used on weed -burning equipment
..........................................:.....1697
Hose designed for pressure and solvents................:.........................................................1697
Water, drinking.............................................................................................................................1522
Freshand potable..............................................................................................................1522(a)
No common drinking vessels.............................:..........................................................
1522(b)
Water, work over, requirements...............................................:...............:............................1602
Boats, use of ................. :......... :..................................................
.......................................... IW2(a)
Guardrails and platforms ............................. :................................................................
1602(d)
Lifelines, when needed........:.........................................................................................1602
(c)
Life vests and ring buoys.................................:............................................................
1602 (e)
Waterproof joints, fuses, prohibited. ...... I .................................................
? ...................... 1571(b)
Weak ladders, furnished or used......................................................................................1675(a)
Wedges or blocks under wheels, portable compressors ......................:
.......................1696 (a)
Tar kettles, adjustable supports..................................................................................
1728(b)
Weed -burning equipment.....................................................................................................:..1697
Weights of metals per square foot............................................................Appendix,
Plate B-4
Welded to tanks, bracket scaffold..................................................................................
1645(d)
Appendix, Plates B-20, B-21
Welders, eye protection......................................................................................................1517(a)
Protective equipment......................................................................................................1519
(a)
Screenprotection..............................................................................................................1517
(a)
Welder's platform.............................................................................
Appendix, Plates B-20, B-21
Welder's platform cages (rolling and stationary) ...................<..........
Appendix, Plate B-28
Welding near fueling, combustion engine tanks............ ....
.......................................1594(c)
Welding operations, eye protection....................................'....................................................1517
Bodyprotection.....:....:...................:.:.........................................................................1519(a)
(c)
Wellsor shafts, cribbing............................................................................................................1542
Lagging spiling, or casing................................................................................................1542(a),
Manway..............................................................................................................................
1542 (d)
Wheelbarrows, ramps used......................................................................................................1623
Elevators........................................................................................................................
1604(i) (j)
Poweredbuggies..........................................................................::...........................................1625
Scaffolds, heavy-trades............................................................:.................................1641
(note)
Whistle or horn, boom -type excavators and cranes .....................................................:.
1587.17
Whistle, construction hoist signal............................................................................................1612
Back-up signal, trucks......................................................................................................1592(a)
Warning device trucks and haulage vehicles ....................................................
1592(a) (b)
Whistles or warning devices required
Boom -type excavators......................................................................................................
1587.17
...................................................................
Cranes ............... .....
............ ............................... 1587.17
Haulagevehicles..............................................................................................................
1592(b)
Self-propelled graders....................................................................................................
1592(b)
Trucks..................................................................................................................................1592(a)
180.42 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
TITLE 8
INDEX—Continued
(Register 72,, No. 50-72-9-72)
Section
Winch, haulage vehicle power driven..........................................................................
1593(d)
Wind force per square foot........................................................................
Appendix, Plate B-5
Windows, glass, derricks and cranes......................................................................:...........
1585.5
Boomtype excavators...:....................................................................................................
1587.5
Wire (see Electric Blasting)........................................ ...... *....
...... ...................................1573
Bus, for electric blasting..: .......................................................
Appendix, Plates C-27, 28, 29•
Wire mesh, *scaffold side screens......................................................................1621(c),
1659 0)
Wire rope
Boatswain's chair..............................................................................................................1651(a)
Catenarystaging.................................................................:..............................................1652(c)
Elevators..................................................................................................................1604(q)
(r) (s)
Suspendedstage..........................................:...............................................................
1660, 1661
Usedwith chemicals......................................................................................................
1658(h)
Whilesandblasting...........................................................................................................
1658 (h)
Wirerope........................................................................................................
Appendix, Plate C-5
Safe load in pounds
Safety factor
Table of sizes
Wire rope, and sling data, safe load..................................................
Appendix, Plates C-5, 6
Wirerope clips......................................................:.........................................................................16
Appendix, Plates C-1, 2
Wire rope clips, correct method, table for safe application ..............Appendix, Plate C-2
Wire rope connections, types of connections........................................
Appendix, Plate C-1
Wire rope factor of safety (see Rope)..................................................................................1658
Bricklayers' suspended scaffold...........................................................................:..
Slings, derricks or hoisting apparatus
1659(b) (h)'
1615.9
............................................................................
Suspendedscaffold..........................................................................................
1661(b), 1662(e)
Wire rope slings and stirrups, other suspended scaffold..........................................
1658(e)
Wire rope slings, boatswain's chair..................................................................................1651(a)
Appendix, Plate B-23
Wire rope slings, table of sizes.......... :.......................................................
Appendix, Plate C-6
Wire, connecting electric blasting machines........................................................................1573
Appendix, Plate C-29
Wire, leading wires, portable blasting..................................................................................1573
Permanent electric blasting line..........:.............................................................................1573
Appendix, Plates C-27, 28, 29 ,
Wood joists floor, demolishing building on..................................................................
1735(e)
Sectionsof floor...:...............................:....................................:.......................................
1735(e)
Shore or brace as necessary.....................................................:....................................1735(m)
Supportlaterally........................................................................................
1735(n), 1540(c) (e)
Wood shoring system (see Timber and Lumber) ..............
Appendix, Plates B-7, 8, 9, 10
Trench shoring system..........................................................................
Appendix, Plate C-23
Wooden bracket scaffold..........................................................................
Appendix, Plate B-20
Wooden bracket scaffold (prefabricated movable or as
permanent form panels)...................................;......................Appendix,
Plate B-20
Wooden, constructed towers, lumber sizes for (see Construction
Elevators) 1605; 1605 (b)
Lumberrequirements....................................................................................................
1605(b)-
Nailingschedule, table....................................................................................................1605(b)
0
0
TITLE 8 DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 180.43
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
(Register 72, No. 50-72-9.72)
INDEX—Continued
Section
Woodenpole scaffolds....................................................................................................
1640, 1641
Nailing schedule, table.............................................................................................
1637(g) (3)
Work areas, illumination
Aisles, passageways, work benches, machines and stairways
.......................................1520
Workover water..........................................................................................................................1602
Life vests or equivalent................................................................................................
1602(e)
Useof boats......................:.................................................................................................1602(a)
Walkways on pipelines..:....................................................:....................................
1602(c) (d)
Working stress, bearing value of soil......................................................Appendix,
Plate C-22
Timbers for shoring trenches......................................................................................
1541(e)
Appendix, Plate C-23
Shoringtable..........................................................................................................
1541(e) (5)
Working stress, general notes on, materials and design ................
Appendix, Plate C -24 -a -
Working under, truck bodies..............................................................................................1595(a)
Crawler tractors, bulldozers, carryalls..........................................................................1595
(a)
Haulagevehicles..............................................,.................................................................1595(a)
Workman's safety line ................ :..................................... 1648(c), 1651(b), 1652(e), 1660(g)
Workmen, erecting scaffolds ......... ................ ..........................................
:........................... 1637 (i)
Overloading......................... :........ ................................. :..................................................
1637 (k)
Removalof braces...........................................................................................................
16370)
Workmen'on, ladder jack scaffolds..................................................................................1648(a)
Limitations..............................................................................................................
1648(a) (b) (c)
Wreckage and rubbish, demolished buildings..............................................................1736(f)
Y
Yoke or chock, pile driver hammer................................................................................1600(a)
180.44
A85931-250 2=74 5M
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TITLE 8
(Register 72, No. 55-12.9.72)
(NEXT page is 181.)